As well as the mezzanine floor itself, there are many other associated products to be considered in the design stage:
Ancillary Items:
Mezzanine Floors
Staircases A staircase can either be a functional part of your mezzanine floor or it could act as an inviting feature of it, alluring customers and clients to explore your added level. Whatever your need is, our designers and safety experts are available to offer more information and talk you through all the features, design options, regulations and requirements of your staircase. Decking Material We offer a wide range of mezzanine floor decking designs and styles, whether for retail, office accommodation, storage platforms, industrial or for tiered structures. We will consult with you to ensure that suitable decking is installed to your mezzanine floor to fit with its function or the image that you require. Handrails All mezzanine floors require edge protection to all exposed edges for safety purposes. We offer a wide range of handrail options with different styles, colours and finishes suitable for retail and industrial settings alike.
Pallet Gates Pallet gates are designed to allow the loading and unloading of pallets and stock safely. Our pallet gates are designed so that no edge is ever left exposed, heightening the safety of those operating it. This ensures that staff using a pallet gate at the edge of a mezzanine floor, are always safely behind a handrail. Robust and easy to operate with an up and over lift system our pallet gates are the easiest and safest addition to an industrial or storage used mezzanine floor.
Projects
Fire Protection In some cases, where a mezzanine floor is used for storage purposes only, fire protection is not required. However, if the platform exceeds certain size parameters, or when people are occupying the mezzanine floor on a continual basis, then suspended ceilings, column casings and smoke detection will be needed to comply with building regulations.
Whatever your requirement we welcome the opportunity to visit your premises, assess your needs and provide a full CAD design service and quotation completely free of charge. 3
STOMMPY® Flexible Barrier Systems Rackend Protection
Flexible Impact Barriers
The D140 bollard & rail (pictured right) protects the most vulnerable part of warehouse racking. The rack end is protected from bumps, scrapes & collisions which inevitably lead to damage, safety concerns & extra repair i Information costs. Guardrails can also be used to protect walls, Tested to stop: doors & equipment. D120 Rail—4030kg @ 9.6mph D140 Bollard—4030kg @ 7.9mph
Pedestrian Protection
Highly visible, strong & durable. Keep pedestrian walkways clearly defined & your workforce protected.
i Information
Unique FIXA Block System® with 5 Year Guarantee*
5YR
GUARANTEE*
Projects
Stommpy® Shockproof products bend but never break! Made from Tecklene®, STOMMPY® products are shockproof, rust & shatterproof, are suitable for general warehouse use & are certified for use in food processing & pharmaceutical environments.
FULL SURVEY & INSTALLATION SERVICE AVAILABLE
The new patented FIXA Block® floor anchoring system has increased the pull-out resistance of the floor fixing to over four times that of a traditional floor anchor. All barriers are fixed within their footprint which ensures no bolt heads can be pulled out of the floor. The FIXA Block System® is guaranteed not to damage the floor in normal warehouse impacts.
Truck Aligners One of the most popular products in the STOMMPY® range – the high visibility truck aligner with solar powered LED lights to help guide vehicles safely into their parking locations. These aligning rails have an exceptionally high impact resistance. Work safely & save time and money - no more rust, expensive repainting procedures or costs for replacements.
*The guarantee is subject to installation by our engineers & based on standard warehouse operation.
5
Double Skin Partitions Titan
AVAILABLE ON RAPID DELIVERY PRICE ON APPLICATION ASK ABOUT OUR INSTALLATION SERVICE
A high-quality double skin system that is ideal for cleanroom & office applications where appearance is important. When used in conjunction with the correct HVAC system, Titan is ideal for working toward an ISO 14644-1 class 5 cleanroom environment.
Options: ›› ›› ››
Flush double glazing with integral magnetic blinds; coved & bull-nosed skirting Anti-static / electro-dissipative & anti-microbial powder coating Sound reduction
Standard Powder Coated Colours: Panels: ›› RAL9010 ›› Other colours available upon request
Elan
Double Skin Partitions
AVAILABLE ON RAPID DELIVERY ASK ABOUT OUR INSTALLATION SERVICE
Projects
Ideal for offices, facility areas, machine enclosures etc, where sound reduction & insulation are important. Options: ››
Fire rating, double glazing, ceilings & venetian blinds
Standard Powder Coated Colours:
Panels: sandstone, medium grey, white or light grey The below price is a guide. Specific prices for projects are available upon request BUDGET PRICE (per linear metre)
£252.00
Available on Fast Delivery - Ask about our Installation Service 7
Single Skin Partitions Bastion & Sigma
Sigma Bastion Available on Rapid Delivery Ask about our Installation Service Bastion Heavy duty industrial partitioning suitable for harsh environments. It provides secure storage and screening and can feature a combination of full steel, mesh & glazing. The below price is a guide. Specific prices for projects are available upon request BUDGET PRICE (per linear metre)
Sigma
ÂŁ132.00
Sigma Demountable & relocatable medium duty partitioning, ideal for applications requiring high quality appearance The below price is a guide. Specific prices for projects are available upon request BUDGET PRICE (per linear metre)
ÂŁ145.00
Sigma
Office Partitioning
Office Partitioning
Make the most of your space... Projects
You may require a more open plan office or the opposite. Utilising the flexibility that Office Partitioning gives, you are able to create the space & / or individual working areas that you need. Having the option to increase privacy, sound reduction or add fire protection routes. Whether it is a simple alteration or a complete office refurbishment it needn’t be a daunting task. With our expertise, experience & skills in space planning we will endeavour to meet your requirements no matter how big or small the project may be. ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
Quick & easy installations - tailored to your individual requirements Utilise space & create privacy where needed Re-locatable – can be moved or extended to suit your future needs Wide range of designs, finishes & accessories available Fully glazed or partial glazed modules 7 doors Fire resistance of up to 60mins Sound reduction up to 50dB Rw Integral colour co-ordinated blinds & other furnishings are available
PLEASE CALL US FOR FURTHER DETAILS & ADVICE 9
Anti-Collapse System Musca
Available on Rapid Delivery Ask about our Installation Service
A Pallet rack mesh safety screen which helps prevent accidents whilst handling & storing goods. Panels are available in 3 sizes with a choice of 100 x 50mm, 50 x 50mm or 25 x 25mm mesh apertures. Also various size stand-off brackets are available. The Musca Anti Collapse Safety Bracket & System is capable of withstanding impact of up to 2000 Joules The below price is a guide. Specific prices for projects are available upon request BUDGET PRICE (per linear metre)
ÂŁ25.00
Drop Over Shelving Systems & Safe Locks
Drop Over Shelving Systems We offer Drop Over and Z-Profile shelving solutions for pallet racking in two security levels to suit all warehousing environments
AVAILABLE ON RAPID DELIVERY PRICE ON APPLICATION ASK ABOUT OUR INSTALLATION SERVICE
Safe - Lock 3 Stage Closing Device Projects
Safe Lock is a cost effective interlocking device compliant with the European Machinery Directive. Safe Lock is available on all door types. This range of products has been designed to increase operational safety.
With Quick Release Safety Lever
Available Ex-Stock Ask about our Installation Service
Safe-Lock From
£400.00
11
Industrial Mesh Partitions
Caelum Available on Fast Delivery Ask about our Installation Service
A necessity for all storage & security applications where mesh walls & ceilings are required.
Available Options: ›› ›› ›› ››
Powder coated or galvanised finish Hinged or sliding doors Variety of locking arrangements (Europrofile cylinder lock or padlock) 50 x 50 mm mesh aperture or 25 x 25 mm mesh aperture available The below price is a guide applicable for standard Grey RAL 7037 finish & a nominal 2200mm standard height & 50 x 50 mm mesh aperture. Specific prices for projects are available upon request BUDGET PRICE (per linear metre)
£104.00
Storage Machines Refurbished Storage Machines
New Bespoke Storage Machines
Storage Machines
››
›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
Storage Carousels & Lift systems Kardex, Megamat, Linpic, Hanel, Euromat, Modula Service & Maintenance with or without contract Loler Inspections and Safety Checks Breakdown Service Relocations on site or to new premises. Modifications & Upgrades Software Complete Storage Solution Specialists
››
›› ››
›› ›› ››
››
Projects
››
Almost 1 Billion Configurations with the Silo Range of storage machines From Single Columns to 8 Columns Inclusive of PC & basic software for the Silo range of machines Flexible both Horizontally & Vertically Complete back up Service Can be linked into an existing software system if required New Carousel Machines – Rotar
The Ideal Solution for Everyday use in an Efficient & Organised Work Environment PLEASE CALL US FOR FURTHER DETAILS & ADVICE 13
Mobile Shelving MAXIMISING THE AVAILABLE SPACE Mobile shelving can be opened & closed when required, therefore requiring only one aisle for access. This means capacity within a given area can be substantially increased. Comparison of storage costs is most easily achieved by calculating a storage factor for each type of equipment. This is simply the result of dividing the capacity (in linear metres) by the area occupied (in square metres) including the area necessary to access the records. The higher the storage factor the more efficient the equipment.
These examples are based on a like for like area. 48 four drawer filing cabinets would provide approximately 105 linear metres of filing.
CALL US TODAY TO ARRANGE A SITE VISIT Alternatively Mobile shelving can store 105 linear metres but save 68% of the floor space.
Mobile Shelving
For example: ›› A four drawer filing cabinet holds 2.2 linear metres of records and occupies 0.75 sq m.
UP TO 68% FLOORSPACE CAN BE SAVED
Mobile shelving is the most effective way to store records. This can be shown in the table below, where a working example shows the different options for storing 105 metres of filing.
Comparison Table showing 105 metres of filing... Mobile Shelving
Number of units required for 105 metres of filing
48 Cabinets
15 Bays
TOTAL space occupied
36 sq.metres
10.5 sq.metres
Storage factor
2.91
10
Projects
4 Drawer Filing Cabinets
15
Telescopic Container/Trailer Unloading Conveyor The High Rise Telescopic Expressway provides a cost effective and very efficient method of unloading trailers and destuffing shipping containers where no level dock is available whilst substantially reducing manual handling. This conveyor can be linked to a flexible conveyor (see page 402) enabling unloaded items to be directed to multiple storage locations or directed to an area for palletisation. This conveyor penetrates into the trailer or container 10 metres.
Conveyor Systems
Telescopic Container/Trailer Loading & Unloading Conveyor The Telescopic Expressway provides a cost effective and very efficient method of unloading or loading trailers and destuffing or stuffing shipping containers. Use where a level dock is available this conveyor will substantially reduce manual handling. This conveyor can be linked to a flexible conveyor (see page 402) enabling unloaded items to be directed to multiple storage locations or directed to an area for palletisation. Available in lengths of up to 15 metres.
Powered Vehicle Loading Conveyors A safe and very efficient way to both load and unload trailers and shipping containers. The Vehicle Loader has a hydraulically height adjusted main boom and can be fitted with gravity or powered flexible tongues to extend up to & in to the trailer or container. Reduce vehicle turnaround times whilst also reducing manual handling. This conveyor penetrates a container or trailer by up to 11.5 metres.
Interfloor Belt Conveyors A simple, safe and efficient way to convey items between different floors. Interfloor Belt Conveyors can run as stand alone conveyors or may be integrated into more complex systems.
Belt Conveyors Belt conveyors have a very wide range of applications and we supply a wide range of conveyors to suit these applications. Belt conveyors can be simple stand alone units or can be integrated into more complex systems. Standard widths from 100mm to 1,350mm and standard lengths from 0.75m to 25m. Horizontal and incline / decline conveyors available.
Gravity Conveyor Systems Projects
Gravity conveyor systems are a cost effective way to improve productivity and reduce manual handling and are suited to a wide variety of applications, simple gravity conveyors are detailed on page 402 but more complex solutions are available, please contact us.
Conveyor Systems Our projects team will work with you from concept design through installation and commissioning to ongoing servicing and maintenance. Whether you require a simple conveyor or a complex automated packing, sortation and palletisation system our projects team can provide the optimum solution.
16
Express Lockers
Standard Lockers
Lockers
See pages 66 to 77 for more locker options
EXPRESS*
5DELIVERY DAY * Maximum quantity of 5 lockers. Postcode restrictions apply to 5 day delivery
Features Semi-concealed hinges for security & clean line ›› Door stiffeners for added strength & security ›› Vents in top & bottom for improved air circulation ›› Recessed camlock with plastic card holder ›› All lockers are pre-drilled for nesting ›› Single tier lockers are fitted with hat shelf & double coat hook ›› Rail as standard on 450mm deep, single & two tier lockers
Shelving & Storage
››
Manufactured & tested in accordance with BS4680:1996
manufactured Express Lockers
Overall Size W x D mm
Model
Standard Lockers
Price
Model
Price
Single Tier 1800 x 300 x 300
Z12211..
£76.00
M12211GU..00
£76.00
1800 x 300 x 450
Z12511..
£89.00
M12511GU..00
£89.00
1800 x 450 x 450
-
-
M15511GU..00
£109.00
Two Tier 1800 x 300 x 300
Z12212..
£85.00
M12212GU..00
£85.00
1800 x 300 x 450
Z12512..
£98.00
M12512GU..00
£98.00
1800 x 450 x 450
-
-
M15512GU..00
£118.00
Three Tier
Finish
Epoxy powder coating electrostatically applied, producing an exceptionally high quality chip-resistant finish. Incorporates BioCote anti-bacterial protection
1800 x 300 x 300
Z12213..
£103.00
M12213GU..00
£103.00
1800 x 300 x 450
Z12513..
£117.00
M12513GU..00
£117.00
1800 x 450 x 450
-
-
M15513GU..00
£138.00
Colours
Four Tier 1800 x 300 x 300
Z12214..
£111.00
M12214GU..00
£111.00
Express Lockers: light grey carcass with coloured doors (add GU for light grey, CF for blue or RD for red doors to the end of the code) Standard Lockers: see below for details
1800 x 300 x 450
Z12514..
£126.00
M12514GU..00
£126.00
1800 x 450 x 450
-
-
M15514GU..00
£150.00
1800 x 300 x 300
Z12216..
£135.00
M12216GU..00
£135.00
Locks
1800 x 300 x 450
Z12516..
£152.00
M12516GU..00
£152.00
1800 x 450 x 450
-
-
M15516GU..00
£178.00
Fitted with standard deadlock with 2 keys
Six Tier
Sloping Tops - factory fitted ››
Make cleaning easier - prevent dust & debris accumulating on the tops of lockers
N.B: Standard locker height will increase to 1925 or 1987mm **Not available on Express Lockers
To Suit Locker
Model
Price
300 x 300
DFU12351
£13.00
300 x 450
DFU12352
£16.50
450 x 450
DFU12353
£19.50
COLOUR CHOICES - DOOR COLOURS (STANDARD LOCKERS ONLY) Light Grey (RAL 7035) Code GU
Blue (RAL 5002) Code CF
Red (RAL 3020) Code RD
Green (RAL 6001) Code PD
Carmine Red (RAL 3002) Code RM
Yellow (RAL 1003) Code YD
Dark Grey (BS 00 A 11) Code HY
All body colours are Light Grey (RAL 7035). Insert the code of the door colour required to the product code when ordering.
18
Insight Lockers ››
Ideal when there is a need for a visual inspection of contents without compromising the security of items stored
››
The clear polyethylene panels allow easy inspection of contents, acting as a deterrent to workplace pilfering
››
Give security staff the ability to check that items stored are not inappropriate or pose no security threat
››
Other sizes available - call for details
FROM ONLY
£143.00 Model
Price
Four Tier
Two Tier
Two Tier 1800 x 300 x 300
M12212GU..00IP
£143.00
1800 x 300 x 450
M12512GU..00IP
£157.00
1800 x 300 x 500
M12612GU..00IP
£163.00
Eight Tier
Lockers
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Three Tier 1800 x 300 x 300
M12213GU..00IP
£161.00
1800 x 300 x 450
M12513GU..00IP
£175.00
1800 x 300 x 500
M12613GU..00IP
£182.00
Four Tier 1800 x 300 x 300
M12214GU..00IP
£170.00
1800 x 300 x 450
M12514GU..00IP
£185.00
M12614GU..00IP
£192.00
1800 x 300 x 500
Six Tier
Three Tier
Six Tier 1800 x 300 x 300
M12216GU..00IP
£223.00
1800 x 300 x 450
M12516GU..00IP
£239.00
1800 x 300 x 500
M12616GU..00IP
£249.00
Eight Tier 1800 x 300 x 300
M12218GU..00IP
£267.00
1800 x 300 x 450
M12518GU..00IP
£287.00
1800 x 300 x 500
M12618GU..00IP
£300.00
Personal Item Lockers
manufactured Biocote Protected Reduces the levels of harmful bacteria such as E-coli, MRSA & Salmonella on contact surfaces up to 99.9%
Shelving & Storage
Can be supplied in singles or nests of two The lockers can be hung on walls or bolted one on top of the other & side by side to form banks of lockers ›› All units are fitted with a standard deadlock & are available with either solid or perforated doors. These units are also available with or without a sloping top at no extra cost (please specify when ordering) ›› ››
Door Description
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Model
Price
A100641A01GU..
£111.00
A100641A03GU..
£111.00
Single - Four Tier Plain Perforated
915 x 250 x 155
Single - Eight Tier Plain Perforated
915 x 250 x 155
A100681A01GU..
£143.00
A100681A03GU..
£143.00
Double - Four Tier Plain Perforated
915 x 500 x 155
A100642A01GU..
£214.00
A100642A03GU..
£214.00
Double - Eight Tier Plain Perforated
915 x 500 x 155
A100682A01GU..
£277.00
A100682A03GU..
£277.00
19
Garment Dispensers & Collectors ››
››
››
The management issue of workplace clothing, often via third party laundries, is an essential part of hygiene procedure in many sectors These lockers are equally suitable for the controlled issue of safety equipment, consumables or for staff working days & nights Integral BioCote protection on all our garment issue lockers provides a valuable additional benefit to these industries
Dispensers ››
Choice of door colours & sloping tops available
Collectors ›› ››
››
Half-height upper ‘issue’ door with 5 compartments
››
Lower ‘collector’ door with ‘post slot’
››
Hooks for laundry collection sack (sack not included)
Lockers
››
Full-height door Galvanised anti-theft shelf, angled inside ‘post slot’ Hooks for laundry collection sack (sack not included)
10-Tier Dispenser
15-Tier Dispenser
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Description
Garment Collector
Model
Price
5-Tier Garment Dispenser
D151805A01GU..
£188.00
10-Tier Garment Dispenser
D151810A01GU..
£237.00
D151815A01GU..
£299.00
Garment Collector
D151801A01GU..
£128.00
5-Tier Collector & Dispenser
DDC1805A01GU..
£209.00
15-Tier Garment Dispenser
1778 x 381 x 457
5-Tier Dispenser
5-Tier Collector & Dispenser
Cloakroom Equipment ››
››
Shelving & Storage
››
Utile hardwood slats & backboard, with light grey welded frame, satin anodised aluminium hooks fixed at 150mm centres & adjustable feet Single sided & double sided units - 1800mm high Seat height: 422mm
Freestanding Bench
manufactured
Single Sided Bench Freestanding Bench (300Dmm) Single Sided Bench (300Dmm) Bench Width mm Model Price Model Price
20
Double Sided Bench
Double Sided Bench (600Dmm)
Model
Price
900
FBSU2324GUSL
£104.50
FSSU232SL18GU
£198.00
FDSU232SL18GU
£396.00
1200
FBSU2424GUSL
£131.50
FSSU242SL18GU
£236.50
FDSU242SL18GU
£535.00
1500
FBSU2524GUSL
£145.00
FSSU252SL18GU
£291.50
FDSU252SL18GU
£574.00
1800
FBSU2624GUSL
£176.50
FSSU262SL18GU
£350.00
FDSU262SL18GU
£700.00
2000
FBSU4524GUSL
£178.00
FSSU452SL18GU
£382.50
FDSU452SL18GU
£764.50
Solid Grade Laminate Door Lockers ›› ››
›› ›› ›› ›› ››
Combine the versatility of steel lockers with the durability of solid grade laminate doors Solid grade laminate material offers a robust, elegant solution with a range of colours & material designs, to satisfy all requirements Choice of door styles with blue doors Plant-on doors cover the front face of the locker carcase creating a wall of colour Inset doors provide a visual contrast between the door finish & the locker frame Other colours available upon request Laminate end panels are available upon request - please call for details
Robust hinge design The door is clamped between the integral security plate & the 5 knuckle hinge & then riveted to the frame.
Lockers
Door numbering Doors feature a pre-drilled recess ready to accept a numbering disc (Plain door version available on request) Self-adhesive 25mm Number Disc
(Silver & Black) please specify number when ordering
Model
Price
E464
£1.00
Lock Options Standard deadlock, Digital combination, Padlock fitting Coin/Token, operated Multi-user locks
Inset doors provide a visual contrast between the door finish & the locker frame
Plant-on doors cover the front face of the locker carcase creating a wall of colour
manufactured
Shelving & Storage
Nest 1
Nest 2
Overall Size H x W x D mm
No of Doors
Model
1800 x 300 x 450
2
L12512GUPBF00
£207.00
1800 x 300 x 450
3
L12513GUPBF00
£242.00
1800 x 300 x 450
4
L12514GUPBF00
£287.00
Price
Model
Nest 3 Price
Model
Price
L12522GUPBF00
£398.00
-
-
L12523GUPBF00
£467.00
-
-
L12524GUPBF00
£557.00
-
-
Blue Plant-on Door Laminate Lockers
Blue Inset Door Laminate Lockers 1800 x 300 x 300
2
L12212GUIBF00
£185.00
L12222GUIBF00
£359.00
L12232GUIBF00
£534.00
1800 x 300 x 450
2
L12512GUIBF00
£199.00
L12522GUIBF00
£381.00
L12532GUIBF00
£565.00
1800 x 300 x 300
3
L12213GUIBF00
£213.00
L12223GUIBF00
£413.00
L12233GUIBF00
£614.00
1800 x 300 x 450
3
L12513GUIBF00
£227.00
L12523GUIBF00
£437.00
L12533GUIBF00
£649.00
1800 x 300 x 300
4
L12214GUIBF00
£249.00
L12224GUIBF00
£487.00
L12234GUIBF00
£725.00
1800 x 300 x 450
4
L12514GUIBF00
£265.00
L12524GUIBF00
£512.00
L12534GUIBF00
£761.00
21
D
Louvre Panel Cupboards ››
›› ››
Lockable bin cupboards with internal louvre panel fitted at rear offering secure storage for valuable small parts Adjustable shelves on a 25mm vertical pitch Shelves carry a maximum of 78kg U.D.L.
Cupboards
E
F
Shelving & Storage
Biocote Protected Reduces the levels of harmful bacteria such as E-coli, MRSA & Salmonella on contact surfaces up to 99.9%
Container Sizes & Colours CP1 - Red 100W x 50H x 90L mm CP2 - Blue 102W x 75H x 165L mm CP3 - Green 148W x 130H x 240L mm CP4 - Yellow 207W x 130H x 350L mm CP5 - Red 207W x 175H x 350L mm CP6 - Green 416W x 175H x 375L mm
G
B
H
22
L I
J
M
K
N
O
Cupboards
P
Q
Type
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Description
A
984 x 915 x 505
Half Height Cupboard - No Shelf
-
CH961LGU--29S00
£319.00
B
984 x 915 x 505
Half Height Cupboard - 1 Shelf
-
CH961LGU--29S11
£328.00
Contents
Model
Price
Half Height & Tall Cupboards
1820 x 915 x 505
Tall Cupboard - 1 Shelf
-
C1961LGU--29S11
£478.00
1820 x 915 x 505
Tall Cupboard - 2 Shelves
-
C1961LGU--29S12
£499.00
E
984 x 915 x 505
Half Height Cupboard - No Shelf
14 x CP1, 14 x CP2, 10 x CP3 & 4 x CP4
CK3H961LGU--29S00
£412.00
F
984 x 915 x 505
Half Height Cupboard - No Shelf
14 x CP1, 14 x CP2, 5 x CP3, 4 x CP4 & 4 x CP5
CK4H961LGU--29S00
£430.00
G
984 x 915 x 505
Half Height Cupboard - 1 Shelf
14 x CP1, 7 x CP2, 5 x CP3, 4 x CP4 & 4 x CP5
CK2H961LGU--29S11
£428.00
H
984 x 915 x 505
Half Height Cupboard - 1 Shelf
14 x CP1, 7 x CP2, 5 x CP3, 4 x CP5 & 2 x CP6
CK1H961LGU--29S11
£432.00
I
1820 x 915 x 505
Tall Cupboard - 1 Shelf
14 x CP1, 21 x CP2, 15 x CP3, 4 x CP5 & 2 x CP6
CK71961LGU--29S11
£636.00
J
1820 x 915 x 505
Tall Cupboard - 1 Shelf
14 x CP1, 21 x CP2, 10 x CP3, 4 x CP4, 4 x CP5 & 2 x CP6
CK61961LGU--29S11
£647.00
K
1820 x 915 x 505
Tall Cupboard - 1 Shelf
7 x CP2, 15 x CP3, 8 x CP4, 4 x CP5 & 2 x CP6
CK81961LGU--29S11
£658.00
L
1820 x 915 x 505
Tall Cupboard - 1 Shelf
7 x CP2, 15 x CP3, 8 x CP4 & 8 x CP5
CK91961LGU--29S11
£662.00
M
1820 x 915 x 505
Tall Cupboard - 2 Shelves
14 x CP1, 21 x CP2, 10 x CP3, 4 x CP4 & 4 x CP6
CK51961LGU--29S12
£664.00
N
1820 x 915 x 505
Tall Cupboard - 2 Shelves
14 x CP1, 21 x CP2, 10 x CP3, 8 x CP4 & 4 x CP5
CK21961LGU--29S12
£664.00
O
1820 x 915 x 505
Tall Cupboard - 2 Shelves
14 x CP1, 21 x CP2, 10 x CP3, 4 x CP4, 4 x CP5 & 2 x CP6
CK11961LGU--29S12
£668.00
P
1820 x 915 x 505
Tall Cupboard - 2 Shelves
14 x CP1, 21 x CP2, 10 x CP3, 4 x CP5 & 4 x CP6
CK41961LGU--29S12
£671.00
Q
1820 x 915 x 505
Tall Cupboard - 2 Shelves
14 x CP1, 28 x CP2, 10 x CP3, 4 x CP4, 4 x CP5 & 2 x CP6
CK31961LGU--29S12
£678.00
Half Height & Tall Cupboards complete with Small Parts Bins
COLOUR CHOICES - DOOR COLOURS Light Grey (RAL 7035) Code GU
Blue (RAL 5002) Code CF
Red (RAL 3020) Code RD
Green (RAL 6001) Code PD
Carmine Red (RAL 3002) Code RM
Yellow (RAL 1003) Code YD
Dark Grey (BS 00 A 11) Code HY
All body colours are Light Grey (RAL 7035). Insert the code of the door colour required to the product code when ordering.
23
Shelving & Storage
C D
Hazardous Substance Cupboards
CBIN607YD
Hazardous Storage
CBIN606YD
FROM ONLY
manufactured
£102.00
Epoxy powder coating in high visibility yellow - RAL 1003 Ensures awareness of the potential danger of the materials stored & makes location in the workplace easy ›› Supplied with safety labelling to BS5609 ›› All steel construction for long life with low maintenance ››
Shelving & Storage
››
All hazardous substance storage cupboards are designed to store small amounts of flammables & chemical products (up to 50 litres) in work areas inside buildings & have the following key features; ›› Height-adjustable shelves to accommodate stored material ›› Appropriate safety labelling to indicate flammable contents ›› Full height door stiffener for additional strength ›› Three-point locking for additional security on all units 790mm or higher ›› Fully welded integral sump eliminates leakage & contains spillages up to 35L (approx) In the event of spillage within the cupboard, it is recommended the sump is emptied by means of an appropriate pump and the contents disposed of correctly in accordance with the relevant waste management regulations.
All Hazardous Substance Cupboards & Storage Bins are supplied with three high visibility labels conforming to BS5609. Simply choose the right label for the type of substance being stored Labels are approved to the new HSE regulations & guidelines
24
Overall Size H x W x D mm
No. of Shelves
Model
Price
Express Delivery Hazardous Cupboards (Maximum of 2 per order) 1905 x 915 x 505
3
ZH1961HS13
£425.00
790 x 915 x 505
1
ZHA961HS11
£264.00
1070 x 915 x 505
1
ZHH961HS11
£296.00
1070 x 915 x 505
2
ZHH961HS12
£311.00
Hazardous Cupboards 1905 x 915 x 505
3
H1961HYDYD29S13
£425.00
1070 x 915 x 505
2
HH961HYDYD29S12
£311.00
1905 x 477 x 505
3
H1661HYDYD29S13
£288.00
1070 x 915 x 505
1
HH961HYDYD29S11
£296.00
1070 x 477 x 505
1
HH661HYDYD00S11
£199.00
770 x 450 x 300
1
HA521HYDYD00S11
£140.00
770 x 300 x 300
1
HA221HYDYD29S11
£130.00
770 x 915 x 505
1
HA961HYDYD29S11
£264.00
770 x 915 x 355
1
HA931HYDYD00S11
£257.00
770 x 450 x 300
1
HA551HYDYD00S11
£157.00
595 x 450 x 300
-
HQ521HYDYD00S00
£102.00
610 x 1170 x 460
-
CBIN607YD
£388.00
510 x 610 x 380
-
CBIN606YD
£288.00
Hazardous Cupboard Stands - painted Yellow with adjustable feet 533 x 915 x 505
-
FHSF96C533YD
£121.00
533 x 477 x 505
-
FHSF66C533YD
£108.00
Plastic Containers
Colour
Supplied with labels ›› Tough co-polymer polypropylene ›› Self stacking or fit to louvred panel ››
CP1X20
100W x 50H x 90L mm Packed in 20’s
CP2X20
CP3X20
148W x 130H x 240L mm Packed in 20’s
CP4X10
207W x 130H x 350L mm Packed in 10’s
Price per pack
CP1 Containers - 100W x 50H x 90L mm Red
CP1X20RD
£14.00
Green
CP1X20GN
£14.00
Blue
CP1X20BU
£14.00
Yellow
CP1X20YL
£14.00
Extra Label
C1L
£2.50 per 100
Spigots Designed to carry awkward shaped items on louvred panels. Wire spigots manufactured from 5mm wire. Two types of welded spigots with 16swg plate & 16mm square tube or 12.7mm dia. round tube.
CP2 Containers - 102W x 75H x 165L mm Red
CP2X20RD
£24.50
Green
CP2X20GN
£24.50
Blue
CP2X20BU
£24.50
Yellow
CP2X20YL
£24.50
Extra Label
C26L
£3.50 per 100
CP3 Containers - 148W x 130H x 240L mm Red
CP3X20RD
£55.00
Green
CP3X20GN
£55.00
Blue
CP3X20BU
£55.00
Yellow
CP3X20YL
£55.00
Extra Label
C345L
£5.00 per 100
Type
Capacity
Model
Price
Wire Spigot
CP4 Containers - 207W x 130H x 350L mm
Single Prong
4kg UDL
WRS1
£1.50
Double Prong
9kg UDL
WRS2
£1.50
Capacity
Model
Price
Red
CP4X10RD
£56.00
Green
CP4X10GN
£56.00 £56.00
Blue
CP4X10BU
Yellow
CP4X10YL
£56.00
Extra Label
C345L
£5.00 per 100
Small Parts Storage
102W x 75H x 165L mm Packed in 20’s
Model
CP5 Containers - 207W x 175H x 350L mm
CP5X10
207W x 175H x 350L mm Packed in 10’s
CP6X5
416W x 175H x 375L mm Packed in 5’s
Red
CP5X10RD
£71.00
Green
CP5X10GN
£71.00
Blue
CP5X10BU
£71.00
Yellow
CP5X10YL
£71.00
Extra Label
C345L
£5.00 per 100
CP6 Containers - 416W x 175H x 375L mm
Size mm Dia. x Length
Red
CP6X5RD
£63.00
Green
CP6X5GN
£63.00
16 x 150
5kg UDL
WLS1
£3.00
Blue
CP6X5BU
£63.00
16 x 300
10kg UDL
WLS2
£3.50
Yellow
CP6X5YL
£63.00
12.7 x 150
3kg UDL
WLS3
£3.00
Extra Label
C26L
£3.50 per 100
12.7 x 300
9kg UDL
WLS4
£3.50
Welded Spigot
Wall Panel
Shelving & Storage
Comprising of 2 panels 457 x 436mm. Can be fixed to wall vertically or horizontally. Panels finished in light grey. Includes 8 x CP1, 16 x CP2 & 6 x CP3 containers.
manufactured
Size
Model
Price per pack
914 x 436
SP152
£65.50
Dividers
Retainer Clips
Grey plastic dividers for use in CP6 containers only. Pack of 10.
Tie Bar For use when stacking containers. CTB5 pack of 10. CTB6 pack of 5.
Zinc plated steel clip to hold container to louvred panels. Pack of 100.
To Suit
Model
Price per pack
Model
Price per pack
Model
Price per pack
Container CP5
CTB5
£9.50
CD
£22.50
CRC
£24.00
Container CP6
CTB6
£7.50
25
Louvred Panels Allows containers & spigots to be wall mounted. Light grey paint finish. Packed in 2’s. Overall Size W x H mm
Model
Price
Shelving & Storage
Small Parts Storage
Louvred Panels £18.00
228 x 457
2LP0018GUX2
228 x 914
2LP0036GUX2
£23.00
228 x 1676
2LP0066GUX2
£38.50
332 x 457
3LP0018GUX2
£24.50
332 x 914
3LP0036GUX2
£28.00
332 x 1676
3LP0066GUX2
£56.00
436 x 457
4LP0018GUX2
£24.00
436 x 914
4LP0036GUX2
£39.50
436 x 1676
4LP0066GUX2
£89.00
manufactured
Fixing Kits These kits contain panels & fixings to install panels on the end of 1800mm high Euro Shelving bays. See page 40 for Euro Shelving
Bench Rack Bench top louvred panel comprising panel and legs. Containers not included. Overall Size W x H mm
To Fit
Model
Price
Model
Price
300 mm bay
XFLPK0300GU
£49.00
457 x 436
BU1GU
£25.00
400 mm bay
XFLPK0400GU
£57.00
457 x 852
BU2GU
£36.50
500 mm bay
XFLPK0500GU
£69.50
Large Rack Self assembly rack complete with all fixings. Frame finished in graphite grey with light grey panel. Includes 16 x CP1, 16 x CP2, 18 x CP3, 8 x CP4, 8 x CP5 & 2 x CP6 containers
Small Rack Self assembly rack complete with all fixings. Frame finished in graphite grey with light grey panel. Includes 8 x CP2, 6 x CP3 & 2 x CP4 containers.
Overall Size W x H mm
Model
Price
Overall Size W x H mm
Model
Price
871 x 1838
SP163
£459.00
457 x 924
SP162
£156.50
Freestanding Rack WITHOUT Containers
Freestanding Rack WITHOUT Containers
Mobile Trolley Self assembly trolley comprising 2 panels. Complete with all fixings & instructions. Frame finished in graphite grey with light grey panel. Includes 8 x CP1, 8 x CP2, 6 x CP3, 4 x CP4 & 2 x CP6 containers. Overall Size W x H mm
Model
Price
457 x 1080
SP148
£357.00
457 x 1838 (single sided)
FSRS3GXGU
£190.00
457 x 924 (single sided)
FSRS1GXGU
£119.00
871 x 1838 (single sided)
FSRS4GXGU
£252.50
871 x 924 (single sided)
FSRS2GXGU
£152.50
457 x 1838 (double sided)
FSRD3GXGU
£282.00
457 x 924 (double sided)
FSRD1GXGU
£181.00
457 x 1080
FT1GXGU
£282.50
871 x 1838 (double sided)
FSRD4GXGU
£397.00
871 x 924 (double sided)
FSRD2GXGU
£233.50
877 x 1080
FT2GXGU
£311.00
26
Mobile Trolley WITHOUT Containers
Just Shelving - Standard Duty ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
Quick & easy boltless assembly Hardwearing powder coat finish Each bay comes with 5 chipboard shelves Protective feet are included Extra shelf levels available load up to
360kg
max. evenly distributed
per shelf
It’s so quick & easy Just Shelving
Unpack & assemble framework by simply tapping together....
FROM ONLY
£124.00
...with framework complete, just fit the shelves in position
Shelving & Storage
manufactured Starter Bay
Extra Shelf
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Shelf Load kg
Model
Price
Model
Price
1981 x 900 x 300
360
SX001..GU
£124.00
SX101GU
£17.00
1981 x 900 x 380
300
SX192..GU
£131.00
SX195GU
£19.00
1981 x 900 x 450
320
SX004..GU
£130.00
SX104GU
£19.00
1981 x 900 x 600
180
SX007..GU
£147.00
SX107GU
£22.00
1981 x 1200 x 300
180
SX002..GU
£155.00
SX102GU
£22.00
1981 x 1200 x 380
350
SX193..GU
£167.00
SX196GU
£29.00
1981 x 1200 x 450
350
SX005..GU
£165.00
SX105GU
£25.00
1981 x 1200 x 600
350
SX019..GU
£184.00
SX119GU
£29.00
1981 x 1500 x 300
200
SX003..GU
£170.00
SX103GU
£27.00
1981 x 1500 x 380
175
SX194..GU
£210.00
SX197GU
£30.00
1981 x 1500 x 450
175
SX006..GU
£191.00
SX106GU
£31.00
1981 x 1500 x 600
175
SX008..GU
£212.00
SX108GU
£35.00
2438 x 900 x 600
175
SX198..GU
£150.00
SX107GU
£22.00
2438 x 1200 x 600
200
SX199..GU
£187.00
SX119GU
£29.00
2438 x 1500 x 600
175
SX200..GU
£215.00
SX108GU
£35.00
...ready to use in minutes
COLOUR CHOICES For Red Uprights with Light Grey beams insert RD into the code
28
For Blue Uprights with Light Grey beams insert BQ into the code
For Light Grey Uprights with Light Grey beams insert GU into the code
For Dark Grey Uprights with Light Grey beams insert GX into the code
Just Shelving - Heavy Duty FROM ONLY
£119.00
Just Shelving
load up to
650kg
manufactured ››
›› ›› ››
Overall Size
per shelf
Starter Bay
Extra Shelf
H x W x D mm
Shelf Load kg
Model
Price
Model
Price
1981 x 900 x 450
320
SX203..GU
£119.00
SX207GU
£23.00
1981 x 900 x 600
180
SX204..GU
£129.00
SX208GU
£27.00
1981 x 1200 x 450
350
SX201..GU
£147.00
SX205GU
£33.00
1981 x 1200 x 600
200
SX202..GU
£154.00
SX206GU
£35.00
1981 x 1500 x 450
510
SX020..GU
£156.00
SX120GU
£39.00 £44.00
1981 x 1500 x 600
275
SX021..GU
£167.00
SX121GU
1981 x 1500 x 900
104
SX022..GU
£208.00
SX122GU
£49.00
1981 x 1800 x 450
635
SX023..GU
£180.00
SX109GU
£44.00
1981 x 1800 x 600
365
SX024..GU
£195.00
SX110GU
£48.00
1981 x 1800 x 900
210
SX025..GU
£235.00
SX111GU
£59.00 £48.00
1981 x 2100 x 450
650
SX026..GU
£196.00
SX126GU
1981 x 2100 x 600
400
SX027..GU
£210.00
SX127GU
£54.00
1981 x 2100 x 900
210
SX028..GU
£243.00
SX128GU
£67.00 £53.00
1981 x 2400 x 450
600
SX029..GU
£208.00
SX112GU
1981 x 2400 x 600
445
SX013..GU
£225.00
SX113GU
£58.00
1981 x 2400 x 900
210
SX014..GU
£267.00
SX114GU
£73.00
CONNECTOR PLATE
For securing adjacent bays together to create runs of shelving. Four plates required to join two bays.
Model
Price
SXSRLGU
£1.50
COLOUR CHOICES For Red Uprights with Light Grey beams insert RD into the code
For Blue Uprights with Light Grey beams insert BQ into the code
For Light Grey Uprights with Light Grey beams insert GU into the code
For Dark Grey Uprights with Light Grey beams insert GX into the code
29
Shelving & Storage
››
Quick & easy boltless assembly Hardwearing powder coat finish Each bay comes with 3 chipboard shelves Protective feet are included Extra shelf levels available
max. evenly distributed
Standard Duty Galvanised Shelving ›› ››
load up to
360kg
max. evenly distributed
load up to
68kg
per shelf
››
max. evenly distributed
per shelf
Galvanised Shelving
››
Quick & easy boltless assembly PRE GALVATITE components provide additional corrosion resistance & have a hard-wearing industrial finish Choice of 18mm FSC certified chipboard shelves on J beams or galvatite steel shelves Three of the galvatite steel shelves sit on J beams, the other two on adjustable shelf clips
FROM ONLY
£102.00 Galvanised Shelving with chipboard shelves
Galvanised Shelving with galvatite shelves 5 Chipboard Shelf Levels
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Shelf Load kg
Model
Price
1980 x 900 x 300
360
ESX001CGS
£104.00
1980 x 900 x 450
320
ESX004CGS
£112.00
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Shelf Load kg
Model
Price
1980 x 1200 x 300
350
ESX002CGS
£131.00
1980 x 900 x 300
68
ESX001MGS
£102.00
1980 x 1200 x 450
350
ESX005CGS
£142.00
1980 x 900 x 450
68
ESX004MGS
£117.00
5 Galvatite Steel Shelf Levels
Heavy Duty Galvanised Shelving ››
Shelving & Storage
››
››
Quick & easy boltless assembly PRE GALVATITE components provide additional corrosion resistance & have a hard-wearing industrial finish Three 18mm FSC certified chipboard shelves on galvatite channel beams
load up to
375kg
max. evenly distributed
per shelf
manufactured
FROM ONLY
£131.00
30
Heavy Duty - 3 Shelf Levels
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Shelf Load kg
Model
Price
1980 x 1500 x 600
375
ESX021CGS
£131.00
1980 x 1800 x 600
375
ESX024CGS
£148.00
1980 x 2100 x 600
375
ESX027CGS
£160.00
Just Complete Document Storage Bays ›› ›› ››
30 BOXES
Quick & easy boltless assembly Hard wearing powder coated finish Price includes archive boxes External size: 266H x 356W x 445Dmm Internal size: 254H x 330W x 407Dmm load up to
635kg
max. evenly distributed
manufactured
per shelf
FROM ONLY
£326.00 Shelf Load kg
No of Boxes Stored
Model
Price
2050 x 1800 x 450
635
30
JAU30..GU
£326.00
2270 x 1800 x 450
635
35
JAU35..GU
£353.00
2050 x 1800 x 900
210
60
JAU60..GU
£543.00
2270 x 1800 x 900
210
70
JAU70..GU
£602.00
FBFFAS005
£5.00
Extra Box
Just Shelving
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Just Lever Arch File Bays ›› ›› ››
Economic solution to keeping files tidy in the office Easy to assemble shelving bays complete with A4 or Foolscap file holders Units supplied with file holders
Shelving & Storage
manufactured
FROM ONLY
£119.00
Overall Size H x W x D mm
No of Shelves
File Type
No of Files Stored
Model
915 x 1000 x 300 915 x 1000 x 300
3
A4
20
20A4
£119.00
3
Foolscap
20
20FS
£137.00
915 x 1000 x 300 915 x 1000 x 300
5
A4
50
50A4
£248.00
5
Foolscap
50
50FS
£272.00
Price
COLOUR CHOICES For Red Uprights with Light Grey beams insert RD into the code
For Blue Uprights with Light Grey beams insert BQ into the code
For Light Grey Uprights with Light Grey beams insert GU into the code
For Dark Grey Uprights with Light Grey beams insert GX into the code
31
Just Economy Workstations ››
Simple & economic solutions to meet the needs of production assembly, maintenance & despatch personnel 18mm chipboard working surface at 915mm height
››
Work surface maximum load capacity of 300kg Upper shelf maximum load capacity of 150kg
››
Choice of upright colours with light grey beams
Just Workstations
››
FROM ONLY
£189.00
manufactured
WORKSTATION ‘C’
Shelving & Storage
Workstation offering large work surface with louvre panels at rear and useful top shelf. Panel accepts plastic containers & spigots (see page 25) making them ideal for the storage of small components & tools (containers & spigots not included). Rear shelf at 1980mm. Overall Size D x W x H mm
Model
Price
750 x 1500 x 1980
JAWC7515..GU
£189.00
WORKSTATION ‘A’
WORKSTATION ‘B’
Basic workstation with working surface and 2 shelves allows operator to be seated.
Has lower shelf to allow high volume of storage under the working surface.
Overall Size W x D mm
Model
Price
Overall Size W x D mm
Model
Price
1800 x 750
JAWA7518..GU
£208.00
1800 x 750
JAWB7518..GU
£240.00
2400 x 750
JAWA7524..GU
£230.00
2400 x 750
JAWB7524..GU
£284.00
1800 x 900
JAWA9018..GU
£219.00
1800 x 900
JAWB9018..GU
£255.00
2400 x 900
JAWA9024..GU
£256.00
2400 x 900
JAWB9024..GU
£301.00
COLOUR CHOICES For Red Uprights with Light Grey beams insert RD into the code
32
For Blue Uprights with Light Grey beams insert BQ into the code
For Light Grey Uprights with Light Grey beams insert GU into the code
For Dark Grey Uprights with Light Grey beams insert GX into the code
Stormor Mono
manufactured
5
day delivery*
*maximum quantities & postcode restrictions apply
70kg
Shelving & Storage
Shelving
evenly distributed
per shelf
It is essential that shelving exceeding a height to depth ratio of 4:1 to the top loaded shelf is adequately secured to the floor. Fixings are included where applicable for concrete floors
Biocote Protected Reduces the levels of harmful bacteria such as E-coli, MRSA & Salmonella on contact surfaces up to 99.9%
›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
Ideal for general purpose storage Versatile & fully adjustable Fully interchangeable with all other Stormor components A wide range of accessories available, please see pages 37 & 38 Rear cladding or mesh cladding available Supplied flat pack for easy assembly Up to 1000kg capacity per shelving bay
6 Shelf Stormor Mono Shelving Open Back Bays Overall Size H x W x D mm
Starter Bay Model
Extension Bay Price
Model
Extra Shelf Price
Model
Price
-
-
Express Delivery Stormor Mono Shelving - Max. 5 kits per order - 4 shelves per bay 1850 x 900 x 370
EDSZMSS0401809370GU
£76.00
EDSZMES0401809370GU
£54.00
Stormor Mono Shelving - 6 shelves per bay 1850 x 1000 x 300
SMM18130OS6..
£120.00
SMM18130OE6..
£95.00
SMS130
£10.00
1850 x 1000 x 370
SMM18137OS6..
£130.00
SMM18137OE6..
£104.00
SMS137
£11.50
1850 x 1000 x 450
SMM18145OS6..
£139.00
SMM18145OE6..
£114.00
SMS145
£13.00
1850 x 1000 x 600*
SMM18160OS6..
£158.00
SMM18160OE6..
£132.00
SMS160
£16.00
2150 x 1000 x 300
SMM21130OS6..
£143.00
SMM21130OE6..
£114.00
SMS130
£10.00
2150 x 1000 x 370
SMM21137OS6..
£143.00
SMM21137OE6..
£114.00
SMS137
£11.50
2150 x 1000 x 450
SMM21145OS6..
£153.00
SMM21145OE6..
£123.00
SMS145
£13.00
2150 x 1000 x 600*
SMM21160OS6..
£172.00
SMM21160OE6..
£142.00
SMS160
£16.00
* 600mm deep bays have a maximum shelf load capacity of 45kg UDL
34
Stormor Solo ›› ›› ›› ››
›› ››
70kg
Ideal for document storage Versatile & fully adjustable Fully interchangeable with all other Stormor Components A wide range of accessories are available, please see pages 37 & 38 Rear cladding available Up to 700kg capacity per shelving bay
evenly distributed
per shelf
Solo shelving has single skin uprights. This offers a cost-effective solution to everyday storage as well as being a quick & easy system to assemble.
manufactured
Shelving
5
day delivery*
*maximum quantities & postcode restrictions apply
It is essential that shelving exceeding a height to depth ratio of 4:1 to the top loaded shelf is adequately secured to the floor. Fixings are included where applicable for concrete floors
6 Shelf Stormor Solo Shelving Open Back Bays Overall Size H x W x D mm
Starter Bay Model
Extension Bay Price
Model
Extra Shelf Price
Model
Price
£83.00
-
-
Express Delivery Stormor Solo Shelving - Max. 5 kits per order - 4 shelves per bay 1850 x 900 x 370
£101.00
EDSZSSS0401809370GU
EDSZSES0401809370GU
Stormor Solo Shelving - 6 shelves per bay SMS18130OS6..
£114.00
SMS18130OE6..
£91.00
SMS130
£10.00
1850 x 1000 x 370
SMS18137OS6..
£129.00
SMS18137OE6..
£103.00
SMS137
£11.50
1850 x 1000 x 450
SMS18145OS6..
£143.00
SMS18145OE6..
£114.00
SMS145
£13.00
1850 x 1000 x 600*
SMS18160OS6..
£174.00
SMS18160OE6..
£139.00
SMS160
£16.00
2150 x 1000 x 300
SMS21130OS6..
£123.00
SMS21130OE6..
£98.00
SMS130
£10.00
2150 x 1000 x 370
SMS21137OS6..
£140.00
SMS21137OE6..
£111.00
SMS137
£11.50
2150 x 1000 x 450
SMS21145OS6..
£154.00
SMS21145OE6..
£122.00
SMS145
£13.00
2150 x 1000 x 600*
SMS21160OS6..
£187.00
SMS21160OE6..
£147.00
SMS160
£16.00
6 Shelf Stormor Solo Shelving Closed Back Bays Starter Bay
Extension Bay
Extra Shelf
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Model
Price
Model
Price
Model
Price
1850 x 1000 x 300
SMS18130CS6..
£154.00
SMS18130CE6..
£131.00
SMS130
£10.00
1850 x 1000 x 370
SMS18137CS6..
£170.00
SMS18137CE6..
£143.00
SMS137
£11.50
1850 x 1000 x 450
SMS18145CS6..
£183.00
SMS18145CE6..
£155.00
SMS145
£13.00
1850 x 1000 x 600*
SMS18160CS6..
£214.00
SMS18160CE6..
£179.00
SMS160
£16.00
2150 x 1000 x 300
SMS21130CS6..
£165.00
SMS21130CE6..
£140.00
SMS130
£10.00
2150 x 1000 x 370
SMS21137CS6..
£181.00
SMS21137CE6..
£152.00
SMS137
£11.50
2150 x 1000 x 450
SMS21145CS6..
£196.00
SMS21145CE6..
£164.00
SMS145
£13.00
2150 x 1000 x 600*
SMS21160CS6..
£228.00
SMS21160CE6..
£189.00
SMS160
£16.00
* 600mm deep bays have a maximum shelf load capacity of 45kg UDL
COLOUR CHOICES Stormor Grey* GU (RAL 7035)
Blue BQ (RAL 5005)
Graphite Grey GX (BS 5252 18 A 14)
Traffic Red RD (RAL 3020)
Marine Blue GB (RAL 5001)
Racing Green GD (RAL 6005)
*Only Light Grey incorporates BioCote protection. Also on standard lead time. All other colours are on extended lead times
35
Shelving & Storage
1850 x 1000 x 300
Stormor Duo Open Extension Bay
Open Starter Bay
Closed Extension Bay
70kg
evenly distributed
Shelving
per shelf
››
›› ›› ››
It is essential that shelving exceeding a height to depth ratio of 4:1 to the top loaded shelf is adequately secured to the floor. Fixings are included where applicable for concrete floors
Ideal for archiving applications. Satisfies the common requirement of PD5454:2012 - ‘Recommendations for the storage & exhibition of archival documents’ Stylish addition to every office Double skin uprights to allow the full shelf width to be used with clear un-impeded access for insertion & removal of files Up to 1000kg capacity per shelving bay
manufactured
Shelving & Storage
6 Shelf Stormor Duo Shelving Open Back Bays Starter Bay
Extension Bay
Extra Shelf
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Model
Price
Model
Price
Model
Price
1850 x 1000 x 300
SMD18130OS6..
£143.00
SMD18130OE6..
£107.00
SMS130
£10.00
1850 x 1000 x 370
SMD18137OS6..
£164.00
SMD18137OE6..
£122.00
SMS137
£11.50
1850 x 1000 x 450
SMD18145OS6..
£182.00
SMD18145OE6..
£135.00
SMS145
£13.00
1850 x 1000 x 600*
SMD18160OS6..
£226.00
SMD18160OE6..
£165.00
SMS160
£16.00
2150 x 1000 x 300
SMD21130OS6..
£156.00
SMD21130OE6..
£116.00
SMS130
£10.00
2150 x 1000 x 370
SMD21137OS6..
£179.00
SMD21137OE6..
£132.00
SMS137
£11.50
2150 x 1000 x 450
SMD21145OS6..
£198.00
SMD21145OE6..
£146.00
SMS145
£13.00
2150 x 1000 x 600*
SMD21160OS6..
£245.00
SMD21160OE6..
£178.00
SMS160
£16.00
6 Shelf Stormor Duo Shelving Closed Back Bays Starter Bay
Extension Bay
Extra Shelf
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Model
Price
Model
Price
Model
Price
1850 x 1000 x 300
SMD18130CS6..
£184.00
SMD18130CE6..
£147.00
SMS130
£10.00
1850 x 1000 x 370
SMD18137CS6..
£205.00
SMD18137CE6..
£164.00
SMS137
£11.50
1850 x 1000 x 450
SMD18145CS6..
£223.00
SMD18145CE6..
£176.00
SMS145
£13.00
1850 x 1000 x 600*
SMD18160CS6..
£267.00
SMD18160CE6..
£206.00
SMS160
£16.00
2150 x 1000 x 300
SMD21130CS6..
£198.00
SMD21130CE6..
£158.00
SMS130
£10.00
2150 x 1000 x 370
SMD21137CS6..
£220.00
SMD21137CE6..
£173.00
SMS137
£11.50
2150 x 1000 x 450
SMD21145CS6..
£240.00
SMD21145CE6..
£187.00
SMS145
£13.00
2150 x 1000 x 600*
SMD21160CS6..
£286.00
SMD21160CE6..
£219.00
SMS160
£16.00
* 600mm deep bays have a maximum shelf load capacity of 45kg UDL
COLOUR CHOICES Stormor Grey* GU (RAL 7035)
Blue BQ (RAL 5005)
Graphite Grey GX (BS 5252 18 A 14)
Traffic Red RD (RAL 3020)
Marine Blue GB (RAL 5001)
Racing Green GD (RAL 6005)
*Only Light Grey incorporates BioCote protection. Also on standard lead time. All other colours are on extended lead times
36
Stormor Accessories
Back Stop
Our range of accessories are interchangeable between Mono, Solo & Duo systems, this makes the Stormor Shelving range ideal for the creation of custom designed storage facilities. Accessories can be easily retro-fitted allowing you to add to your shelving as your storage needs change. N.B. some accessories won’t fit to adjacent solo bays
Zinc plated rod which fits across the rear of the bays to prevent large items falling off the back.
manufactured
Model
Price
1000
SZABS004R1000GU
£3.50
Garment Hanging
When fitted, this prevents items falling off the front of the shelves. When used with dividers this forms compartments or bins **2 location plugs required for 25mm & 50mm deep shelves & 4 required for 75mm & 100mm deep shelves**
A system of rails & brackets which fit within the bay widths to allow for the hanging of garments. Extra shelves may be required - please call for further info
Model
Price
1000 x 25
SZABF025F1000FGU
£7.50
1000 x 50
SZABF050F1000FGU
1000 x 75
SZABF075F1000FGU
1000 x 100 Location Plug - per bin front
See page 39 for more Garment Hanging Solutions
Description
Size mm
Model
Price
£8.00
Rail
25 dia. x 1000L
SZAGR25S1000GS
£4.00
£9.50
Support Channel
300D
SZAHSC1225300
£7.00
SZABF100F1000FGU
£10.00
Support Channel
450D
SZAHSC1225450
£9.00
SZAPPLUG**
£0.50
Support Channel
600D
SZAHSC1225600
£9.50
Pull-out Filing Cradle
Plastic Drawer Units
Can accommodate A4 & foolscap top loaded suspension files. Cradle slides out on telescopic arms (fits 1000mm bays only)
Ideal for storage of small items. The drawers tilt on integrated back stops to allow for easy viewing & access
Model
Price
Price
DU1GU
£4.50
370
SZAPOFC1000370GU
£118.00
DU2GU
£6.50
450
SZAPOFC1000450GU
£138.00
DU3GU
£6.00
Pull-out Drawers
Pull-out Shelf
Fitted onto telescopic arms the pull-out drawer is available in 3 heights - 200mm high available upon request
Slides out from the bay on telescopic slides. Provides a flat & stable work surface within a storage bay
(fits 1000mm bays only)
(fits 1000mm bays only)
Size D x H mm
Model
Price
370 x 100
SZAPOD100P370GU
£140.00
Shelf Depth mm
Model
Price
370 x 150
SZAPOD150P370GU
£141.00
370
SZAPORS1000370GU
£102.00
450 x 150
SZAPOD150P450GU
£151.00
450
SZAPORS1000450GU
£114.00
37
Shelving & Storage
Model
Shelving
Bin Front
Overall Size H x D mm
Shelf Depth mm
Width mm
Document Divider
General Purpose Divider
Slim profile divider designed to be used with paper storage ensuring minimal wasted space on the shelf
Used to divide shelves horizontally into smaller storage compartments
Size H x D mm
Model
Price
Size H x D mm
Model
Price
SZDF300300GU
£3.50
300 x 300
0300DF0300GU
£4.00
SZDF300370GU
£4.00
300 x 370
0300DF0370GU
£4.00
300 x 450
SZDF300450GU
£4.50
300 x 450
0300DF0450GU
£5.00
400 x 300
SZDF400300GU
£5.00
400 x 300
0400DF0300GU
£5.00
400 x 370
SZDF400370GU
£6.00
400 x 370
0400DF0370GU
£5.00
400 x 450
SZDF400450GU
£7.00
400 x 450
0400DF0450GU
£5.00
450 x 300
SZDF450300GU
£5.50
450 x 300
0450DF0300GU
£5.00
450 x 370
SZDF450370GU
£6.50
450 x 370
0450DF0370GU
£5.00
450 x 450
SZDF450450GU
£7.00
450 x 450
0450DF0450GU
£6.00
Shelving
300 x 300 300 x 370
Part Height Divider
Undershelf Divider
150mm high divider which slots into either the top or bottom of a shelf to provide storage sections or support for files
Divider simply clips under the shelf to hold books or files upright. Divider can be repositioned as required (suitable for open shelves only)
Size D x H mm
Model
Price
Size - to suit shelf depth
Model
Price
370 x 150
SZDP370GU
£5.00
270 - 320
SZAUSD270-320ZC
£8.50
450 x 150
SZDP450GU
£5.50
350 - 400
SZAUSD350-400ZC
£9.00
600 x 150
SZDP600GU
£6.50
450 - 500
SZAUSD450-500ZC
£9.00
Stormor Bin Units Stable, strong & no sharp edges Closed sides & ends keep items neatly together ›› Overall bay size: 1850H x 900W x 300Dmm (881 clearbay) ›› Shelves are pierced every 75mm to accept dividers ››
Shelving & Storage
››
18 Compartment Nominal Size H x W x D mm
Starter Bay Model
Extension Bay Price
Model
Price
SBU18593/12E
£153.00
Stormor Solo 12 Compartment 300 x 450 x 300
SBU18593/12S
£176.00
Stormor Solo 18 Compartment 300 x 300 x 300
38
SBU18593/18S
£194.00
SBU18593/18E
£173.00
12 Compartment
Just Garment Hanging Simple beam & upright storage system ideal for retail, stockrooms, laundry operations & workplace clothing storage ■ Rails easily adjusted to accommodate changing stock requirements ■ Beams are light grey with a choice of colours for the uprights ■
Upright Colours Light Grey GU
Dark Grey GX
Red RD
Extra Rail Single Sided Bay
Width mm
Blue GB
Price
Model
Price
ESXGHJB1000GU
£5.00
SX189
£15.00
1200
ESXGHJB1200GU
£6.00
SX190
£17.00
1500
ESXGHJB1500GU
£7.00
SX191
£20.00
Single Sided Bay (300Dmm) Beam Levels
Model
1980 x 1000
3
1980 x 1200
3
1980 x 1500
Garment Racking
Model
1000
Overall Size H x W mm
Single Sided Bay
Extra Rail (Pair) Double Sided Bay
Optional Shelf
Double Sided Bay (600Dmm)
Optional Shelf
Price
Beam Levels
Model
Price
Model
Price
SX095--
£52.00
3
SX086--
£82.00
SX186
£24.00
SX096--
£54.00
3
SX087--
£87.00
SX187
£25.00
3
SX097--
£59.00
3
SX088--
£97.00
SX188
£30.00
2400 x 1000
3
SX098--
£53.00
3
SX089--
£85.00
SX186
£24.00
2400 x 1200
3
SX099--
£56.00
3
SX090--
£90.00
SX187
£25.00
2400 x 1500
3
SX100--
£61.00
3
SX091--
£100.00
SX188
£30.00
3000 x 1000
4
SX150--
£70.00
4
SX092--
£111.00
SX186
£24.00
3000 x 1200
4
SX151--
£73.00
4
SX093--
£118.00
SX187
£25.00
3000 x 1500
4
SX152--
£80.00
4
SX094--
£131.00
SX188
£30.00
Double Sided Bay It is essential that shelving exceeding a height to depth ratio of 4:1 to the top loaded shelf is adequately secured to the floor. Fixings are available - please call for details
Longspan Garment Hanging Modular, easily adjustable system, offering versatile storage for hanging garments Simple tap together design allows for easy dismantling, relocation or storage as stock requirements change ■ Beam positions can be quickly & efficiently adjusted on 50mm pitch ■ Bays are finished in light grey uprights & beams ■ ■
Shelving & Storage
Tap down to locate beam into frame & insert locking pin. Beams easily repositioned using press & release locking pin system
It is essential that shelving exceeding a height to depth ratio of 4:1 to the top loaded shelf is adequately secured to the floor or wall. Fixings are available - please call for details
Overall Size H x W mm
Beam Levels
2400 x 1800 x 500
2
1 x Starter Bay & 1 x Extension Bay
Extension Bay
Additional Beam
Model
Price
Model
Price
Model
Price
GHB24185022BR
£391.00
GHB24185022EB
£147.00
LTB1800GW
£12.00
ZD
£0.06
Beam Locking Clips (two required per beam)
39
Euro Shelving Easy clip together assembly Robust steel shelving designed to suit any working environment (not suitable for temperatures between -2ºC & +5ºC) ›› Each bay comes with 6 steel shelves ›› A wide range of accessories available - see page 41 ›› ›› load up to
160kg
max. evenly distributed
Shelving
per shelf
Biocote Protected Reduces the levels of harmful bacteria such as E-coli, MRSA & Salmonella on contact surfaces up to 99.9%
Clad Starter Bay
Shelving & Storage
Open All Round Extension Bay
Euro Shelving starter & extension bays make ordering easy. Finished with light grey uprights, cladding & shelves the bays are 2100mm high, 1000mm wide with a choice of four shelf depths. Six shelves are supplied, but further shelves, including shelf clips, can be purchased if required. Bays can be either open all round or fully clad, depending on your requirements.
It is essential that shelving exceeding a height to depth ratio of 4:1 to the top loaded shelf is adequately secured to the floor. Fixings are available - please call for details
Starter & Extension Bays Each kit comprises of the correct number of frames, shelves, shelf clips, footplates, upright caps, & when applicable bracing or cladding. Depth mm
Starter Bay Model
Extension Bay Price
Model
Price
Extra Shelf Model
Price
Open All Round 300
S6N0300N
£169.00
E6N0300N
£114.00
ES0300
£12.00
400
S6N0400N
£184.00
E6N0400N
£127.00
ES0400
£14.00
450
S6N0450N
£194.00
E6N0450N
£136.00
ES0450
£16.00
600*
S6N0600N
£220.00
E6N0600N
£156.00
ES0600
£19.00
Fully Clad 300
S6C0300C
£227.00
E6C0300C
£183.00
ES0300
£12.00
400
S6C0400C
£247.00
E6C0400C
£187.00
ES0400
£14.00
Extra Bracing
Each brace assembly provides essential bracing for 12 bays of open shelving. Starter bays come complete with brace but extra braces are required if run exceeds 11 extension bays. Based upon a maximum bay loading 1200kg
450
S6C0450C
£262.00
E6C0450C
£197.00
ES0450
£16.00
Model
Price
600*
S6C0600C
£312.00
E6C0600C
£238.00
ES0600
£19.00
DCXBS1000ZC
£14.00
* 600mm deep bays have a maximum shelf load capacity of 135kg UDL
COLOUR CHOICES Stormor Grey* GU (RAL 7035)
Blue BQ (RAL 5005)
Graphite Grey GX (BS 5252 18 A 14)
Traffic Red RD (RAL 3020)
Marine Blue GB (RAL 5001)
Racing Green GD (RAL 6005)
*Only Light Grey incorporates BioCote protection. Also on standard lead time. All other colours are on extended lead times
40
Euro Shelving Accessories
Plastic Drawer Units
Our range of accessories are ideal for the creation of custom designed storage facilities. Accessories can be easily retro-fitted allowing you to add to your shelving as your storage needs change.
Ideal for storage of small items. The drawers tilt on integrated back stops to allow for easy viewing & access
manufactured
Part Height Divider
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Model
Price
128 x 138 x 281
DU1
£4.00
128 x 207 x 281
DU2
£5.50
128 x 138 x 430
DU3
£5.00
Bin Front
150mm high divider which slots into either the top or bottom of a shelf to provide storage sections or support for files
Model
Price
300 x 150
0150DP0300GU
£4.00
450 x 150
0150DP0450GU
£4.00
600 x 150
0150DP0600GU
£5.00
Overall Size H x W mm
Model
Price
50 x 1000
0050BFF1000GU
£6.00
100 x 1000
0100BFF1000GU
£7.00
General Purpose Divider
Pull-out Filing Cradle Can accommodate A4 & foolscap top loaded suspension files. Cradle slides out on telescopic arms (fits
Used to divide shelves horizontally into smaller storage compartments
1000mm bays only)
Size D x H mm
Model
Price
300 x 300
0300DF0300GU
£4.00
300 x 370
0300DF0370GU
£4.00
450
EUPOFC1000450GU
£154.00
300 x 450
0300DF0450GU
£5.00
600
EUPOFC1000600GU
£155.00
400 x 300
0400DF0300GU
£5.00
400 x 370
0400DF0370GU
£5.00
0400DF0450GU
£5.00
0450DF0300GU
£5.00
450 x 370
0450DF0370GU
£5.00
450 x 450
0450DF0450GU
£6.00
Shelf Depth mm
Model
Pull-out Shelf Slides out from the bay on telescopic slides. Provides a flat & stable work surface within a storage bay
Garment Hanging A system of rails & brackets which fit within the bay widths to allow for the hanging of garments. Rails can be repositioned as required
Price
(fits 1000mm bays only)
Shelf Depth mm
Model
Price
450
EUPORS1000450GU
£130.00
600
EUPORS1000600GU
£131.00
Pull-out Drawers
See page 39 for more Garment Hanging Solutions
Fitted onto telescopic arms the pull-out drawer is available in 2 heights. Ideal for storage of cd’s (fits 1000mm bays only)
Description
Size mm
Model
Price
Rail
12.5 dia. x 1000L
SZAGR12S1000GS
£3.00
Rail
25 dia. x 1000L
SZAGR25S1000GS
£4.00
Support Channel
300D
GHSC12250300ZC
£10.00
Size D x H mm
Model
Price
Support Channel
400D
GHSC12250400ZC
£11.00
400 x 100
EUPOD1000400P150GU
£177.00
Support Channel
450D
GHSC12250450ZC
£12.00
450 x 150
EUPOD1000450P150GU
£179.00
Support Channel
600D
GHSC12250600ZC
£13.00
600 x 200
EUPOD1000600P150GU
£181.00
41
Shelving & Storage
400 x 450 450 x 300
Shelving
Size D x H mm
When fitted, this prevents items falling off the front of the shelves. When used with dividers this forms compartments or bins
HTM71 Healthcare Storage Modules ››
››
››
›› ››
››
››
Constructed specifically to accommodate medical trays & with a high load capacity of up to 120kg per bay HTM71 system is more than robust enough to exceed the requirements placed on it by today’s demanding clinical environments Range of modules available in flat pack for easy storage & delivery Bays accommodate a range of 600 x 400mm baskets Modules are finished with light grey powder coating which incorporates BioCote® anti microbial silver-based technology Fully open units provide easy visibility to all items stored & make cleaning easier Rigid & shock-resistant baskets are capable of withstanding temperatures of up to 85ºC & can accommodate a maximum load of 20kg
Shelving
Basket Dividers
Basket dividers are either 100mm or 200mm high & clip onto the sides of the tray. 600mm dividers are subdivisible into 18 compartments on a 30mm pitch. 400mm dividers are subdivisible into 12 compartments on a 27mm pitch Height
Model
Price
400m Wide Dividers 100
WSD400X100PB
£11.00
200
WSD400X200PB
£15.00
600m Wide Dividers WSD600X100PB
£13.00
200
WSD600X200PB
£18.00
Shelving & Storage
100
1850H x 600W x 400Dmm 7 off light blue baskets 200H x 600W x 400D mm
1850H x 400W x 600Dmm 7 off light blue baskets 200H x 400W x 600D mm
1850H x 600W x 400Dmm 13 off light blue baskets 100H x 600W x 400D mm
1850H x 400W x 600Dmm 13 off light blue baskets 100H x 400W x 600D mm
Model
Price
Model
Price
Model
Price
Model
Price
WSTKFSS64200GU
£511.00
WSTKFSS46200GU
£516.00
WSTKFSS64100GU
£791.00
WSTKFSS46100GU
£801.00
42
Longspan Shelving ›› ›› ››
Hand loaded, widespan heavy duty shelving system Unrestricted shelf levels allow for easy access Easy to install & adjust
5
day delivery*
Shelving & Storage
Shelving
*maximum quantities & postcode restrictions apply
Starter & Extension Bays
manufactured
FROM ONLY
£235.00 It is essential that shelving exceeding a height to depth ratio of 4:1 to the top loaded shelf is adequately secured to the floor. Fixings are available - please call for details
44
Bays are 1800mm & 2100mm high & finished with graphite grey steel uprights with galvatite braces & light grey beams. Contains 2 frames (one in an extension bay), feet, 3 pairs of beams, locking clips, cladding material & where applicable wire beam ties. Panels are galvatite. Longspan shelving is easy to specify. Choose the type of shelf which matches your load criteria & the cladding material best suited to your product. Specify a STARTER BAY of the correct size & the correct number of EXTENSION BAYS to complete the run.
Pallet Racking
Pallet Racking
All bays must be securely fixed to the floor - customers must ensure that existing floors are suitable for the loads imposed upon them
Quick & easy to install Easy to specify range of starter & extension bays ›› Frames are pierced on a 75mm pitch to allow for positioning of beams ›› Maximum beam pitch of 1725mm ›› Beam loads are 2000kg per pair Uniformly Distributed Loads
Pallet loads are assumed to be 1000kg each All bays are supplied with floor fixings which are suitable for concrete floors ›› Beam locking pins prevent accidental displacement of beams by mechanical handling equipment ›› Frames are of bolted construction & supplied assembled with painted graphite grey uprights & galvatite cross braces. Beams are painted yellow
››
››
››
››
Shelving & Storage
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Beam Levels
Starter Bay Model
Price
Extension Bay Model
Price
2500mm Wide Bays - Carries two 1000W x 1000/1200D mm pallets 3000 x 2250 x 900
2
PS22930
£434.00
PE22930
£305.00
4800 x 2250 x 900
3
PS22948
£634.00
PE22948
£448.00
6000 x 2250 x 900
4
PS22960
£796.00
PE22960
£572.00
3000 x 2250 x 1100
2
PS221130
£442.00
PE221130
£309.00
4800 x 2250 x 1100
3
PS221148
£645.00
PE221148
£454.00
6000 x 2250 x 1100
4
PS221160
£809.00
PE221160
£579.00
2700mm Wide Bays - Carries two 1200W x 1000/1200D mm pallets 3000 x 2700 x 900
2
PS27930
£497.00
PE27930
£369.00
4800 x 2700 x 900
3
PS27948
£729.00
PE27948
£543.00
6000 x 2700 x 900
4
PS27960
£923.00
PE27960
£699.00
3000 x 2700 x 1100
2
PS271130
£505.00
PE271130
£372.00
4800 x 2700 x 1100
3
PS271148
£740.00
PE271148
£549.00
6000 x 2700 x 1100
4
PS271160
£936.00
PE271160
£705.00
Extra Beam Levels
Pair of beams and locking clips
Galvatite Steel Decking
Converts a beam level into shelving. (2000kg UDSWL)
46
Bay Width
Model
Price
2250
PL229
£86.00
2700
PL279
£118.00
Overall Size W x D mm
Model
Price
2250 x 900
PSL2290
£241.00
2250 x 1100
PSL2211
£281.00
2700 x 900
PSL2790
£138.00
2700 x 1100
PSL2711
£210.00
Upright Protectors ››
Protects the bottom of pallet racking uprights from accidental forklift damage ›› ‘U’ shaped protector gives 3-way protection to the upright ›› ‘L’ shaped protector provides greater clearance from end of rack ›› Order floor fixings separately (4 per protector)
Height mm
Protector Type
Model
Price
C
UPC0425YQ
£27.00
C
UPC0650YQ
£33.00 £43.00
950
C
UPC950YQ
400
U
UP400YQ
£45.00
400
L
UPRA400YQ
£46.00
FAS1515
£4.00
Floor Fixing
‘U’ Type ‘C’ Type
‘L’ Type
Rack End Protection Kits ›› ››
Modular barrier system for protection against fork lift truck damage. Kits contain two upright protectors, a sigma rail and all fixings.
‘L’ Type
‘U’ Type
Coil Cradles
To Suit Rack Depth
Barrier Width mm
900
‘U’ Shaped Protector
Pallet Racking Accessories
425 650
‘L’ Shaped Protector
Model
Price
Model
Price
930
SSSURPK930YQ
£145.00
SSSLRPK930YQ
£147.00
1100
1130
SSSURPK1130YQ
£148.00
SSSLRPK1130YQ
£150.00
2000
2030
SSSURPK2030YQ
£159.00
SSSLRPK2030YQ
£161.00
2400
2430
SSSURPK2430YQ
£164.00
SSSLRPK2430YQ
£166.00
Barrier Kits ›› ›› ››
››
›› ››
Depth mm
Model
Price
900
CC0900YQ
£68.00
1100
CC1100YQ
£80.00
Fork Spacers Barrier H x W mm
Starter Bay Model
Extension Bay Price
Model
Price
Single Rail Barrier Kits 400 x 930
SSSBRLZD930SYQ
£144.00
SSSBRLZD930EYQ
£82.00
400 x 1130
SSSBRLZD1130SYQ
£147.00
SSSBRLZD1130EYQ
£85.00
400 x 2030
SSSBRLZD2030SYQ
£158.00
SSSBRLZD2030EYQ
£96.00
400 x 2430
SSSBRLZD2430SYQ
£163.00
SSSBRLZD2430EYQ
£101.00
800 x 930
SSSBRHZD930SYQ
Double Rail Barrier Kits Depth mm
£234.00
SSSBRHZD930EYQ
£137.00
Model
Price
800 x 1130
SSSBRHZD1130SYQ
£239.00
SSSBRHZD1130EYQ
£142.00
900
FS0900MYQ
£22.00
800 x 2030
SSSBRHZD2030SYQ
£262.00
SSSBRHZD2030EYQ
£165.00
1100
FS1100MYQ
£26.00
800 x 2430
SSSBRHZD2430SYQ
£272.00
SSSBRHZD2430EYQ
£175.00
47
Shelving & Storage
Sigma rail barrier system for walkways Choice of 800mm high double barrier or 400mm high single rail barrier Rail is 165 x 40mm & manufactured from 4mm steel Uprights are manufactured from 90 x 50 x 3.6mm hollow steel section, powder coated yellow with a plastic cap at the top of the post Baseplate is 200 x 200mm & 3 hole drilled Kits are supplied with black plastic end caps & floor fixings
Tube Construction System ››
Versatile & colourful construction system ideal for frameworks, display units, workstations, benches, trolleys & shelving
Construction Systems
2W
3WF
3W
4WF
manufactured 4W
5W
Joints
Type
One piece joints are supplied ready to use. Black plastic outer with steel core.
Tube
6W
Model
Price
2W
2WMBK
£5.50
3WF
3WFMBK
£7.00
3W
3WMBK
£7.00
4WF
4WFMBK
£8.00
4W
4WMBK
£8.00
5W
5WMBK
£9.50
6W
6WMBK
£10.50
Clips Shelf Clip ‘A’ Clip secures shelves inside & flush with top of horizontal tube members. For 15mm thick shelves of blockboard or similar materials. Pack size of 4.
Shelving & Storage
Bench or Trolley Cladding Clip ‘B’ Secures a surface board onto a tube framework.
Adjustable Shelf Clip ‘C’ For use with perforated tube the clips support board shelves flush with the top of a tube framework without being seen.
Type
Finish
Model
Price
A
Black
CS15BK
£3.50
A
Red
CS15RD
£3.50
A
Light Grey
CS15GU
£3.50
A
Blue
CS15BU
£3.50
A
Zinc Plated
CS15ZC
£2.00
B
Zinc Plated
TCC
£1.00
C
Zinc Plated
CSA
£1.50
Steel - 18 swg cold rolled seam welded steel tube. black, red, blue & light grey - stove enamelled zinc plated - clear passivated. Aluminium & finned - Extruded aluminium alloy, self coloured & black powder coated Extruded aluminium tube, finished in black powder coated. The fin provides a continuous support for either 15mm board or 6mm glass.
Black steel tube perforated on one or two opposite faces with 20mm x 3 mm slots positioned centrally on 50mm pitch. Type
Finish
Model
Price
3.0M
Black
TSBK3
£18.00
3.0M
Red
TSRD3
£18.50
3.0M
Blue
TSBU3
£18.50
Plain Tube
3.0M
Light Grey
TSGU3
£18.50
3.0M
Zinc Plated
TSZC3
£20.50
3.0M
Self Colour Aluminium
TACA
£30.00
3.0M
Black Aluminium
TABK
£34.00
3.0M
Perforated 1 side - Black
TS1PBK
£28.00
3.0M
Perforated 2 side - Black
TS2PBK
£32.00
3.0M
Single Finned Black
TASUVBK
£44.00
Feet & Castors
Adjustable Foot
Metal Cap
Plastic Cap
Light Duty Castors
Description
Model
Light Duty Wheel Price
Adjustable Feet
Cutting Jig
Assists in accurate cutting of tube by hand saw.
Black plastic foot including cap - for steel
AFS
£3.00
Black plastic foot including cap - for aluminium
AFP
£2.50
ECM
£5.00
ECP
£3.00
LDC
£12.00
Metal Cap
Soft Faced Hammer
Soft & hard plastic headed hammer for tapping tube together.
Bright steel. Used as load bearing feet - 227kg each Plastic Cap Black plastic cap for open ends of tube - 90kg each Light Duty Castors
Description
48
Model
Price
Cutting Jig
TJC
£8.50
Soft Faced Hammer
HSF
£23.00
50mm dia. with nylon plug fitting - 113kg for four
Light Duty Nylon. Wheel - 100mm diameter Expansion plug fitting - 160kg for four With Brake & expansion plug fitting - 160kg for four
LDW LDWB
£18.00 £25.50
Mesh Shelves
Troax mesh shelves are secure, flexible & relocatable. No fixings are required as the panels are held in place by their own weight with angle sections
Mesh Shelves
or formed wire mesh.
››
Recommended by Fire Authorities & Insurance Companies for premises with Sprinkler Systems installed
››
Dividers optimise storage space
››
Custom made to fit requirements
››
Ideal for underguarding below conveyors
Shelving & Storage
i Information
CERTAIN SIZES ARE AVAILABLE EX-STOCK PLEASE CALL TO ENQUIRE
Prices from (per square metre)
125 kg
250 kg
1000 kg
This price is a guide. Specific prices for projects are available upon request
£20.00
£25.00
£30.00
49
Kanban Shelving ››
››
››
Kanban Shelving
››
›› ››
Shelving & Storage
››
No of Shelves
5
KSR02Z
No of Shelves
No of Sloping Shelves
Overall Size H x W x D mm
5
3
7
5
7
5
50
Completed with sloping chipboard shelves which present containers for easy access Reduce costs & increase efficiency for operations or inventory management Simplify stock rotation & replacement When the front bin is removed the bin behind takes its place, leaving a space that is clearly identified for refilling on the next inspection KSR01Z - shelving unit KSR02Z - complete with 60 plastic bins: 140W x 274D x 127H mm KSR03Z - complete with 70 shelf trays: 117W x 300D x 90H mm
KSR01Z
day delivery
NEW
Complete With
Model
Price
1830 x 915 x 610
-
KSR01Z
£128.95
1830 x 915 x 610
60 Plastic Bins
KSR02Z
£321.80
1830 x 915 x 610
70 Shelf Trays
KSR03Z
£404.65
KSR03Z
Inclined Shelving ›› ›› ››
››
››
››
››
Inclined Shelving
Ideal for euro size containers Galvanised shelves with a 30° incline Inclined position of bins allows a better overview & faster access Complete with 3 shelves as standard which are adjustable in 25mm increments Easy picking as stocked items always move to the picking front Ideal for 3 x 400mm wide containers 100kg evenly distributed capacity per level
i Information
IDEAL FOR STOCK PICKING
100kg
evenly distributed per level
2YR
3
ISST1852 & ISEX1852
day delivery
GUARANTEE
Starter Bay (1358mm)
Extension Bay (1308mm)
Additional Shelf
Overall Size H x D x Wmm
Shelf Depth mm
Model
Price
Model
Price
Model
Price
1850 x 524 x 1358
570
ISST1852
£146.55
ISEX1852
£123.85
ESAS57
£26.35
Inclined Mobile Shelving ›› ›› ›› ››
››
››
››
Shelving & Storage
››
Easy to assemble Ideal for euro size containers Galvanised shelves with a 30° incline Inclined position of bins allows a better overview & faster access Easy picking as stocked items always move to the picking front Complete with 4 shelves as standard which are adjustable in 25mm increments Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel braked 125mm castors Blue and red container size: 600L x 400W x 270H mm YR
2
GUARANTEE
100kg
evenly distributed per level
3
day delivery
IMS1853CONTBL
IMS1853WOCT Overall Size H x D x W mm 1815 x 533 x 1368
Without Containers
With Blue Containers
With Red Containers
Model
Price
Model
Price
Model
Price
IMS1853WOCT
£299.25
IMS1853CONTBL
£515.90
IMS1853CONTRE
£515.90
51
Steel Bins & Racks ›› ›› ›› ››
Heavy duty parts storage Constructed from welded steel with bin retainers Counter units have a 1.6mm galvanised steel top Bin units can be stored 3 or 4 wide N.B. Steel Bins are sold as separate items
manufactured
Steel Bins & Racks
GCU335 Counter Unit with 9 x SB005
GRH635 Rack Unit with 18 x SB005
Counter Units Overall Size H x D x W mm
Rack Units Max Load kg
Weight kg
Suitable for Bin
Model
Price
Overall Size H x D x W mm
Weight kg
Suitable for Bin
24
12 x SB001
GCU431
£365.15
1620 x 305 x 1040
26
12 x SB002
GCU432
£435.65
1620 x 455 x 1040
38 46
850 x 610 x 1040
28
12 x SB003
GCU433
£507.50
1620 x 610 x 1040
850 x 305 x 1350
32
16 x SB001
GCU441
£409.55
1620 x 305 x 1350
35
16 x SB002
GCU442
£488.95
1620 x 455 x 1350
850 x 610 x 1350
38
16 x SB003
GCU443
£568.70
850 x 305 x 1040
19
9 x SB004
GCU334
21
9 x SB005
850 x 610 x 1040
23
850 x 305 x 1350
850 x 305 x 1040 850 x 455 x 1040
400
850 x 455 x 1350
400
Shelving & Storage
850 x 455 x 1040
400
400
850 x 455 x 1350 850 x 610 x 1350
Model
Price
24 x SB001
GRH831
£486.15
24 x SB002
GRH832
£588.55
54
24 x SB003
GRH833
£692.30
48
32 x SB001
GRH841
£548.10
75
32 x SB002
GRH842
£690.25
1620 x 610 x 1350
100
32 x SB003
GRH843
£829.95
£328.40
1530 x 305 x 1040
40
18 x SB004
GRH634
£424.95
GCU335
£387.40
1530 x 455 x 1040
46
18 x SB005
GRH635
£502.40
9 x SB006
GCU336
£445.65
1530 x 610 x 1040
52
18 x SB006
GRH636
£580.05
26
12 x SB004
GCU344
£372.30
1530 x 305 x 1350
50
24 x SB004
GRH644
£475.70
28
12 x SB005
GCU345
£439.10
1530 x 455 x 1350
57
24 x SB005
GRH645
£562.25
30
12 x SB006
GCU346
£504.15
1530 x 610 x 1350
65
24 x SB006
GRH646
£650.75
››
600
800
450
600
Steel Bins
Stackable Bin Racks ››
Max Load kg
››
Fully welded construction Horizontal or tilted shelves
››
›› Rear half lift handle ›› Front handle support bar ›› Card holder
N.B. Steel Bins are sold as separate items
›› Re-inforced rim ›› Stacking runners
››
2 x SBH12 with 24 x SB002
manufactured Overall Size H x D x W mm
Weight kg
Suitable for Bin
Horizontal Model
Tilted Model
Semi-open fronted steel bins for easy viewing & instant access to the contents Overall Size D x W x H mm
Model
Price
305 x 305 x 150
SB001
£28.10*
Price
455 x 305 x 150
SB002
£33.70*
610 x 305 x 150
SB003
£39.95*
305 x 305 x 200
SB004
£34.20*
455 x 305 x 200
SB005
£40.75*
610 x 305 x 200
SB006
£48.05*
640 x 305 x 1350
15
12 x SB001
SBH11
SBT11
£238.15
640 x 455 x 1350
21
12 x SB002
SBH12
SBT12
£274.30
640 x 610 x 1350
27
12 x SB003
SBH13
SBT13
£310.15
790 x 305 x 1350
25
12 x SB004
SBH14
SBT14
£255.15
790 x 455 x 1350
31
12 x SB005
SBH15
SBT15
£291.45
790 x 610 x 1350
37
12 x SB006
SBH16
SBT16
£327.20
52
Spot welded construction from galvanised steel Units incorporate:
manufactured
*prices applicable when ordering with Racks. Order charges will apply if ordered on their own.
Tote Pans & Racks
1
1 - STACKING RACK SYSTEM ›› ››
Can be stacked up to 3 high, storing pans 4 wide Horizontal or tilted shelves for ease of component viewing
2 - HIGH DENSITY RACK SYSTEM
››
Allows for the most economical use of available space Stacking up to 2 racks high, storing 4 pans wide Safety stops allow access without the full withdrawal of pans
3 - TILTED RACK SYSTEM ›› ››
Welded construction with pan retainers With tilted shelves for component viewing
4 - HORIZONTAL RACK SYSTEM ››
manufactured
As the Tilted Rack System except with horizontal shelves for component viewing
GALVANISED TOTE PANS ›› ›› ›› ››
These are the classic pan for storage & work in progress Strong construction of galvanised steel with half-lift handles, card holders, re-inforced rim & stacking brackets Ideal for bulk storage & item picking Load Capacity: 25kg each 2
2 x GST13 No of Pans High
3
Overall H x D x W mm
Weight kg
Suitable For Pan
Horizontal Model
Tilted Model
Price
Stacking Rack System - Increase the height by 100mm for Tilted Racks 3 Pans
640 x 305 x 1350
15
12xGTP01
GSH01
GST11 £226.40
640 x 455 x 1350
21
12xGTP02
GSH02
GST12 £261.10
640 x 610 x 1350
27
12xGTP03
GSH03
GST13 £295.10
Steel Bins/Tote Pans & Racks
›› ››
High Density Rack System - Horizontal shelves only 5 Pans
900 x 305 x 1350
25
20xGTP01
GDR01
-
£383.30
900 x 455 x 1350
35
20xGTP02
GDR02
-
£445.20
900 x 610 x 1350
45
20xGTP03
GDR03
-
£510.60
Horizontal/Tilted Rack System - Increase the height by 100mm for Tilted Racks
GDR03
GRT13
6 Pans
4
8 Pans
1230 x 305 x 1350
30
24xGTP01
GRH01
GRT11 £393.85
1230 x 455 x 1350
42
24xGTP02
GRH02
GRT12 £462.80
1230 x 610 x 1350
54
24xGTP03
GRH03
GRT13 £536.85
1620 x 305 x 1350
40
32xGTP01
GRH04
GRT14 £521.30
1620 x 455 x 1350
56
32xGTP02
GRH05
GRT15 £618.35
1620 x 610 x 1350
72
32xGTP03
GRH06
GRT16 £709.35
Galvanised Tote Pans
-
GTP01
£22.10*
GTP02
£27.45*
150 x 610 x 305 150 x 305 x 255
-
-
GTP03
£33.40*
GTP11
£22.10*
150 x 455 x 255
GTP12
£27.45*
150 x 610 x 225
GTP13
£33.40*
*prices applicable when ordering with the Rack Systems. Order charges will apply if ordered on their own.
All racks & trolleys are supplied without tote pans which must be ordered as additional items
Tote Pan Trolley
Container Trolley
›› For use with tote
›› Fitted with 4 x 100 mm swivel
non-marking grey rubber castors
pans in transporting spare parts etc. ›› Framework painted blue with 3 galvanised sheet shelves ›› Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel 125mm castors N.B. Tote pans to be ordered as additional items
›› 30 containers included: ›› 12 Red: 300 x 150 x 100 ›› 18 Blue: 300 x 100 x 100
3YR
GUARANTEE
manufactured
Overall Size L x W x H mm 1040 x 455 x 980 1040 x 610 x 980
evenly distributed
manufactured
3YR
300kg
GUARANTEE
Wheels
Weight kg
Nylon Rubber Nylon Rubber
200kg
GTT51R & 7 x GTP03
60
evenly distributed
Model
Price
GTT21N
£486.00
CT230Y
GTT31R
£517.30
GTT41N
£525.10
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
GTT51R
£556.65
700 x 350 x 1140
21
CT230Y
£437.00
53
Shelving & Storage
5 x GTP03
GRH03
150 x 305 x 305 150 x 455 x 305
Shelf Units ››
Using the handle/stop allows the tray to be withdrawn & suspended from the shelf which offers around 90% clear picking. It also acts as a handle to enable the trays to be carried
Shelving
ASUA13
ASUF13
5
ASUE13
ASUD13
ASUB13
ASUG13
ASUH13
day delivery
Shelving & Storage
Shelving with Shelf Trays Overall Size H x W x D mm
Description
2000 x 1000 x 300 2000 x 1000 x 300
Model
Price
Part Height Unit - c/w 16 x ‘A’, 12 x ‘B’ & 12 x ‘C’ Trays
ASUA13
£497.05
Part Height Unit - c/w 64 x ‘A’ Trays
ASUB13
£542.20
2000 x 1000 x 300
Part Height Unit - c/w 32 x ‘B’ Trays
ASUC13
£459.95
2000 x 1000 x 300
Part Height Unit - c/w 28 x ‘C’ Trays
ASUD13
£456.10
2000 x 1000 x 300
Full Height Unit - c/w 32 x ‘A’, 16 x ‘B’ & 20 x ‘C’ Trays
ASUE13
£715.55
2000 x 1000 x 300
Full Height Unit - c/w 120 x ‘A’ Trays
ASUF13
£886.00
2000 x 1000 x 300
Full Height Unit - c/w 60 x ‘B’ Trays
ASUG13
£731.75
2000 x 1000 x 300
Full Height Unit - c/w 44 x ‘C’ Trays
ASUH13
£622.60
2000 x 1000 x 400
Part Height Unit - c/w 16 x ‘D’, 12 x ‘E’ & 12 x ‘F’ Trays
ASUA14
£593.00
2000 x 1000 x 400
Part Height Unit - c/w 64 x ‘D’ Trays
ASUB14
£649.00
2000 x 1000 x 400
Part Height Unit - c/w 32 x ‘E’ Trays
ASUC14
£550.00
2000 x 1000 x 400
Part Height Unit - c/w 28 x ‘F’ Trays
ASUD14
£540.70
2000 x 1000 x 400
Full Height Unit - c/w 32 x ‘D’, 16 x ‘E’ & 20 x ‘F’ Trays
ASUE14
£856.30
2000 x 1000 x 400
Full Height Unit - c/w 120 x ‘D’ Trays
ASUF14
£1065.95
2000 x 1000 x 400
Full Height Unit - c/w 60 x ‘E’ Trays
ASUG14
£880.20
2000 x 1000 x 400
Full Height Unit - c/w 44 x ‘F’ Trays
ASUH14
£739.45
2000 x 1000 x 500
Part Height Unit - c/w 16 x ‘G’, 12 x ‘H’ & 12 x ‘I’ Trays
ASUA15
£674.70
2000 x 1000 x 500
Part Height Unit - c/w 64 x ‘G’ Trays
ASUB15
£715.85
2000 x 1000 x 500
Part Height Unit - c/w 32 x ‘H’ Trays
ASUC15
£625.95
2000 x 1000 x 500
Part Height Unit - c/w 28 x ‘I’ Trays
ASUD15
£626.95
2000 x 1000 x 500
Full Height Unit - c/w 32 x ‘G’, 16 x ‘H’ & 20 x ‘I’ Trays
ASUE15
£978.35
2000 x 1000 x 500
Full Height Unit - c/w 120 x ‘G’ Trays
ASUF15
£1178.85
2000 x 1000 x 500
Full Height Unit - c/w 60 x ‘H’ Trays
ASUG15
£1010.25
2000 x 1000 x 500
Full Height Unit - c/w 44 x ‘I’ Trays
ASUH15
£865.30
54
Dividers
Handles/Stops
Shelf Trays Overall Size H x W x D mm
Description
Model
Price
90 x 117 x 300
Tray ‘A’
ASTA01
£3.45*
90 x 234 x 300
Tray ‘B’
ASTB02
£5.15*
140 x 234 x 300
Tray ‘C’
ASTC03
£6.55*
90 x 117 x 400
Tray ‘D’
ASTD04
£4.40*
90 x 234 x 400
Tray ‘E’
ASTE05
£6.55*
140 x 234 x 400
Tray ‘F’
ASTF06
£8.05*
90 x 117 x 500
Tray ‘G’
ASTG07
£5.00*
90 x 234 x 500
Tray ‘H’
ASTH08
£7.80*
140 x 234 x 500
Tray ‘I’
ASTI09
£10.25*
Dividers Overall Size H x W mm
Model
Price
90 x 117
ASTD109
£0.60*
90 x 234
ASTD209
£0.85*
140 x 234
ASTD214
£1.10*
Size Width mm
Model
Price
117
ASTH117
£1.60*
234
ASTH234
£2.30*
Handles/Stops
*price applicable when ordering with the Shelf Units. Order charges will apply if ordered on their own.
Shelving
Locate beam in position
5
day delivery
i Information
Shelving & Storage
Tap beam to secure
10 MINUTE ASSEMBLY
175kg
265kg
Lay the shelf into the beams
Quick Assembly Shelving ›› ›› ›› ››
Quick & easy to erect - no nuts or bolts Choose either 175 or 265kg shelf capacities Tested & certified to European GS standards Complete with 5 shelves which offer a smooth & hard wearing shelf with strong uprights & beam profiles, finished in high quality epoxy powder coated paint 5 Chipboard Shelves
5 MDF Shelves
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Loading
Model
Price
Loading
Model
Price
1770 x 900 x 300
175kg U.D.L
CL175A/BGC
£54.40
265kg U.D.L
CL265A/BG
£65.70
1770 x 900 x 450
175kg U.D.L
CL175B/BGC
£61.65
265kg U.D.L
CL265B/BG
£74.50
1770 x 900 x 600
175kg U.D.L
CL175C/BGC
£69.45
265kg U.D.L
CL265C/BG
£83.65
1770 x 1200 x 300
-
-
-
265kg U.D.L
CL265D/BG
£76.85
1770 x 1200 x 450
-
-
-
265kg U.D.L
CL265E/BG
£87.70
-
-
-
265kg U.D.L
CL265F/BG
£99.20
1770 x 1200 x 600
Description
Model
Price
Rubber Mallet
MALLET
£3.50*
*prices applicable when ordering with the Quick Assembly Shelving. Order charges will apply if ordered on their own.
55
Eclipse Shelving Multi-purpose shelving systems full of advantages: ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
NSF accreditation ESD Compliant with optional accessories - call for details Bolt free assembly Fully adjustable Easy to clean 300kg shelf loading Static or mobile options Accessories available - see opposite page for details
Chrome
Wire Shelving
The open wire design offers improved light penetration & better air circulation making it an ideal system for: ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
Catering Retail Display Medical Authorities & Hospitals Electronic Engineering Industries Office
Perma Plus With the added bonus of an anti-bacterial additive that will help fight the build up of germs & improve hygiene standards, making it an ideal system for: Catering Medical Authorities & Hospitals ›› Food Production ›› Walk-In Freezers & Cold Rooms ›› Damp & Corrosive Environments ››
i Information
››
Complete 4 Shelf Units: 1625 mm High Depth 305mm
Depth 355mm
Depth 460mm
PERMA PLUS
10 YEAR ANTI CORROSION GUARANTEE
Depth 610mm
Shelf Length
Model
Price
Model
460mm
-
-
-
-
EC39
£86.70
-
-
610mm
EC31
£76.70
-
-
EC40
£90.00
EC47A
£103.40
760mm
EC32
£83.40
EC35
£93.40
EC43
£100.00
EC47
£116.70
915mm
EC37
£90.00
EC36
£96.70
EC44
£106.70
EC48
£126.70
1070mm
EC34
£96.70
EC33
£103.40
EC51
£116.70
EC54
£136.70
1220mm
EC38
£103.40
EC30
£110.00
EC45
£126.70
EC49
£143.40
1370mm
-
-
-
-
EC53
£146.70
EC56
£166.70
1520mm
-
-
-
-
EC46
£150.00
EC50
£170.00
1820mm
-
-
-
-
EC52
£170.00
EC55
£190.00
Price
Model
Price
Model
Price
Shelving & Storage
Eclipse Shelving - Chrome
Eclipse Shelving - Perma Plus 460mm
-
-
-
-
-
-
EPP40
£93.40
610mm
-
-
-
-
EPP40
£93.40
EPP47A
£113.40
760mm
EPP32
£90.00
EPP35
£96.70
EPP43
£100.00
EPP47
£123.40
915mm
EPP37
£93.40
EPP36
£100.00
EPP44
£113.40
EPP48
£130.00
1070mm
EPP34
£100.00
EPP33
£116.70
EPP51
£126.70
EPP54
£143.40
1220mm
EPP38
£106.70
EPP30
£123.40
EPP45
£140.00
EPP49
£153.40
1370mm
-
-
EPP39
£133.40
EPP53
£146.70
EPP56
£170.00
1520mm
-
-
EPP41
£143.40
EPP46
£160.00
EPP50
£176.70
1820mm
-
-
EPP42
£156.70
EPP52
£180.00
EPP55
£200.00
*Units are available with fewer or more shelves. Ask for details & prices.
Castors:
56
Size (Diameter)
Model
Capacity
Wheel/Housing
Price
75mm unbraked
R75UB
70kg
Rubber/Zinc
£7.50
75mm braked
R75BR
70kg
Rubber/Zinc
£8.40
100mm unbraked
R100UB
80kg
Rubber/Zinc
£8.40
100mm braked
R100BR
80kg
Rubber/Zinc
£10.00
120mm unbraked
R120UB
100kg
Rubber/Zinc
£10.00
120mm braked
R120BR
100kg
Rubber/Zinc
£11.70
EASY BUILD
Eclipse Shelving - Accessories 1
3
2
12 Shelf Ledge
Back Grid
Utility Rail
3
6
4
5 2
Mesh Panel
Shelf Divider
Add On Clips 9
7
11 10
2
Plastic Shelf Collars
Post Clamps
Wire Shelving
Ticket Edging
8
12
Wall Fixing Bracket
Base Plate 4
13
1
Trolley Handle - Short
Garment Rail
14 & 15 Sloping Shelf
17
16
Sloping Basket
19
Key
2
3
4
Basket Shelf
Lipped Shelf
i Information
Wine Shelf
OTHER ACCESSORIES AVAILABLE CALL FOR DETAILS
Description
Price
380 x 1560
MP1561
£19.20
530 x 1560
MP2161
£23.40
Add On Clips
-
EAOC
£1.30
7
Post Clamps
-
EPC
£2.40
£3.20
8
Plastic Shelf Collars (pk of 4)
-
ESC
£0.90
SL36
£3.70
9
Wall Fixing Bracket
-
ECBRAC
£4.10
115 x 1070
SL42
£3.90
10
Base Plate
-
BPLT
£3.40
Shelf Ledge
115 x 1220
SL48
£4.60
11
Ticket Edging
39 x 150
1699/927
£1.10
Shelf Ledge
115 x 1370
SL54
£5.20
Shelf Ledge
115 x 1520
SL60
£5.70
Shelf Ledge
115 x 1820
SL72
Utility Rail
25 x 460
UR18
Price
115 x 305
SL12
£1.70
115 x 355
SL14
£1.90
Shelf Ledge
115 x 460
SL18
£2.10
Shelf Ledge
115 x 610
SL24
Shelf Ledge
115 x 760
Shelf Ledge
Key
Description
Model
Model
Type
Size mm
Mesh Panel Mesh Panel
6
£2.50
SL30
115 x 915
Shelf Ledge
Type
Size mm
Shelf Ledge Shelf Ledge
5
Garment Rail
915
EC36GR
£4.60
Garment Rail
1220
EC48GR
£6.30
£6.30
Garment Rail
1520
EC60GR
£7.10
£3.40
Trolley Handle - Short
460
SCH18
£5.70
Trolley Handle - Short
610
SCH24
£6.70
Sloping Shelf - 27º
305 x 610
SLT1224/27
£16.70
12
13
Utility Rail
25 x 610
UR24
£4.20
Utility Rail
25 x 760
UR30
£4.60
Utility Rail
25 x 915
UR36
£5.00
Sloping Shelf - 27º
460 x 915
SLT1836/27
£24.20
Utility Rail
25 x 1070
UR42
£5.30
Sloping Shelf - 27º
460 x 1220
SLT1848/27
£30.00
Utility Rail
25 x 1220
UR48
£5.70
Sloping Shelf - 45º
305 x 610
SLT1224/45
£16.70
Utility Rail
25 x 1370
UR54
£6.10
Sloping Shelf - 45º
460 x 915
SLT1836/45
£27.50
460 x 1220
SLT1848/45
£35.00
14
15
Utility Rail
25 x 1520
UR60
£6.50
Sloping Shelf - 45º
Utility Rail
25 x 1820
UR72
£7.40
Sloping Basket - 27º
305 x 610
SLB2412
£15.00
Back Grid
350 x 915
EC3614BG
£9.20
Sloping Basket - 27º
460 x 610
SLB1824
£22.50
Back Grid
350 x 1220
EC4814BG
£10.90
Basket Shelf
460 x 610
BK1824
£21.70
Shelf Divider
170 x 305
SD12
£3.80
Basket Shelf
460 x 915
BK1836
£26.70
Shelf Divider
170 x 355
SD14
£4.20
Lipped Shelf
460 x 915
ELS1836
£18.40
Shelf Divider
170 x 460
SD18
£4.60
Lipped Shelf
460 x 1220
ELS1848
£24.20
Shelf Divider
170 x 610
SD24
£5.90
Wine Shelf
355 x 915
W1436
£15.00
16 17 18 19
57
Shelving & Storage
1
18
The Sapphire™ Range of Adjustable Steel Shelving Manufactured from high grade steel to ensure maximum weight loading capacity. Uprights are produced from 2mm thick steel & the brackets from 1.6mm thick steel
››
Uprights - single sided, wall fixed Size
Model
Price
430 mm (16 /4”)
DU430
£3.71
710 mm (28”)
DU710
£6.15
1000 mm (39 /4”)
DU1000
£7.53
1220 mm (48”)
DU1220
£9.07
1600 mm (63”)
DU1600
£11.04
1980 mm (78”)
DU1980
£13.14
2400 mm (941/4”)
DU2400
£16.73
3
Adjustable Shelving
1
Safety feature to prevent accidental shelf dislodgement
››
Also suitable for wood, composite & glass shelves
››
Straight Brackets Size
Model
Price
120 mm (5”)
DB120
£2.10
170 mm (7”)
DB170
£2.38
220 mm (9”)
DB220
£3.10
270 mm (10 /2”)
DB270
£3.43
320 mm (12 /2”)
DB320
£3.71
370 mm (141/2”)
DB370
£4.48
1
1
370 mm (14 /2”)
DMDB370
£6.71
470 mm (181/2”)
DB470
£7.53
610 mm (24”)
DB610
£10.30
1
High gloss epoxy polyester paint finish to 50 microns ensuring impact & scratch resistance, durability & easy maintenance
››
Steel Shelves Size
Model
Price
1m x 170 mm (391/4” x 7”)
DSS1017
£13.69
1m x 220 mm (391/4” x 9”)
DSS1022
£14.91
1m x 270 mm (391/4” x 101/2”)
DSS1027
£17.18
1m x 320 mm (39 /4” x 12”)
DSS1032
£18.72
1m x 370 mm (393/4” x 141/2”)
DSS1037
£20.79
1m x 470 mm (39 /4” x 18 /2”)
DSS1047
£25.22
1m x 610 mm (393/4” x 24”)
DSS1061
£30.54
500 x 170 mm
DSS517
£12.33
500 x 220 mm
DSS522
£13.42
500 x 270 mm
DSS527
£15.46
500 x 320 mm
DSS532
£16.85
500 x 370 mm
DSS537
£18.71
500 x 470 mm
DSS547
£22.70
500 x 610 mm
DSS561
£27.49
3
Shelving & Storage
3
1
Shelf Ends
Strongbeam Brackets ››
Size
Model
Price
150 mm Shelf End Pair
DSE150
£8.94
200 mm Shelf End Pair
DSE200
£10.06
250 mm Shelf End Pair
DSE250
£12.72
Strongbeam is a single shelf support system with high load capability. Suitable for use in hospitals, kitchens, factories, workshops, laboratories, schools & colleges etc.
Book Supports
Model
Price
DRB10
£1.97
Size
Model
Price
150 x 125 mm
DRB15
£2.87
Square
FSB150
£5.74
200 x 150 mm
DRB20
£3.60
Square
FSB200
£7.65
250 x 200 mm
DRB25
£4.76
Square
FSB250
£9.64
200 x 200 mm
DMB200
£5.97
(6”) Spring Rod (Pairs)
DFB150
£4.32
250 x 250 mm
DMB250
£6.59
(73/4”) Spring Rod (Pairs)
DFB200
£5.48
300 x 300 mm
DMB300
£7.15
(9 /4”) Spring Rod (Pairs)
DFB250
£6.81
350 x 350 mm
DMB350
£7.74
3
58
Size 100 x 75 mm
Lower Value Orders May Incur a Handling Charge
Eko Fit Ali System The ultimate non-corrosive, easy to clean, shelving system. Pre-assembled aluminium frames & shelf supports with plastic, dishwasher proof, shelf panels. ›› ››
Eko Fit has NSF & NF Temperature range: -30°C to +90°C
Designed for use in:
Medical Authorities & Hospitals Food Production areas, constructed from Food Safe plastic ›› Walk-In freezers & cold rooms ››
››
i Information
Loadings
Hygienic Shelving
IDEAL FOR WHERE HYGIENE IS IMPORTANT
110kg to 250kg per shelf. udl. ›› Total capacity 1000kg. udl. between 2 ladder frame ››
90 Degree Corner Supports (1 per shelf) 450mm Deep Unit
600mm Deep Unit
Model
Price
Model
Price
KFA450
£8.40
KFA600
£10.00
Shelf Length mm 770
Complete 4 Shelf Unit 1700mm High (2 Frames & 4 Shelves)
Add-on Unit (1 Frame & 4 Shelves)
Extra Shelf
450mm Deep Unit
600mm Deep Unit
450mm Deep Unit
600mm Deep Unit
450mm Deep Unit
600mm Deep Unit
Model
Price
Model
Price
Model
Price
Model
Price
Model
Price
Model
Price
KFS450/17/4
£236.70
KFS600/17/4
£255.00
AKFS450/17/4
£183.40
AKFS600/17/4
£199.20
KFS450
£32.50
KFS600
£35.90
920
KFS454/17/4
£250.00
KFS604/17/4
£271.70
AKFS454/17/4
£196.70
AKFS604/17/4
£215.90
KFS454
£35.90
KFS604
£40.00
1070
KFS458/17/4
£263.40
KFS608/17/4
£288.40
AKFS458/17/4
£210.00
AKFS608/17/4
£232.50
KFS458
£39.20
KFS608
£44.20
1220
KFS462/17/4
£280.00
KFS612/17/4
£308.40
AKFS462/17/4
£226.70
AKFS612/17/4
£252.50
KFS462
£43.40
KFS612
£49.20
1370
KFS466/17/4
£293.40
KFS616/17/4
£321.70
AKFS466/17/4
£240.00
AKFS616/17/4
£265.90
KFS466
£46.70
KFS616
£52.50
1520
KFS470/17/4
£306.70
KFS620/17/4
£341.70
AKFS470/17/4
£253.40
AKFS620/17/4
£285.90
KFS470
£50.00
KFS620
£57.50
1820
KFS478/17/4
£340.00
KFS628/17/4
£375.00
AKFS478/17/4
£286.70
AKFS628/17/4
£319.20
KFS478
£58.40
KFS628
£65.90
Plastic Plus Easy to assemble shelving system which can be cleaned by a commercial or utensil dishwasher ›› Temperature range: -30°C to +90°C ›› Resistant to moisture, grease, acids & alkalis ›› NSF accreditation ››
Shelving & Storage
Loadings Shelf loading: 360kg udl. ›› Bay loading: 1400kg udl.
i Information
››
TEMPERATURE RANGE FROM -30°C TO +90°C
Image of the Vented Shelf
Shelf Length mm 610
Solid Shelves 460mm Deep Unit
Vented Shelves 610mm Deep Unit
460mm Deep Unit
610mm Deep Unit
Model
Price
Model
Price
Model
Price
Model
Price
8168S
£173.40
8184S
£193.40
8168V
£166.70
8184V
£183.40
760
8169S
£193.40
8185S
£216.70
8169V
£186.70
8185V
£206.70
915
8170S
£216.70
8186S
£240.00
8170V
£203.40
8186V
£220.00
1070
8171S
£250.00
8187S
£280.00
8171V
£240.00
8187V
£260.00
1220
8172S
£270.00
8188S
£303.40
8172V
£256.70
8188V
£283.40
1370
8173S
£306.70
8189S
£343.40
8173V
£293.40
8189V
£320.00
1520
8174S
£330.00
8190S
£356.70
8174V
£313.40
8190V
£333.40
1820
8175S
£386.70
8191S
£420.00
8175V
£370.00
8191V
£390.00
59
Plastic or Aluminium Shelving Systems
Plastic or Aluminium Shelving Systems
COLOUR OPTIONS Beige Red Blue Green White specify when ordering
i Information
BESPOKE SIZES AVAILABLE CALL FOR DETAILS
Mobile Unit
Flatpack for ease of transportation
Shelving & Storage
Mobile Unit
900kg
Shelving Systems suitable for Food, Pharmaceutical or general factory use ›› Shelving systems available with an anti-microbial finish - call for details ›› 4 tier units (more or less tiers available) ›› 400mm clearance between shelves ››
Height of racks: Static - 1495mm Mobile - 1560mm ›› L to R clearance between bays: 1000mm Rack 1200mm Rack 1500mm Rack 2000mm Rack ››
evenly distributed
manufactured 1000mm Long Single Bay Depth
Plastic
915mm 1115mm 2 x 687mm 2 x 937mm
Aluminium
Static Model
Price
Mobile Model
Price
Static Model
Price
Mobile Model
Price
400mm
15”
4104
£278.86
4104C
£337.57
4104A
£307.45
4104AC
£393.32
500mm
20”
4105
£324.18
4105C
£382.77
4105A
£354.18
4105AC
£437.04
600mm
24”
4106
£363.15
4106C
£426.46
4106A
£399.42
4106AC
£482.23
1200mm Long Single Bay Depth
Plastic
Aluminium
Static Model
Price
Mobile Model
Price
Static Model
Price
Mobile Model
Price
400mm
15”
4124
£322.52
4124C
£381.23
4124A
£354.18
4124AC
£437.04
500mm
20”
4125
£381.28
4125C
£443.06
4125A
£418.96
4125AC
£504.86
600mm
24”
4126
£423.46
4126C
£482.23
4126A
£467.11
4126AC
£539.54
1500mm Long Double Bay Depth
Plastic
Aluminium
Static Model
Price
Mobile Model
Price
Static Model
Price
Mobile Model
Price
400mm
15”
4154
£415.88
4154C
£492.74
4154A
£456.65
4154AC
£577.21
500mm
20”
4155
£489.79
4155C
£563.63
4155A
£537.92
4155AC
£647.97
600mm
24”
4156
£545.50
4156C
£623.80
4156A
£602.65
4156AC
£708.14
2000mm Long Double Bay Depth
Plastic
Aluminium
Static Model
Price
Mobile Model
Price
Static Model
Price
Mobile Model
Price
400mm
15”
4204
£561.62
4204C
£638.87
4204A
£602.65
4204AC
£723.22
500mm
20”
4205
£647.97
4205C
£733.86
4205A
£714.56
4205AC
£813.58
600mm
24”
4206
£727.77
4206C
£798.51
4206A
£806.15
4206AC
£883.00
60
Cloakroom Equipment Will not rust or corrode Constructed from plastic & aluminium ›› Benches are fully demountable for storage ››
››
COLOUR OPTIONS Beige Red Blue Green
manufactured
specify when ordering
Cloakroom Equipment
i Information CHILD SIZE UNITS AVAILABLE CALL FOR DETAILS
Double Coat Bench with Hooks
Child Size Coat Bench
Single Coat Bench - O/H 1800mm
Double Coat Bench - O/H 1800mm
Price
Size L x D mm
No of Hooks
Model
Price
B1040S
£91.13
1000 x 400
6
C1040S
£184.85
1000 x 800
6
C1080D
£268.02
B1240S
£112.24
1200 x 400
9
C1240S
£220.54
1200 x 800
9
C1280D
£315.60
1500 x 400
B1540S
£133.35
1500 x 400
12
C1540S
£268.02
1500 x 800
12
C1580D
£385.07
1800 x 400
B1840S
£165.04
1800 x 400
15
C1840S
£316.88
1800 x 800
15
C1880D
£471.39
2000 x 400
B2040S
£178.25
2000 x 400
18
C2050S
£351.22
2000 x 800
18
C2080D
£518.89
Size L x D mm
Model
1000 x 400 1200 x 400
Storage Pen
Size L x D mm
No of Hooks
Model
Price
Wall Rack ››
Available in matching colours
i Information MORE OPTIONS AVAILABLE CALL FOR DETAILS
Length mm
Overall Size W x D x H mm
Model
Price
800 x 800 x 850
PP08
£277.27
Depth mm
No of Hooks
1000
40
5
WR1000
£50.19
1200
40
6
WR1200
£54.16
Model
Price
1500
40
7
WR1500
£59.42
1800
40
9
WR1800
£67.36
2000
40
10
WR2000
£75.31
61
Shelving & Storage
Basic Bench - O/H 450mm
Basic Bench
Club Cloakroom Seating ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
Cloakroom Equipment
››
Ash seat slats fitted to a steel seat support frame Finished in Biomaster anti-bacterial paint 45mm dia. round tube legs Sturdy aluminium coat hooks Overall height: 1750mm Sport England sizes available as standard Optional back rests & shoe racks (as shown below) - please call for details
COLOUR OPTIONS
Back Rest
Silver Blue Yellow Black Red Green White Grey
Shoe Rack
manufactured
specify when ordering
5YR
GUARANTEE
RS15X
RD10X
Shelving & Storage
Solo Benches
Duo Benches Bench
Bench
Length mm
Depth mm
No of Hooks
Leg Sets
Model
Price
Length mm
Depth mm
No of Hooks
Leg Sets
Model
Price
1000
400
5
2
RS10X
£249.00
1000
800
10
2
RD10X
£360.00
1500
400
7
2
RS15X
£273.00
1500
800
14
2
RD15X
£402.00
2000
400
10
2
RS20X
£314.00
2000
800
20
2
RD20X
£480.00
2500
400
12
3
RS25X
£438.00
2500
800
24
3
RD25X
£653.00
3000
400
14
3
RS30X
£464.00
3000
800
28
3
RD30X
£701.00
Mezzo Benches
Mono Bench
manufactured ››
Basic bench 450mm high Basic Bench
››
Floor/wall fixed bench 450mm high Mono Bench
Length mm
Depth mm
Legs Sets
Model
Price
Length mm
Depth mm
Legs Sets
Model
Price
1000
325
2
R10
£156.00
1000
450
2
RM10
£169.00
1500
325
2
R15
£172.00
1500
450
2
RM15
£192.00
2000
325
2
R20
£205.00
2000
450
2
RM20
£228.00
2500
325
3
R25
£275.00
2500
450
3
RM25
£301.00
3000
325
3
R30
£294.00
3000
450
3
RM30
£326.00
›› Factory fitted floor fixing brackets available - £3.00 each which must be ordered with bench. Use code RFFC (included as standard on Mono bench)
62
Zinc coating is available for wet & damp environments - CALL FOR DETAILS
Aqua Stainless Steel Cloakroom Seating ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
Manufactured from 304 grade stainless steel with 40mm square legs Sturdy aluminium or stainless steel coat hooks ›› Height : 1750mm Seat height: 450mm Laminate seats are available in blue or light grey - please specify when ordering Floor fixings, shoe racks, 316 marine grade finish & mono benches are available - call for details
Cloakroom Equipment
manufactured
5YR
GUARANTEE
STD15X in Blue ASTS15X
Aqua Solo Benches - Stainless Steel Slats & Hooks
Aqua Solo Benches - Laminate Seats & SAA Hooks
Single Sided Bench
Single Sided Bench
Model
Price
Length mm
Depth mm
No of Hooks
Leg Sets
Model
Price
2
ASTS10X
£481.00
1000
400
5
2
STS10X
£452.00
7
2
ASTS15X
£564.00
1500
400
7
2
STS15X
£515.00
10
2
ASTS20X
£644.00
2000
400
10
2
STS20X
£616.00
12
3
ASTS25X
£888.00
2500
400
12
3
STS25X
£821.00
14
3
ASTS30X
£970.00
3000
400
14
3
STS30X
£896.00
Length mm
Depth mm
No of Hooks
Leg Sets
1000
400
5
1500
400
2000
400
2500
400
3000
400
Aqua Duo Benches - Stainless Steel Slats & Hooks Depth mm
No of Hooks
Leg Sets
1000
800
10
1500
800
2000
800
2500 3000
Double Sided Bench
Model
Price
Length mm
Depth mm
No of Hooks
Leg Sets
Model
Price
2
ASTD10X
£716.00
1000
800
10
2
STD10X
£658.00
14
2
ASTD15X
£859.00
1500
800
14
2
STD15X
£776.00
20
2
ASTD20X
£1017.00
2000
800
20
2
STD20X
£970.00
800
24
3
ASTD25X
£1389.00
2500
800
24
3
STD25X
£1249.00
800
28
3
ASTD30X
£1536.00
3000
800
28
3
STD30X
£1392.00
Aqua Mezzo Stainless Steel Benches with Laminate Seats
Aqua Mezzo Stainless Steel Benches with Stainless Steel Slats
Blue Laminate Seat 450mm high
Stainless Steel Slats 450mm high Light grey laminate seat Basic Bench
Basic Bench
Length mm
Depth mm
Legs Sets
Model
Price
Length mm
Depth mm
Legs Sets
Model
Price
1000
325
2
ST10
£259.00
1000
325
2
AST10
£299.00
1500
325
2
ST15
£303.00
1500
325
2
AST15
£355.00
2000
325
2
ST20
£376.00
2000
325
2
AST20
£412.00
2500
325
3
ST25
£481.00
2500
325
3
AST25
£570.00
3000
325
3
ST30
£540.00
3000
325
3
AST30
£628.00
63
Shelving & Storage
Length mm
Aqua Duo Benches - Laminate Seats & SAA Hooks
Double Sided Bench
Cloakroom Units
Cloakroom Equipment
SS12
DS24
SS10H
DS20H
SUPPLIED WITH UNBREAKABLE PLASTIC HOOKS
Frames available in: Black, Grey & Blue Hooks available in: Claret Red, Bottle Green, Teal, Yellow, Black, Grey, Chocolate Brown, Bright Green, Bright Red & Bright Blue ›› ›› ›› ››
Single or double sided With hooks or hangers Shoe baskets are available as an optional extra Bespoke units available - call for details
›› ›› ›› ››
Ash, beech or sapele timber slats Single sided units: 400mm wide Double sided units: 762mm wide All units are 1803mm high
manufactured
Manufactured from 38 x 38mm RHS steel frame work. Tops & seat slats are of 70 x 32mm timber, with four radiused corners, & have been sanded, sealed & polished with a tough, hardwearing lacquer.
Shelving & Storage
Complete with Hooks
Complete with Black Hangers
Single Sided
Double Sided
Single Sided
Double Sided
Length mm
No of Hooks
Model
Price
No of Hooks
Model
Price
Length mm
No of Hooks
Model
Price
No of Hooks
Model
Price
900
6
SS6
£230.00
12
DS12
£300.00
900
6
SS6H
£275.00
12
DS12H
£400.00
1200
9
SS9
£260.00
18
DS18
£345.00
1200
8
SS8H
£305.00
16
DS16H
£460.00
1500
12
SS12
£285.00
24
DS24
£385.00
1500
10
SS10H
£345.00
20
DS20H
£530.00
Bench Seats & Coat Rails ›› ››
Benches have timber slats with four radiused corners which have been sanded, sealed & polished Coat rails are pre-drilled ready for wall mounting Benches 400H x 300W mm
Length mm 900
CR12
Coat Rails 70 x 20mm Timber
Model
Price
Model
Price
B36
£120.00
CR6
£50.00
1200
B48
£130.00
CR9
£55.00
1500
B60
£140.00
CR12
£58.00
Shoe Baskets ›› ›› ››
Strong wire mesh baskets Available to suit all lengths of bench Bespoke units available - call for details No of Sections
Model
Price
1
SB1
£95.00
5
SB5
£105.00
10
SB10
£110.00
64
manufactured
B60
SB1, SB5 & SB10
Coat Racks & Stands FROM ONLY
£23.70
CRW12Z CRW11Z
CRW14Z
CRW13Z Overall Size L x W x H mm
Model
Price
Coat Rack - 6 Coat Hooks
600 x 65 x 130
CRW11Z
£23.70
Coat Rack - 4 Coat Hooks
360 x 60 x 52
CRW12Z
£33.50
Coat Rack - 5 Coat Hooks
480 x 120 x 130
CRW13Z
£49.80
Coat Rack - 6 Coat Hooks & Hat Shelf
800 x 300 x 240
CRW14Z
£71.85
Coat Stand - 5 Coat Hooks
375 x 375 x 1600
CSW11Z
£145.35 £122.45
Coat Stand - 12 Coat Hooks & Umbrella Holder
380 x 380 x 1770
CSW12Z
Coat Stand - 5 Adj. Coat Hooks & Umbrella Holder
380 x 380 x 1870
CSW13Z
£75.95
Coat Stand - 6 Coat Hangers & Umbrella Holder
380 x 380 x 1750
CSW14Z
£145.35
CSW11Z
CSW12Z
CSW14Z
CSW13Z
Medium Duty Garment Rails Epoxy powder coated black Welded tubular steel construction ›› Mobile models are mounted on 4 x 50mm PVC swivel castors ››
››
FROM ONLY
£148.65
Garment Rails
Description
3YR
GUARANTEE
manufactured
Static
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Model
Mobile Price
Model
Price
Single Bar
GSG16Z GSG26Y
1200 x 490 x 1800
GSG14Z
£148.65
GSG14Y
£155.35
1800 x 490 x 1800
GSG16Z
£163.10
GSG16Y
£170.05
1200 x 490 x 1800
GSG24Z
£168.90
GSG24Y
£175.75
1800 x 490 x 1800
GSG26Z
£185.80
GSG26Y
£189.95
80kg
Double Bar
evenly distributed
Nesting Frame Garment Rail
Heavy Duty Garment Rail Welded tubular steel construction ›› Rail height: 1920mm ›› Handle height: 1030mm ›› Mobile on 125mm rubber castors ››
Shelving & Storage
manufactured
3
YR GUARANTEE
manufactured
3
YR GUARANTEE
2 x GSG36N GSG44R
‘Z’ frame rails constructed from welded tubular steel ›› 1770mm rail height ›› Mobile on 50mm PVC castors ››
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Model
Price
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Model
Price
1220 x 490 x 1800
GSG34N
£178.75
1200 x 500 x 1930
GSG44R
£380.25
1800 x 490 x 1800
GSG36N
£193.30
1800 x 500 x 1930
GSG46R
£408.45
65
Wire Mesh Lockers Manufactured from 25 x 25 x 2.5 welded mesh on a 8mm rod frame. Each locker is fitted with floor fixing brackets with provision to be fitted back to back, to the wall & to the floor (fixings not included). The single & double compartment lockers have 3 point locking system & the rest of the lockers are fitted with a hasp & staple for use with a padlock (not included). Bright electroplated zinc lockers which offer full through ventilation & high visual security ›› Single tier lockers come complete with a hat shelf & coat hook ›› Single & two tier lockers come complete with a coat hook
Wire Mesh Lockers
››
COLOUR OPTIONS Yellow Blue Red specify when ordering. other colours available
i Information
manufactured Locker Size H x W mm
Description
Model
Price
305mm Deep Lockers Single Compartment - Nest of One Single Compartment - Nest of Two Single Compartment - Nest of Three Two Compartment - Nest of One
1980 x 305 each
Two Compartment - Nest of Two Two Compartment - Nest of Three Three Compartment - Nest of One
Shelving & Storage
1980 x 305 each
Three Compartment - Nest of Two Three Compartment - Nest of Three Four Compartment - Nest of One
1980 x 305 each 1980 x 305 each
Four Compartment - Nest of Two Four Compartment - Nest of Three Five Compartment - Nest of One Five Compartment - Nest of Two Five Compartment - Nest of Three Six Compartment - Nest of One Six Compartment - Nest of Two Six Compartment - Nest of Three
WM305SD
£100.40
WM305SDN2
£185.59
WM305SDN3
£270.86
WM3052D
£105.46
WM3052DN2
£197.27
WM3052DN3
£288.47
WM3053D
£113.03
WM3053DN2
£204.50
WM3053DN3
£305.50
WM3054D
£120.57
WM3054DN2
£226.13
WM3054DN3
£322.51
WM3055D
£130.80
1980 x 305 each
WM3055DN2
£246.60
WS3055DN3
£357.81
1980 x 305 each
WM3056D
£141.01
WM3056DN2
£267.09
WM3056DN3
£393.11
457mm Deep Lockers Single Compartment - Nest of One Single Compartment - Nest of Two Single Compartment - Nest of Three Two Compartment - Nest of One Two Compartment - Nest of Two Two Compartment - Nest of Three Three Compartment - Nest of One Three Compartment - Nest of Two Three Compartment - Nest of Three Four Compartment - Nest of One Four Compartment - Nest of Two Four Compartment - Nest of Three Five Compartment - Nest of One Five Compartment - Nest of Two Five Compartment - Nest of Three Six Compartment - Nest of One Six Compartment - Nest of Two Six Compartment - Nest of Three
66
1980 x 305 each 1980 x 305 each 1980 x 305 each 1980 x 305 each 1980 x 305 each 1980 x 305 each
WM450SD
£110.43
WM450SDN2
£204.09
WM450SDN3
£297.84
WM4502D
£119.43
WM4502DN2
£221.14
WM4502DN3
£322.50
WM4503D
£127.40
WM4503DN2
£236.33
WM4503DN3
£346.07
WM4504D
£134.21
WM4504DN2
£251.91
WM4504DN3
£369.57
WM4505D
£144.47
WM4505DN2
£272.44
WM4505DN3
£400.37
WM4506D
£154.73
WM4506DN2
£292.94
WM4506DN3
£431.19
UNITS CAN BE MANUFACTURED TO YOUR SPECIFICATION - CALL FOR DETAILS
Wire Mesh Lockers ››
Bright electroplated zinc which offer full through ventilation & high visual security or powder coated COLOUR OPTIONS Yellow Blue Red specify when ordering. other colours available
Hasp & Staple Lock
Wire Mesh Lockers
Manufactured from 25 x 25 x 2.5 welded mesh on a 8mm rod frame. Each locker is fitted with floor fixing brackets with provision to be fitted back to back, to the wall & to the floor (fixings not included). Fitted with a hasp & staple for use with a padlock (not included). Floor Fixing Brackets
WM30520COMPWD
manufactured Description
Locker Size H x W x D mm
Doors
Model
Price
Wire Mesh Cubes Square Cube with Hasp & Staple Lock
With Door
305 x 305 x 305
CUBE305
£32.50
With Door
380 x 380 x 380
CUBE308
£35.10
With Door
450 x 450 x 450
CUBE450
£39.00
WM3058COMPND
£123.50
Wire Mesh Compartment Lockers No Doors 8 Compartment Wire Mesh Locker Overall Compartment Size: 305H x 305W mm
With Doors No Doors With Doors
12 Compartment Wire Mesh Locker Overall Compartment Size: 305H x 305W mm
With Doors No Doors With Doors No Doors
16 Compartment Wire Mesh Locker Overall Compartment Size: 305H x 305W mm
With Doors No Doors With Doors No Doors
20 Compartment Wire Mesh Locker Overall Compartment Size: 305H x 305W mm
With Doors No Doors With Doors No Doors
40 Compartment Wire Mesh Locker Overall Compartment Size: 150H x 150W mm
Double Door No Doors Double Door
1220 x 610 x 450 1360 x 915 x 305 1360 x 915 x 450 1360 x 1220 x 305 1360 x 1220 x 450 1360 x 1525 x 305 1360 x 1525 x 450
1360 x 775 x 305
1360 x 775 x 450
WM3058COMPWD
£156.00
WM4508COMPND
£162.50
WM4508COMPWD
£195.00
WM30512COMPND
£154.88
WM30512COMPWD
£214.50
WM45012COMPND
£183.13
WM45012COMPWD
£234.00
WM30516COMPND
£188.59
WM30516COMPWD
£254.80
WM45016COMPND
£225.04
WM45016COMPWD
£275.60
WM30520COMPND
£247.00
WM30520COMPWD
£314.60
WM45020COMPND
£267.87
WM45020COMPWD
£358.80
WM30540COMPND
£216.84
WM30540COMPWD
£260.00
WM45040COMPND
£239.11
WM45040COMPWD
£279.50
Wire Mesh Cupboards Low Cupboard with 2 Shelves
Single Door
1066 x 457 x 457
WMCUP1066SD/2S
£107.55
Low Cupboard with 5 Shelves
Double Door
1066 x 915 x 457
WMCUP1066DD/5S
£192.73
1980 x 457 x 457
Cupboard with 3 Shelves
Single Door
WMCUP1980SD/3S
£131.76
Cupboard with no Shelves
Double Door
WMCUP1980DD/NS
£278.58
Cupboard with 2 Shelves
Double Door
WMCUP1980DD/2S
£299.61
Cupboard with 3 Shelves
Double Door
WMCUP1980DD/3S
£309.19
Cupboard with 4 Shelves
Double Door
WMCUP1980DD/4S
£312.00
Cupboard with 1 Shelf & a Rail
Double Door
WMWAR1980DD/1S/R
£286.00
1980 x 915 x 457
67
Shelving & Storage
No Doors
1220 x 610 x 305
Wire Mesh Storage Compartments ››
Wire Mesh Storage Compartments
››
››
››
›› ››
Strong & hard wearing Fully welded tubular steel construction with a 50 x 50mm square mesh outer carcass & 25 x 25mm mesh shelves Fitted with hanging rail & 2 storage shelves per compartment as illustrated Produced with both floor & wall fixing points (fixings not supplied) Easy access for cleaning Contents can easily be visually inspected
i Information BESPOKE MODELS CAN BE MADE TO YOUR SPECIFICATION CALL FOR DETAILS
3
YR GUARANTEE
manufactured
Shelving & Storage
WML01Z Single sided
WML04Z
No. of Compartments
Overall Size L x W x H mm
3
1590 x 565 x 1890
Weight kg
Model
Price
WML01Z
£675.25
WML02Z
£1288.55
Wall Mounted Unit 65
Double Sided Unit
WML02Z Double sided
68
6
1590 x 1130 x 1890
130
Mobile Unit with padlockable doors (padlock not included) 3
1590 x 565 x 2090
105
WML04Z
£1055.55
Quarto Lockers ›› ›› ››
Cube Lockers
Individual personal security in the workplace Can be used as ‘stacked’ units or to fill a space above standard lockers Units can be bolted together on the top
›› ››
Ideal where space is limited Can be nested in any configuration
manufactured
FROM ONLY
£38.00
Model
Price
Express Cube Lockers (Blue or Grey Doors only & a max. qty of 10)
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Model
Price
511 x 300 x 300
MQ2211GU..00
511 x 300 x 450
MQ2511GU..00
300 x 300 x 300
ZQ12..
£38.00
450 x 450 x 450
ZQ18..
£54.00
Lockers
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Cube Lockers 300 x 300 x 300
QU1212A01GU..
£38.00
£38.00
380 x 380 x 380
QU1515A01GU..
£48.00
£43.00
450 x 450 x 450
QU1818A01GU..
£54.00
Clean & Dirty Locker ›› ››
Central partition below shelf Coat rails fitted
Uniform Locker ›› ››
Central partition below shelf Fitted with coat rail one side & three fixed shelves the other side
manufactured
Two Person Locker ››
Clean & Dirty Locker Uniform Locker Two Person Locker
Police Locker ›› ››
Fixed heavy-duty top shelf The hanging compartment has a heavy duty hanging rail
Police Locker
Biocote Protected Reduces the levels of harmful bacteria such as E-coli, MRSA & Salmonella on contact surfaces up to 99.9%
Clean & Dirty Locker
Crew Locker ›› ›› ››
Fixed heavy duty top & lower shelves. Divided compartments. Heavy duty hanging rail
Crew Locker
Description
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Model
Price
Clean / Dirty Locker
1800 x 450 x 450
M1551DGU..00
£121.00
Uniform Locker
1800 x 450 x 450
M1551NGU..00
£138.00
Two Person Locker
1800 x 450 x 450
M15514GU..TCL
£162.00
Police Locker
1800 x 600 x 600
M1881PGU..00P0
£171.00
Crew Locker
1800 x 600 x 600
M1881PGU..00C0
£187.00
COLOUR CHOICES - DOOR COLOURS Light Grey (RAL 7035) Code GU
Blue (RAL 5002) Code CF
Red (RAL 3020) Code RD
Green (RAL 6001) Code PD
Carmine Red (RAL 3002) Code RM
Yellow (RAL 1003) Code YD
Dark Grey (BS 00 A 11) Code HY
All body colours are light grey (RAL 7035). Insert the code of the door colour required to the product code when ordering.
69
Shelving & Storage
››
Two 225mm compartments & two 1270mm compartments fitted with coat hooks Paired locks allow each user to have one key to open their vertical & horizontal compartment
Half & Three Quarter Height Lockers Manufactured to the same specification as the standard lockers shown on page 72 Ideal for primary school locker rooms Utilise wall space below windows Choice of BioCote paint finishes
›› ›› ›› ››
Single Tier
manufactured
Three Tier
Two Tier
Half Height Locker - 896mm
Overall Size W x D mm
Model
3/4 Height Locker - 1382mm
Price
Model
Price
Single Tier 300 x 300
MH2211GU..00
£61.00
MC2211GU..00
£72.00
300 x 450
MH2511GU..00
£71.00
MC2511GU..00
£81.00
450 x 450
MH5511GU..00
£87.00
MC5511GU..00
£99.00 £88.00
Lockers
Two Tier 300 x 300
MH2212GU..00
£68.00
MC2212GU..00
300 x 450
MH2512GU..00
£79.00
MC2512GU..00
£95.00
450 x 450
MH5512GU..00
£95.00
MC5512GU..00
£109.00
300 x 300
MH2213GU..00
£82.00
MC2213GU..00
£94.00
300 x 450
MH2513GU..00
£94.00
MC2513GU..00
£107.00
450 x 450
MH5513GU..00
£111.00
MC5513GU..00
£128.00
Three Tier
Single Tier
Two Tier
Three Tier
Bridge Units
Locker Accessories
Shelving & Storage
N.B. some items must be fitted at the manufacturing stage Type
Factory Fitted
Model
Price
Bridge Unit - Top
✔
EU9095GU
£27.00
Bridge Unit - Bottom
✔
EU9095
£49.00
Captive Coat Hanger
✔
A492
£2.50
Captive Coat Hook
✔
A491
£2.50
Magnetic Catch Lock (non-locking)
✔
MAGCATCH
£3.00
Coin Retain Lock
✔
75
£68.00
Coin Return Lock
✔
85
£29.00
3 Digit Tumbler Combination Lock
✔
COMBL
£19.50
4 Digit Multi-user Combination Lock
✔
TUMBLER
£33.00
Digital Combination Lock
✔
DIGITAL
£55.00
Numbered Key Ring
-
E462
£1.00
Ivorene Number Plate - s/adhesive
-
E466M
£2.00
Camlock Spare Key
-
X280R
£4.00
Camlock Master Key
-
E270R
£5.50
Designed to fit between two lockers & provide additional clothes hanging space or support for lockers ›› Ideal for high density changing rooms where security is not a problem ›› Suitable for 450mm deep lockers only ››
Bridge unit top
Locker Stands & Seats ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
Stands raise lockers from the floor, to aid cleaning & reduce scuff damage Stands & seats can be integrated into lockers Delivered fully assembled with adjustable feet Seats have hardwood slats finished with 2 coats of varnish Seat depth 300mm
Locker Stand Overall Size H x W x D mm
Bridge unit bottom
Locker Stand with Seat Single Locker Model
Price
Nest of 2 Lockers Model
Nest of 3 Lockers
Nest of 4 Lockers
Price
Model
Price
Model
Price
Locker Stands 150 x 300 x 300
LS3030/1
£25.00
LS3030/2
£26.00
LS3030/3
£29.00
LS3030/4
£33.00
150 x 300 x 450
LS3045/1
£26.50
LS3045/2
£29.00
LS3045/3
£31.50
LS3045/4
£36.00
150 x 450 x 450
LS4545/1
£30.00
LS4545/2
£31.50
LS4545/3
£36.00
LS4545/4
£44.00 £133.00
Locker Stands with Seats
70
400 x 300 x 300
LSS3030/1
£66.00
LSS3030/2
£89.00
LSS3030/3
£111.00
LSS3030/4
400 x 300 x 450
LSS3045/1
£69.00
LSS3045/2
£91.00
LSS3045/3
£113.00
LSS3045/4
£137.00
400 x 450 x 450
LSS4545/1
£81.00
LSS4545/2
£113.00
LSS4545/3
£148.00
LSS4545/4
£182.00
Express Lockers Range of standard lockers available on 5 working day delivery Designed & built to last Single tier lockers are fitted with hat shelf & double coat hook ›› Rail as standard on 450mm deep, single & two tier lockers ››
››
Lockers
manufactured
Biocote Protected Reduces the levels of harmful bacteria such as E-coli, MRSA & Salmonella on contact surfaces up to 99.9%
Features Semi concealed hinges for security & clean line, door stiffeners for added strength & security. Vents in top & bottom for improved air circulation. Recessed camlock with plastic card holder. Plinth base for rigidity. All lockers are pre-drilled for nesting Specification Riveted / welded construction, cold rolled mild steel Finish Epoxy powder coating electrostatically applied, producing an exceptionally high quality chip-resistant finish Colours Light grey carcass with light grey, blue or red doors Locks Fitted with standard deadlock supplied with 2 keys
day delivery
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Model
Price
Single Tier 1800 x 300 x 300
Z12211..
£76.00
1800 x 300 x 450
Z12511..
£89.00
Two Tier 1800 x 300 x 300
Z12212..
£85.00
1800 x 300 x 450
Z12512..
£98.00
Three Tier 1800 x 300 x 300
Z12213..
£103.00
1800 x 300 x 450
Z12513..
£117.00
Four Tier 1800 x 300 x 300
Z12214..
£111.00
1800 x 300 x 450
Z12514..
£126.00
Six Tier 1800 x 300 x 300
Z12216..
£135.00
1800 x 300 x 450
Z12516..
£152.00
Add GU for grey doors, CF for blue doors & RD for red doors * Maximum quantity of 5 lockers. Postcode restrictions apply to 5 day delivery
71
Shelving & Storage
5
Standard Lockers Durable & aesthetically pleasing range of mild steel lockers available in various sizes, door configurations & colours. ›› ››
Features Solid & perforated door lockers with improved security Door stiffeners for added strength & security ›› Vents in top & bottom for improved air circulation ›› Recessed camlock with plastic card holder ›› All lockers are pre-drilled for nesting ›› Single tier lockers are fitted with hat shelf & double coat hook ›› Rail as standard on 450mm deep, single & two tier lockers ›› ››
Lockers are 1800mm high manufactured See page 70 for half & three quarter height lockers
Finish
Epoxy powder coating electrostatically applied, producing an exceptionally high quality chip-resistant finish. Incorporates BioCote anti-bacterial protection
Colours
See page 73 for details
Lockers
Doors
Choice of solid or perforated. Perforated doors are designed to allow the contents to be visually inspected & allow through ventilation
Locks
Fitted with standard deadlock with 2 keys
The cam locks through the door into a slot in the frame to provide more rigidity & added security.
Overall Size W x D mm
Solid Door - Nest 1 Model
Price
Solid Door - Nest 2 Model
Solid Door - Nest 3
Price
Model
Price
Shelves have an extended lip to provide a division between doors, offering protection against doors being prised open.
Perforated Door - Nest 1 Model
Price
Shelving & Storage
Single Tier 300 x 300
M12211GU..00
£76.00
M12221GU..00
£140.00
M12231GU..00
£205.00
M12211GU..00A
£87.00
300 x 450
M12511GU..00
£89.00
M12521GU..00
£162.00
M12531GU..00
£236.00
M12511GU..00A
£100.00
450 x 450
M15511GU..00
£109.00
M15521GU..00
£199.00
-
-
-
-
300 x 300
M12212GU..00
£85.00
M12222GU..00
£159.00
M12232GU..00
£233.00
M12212GU..00A
£96.00
300 x 450
M12512GU..00
£98.00
M12522GU..00
£181.00
M12532GU..00
£264.00
M12512GU..00A
£109.00
450 x 450
M15512GU..00
£118.00
M15522GU..00
£218.00
-
-
-
-
Manufactured & tested in accordance with BS4680:1996
Two Tier
Three Tier 300 x 300
M12213GU..00
£103.00
M12223GU..00
£193.00
M12233GU..00
£284.00
M12213GU..00A
£113.00
300 x 450
M12513GU..00
£117.00
M12523GU..00
£217.00
M12533GU..00
£319.00
M12513GU..00A
£127.00
450 x 450
M15513GU..00
£138.00
M15523GU..00
£257.00
-
-
-
-
Four Tier 300 x 300
M12214GU..00
£111.00
M12224GU..00
£210.00
M12234GU..00
£310.00
M12214GU..00A
£122.00
300 x 450
M12514GU..00
£126.00
M12524GU..00
£236.00
M12534GU..00
£346.00
M12514GU..00A
£137.00
450 x 450
M15514GU..00
£150.00
M15524GU..00
£280.00
-
-
-
-
Six Tier 300 x 300
M12216GU..00
£135.00
M12226GU..00
£258.00
M12236GU..00
£381.00
M12216GU..00A
£149.00
300 x 450
M12516GU..00
£152.00
M12526GU..00
£286.00
M12536GU..00
£422.00
M12516GU..00A
£166.00
450 x 450
M15516GU..00
£178.00
M15526GU..00
£340.00
-
-
-
-
Sloping Tops - factory fitted ››
Make cleaning easier - prevent dust & debris accumulating on the tops of lockers N.B: Standard locker height will increase to 1925 or 1987mm
72
To Suit Locker
Model
Price per Nest 1
300 x 300
DFU12351
£13.00
300 x 450
DFU12352
£16.50
450 x 450
DFU12353
£19.50
Perforated Door Locker
Full Height Plastic Lockers ›› ›› ›› ›› Neoprene seal fitted to Plus Version Lockers
›› ››
››
MDPE plastic lockers which are anti-bacterial & fully recyclable UV resistant with a HALS (hindered amine light stabiliser) moulded in Robust design which resists dents & scratches Strong hidden hinges fitted with high tensile pins Compartment drain holes allows water to drain out - ideal for cleaning Plus lockers are fitted with an internal neoprene seal to create a virtual watertight seal. A must for any outdoor applications or where there is a risk of moisture or spray that could ingress into the compartments Complete with either a water resistant hasp lock or water resistant cam lock - please specify when ordering
Lockers
(*if not specified Cam Lock will be supplied)
Shelving & Storage
Optional Sloping Top
IP-PL/180/325/450/4 IP-PL/180/325/450/2
Water Resistant Hasp Lock fitted included in prices*
Water Resistant Cam Lock fitted included in prices
Optional Waterproof Digital Combination Lock
Optional Waterproof Coin Return Lock ‘TYPE 7’
10
YR
IP-PL/180/325/450/3
GUARANTEE
DOOR COLOUR OPTIONS
Plastic Lockers Shower Lockers
Plus Lockers
Tiers
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Model
Price
Model
Price
2
1800 x 325 x 450
SH-PL/180/325/450/2
£382.16
IP-PL/180/325/450/2
£461.53
3
1800 x 325 x 450
SH-PL/180/325/450/3
£390.61
IP-PL/180/325/450/3
£492.70
4
1800 x 325 x 450
SH-PL/180/325/450/4
£387.44
IP-PL/180/325/450/4
£512.20
Optional Extras Description
Model
Price
Sloping Top
SLOPING TOP
£54.15
Fully Waterproof Cam Lock*
TYPE 3
£18.26 per lock
Programmable 4 Digit Number finding Key
TYPE 4
£52.21 per lock
Water Resistant 4 Digit Combination Lock with overide key
TYPE 6
£35.48 per lock
Fully Waterproof Coin Return Lock*
TYPE 7
£57.01 per lock
Fully Waterproof Coin Retain Lock*
TYPE 8
£104.51 per lock
Fully Waterproof Digital Combination Lock*
TYPE 9
P.O.A
74
*Suitable for use with the Plus Lockers
Blue Yellow Grey Red specify when ordering
Laminate Door Lockers Premium quality laminate door lockers are resistant to dents & scratches ›› Fitted with standard mastered cam lock with 2000 differs ›› 2, 3 & 4 door lockers are fitted with security shelf to prevent unauthorised access to the compartment below ›› Pre-drilled for nesting ››
COLOUR OPTIONS
manufactured
FROM ONLY
£152.64
specify when ordering
LU1830301 Description End Panels
Overall Size H x D mm
Model
1800 x 300
LVEP18301
£128.31
1800 x 450
LVEP18451
£180.36
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Tiers
Model
1800 x 300 x 300
1
LU1830301
LU1830304
Price
Lockers
Spectrum Red Campanula Spectrum Yellow Aquamarine Light Grey Vibrant Green Graphite Grey Clementine Oak Beech
LU1830303 LU1830301
LU1830302
Price
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Tiers
Model
Price
£152.64
1800 x 300 x 450
1
LU1830451
£159.55
1800 x 300 x 300
2
LU1830302
£178.25
1800 x 300 x 450
2
LU1830452
£185.18
1800 x 300 x 300
3
LU1830303
£203.13
1800 x 300 x 450
3
LU1830453
£210.88
1800 x 300 x 300
4
LU1830304
£228.40
1800 x 300 x 450
4
LU1830454
£236.96
1800 x 300 x 300
6
LU1830306
£259.32
1800 x 300 x 450
6
LU1830456
£269.28
Personal Effect Lockers ››
››
Compartment Close Up
›› ›› ››
COLOUR OPTIONS
Locking Mechanism
Light Grey (RAL 7035) Light Blue (RAL 5012) Traffic Blue (RAL 5017) Traffic Green (RAL 6024) Ruby Red (RAL 3003) Yellow (RAL 1018) specify when ordering
FROM ONLY
£273.11
manufactured Overall Size H x W x D mm
LR184538Y
LR909038Y
No of Compartments
Model
Price
940 x 900 x 380
20
LR909038Y
£273.11
1285 x 900 x 380
28
LR129038H
£388.52
1800 x 450 x 380
20
LR184538Y
£273.11
1800 x 900 x 380
40
LR189038F
£526.61
75
Shelving & Storage
››
An ideal way of providing secure storage for smaller items offering increased security in the workplace Fitted with standard mastered cam lock with 2000 differs Through frame shelf for added security Pre-drilled for nesting Powder coated with Germ Guard active technology paint Compartment size: 150H x 163W x 360D mm
Laptop Storage Lockers High quality & cost effective storage
››
Choice of 10 or 15 compartment units Powder coated with Germ Guard active technology anti-bacterial paint ›› Pre-drilled for nesting ›› Other colours available - call for details ›› ››
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Configuration
1800 x 450 x 450
10 Comp 10 Doors
15 Comp 15 Doors
Lockers
1800 x 380 x 450 15 Comp 1 Door
Colour
Code
Price
Light Grey
L7184545NLXX
£303.88
Dark Blue
L7184545NBXX
£303.88
Red
L7184545NRXX
£303.88
Light Grey
L7183845QLXX
£341.71
Dark Blue
L7183845QBXX
£341.71
Red
L7183845QRXX
£341.71
Light Grey
L71838451LXX
£274.01
Dark Blue
L71838451BXX
£274.01
Red
L71838451RXX
£274.01
L7183845QBXX
L7184545NRXX
L71838451LQX
manufactured
Charging Laptop Lockers Choice of 8 or 12 compartment units - each equipped with a 3 pin socket Ventilated compartments for dissipation of heat during charge cycle ›› Compartment aperture: 100H x 375W x 470D mm ›› Powder coated with Germ Guard active technology anti-bacterial paint ›› Other colours available - call for details ›› ››
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Configuration 8 Comp 8 Doors
Shelving & Storage
Internal Charging Point fitted inside the compartments
manufactured
L7C145050W1B
1000 x 500 x 500 8 Comp 1 Door
12 Comp 1 Door 1460 x 500 x 500 12 Comp 12 Doors
L7C10505088B
Colour
Code
Price
Light Grey
L7C10505088L
£456.63
Dark Blue
L7C10505088B
£456.63
Red
L7C10505088R
£456.63
Light Grey
L7C10505081L
£428.93
Dark Blue
L7C10505081B
£428.93
Red
L7C10505081R
£428.93
Light Grey
L7C145050W1L
£567.69
Dark Blue
L7C145050W1B
£567.69
Red
L7C145050W1R
£567.69
Light Grey
L7C145050WWL
£598.05
Dark Blue
L7C145050WWB
£598.05
Red
L7C145050WWR
£598.05
Charging Laptop Trolleys Choice of 8 or 16 compartment units - each equipped with a 3 pin socket
››
Ventilated compartments for dissipation of heat during charge cycle “Narrow Aisle” units are 525mm wide & allow easy access between desks ›› Compartment aperture: 100H x 375W x 465D mm ›› Powder coated with Germ Guard active technology anti-bacterial paint ›› Other colours available - call for details ››
manufactured
››
Overall Size H x W x D mm Narrow Aisle 1200 x 525 x 675 Narrow Aisle 1200 x 525 x 1220 1200 x 1040 x 660
76
Configuration 8 Comp 2 Doors
16 Comp 4 Doors
16 Comp 2 Doors
Colour
Code
Price
Light Grey
L7M12526782L
£504.18
Dark Blue
L7M12526782B
£504.18
Red
L7M12526782R
£504.18
Light Grey
L7M125212X4L
£903.97
Dark Blue
L7M125212X4B
£903.97
Red
L7M125212X4R
£903.97
Light Grey
L7M121066X2L
£903.97
Dark Blue
L7M121066X2B
£903.97
Red
L7M121066X2R
£903.97
Internal Charging Point fitted inside the compartments
L7M121066X2R
Industrial Workstations Versatile workstations for the industrial environment Epoxy Polyester coated all steel construction ›› Writing desk, cubby hole & lockable drawer ›› 3 point locking secure cupboard ›› Rear panels are supplied separately for on-site assembly ››
››
FROM ONLY
£301.00
manufactured
Workstations
Information Station 2000H x 915W x 460D mm Model: WISGU.. Price: £398.00
Basic Workstation 1200H x 915W x 460D mm Model: WWKGU.. Price: £301.00
Quality Control Station 2000H x 915W x 460D mm Model: WQSGU.. Price: £509.00
Toolholder Station 2000H x 915W x 460D mm Model: WTSGU.. Price: £390.00
Computer Workstations Epoxy Polyester coated all steel construction ›› Choice of designs for standard or flat screen monitors ›› Lockable monitor & keyboard units & cupboards - supplied with 2 keys ››
FROM ONLY
£342.00
Shelving & Storage
manufactured Flat Top Computer Station 1200H x 915W x 475D mm Model: WLCGU.. Price: £419.00
Flat Top Compact Computer Station 1042H x 655W x 526D mm Model: WFCGU.. Price: £342.00
Cables are kept tidy by trunking
Standard Compact Computer Station 1624H x 655W x 526D mm Model: WCCGU.. Price: £467.00
78
Flat Screen Compact Computer Station 1624H x 655W x 526D mm Model: WSCGU.. Price: £440.00
Wide Computer Station 1800H x 915W x 475D mm Model: WTCGU.. Price: £624.00
Storage Cupboards A range of useful storage cupboards to suit general storage needs These cupboards offer flexible & secure storage at an economic price ›› All shelves are adjustable with additional shelves available ›› Cupboards are fitted with a camlock & have a reinforced door ›› ››
FROM ONLY
£78.00 2 Adjustable Shelves 984H x 477W x 505D mm Model: CH661EGU..29S12 Price: £104.50 manufactured
1 Adjustable Shelf 684H x 450W x 300D mm Model: CA521EGU..00S11 Price: £78.00
2 Adjustable Shelves 984H x 915W x 505D mm Model: CH961EGU..29S12 Price: £185.00
Cupboards
Tool Cupboards An extensive range of high quality tool cabinets for use in workshops, factories & warehouses ›› All steel construction - add extra drawers & shelves to suit your application ›› 3 point locking ››
FROM ONLY
£202.00
4 Drawers & 1 Shelf 984H x 915W x 505D mm Model: CH961TGU..29S37 Price: £325.00
1 Drawer, 2 Shelves 984H x 477W x 505D mm Model: CH661TGU..29S34 Price: £202.00 not supplied with containers
manufactured
High quality lock operating 3 point locking
£436.00 4 Shelves 1820H x 477W x 505D mm Model: C1661TGU..29S31 Price: £274.00
2 Shelves, 2 Drawers 1820H x 477W x 505D mm Model: C1661TGU..29S35 Price: £291.00
Accessories Description
Width mm
Model
Price
Sloping Top Desk Unit
477
CDE56TGU
£65.00
Mobile Chassis for low cabinets Only
477
CCH56TGU
£57.00
Extra Drawer*
477
CDW56THY
£19.00
Extra Galvanised Shelf*
477
CSH56TGT
£12.00
*These only suit the single door Storage Cupboards & not the double door Storage Cupboard or the Tool Cupboards
8 Shelves 1820H x 915W x 505D mm Model: C1961TGU..29S32 Price: £436.00
2 Shelves, 14 Drawers 1820H x 915W x 505D mm Model: C1961TGU..29S44 Price: £603.00
COLOUR CHOICES - DOOR COLOURS Light Grey (RAL 7035) Code GU
Blue (RAL 5002) Code CF
Red (RAL 3020) Code RD
Green (RAL 6001) Code PD
Carmine Red (RAL 3002) Code RM
Yellow (RAL 1003) Code YD
Dark Grey (BS 00 A 11) Code HY
All body colours are light grey (RAL 7035). Insert the code of the door colour required to the product code when ordering.
79
Shelving & Storage
FROM ONLY
Standard & Security Cupboards Strong welded steel construction
››
3 point espagnolette locking system (security model has an additional hasp & staple fitted to receive a padlock not included) ›› Door stiffeners for added strength & security ›› Base plinth for extra rigidity ›› Adjustable shelves on 25mm vertical pitch ››
FROM ONLY
£214.00
Cupboards
manufactured
High quality lock operating 3 point locking
Cupboard Accessories Description
Extra Shelf
Overall Size W x D mm
Model
Price
615 x 505
CSH869U
£12.50
915 x 505
CSH969U
£14.00
1219 x 457
CCSH481801GU
£16.50
CACLIP
£0.30
*Shelf Clips - Standard & Slimline Cupboards *Shelf Clips - Large Volume Cupboards
Standard & Security Cupboards Description
No of Shelves
Model
Price
984 x 915 x 505
2
CH961CGU..29S12
£214.00
2
CH961SGU..29S12
£233.50
1820 x 915 x 505
3
C1961CGU..29S13
£313.00
3
C1961SGU..29S13
£332.50
Standard Security Standard
£0.20
CPCSHCLIP01
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Security
*4 required per shelf
COLOUR CHOICES - DOOR COLOURS Light Grey (RAL 7035) Code GU
Blue (RAL 5002) Code CF
Red (RAL 3020) Code RD
Green (RAL 6001) Code PD
Carmine Red (RAL 3002) Code RM
Yellow (RAL 1003) Code YD
Dark Grey (BS 00 A 11) Code HY
Shelving & Storage
All body colours are Light Grey (RAL 7035). Insert the code of the door colour required to the product code when ordering.
S11
S13 manufactured
S10
Large Volume Cupboards
Slimline Cupboards
››
Extra wide cupboards Overall size: 1830H x 1219W x 457D mm ›› High quality lock operating 3-front locking bars ›› Extra shelves available - see above
››
››
››
Description
Compact double door cupboards Overall size: 1820H x 615W x 505D mm ›› Extra shelves available - see above Description
Features
Model
Price
Standard Slimline
3 Shelves
C1861CGU..29S13
£253.00
Slim Wardrobe
Shelf & Hanging Rail
C1861CGU..29S11
£237.00
£418.00
Slim Wardrobe
4 Shelf & Hanging Rail & Divider
C1861CGU..29S10
£293.00
£434.50
Personal Cupboard
1 Shelf, 3 Half Shelves & Divider
C1861CGU..29S02
£283.50
Features
Model
Price
Large Volume
3 Shelves
C7248A3S13
£383.00
Large Utility
3 Shelves & Central Divider
C7248A3S08
Large Wardrobe
4 Shelves, Hat Shelf & Coat Rail
C7248A3S10
80
S02
FROM ONLY
Utility Cupboards
£85.00
CA165U
Shelving & Storage
CA085C
CA1654
7 Utility Cupboards Made from robust, high quality plastic ›› Ideal for many applications; kitchens/cafeterias, janitorial closets, schools, offices etc ›› Anti-wear steel hinges that provide a snap closure ›› Hygienic - easy to clean ››
82
Features
Overall Size L x W x H mm
1 Shelf
700 x 390 x 855
day delivery
Weight kg
Model
Price
9
CA085C
£85.00
14.5
CA1654
£142.50
17
CA165U
£142.80
Compact Cupboard Large Cupboard 3 Shelves
700 x 390 x 1650 Utility Cupboard
3 ‘L’ Shaped Shelves
700 x 390 x 1650
Bin Cupboards Tough, welded steel construction Three point locking, with re-inforced doors ›› Galvanised steel shelves adjustable on 25mm pitch ›› 50kg U.D.L. capacity per shelf ›› Available complete with optimised bin kits. ›› ››
Bins ›› Manufactured from high density polyethylene with re-inforced sides & a flat base. ›› Resistant to most acids, alkalis, greases & oils ›› Suitable for use in temperature o o ranges from -35 c to 80 c ›› All bins are supplied with a label & integral holder ›› Cupboards are supplied complete with shelves & bins in the colours shown.
Cupboards
Bin Sizes - W x D x Hmm No. 3 - 145 x 250 x 125 No. 5 - 303 x 485 x 190
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
Shelving & Storage
A
Item
Overall Size W x D x H mm
Shelves
Bins
Model
Price
A
750 x 350 x 1000
4
20 x No. 3
16916000.11V
£333.31
B
1000 x 350 x 1000
4
30 x No. 3
16916001.11V
£426.66
C
750 x 550 x 1000
3
8 x No. 5
16916002.11V
£371.96
D
1000 x 550 x 1000
3
12 x No. 5
16916003.11V
£490.37
E
750 x 350 x 2000
10
44 x No. 3
16916004.11V
£563.27
F
1000 x 350 x 2000
10
66 x No. 3
16916005.11V
£727.12
G
750 x 550 x 2000
6
14 x No. 5
16916006.11V
£591.69
H
1000 x 550 x 2000
6
21 x No. 5
16916007.11V
£759.93
83
Shelving & Storage
Cupboards
Cupboard complete with Hook-on Bins
Hook-on bins are manufactured from durable polyethylene with moulded-in back hooks for secure hanging. Front edges are lowered for easy visibility & picking. Complete with label holder
i Information
HEAVY DUTY
Cupboard complete with Hook-on Bins ›› Fully welded steel construction 14 - gauge steel Flush style double doors ›› 152mm base which raises the unit off the floor ›› Complete with 137 hook-on bins & 3 shelves or 171 hook-on bins ››
››
Description Cabinet c/w 137 Hook-on Bins & 3 Shelves Cabinet c/w 171 Hook-on Bins
84
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
1219 x 610 x 1981
236
JC482478-BDLP 137-3S-95
£1519.00
236
JC482478-BDLP 171-95
£1551.00
Due to the size of these units, additional carriage costs will be incurred - CALL FOR DETAILS
Sturdy 3-point locking handle with 2 keys
High Density Storage Cabinets ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
Small Parts Storage
››
Freestanding storage units for use in workshop, stores & many other applications A compact storage system, uses a floor area of only 0,25 m2 Robust construction: steel frame holding polypropylene bins Steel frame in light grey RAL7035 Adjustable feet Backstops prevent the drawers from being pulled out of the frame Load capacity: 240kg (with castors 150kg)
i Information
ROBUST & SPACE SAVING
7
day delivery
2440-4840
Cabinet
Outer Size D x W x H mm
Model
Bin Quantity
Bin Type
Red
Blue
Grey
24
4020
2440-5
2440-6
2440-3
48
4010
4840-5
4840-6
4840-3
Divider Pack
Price
Model
Price
£368.00
D-20
£6.70
£405.00
D-10
£3.88
£82.00
-
-
410 x 605 x 870
Castor Set
Set of 4 Castors (2 with Brake)
PS-LH
Shelving & Storage
Shelf Bins ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
Comprehensive range with depths of 300, 400, 500 & 600 mm Specifically designed for standard metric shelving, automated storage systems & “kanban” trolleys Smooth vertical sides allow maximum use of valuable shelf space. Full width label with protective shield is included with the bin Corrugated base for ease of picking items Polypropylene withstands the effects of most oils, acids & solvents
Materials ›› ››
Crystal clear bins are of polystyrene (PS), temperature tolerance of -40 ...+65°C. Coloured bins of polypropylene (PP), temperature tolerance of -20 ... +80°C. Bin
Outer Size D x W x H mm
Pack
300 x 92 x 82 400 x 92 x 82
30
500 x 92 x 82 300 x 132 x 100 400 x 132 x 100 500 x 132 x 100 600 x 132 x 100
20
Red
Blue
Grey
Price per pack
3010-1
£108.00
3010-5
3010-6
3010-3
£93.00
4010-1
£129.00
4010-5
4010-6
4010-3
£114.00
5010-1
£156.00
5010-5
5010-6
5010-3
£147.00
3015-1
£135.00
3015-5
3015-6
3015-3
£132.00
4015-1
£112.00
4015-5
4015-6
4015-3
£108.00
-
-
5015-5
5015-6
5015-3
£126.00 £111.00
-
-
6015-5
6015-6
6015-3
3020-1
£76.50
3020-5
3020-6
3020-3
£73.50
400 x 186 x 82
4020-1
£93.00
4020-5
4020-6
4020-3
£84.00
5020-1
£111.00
5020-5
5020-6
5020-3
£103.50
6020-1
£123.00
6020-5
6020-6
6020-3
£114.00
600 x 186 x 82
15
Price per pack
300 x 186 x 82
500 x 186 x 82
86
30
Model
Clear
15
Divider Pack
Model
Price per pack
10
D-10
£3.88
10
D-15
£5.10
10
D-20
£6.70
Turntable Assemblies ›› ››
›› ›› ››
››
Small Parts Storage
››
SPECIAL OFFER
Easy assembly without tools Compact storage systems for service, workshop, production & storage areas etc Space saving & practical Assemblies offer storage for up to 1,792 different items This unit holds 16 bin cabinets of series 300 or 400 in four layers, which are ordered separately, see below Steel frame in light grey RAL7035 Special offer kits include base unit, 8 x 8 drawer units & 8 x 16 drawer units please specify colours when ordering
i Information
OFFERS STORAGE OF UP TO 1792 SEPARATE ITEMS
7
day delivery
SAVE UPTO £32.00 D16-300 KIT
£1878.00
Overall Size D x W x H mm
Load capacity
For cabinets (ordered separately)
Model
700 x 700 x 1680
800 kg
0830/1630
D16-300
£398.00
800 x 800 x 1680
800 kg
0840/1640
D16-400
£428.00
Price
D16-400 KIT
£2124.00
Bin Cabinets ››
››
Cabinet
7 Type
Series 300
Series 400
Outer Size D x W x H mm
Bin Quantity
day delivery
Model Clear
Red
Blue
Grey
8
0830-1
0830-5
0830-6
0830-3
16
1630-1
1630-5
1630-6
8
0840-1
0840-5
16
1640-1
1640-5
Price
Divider Pack Model
Price
£88.00
D-20
£6.70
1630-3
£99.00
D-10
£3.88
0840-6
0840-3
£100.00
D-20
£6.70
1640-6
1640-3
£116.00
D-10
£3.88
300 x 400 x 395
400 x 400 x 395
87
Shelving & Storage
››
Can be wall hung, stood on a worktop or used with space-saving turntables Comprises steel frame, shelf bins, labels & backstops Compact & robust
Visible Storage Cabinets ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
Small Parts Storage
››
A comprehensive range of visible storage cabinets Available in two cabinet heights 290 & 550mm Strong polypropylene frame, dark grey, RAL7016 Galvanised steel shelves Crystal clear polystyrene drawers Price includes frame, drawers & self-adhesive labels
3
1
2
›› ›› ››
Cross & length dividers Bench top spacemiser Spacemiser Stands & trolleys
4
10
11
Series 290
Accessories: ››
3
day delivery
8
9
Spacemiser ›› ››
››
›› ›› ››
Needs only 0,25 m2 of floor space Unit includes ball bearing base, dividing trays & top plate The assembly holds 12 cabinets of 550 high (ordered separately) Load capacity: 400 kg Size D x W x H: 500 x 500 x 1730 mm Steel frame in light grey RAL7035 Model: D12-550
Shelving & Storage
Price: £187.00
3 Series 550 Clear Drawers
Frame Size D x W x H mm
Series 290 1
30 pcs
DL-00
D290-3
2
24 pcs
DL-01
D291-3
12 pcs
DL-04
D294-3
6 pcs
DL-07
D297-3
8
60 pcs
DL-00
D550-3
9
48 pcs
DL-01
D551-3
24 pcs
DL-04
D554-3
12 pcs
DL-07
D557-3
180 x 310 x 290
3 4
£29.90
Series 550
180 x 310 x 550
Extra Clear Drawers Outer dims H x W x D mm
Pack pieces
Model
Cross Dividers Price per pack
Pack drawer
Length Dividers
Price per pack
Pack pieces
Model pack
Price per pack
-
-
-
DV-012
£3.30
DV-0456
£3.92
DV-078
£4.40
37 x 55 x 175
120
DL-00
£87.60
DV-00
£1.78
96
DL-01
£76.80
DV-01
£1.88
37 x 138 x 175
48
DL-02
£76.80
DV-02
£2.40
10
59 x 92 x 175
45
DL-04
£59.85
DV-04
£2.50
59 x 277 x 175
15
DL-06
£50.40
DV-06
£5.00
81 x 138 x 175
24
DL-07
£55.20
DV-07
£3.92
Includes a ball bearing base & a baseplate. This unit holds 2 cabinets of series 290 or 550 which are ordered separately. Load capacity: 50 kg. Complete assembly’s size D x W x H: 310 x 360 x 300/560 mm Model: DPTP-5
Price: £67.00
£53.20
Model each
37 x 69 x 175
Bench Top Spacemiser
88
Price
Type
11
Please Quote D12 - 550 KIT
Model
Quantity
10
THIS COMBINATION £825.40
day delivery
10
Cabinet Stands ››
5
7
6
›› ››
Effective storage of thousands of small components Ideal for workshop, production or store use Includes 3 aluminium rails.
Double Stand ›› ›› ››
3
Model: DBS-550T Price: £249.00
14
13
12
››
Series 290
day delivery
Single Stand ›› ›› ›› ››
Holds 4 visible storage cabinets 550 high (ordered separately) Construction as double stand Load capacity: 50 kg Size - D x W x H: 420 x 760 x 1585mm
Small Parts Storage
››
Holds 8 visible storage cabinets 550 high (ordered separately) Epoxy powder coated steel free standing frame, light grey RAL7035 Includes 3 aluminium rails Load capacity: 100 kg Size - D x W x H: 600 x 760 x 1585 mm
Model: DBS-550L Price: £236.00
Trolley ›› ›› ››
Series 550
Series 290
Frame Size D x W x H mm
5 6
180 x 310 x 290
7
››
Clear Drawers
Model
Quantity
Type
12 pcs
DL-02
D292-3
4 pcs
DL-06
D296-3
12 pcs 3 pcs 1 pcs
DL-01 DL-04 DL-06
D290C-3
Price
›› ››
£29.90
Holds 8 visible storage cabinets of 550 high (ordered separately) Construction as double stand Bottom shelf of 12 mm laminated board 4 castors Ø 100 mm, 2 with brakes Load capacity: 150 kg Size - D x W x H: 600 x 760 x 1700 mm
Model: DBT-550 Price: £295.00
Shelving & Storage
Series 550 12
24 pcs
DL-02
D552-3
13
8 pcs
DL-06
D556-3
24 pcs 6 pcs 2 pcs
DL-01 DL-04 DL-06
D550C-3
180 x 310 x 550
14
DBS-550T
DBS-550L
£53.20
DBT-550
89
Compartment Storage Boxes Complete with clear compartment boxes Manufactured from high quality ‘impact proof’ polypropylene ›› Suitable for storage of your components in a workshop, production or service area ›› Incorporates 4 locating holes on the back of each unit, which allows them to be hung on the wall ›› ››
FROM ONLY
Small Parts Storage
£15.95 MSB12Z
MSB06Z
i Information Locating Holes
IMPACT PROOF POLYPROPYLENE
Shelving & Storage
3
MSB44Z
MSB24Z
Description
Drawers
6 Compartment Drawers
6 Large
12 Compartment Drawers
8 Small & 4 Large
24 Compartment Drawers
24 Large
44 Compartment Drawers
32 Small & 12 Large
64 Compartment Drawers
64 Small
90
day delivery
Drawer Size W x D x H mm
Small 45 x 130 x 38 Large 107 x 130 x 53
Overall Size W x D x H mm 265 x 160 x 235
500 x 160 x 390
MSB64Z Weight kg
Model
Price
0.9
MSB06Z
£15.95
1
MSB12Z
£16.80
2.6
MSB24Z
£36.25
2.8
MSB44Z
£38.85
3.2
MSB64Z
£41.05
‘The Organiser’ Carry Case ››
››
Ideal for all your D.I.Y. needs: nuts, bolts, fuses, screws etc Complete with 18 individual removable containers which have their own divider & belt clip Individual containers complete with dividers & belt clip
£24.50
MSC18H
3
day delivery
MSC18H
MSC18H
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Weight kg
Model
Price (each) 1+
Price (each) Pack of 8
330 x 330 x 130
1.6
MSC18H
£28.50
£24.50
Small Parts Storage
FROM ONLY
Bin Stands & Trolleys ›› ›› ›› ››
Model GILR2Y is mobile on 4 swivel castors, 2 with brakes Length of the hanging strip: 840mm Height between hanging strips: 130mm Ideal when small parts storage is an essential part of the day to day operations
FROM ONLY
£128.80
Description
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Wt kg
Model
Price
Single Sided - Static
940 x 280 x 1150
22
GILR1Z
£128.80
Double Sided - Mobile
940 x 500 x 1250
23
GILR2Y
£183.20
CP5
Plastic Containers CP3
CP1
GILR1Z with additional bins
Packed in 20’s
GILR2Y with additional bins
Tie Bar
Packed in 10’s
For use when stacking containers. CTB5 pack of 10. CTB6 pack of 5.
Packed in 20’s
Packed in 5’s
Packed in 20’s
Colour
Packed in 10’s
CP2
CP1 - Bin Size (100W x 50H x 90L mm)
CP6
CP4
CP2 - Bin Size (102W x 75H x 165L mm)
To Suit
Model
Price per pack
Container CP5
CTB5
£9.50
Container CP6
CTB6
£7.50
CP3 - Bin Size CP4 - Bin Size CP5 - Bin Size CP6 - Bin Size (148W x 130H x 240L mm) (207W x 130H x 350L mm) (207W x 175H x 350L mm) (416W x 175H x 375L mm)
Model
Price per pack
Model
Price per pack
Model
Price per pack
Model
Price per pack
Model
Price per pack
Model
Price per pack
Red
CP1RD
£14.00
CP2RD
£24.50
CP3RD
£55.00
CP4RD
£56.00
CP5RD
£71.00
CP6RD
£63.00
Green
CP1GN
£14.00
CP2GN
£24.50
CP3GN
£55.00
CP4GN
£56.00
CP5GN
£71.00
CP6GN
£63.00
Blue
CP1BU
£14.00
CP2BU
£24.50
CP3BU
£55.00
CP4BU
£56.00
CP5BU
£71.00
CP6BU
£63.00
Yellow
CP1YL
£14.00
CP2YL
£24.50
CP3YL
£55.00
CP4YL
£56.00
CP5YL
£71.00
CP6YL
£63.00
Extra Label
C1L
£2.50 per 100
C26L
£3.50 per 100
C345L
£5.00 per 100
C345L
£5.00 per 100
C345L
£5.00 per 100
C26L
£3.50 per 100
91
Shelving & Storage
Both units are supplied without small parts bins which must be ordered as additional items
‘Magna’ Bin Racks ›› ››
››
These units come complete with polypropylene bins These units incorporate a unique magnetic strip at the top of the unit which is ideal for storing your tools GIL07Z: pre-drilled holes for wall FROM ONLY fixing (fixings not included)
Small Parts Storage
£40.15
7
day delivery
GIL16Z
GIL07Z
No of Bins
Bin Quantity
7
4 Small & 3 Large
16
12 Small & 4 Large
Bins Sizes W x D x H mm
Small - 100 x 165 x 75 Large - 150 x 235 x 130
Overall Size W x D x H mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
460 x 240 x 405
4
GIL07Z
£40.15
640 x 250 x 560
5
GIL16Z
£65.00
Organise your small parts easily & efficiently
Bin Racks
These units come complete with polypropylene bins
››
7
GIL15Z
Bin Rack ››
This unit comes complete with 24 polypropylene bins
day delivery
Shelving & Storage
FROM ONLY
£40.40 GIL24Z
GIL24Z
£79.95
No of Bins
Bins Size W x D x H mm
Overall Size W x D x H mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
24
95 x 280 x 100
790 x 300 x 600
9
GIL24Z
£79.95
Louvred Panel with Bins ›› ›› ››
GIL26Z ››
No of Bins 15 26
Bin Quantity
Bins Size W x D x H mm
Overall Size W x D x H mm
Small 540 x 255 x 405 100 x 165 x 75 Large 16 Small 900 x 305 x 765 & 10 Large 150 x 235 x 130 15 Small
92
Weight kg
Model
Price
Manufactured from 2mm cold rolled steel Louvres securely support the bins Complete with 15 bins (5 Red, 5 Yellow & 5 Blue) - 140L x 105W x 75H mm Subject to availability
7
day delivery
WMS09Z
5
GIL15Z £40.40
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
7
GIL26Z £99.95
550 x 200 x 355
4
WMS09Z
£32.20
Bin Rack ››
Bin Trolley
This unit comes complete with 47 polypropylene bins; 32 small & 15 large: Small Bins: 100W x 165D x 75H mm Large Bins: 150W x 235D x 130H mm
This unit comes complete with 46 polypropylene bins; 30 medium & 16 large: Medium Bins: 120W x 175D x 100H mm Large Bins: 150W x 240D x 120H mm ›› Mobile on 4 x 75mm swivel castors, 2 braked ››
Small Parts Storage
GIL47Z
£175.00 GIL46Y
£179.95
7
day delivery
7
GIL47Z
day delivery
GIL46Y
No of Bins
Overall Size W x D x H mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
No of Bins
Overall Size W x D x H mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
47
930 x 285 x 1150
17
GIL47Z
£175.00
46
660 x 560 x 1120
20
GIL46Y
£179.95
Organise your small parts easily & efficiently
Bin Trolleys These units come complete with polypropylene bins. GIL60Y comes with 24 small bins, 20 medium bins & 16 large bins & the GIL90Y comes with 36 small bins, 30 medium bins & 24 large bins ›› Small Bins: 90W x 135D x 50H mm Medium Bins: 120W x 175D x 100H mm Large Bins: 150W x 240D x 120H mm ›› Mobile on 4 x 75mm swivel castors, 2 braked ››
7
day delivery
Shelving & Storage
FROM ONLY
£189.95 i Information
COMPLETE WITH POLYPROPYLENE BINS No of Bins
Overall Size W x D x H mm
GIL60Y
Weight kg
Model
Price
60
660 x 570 x 1120
20
GIL60Y
£189.95
90
660 x 570 x 1320
28
GIL90Y
£229.95
GIL90Y
93
Bin Trolleys Robust light grey frame with tough galvanised louvred panels ›› Complete with ergonomic plastic handle ›› Mobile on 4 swivel castors (2 braked) ››
Bin Sizes
Small Parts Storage
Bin 1 - 106W x 136D x 76H Bin 2 - 106W x 187D x 76H Bin 3 - 140W x 274D x 127H Bin 4 - 210W x 375D x 179H
5
day delivery
Bin Trolley Side View Bins Included
Description
BTC03Y
Bin 1
Bin 2
Bin 3
Bin 4
Overall Size H x W mm
Model
Price £408.10
Trolley without Bins
-
-
-
-
1400 x 930
BTA01Z
Trolley with Bins
-
96
48
-
1400 x 930
BTB02Y
£641.25
Trolley with Bins
32
48
24
16
1400 x 930
BTC03Y
£671.75
Bin Racks Bin Sizes
Robust light grey frame with tough galvanised louvred panels ›› Single or double sided racks ››
Bin 1 - 106W x 136D x 76H Bin 2 - 106W x 187D x 76H Bin 3 - 140W x 274D x 127H Bin 4 - 210W x 375D x 179H Bin 5 - 280W x 457D x 254H
i Information
5
day delivery
Shelving & Storage
COMPLETE WITH POLYPROPYLENE BINS
BRSS01Z
BRSS09Z
BRSS05Z
Bins Included
Starter
Extension
Bin 1
Bin 2
Bin 3
Bin 4
Bin 5
Overall Size H x W mm
Model
Price
Model
Price
Single Sided
16
24
12
8
6
1880 x 930
BRSS01Z
£474.35
BRSE02Z
£386.55
Double Sided
32
48
24
16
12
1880 x 930
BRDS03Z
£781.95
BRDE04Z
£710.20
Single Sided
-
32
24
16
-
1880 x 930
BRSS05Z
£483.10
BRSE06Z
£395.30
Double Sided
-
64
48
32
-
1880 x 930
BRDS07Z
£799.45
BRDE08Z
£727.75
Single Sided
24
24
24
12
-
1880 x 930
BRSS09Z
£469.20
BRSE10Z
£381.40
Double Sided
48
48
48
24
-
1880 x 930
BRDS11Z
£771.65
BRDE12Z
£699.95
Description
94
LP3
Eco Bins ››
7
Stackable parts bins for use on panels, shelves or stacking
LP1
110
day delivery
111
112
Overall Size W x D x H mm
115
Colours
Model
Price each
Per Pack Quantity
Price
Eco Bins 109 x 100 x 53
Red, Blue, Green
Eco110
£0.52
40
£20.80
111 x 153 x 76
Red, Blue, Green
Eco111
£0.80
60
£48.00
160 x 250 x 129
Red, Blue, Green
Eco112
£1.68
30
£50.40
220 x 355 x 167
Red, Blue, Green
Eco114
£3.48
10
£34.80
333 x 505 x 187
Red, Blue, Green
Eco115
£7.84
4
£31.36
W x H mm
LP2
Small Parts Storage
114
Galvanised Backplates
500 x 500
-
EcoLP1
£10.50
-
-
1000 x 500
-
EcoLP2
£21.74
-
-
500 x 1000
-
EcoLP3
£21.74
-
-
Shelf Units Complete with robust bins Loading per shelf: 60kg UDL ›› Bin sizes: SSU 112 160 x 250 x 129 mm ›› Bin sizes: SSU 114 220 x 355 x 167 mm ››
››
Shelving & Storage
Bin Colours
COLOUR OPTIONS Red Blue Green specify when ordering
i Information
COMPLETE WITH ROBUST BINS
SSU 114
Overall Size W x D x H mm
Contents
Model
Price
1000 x 300 x 2130
45 x Eco Bins 112
SSU 112
£172.00
1000 x 300 x 2130
36 x Eco Bins 114
SSU 114
£226.00
Lower Value Orders May Incur a Handling Charge
SSU 112
95
XL7
Econotainers Manufactured from 100% recycled polypropylene & finished in grey ›› The design incorporates a sturdy base & sides with reinforced front & rims ›› Safe stacking with instant access to contents ›› Compatible for use with louvre panels, shelving, trolleys & benches ››
FROM ONLY
£0.44
Small Parts Storage
XL5
each
XL4
i Information
100% RECYCLED POLYPROPYLENE
XL6
3
XL3
day delivery
manufactured
DISCOUNTS AVAILABLE FOR VOLUME ORDERS Overall Size L x W x H mm
Pack Qty
Cap. Litres
Model
Price per pack 1 to 9 off
Price per pack 10 to 19 off
Price per pack 20+ off
90 x 100 x 50
20
0.46
XL1
£14.01
£10.30
£8.83
165 x 100 x 75
20
1.27
XL2
£17.72
£13.53
£12.06
240 x 150 x 125
10
4.6
XL3
£19.98
£15.45
£13.83
355 x 200 x 125
10
9.1
XL4
£34.81
£29.14
£26.19
355 x 200 x 175
10
12.8
XL5
£42.33
£32.07
£29.28
370 x 420 x 180
5
28.3
XL6
£39.00
£30.90
£29.28
520 x 310 x 200
5
31.4
XL7
£50.03
£37.52
£34.21
XL2
XL7
XL6
XL5
XL4
XL3 XL1
XL1
XL2
XL Store Bin Versatile stacking & nesting containers Ideal for industrial or domestic use ›› Large picking face when stacked ›› Made from recycled polypropylene ››
››
3
day delivery
Shelving & Storage
manufactured
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Pack Qty
Cap. L
Model
Price per pack 1 to 9 off
Price per pack 10 to 19 off
Price per pack 20+ off
390 x 495 x 320
5
50
XLSTORE
£58.71
£52.97
£47.82
Louvre Panel Wall Kits ›› ››
3
Wall fixed units make for efficient container storage & product access These units come complete with containers
manufactured
ECOWALLKIT 32
ECOWALLKIT 24
96
day delivery
Panel Size H x W mm
Containers
Model
Price Each
438 x 914
32 XL2
ECOWALLKIT 32
£74.16
641 x 914
24 XL3
ECOWALLKIT 24
£90.64
Lower Value Orders May Incur a Handling Charge
Shelf Bins Open front for easy viewing of contents Optimised for shelving - NO WASTED SPACE ›› Label holder for improved logistics ›› Anti-static bins available - please ask for details
Available in four widths & depths & two heights Bin stop available to prevent removal ›› Environmentally friendly recyclable bins ›› Colour: blue ››
››
››
››
Small Parts Storage
Shelf Bin
Bin Stop
Showing Open Front & Dividers
Extra Re-inforced Bottom
i Information
Shelving & Storage
CALL FOR MORE DETAILS To Fill the Whole Bin use a Divider
Labelling
Labels (with holder) only available in packs of 100 Model: LABSTD Price: £14.05 per pack
Accessories Description Bin Stop
Divider
98
Overall Size W x H mm
Model
80 x 40
508
Price each
Per Pack Quantity
Price
£0.24
50
£12.00
Curved Dividers Facilitate Selection Per Pack
Overall Size W x D x H mm
Model
Price each
Quantity
Price
90 x 300 x 95
3009
£1.76
40
£70.43
120 x 300 x 95
3012
£1.96
30
£58.79
180 x 300 x 95
3018
£2.56
20
£51.29
240 x 300 x 95
3024
£2.77
15
£41.57
Overall Size W x D x H mm
Model
Price each
Quantity
Price
90 x 400 x 95
4009
£2.24
40
£89.72
120 x 400 x 95
4012
£2.63
30
£78.89
180 x 400 x 95
4018
£3.04
20
£60.78
240 x 400 x 95
4024
£3.61
15
£54.15
240 x 400 x 150
4024/15
£5.28
10
£52.80
Overall Size W x D x H mm
Model
Price each
Quantity
Price
90 x 500 x 95
5009
£2.72
40
£108.71
120 x 500 x 95
5012
£3.09
30
£92.67
180 x 500 x 95
5018
£3.56
20
£71.20
240 x 500 x 95
5024
£4.48
15
£67.20
240 x 500 x 150
5024/15
£6.24
10
£62.40
Per Pack
Per Pack
90 x 95
P09
£0.28
50
£13.87
120 x 95
P12
£0.30
50
£15.19
Overall Size W x D x H mm
Model
Price each
Quantity
Price
180 x 95
P18
£0.53
25
£13.32
120 x 600 x 95
6012
£3.76
30
£112.76
240 x 95
P24
£0.64
25
£15.96
240 x 600 x 95
6024
£4.88
15
£73.20
240 x 150
P24-15
£0.83
10
£8.28
240 x 600 x 150
6024/15
£7.32
10
£73.20
Lower Value Orders May Incur a Handling Charge
Per Pack
Storage Bins/Trays & Modular Trays ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
Polypropylene bins & trays Easy access open fronts Sturdy profiled design allows stacking whenever needed Perfect for handling small parts Ideal for carousel systems Accessories available to suit; dividers, labels & flaps 0.2L to 33L capacity for all types of parts
i Information
IDEAL FOR YOUR SMALL PARTS STORAGE NEEDS
3
day delivery
Small Parts Storage
9101.760.624
Description Storage Tray
4533.760.624
External Size L x W x H mm
Colour Options
Model
Price
300 x 94 x 80
Blue
4533.760.624
£4.75
400 x 94 x 80
Blue
4532.760.624
£6.55
4535.760.624
£0.81
Divider for 94mm wide Storage Trays
Storage Tray
300 x 188 x 80
Blue
4531.760.624
£6.46
400 x 188 x 80
Blue
4530.760.624
£8.63
500 x 188 x 80
Blue
4536.760.624
£8.06 £0.97
Blue
9101.760.624
£5.11
9067.000.624
Storage Tray
400 x 115 x 100
Blue
9111.760.624
£8.16
500 x 115 x 100
Blue
9121.760.624
£9.90
600 x 115 x 100
Blue
9131.760.624
£10.40
9141.761.100
£2.00
9103.760.624
£7.68
Divider for 115mm wide Storage Trays 300 x 230 x 100 Storage Tray
Blue
400 x 230 x 100
Blue
9113.760.624
£9.39
500 x 230 x 100
Blue
9123.760.624
£11.62
600 x 230 x 100
Blue
9133.760.624
£12.40
9143.761.100
£2.00
Divider for 230mm wide Storage Trays
Storage Bin
96 x 105 x 45
Blue
9076.000.624
£2.99
170 x 105 x 75
Blue
9075.000.624
£3.82
250 x 148 x 130
Blue, Yellow, Red
9074.005
£5.56
350 x 206 x 150
Blue, Yellow, Red
9073.005
£11.09
500 x 310 x 200
Blue
9071.000.624
£21.11
500 x 310 x 250
Blue
9072.000.624
£24.81
300 x 230 x 150
Blue
9067.000.624
£8.59
400 x 230 x 150
Blue
9068.000.624
£13.31
500 x 230 x 150
Blue
9069.005.624
£15.27
600 x 230 x 150
Blue
9070.000.624
£21.05
Widthway Divider for 230mm wide Modular Storage Bins
9067.300.504
£3.74
Modular Storage Bin
Lower Value Orders May Incur a Handling Charge
99
Shelving & Storage
4534.760.624
300 x 115 x 100
Divider for 188mm wide Storage Trays
Corrugated Cardboard Storage Bins Economical storage solutions Supplied flat packed for easy assembly ›› Extensive range of sizes available, all ex-stock ›› ››
Small Parts Storage
K-Bins are supplied in flat form, saving valuable space prior to use. They are self-locking & assembled in seconds. All bin dimensions shown are external measurements, designed to fit metric & imperial shelf sizes to maximise the use of available space.
MATCH YOUR SHELF DEPTHS
D W
D
3
RANGE A - PACKS OF 50 ALL 100MM HIGH
Depth: 150mm
Depth: 200mm
Shelving & Storage
i Information
H
A3010 BESTSELLER £27.30
Depth: 300mm
Depth: 400mm
Depth: 450mm
Depth: 500mm
Depth: 600mm
100
Width mm
Model
Price per pk 50
50
A1505
£20.20
75
A1507
£22.00
100
A1510
£24.80
150
A1515
£26.60
Width mm
Model
Price per pk 50
50
A2005
£27.60
day delivery
H
W
D
75
A2007
£28.40
100
A2010
£26.10
150
A2015
£31.80
200
A2020
£35.30
Width mm
Model
Price per pk 50
50
A3005
£28.40
Width mm
Model
Price per pk 25
RANGE B - PACKS OF 25 ALL 200MM HIGH
75
A3007
£29.40
150
B3015
£40.40
100
A3010
£27.30
200
B3020
£42.70
150
A3015
£32.00
300
B3030
£45.60
200
A3020
£34.60
250
A3025
£38.60
Width mm
Model
Price per pk 25
Width mm
Price per pk 50
150
B4015
£42.60
Model
200
B4020
£43.20
100
A4010
£33.90
250
B4025
£43.90
150
A4015
£36.40
300
B4030
£46.70
200
A4020
£40.40
Width mm
Width mm
Model
Model
Price per pk 50
Price per pk 25
150
B4515
£43.90
100
A4510
£38.10
200
B4520
£45.10
150
A4515
£39.90
250
B4525
£46.10
200
A4520
£42.70
300
B4530
£47.80
Width mm
Model
Price per pk 50
Width mm
Model
Price per pk 25
100
A5010
£42.70
200
B5020
£46.20
150
A5015
£43.20
300
B5030
£48.60
200
A5020
£46.70
Width mm
Width mm
Model
Model
Price per pk 50
Price per pk 25
150
B6015
£46.20
100
A6010
£46.70
200
B6020
£47.30
150
A6015
£48.60
250
B6025
£49.60
200
A6020
£50.20
300
B6030
£51.30
Depth: 300mm
Depth: 400mm
Depth: 450mm
Depth: 500mm
Depth: 600mm
Lower Value Orders May Incur a Handling Charge
Stacking Boxes ›› ›› ››
manufactured
›› ›› ››
Strong twinwall fluted polypropylene boxes Moulded handle & corner pieces Oil, grease & moisture resistant Resistant to most chemicals Supplied flat packed for easy assembly Supplied in packs of 10
Storage Boxes
COLOUR OPTIONS Silver/Grey Blue one colour per pack specify when ordering
3
day delivery
External Size W x L x H mm
Internal Size W x L x H mm
Colours Available
Model No
Price per pk 10
255 x 370 x 125
240 x 345 x 115
Blue, Silver/Grey
SBP112
£43.90
295 x 460 x 150
280 x 435 x 140
Blue, Silver/Grey
SBP215
£50.80
295 x 460 x 225
280 x 435 x 215
Blue, Silver/Grey
SBP222
£59.40
295 x 460 x 300
280 x 435 x 290
Blue, Silver/Grey
SBP230
£71.60
Black Only
SBP2LID to fit above 3 sizes
£13.80
-
-
Stacking Archive Storage Boxes Stacking with or without lid Ideal for storage of complete A4 lever arch files ›› Supplied in packs of 10 ›› If lids purchased separately, a small order charge will apply ›› Long shelf life ››
Shelving & Storage
››
manufactured
i Information IDEAL FOR STORAGE OF A4 LEVER ARCH FILES
3
day delivery
External Size W x L x H mm
Internal Size W x L x H mm
Colours Available
Model No
Price per pk 10
360 x 425 x 300
340 x 425 x 260
Silver/Grey
SBP330
£74.20
-
-
Black Only
SBP3LID to fit above size
£14.40
102
Lower Value Orders May Incur a Handling Charge
Containers
›› ›› ››
Manufactured from transparent polypropylene Perfect for transport, order picking & storage o o Food safe & suitable for use in temperature ranges from -20 c to 90 c
FROM ONLY
Containers
£8.95 each HINGED LID COLOURS Blue Red Yellow Black
5YR
Clear specify when ordering
5
GUARANTEE
day delivery
NEW Plain Container
Stack Rail Container
Hinged Lid Container
Hinged Lid Container
External Size L x W x H mm
External Base Size L x W mm
Volume L
Load Cap. kg
Model
Price each
Model
Price each
Model
Price each
410 x 300 x 240
318 x 240
17
20
-
-
-
-
THL413024
£14.60
400 x 300 x 223
318 x 240
18
20
TPC403022
£8.95
TSR403022
£11.10
-
-
610 x 400 x 240
505 x 335
36
30
-
-
-
-
THL614024
£21.60
600 x 400 x 223
505 x 335
37
30
TPC604022
£13.90
TSR604022
£16.60
-
-
610 x 400 x 340
505 x 335
54
35
-
-
-
-
THL614034
£25.35
600 x 400 x 323
505 x 335
55
30
TPC603032
£17.75
TSR603032
£20.35
-
-
Folding Box ››
››
The unit easily & quickly folds & unfolds making it ideal to store Subject to availability
FROM ONLY
£11.10
3
50kg
evenly distributed
day delivery
GC059Z Overall Size L x W x H mm
Folded Size L x W x H mm
Wt kg
530 x 360 x 280
530 x 280 x 50
1.2
Model
Price (each) 1+
Price (each) Pack 5
GC059Z
£14.50
£11.10
103
Shelving & Storage
Plain Container
Stack Rail Container
Euro Containers - Integral Lids ›› ›› ››
Attached lids for added security Tough polypropylene construction Comfortable hand holes & smooth base
3
day delivery
ES1C3004
ES1C2004
Containers
ES1C4504
i Information
ATTACHED LIDS FOR ADDED SECURITY External Size W x D x H mm
Internal Size W x D x H mm
Volume Litres
Weight kg
Model
Price
400 x 300 x 129
355 x 255 x 105
10
1.21
ES0C1004
£23.74
400 x 300 x 186
355 x 255 x 164
15
1.43
ES1C2704
£26.16
400 x 300 x 246
355 x 255 x 220
20
1.68
ES1C2004
£27.47
400 x 300 x 330
355 x 255 x 300
30
2.18
ES1C3004
£33.41
600 x 400 x 161
555 x 355 x 139
28
2.11
ES0C2804
£33.41
600 x 400 x 246
555 x 355 x 220
45
3
ES1C4504
£52.22
600 x 400 x 291
555 x 355 x 265
54
3.33
ES1C5404
£56.26
600 x 400 x 423
555 x 355 x 394
75
4.47
ES0C8505
£66.36
‘Prelog’ Folding Containers ›› ››
Confectionary Trays
Fold flat for maximising vehicle capacity & reducing your storage space when empty Ventilated sides & base ensure good air flow for fresh produce & minimise water retention Constructed from tough polypropylene
Shelving & Storage
››
3
ES0C8505
›› ›› ››
High quality food grade trays Ventilated sides & base ensure good air flow for fresh produce & minimise water retention Constructed from tough polypropylene
day delivery
3
9742.001
day delivery
NEW
i Information
OPERATIONAL FROM -20° TO +80°
9741.001
External Size W x D x H mm
Internal Size W x D x H mm
Volume Litres
Weight kg
Model
Price
External Size W x D x H mm
Internal Size W x D x H mm
Volume Litres
Weight kg
Model
Price
762 x 457 x 92
715 x 412 x 72
22
1.4
9743.001
£16.67
600 x 400 x 190
566 x 366 x 176
36
1.9
3212.750
£21.98
762 x 457 x 123
715 x 412 x 103
32
1.8
9742.001
£18.83
600 x 400 x 235
566 x 366 x 221
47
2.1
3211.750
£22.14
762 x 457 x 176
715 x 412 x 156
48
2.1
9741.001
£23.33
104
Lower Value Orders May Incur a Handling Charge
Euro Containers ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
Available in capacities from 3 to 165 litres Straight walls provide maximum volume Modular sizes ensure optimum pallet use Use many combinations of different size containers on one pallet Suitable for distribution of goods in most industries Conveyor compatible
i Information
MAXIMUM VOLUME LOW UNIT WEIGHT
Containers
3
day delivery
8715.005
5787.820
8701.005
External Size L x W x H mm
Internal Size L x W x H mm
Weight kg
Volume Litres
Colour
Pallet Unit
300 x 200 x 120
257 x 158 x 117
0.5
4
Grey
400 x 300 x 120
365 x 265 x 115
0.7
9
Grey
400 x 300 x 145
355 x 255 x 142
0.9
13
Grey Recycled
400 x 300 x 145
355 x 255 x 142
0.9
13
Grey
56 pcs
Solid
6468.001.502
£13.92
400 x 300 x 230
355 x 255 x 225
1.3
20
Grey Recycled
48 pcs
Solid
6469.001.050
£16.81
400 x 300 x 230
355 x 255 x 225
1.3
20
Grey
48 pcs
Solid
6469.001.502
£18.24
400 x 300
-
0.4
-
Grey
288 pcs (36 per pack)
Lid
5787.820
£7.96
External Size L x W x H mm
Weight kg
Price (each)
272 pcs
Solid
8715.005
£11.09
80 pcs
Solid
8701.005
£17.56
56 pcs
Solid
6468.001.050
£12.69
5786.820
6476.750
6479.760 Internal Size L x W x H mm
Model
Volume Litres
Colour
Pallet Unit
Type
Model
Price (each)
600 x 400 x 50
555 x 355 x 40
0.8
8
Grey
120 pcs
Solid
ES100804
£12.08
600 x 400 x 120
556 x 356 x 107
1.5
21
Grey
75 pcs
Solid
ES641204
£14.00
600 x 400 x 150
555 x 355 x 139
1.25
28
Grey
70 pcs
Perforated Sides & Base
ES200201
£19.90
600 x 400 x 150
555 x 355 x 139
1.5
28
Grey
70 pcs
Solid
ES200204
£19.49
600 x 400 x 175
556 x 356 x 162
1.6
32
Grey
56 pcs
Solid
8710.005
£26.20
600 x 400 x 175
556 x 356 x 162
1.8
34
Grey / Red
50 pcs
Solid
ES641704
£17.68
600 x 400 x 230
555 x 355 x 225
2.2
44
Grey
40 pcs
Solid
6479.750
£30.97
600 x 400 x 230
555 x 355 x 225
2.2
44
Dark Grey Recycled
40 pcs
Solid
6479.760
£22.79
600 x 400 x 280
555 x 355 x 275
2.7
55
Grey
32 pcs
Solid
6476.750
£36.26
600 x 400 x 300
560 x 350 x 285
3.1
56
Grey
32 pcs
Solid - Sliding Panel Long Side
2366.857.502
£41.92
600 x 400 x 300
560 x 350 x 285
3.1
56
Grey
32 pcs
Solid - Sliding Panel Short Side
2366.851.502
£41.92
600 x 400 x 320
555 x 336 x 306
2.6
59
Grey
32 pcs
Solid
8712.005.502
£33.31
600 x 400
-
0.4
-
Grey
240 pcs (15 per pack)
Lid
5786.820
£13.11
6491.750
6488.005 External Size L x W x H mm
Internal Size L x W x H mm
6440.820
6440.750
Weight kg
Volume Litres
Colour
Pallet Unit
Type
Model
Price (each)
800 x 400 x 200
760 x 360 x 196
2.7
54
Grey
33 pcs
Flat Base
6488.005
£44.30
800 x 600 x 235
755 x 555 x 205
3.8
87
Grey
16 pcs
Flat Base
ES210905
£55.05
800 x 600 x 300
750 x 550 x 290
4.5
123
Grey
14 pcs
Flat Base
6491.750
£80.53
800 x 600 x 415
750 x 550 x 400
7.2
165
Grey
14 pcs
Re-inforced Base
6440.750
£90.36
800 x 600
-
1.8
-
Grey
10 pcs
Lid
6440.820
£34.99
1000 x 400 x 214
947 x 350 x 198
4
63
Grey
14 pcs
Solid
8716.005.502
£49.88
Lower Value Orders May Incur a Handling Charge
105
Shelving & Storage
8710.005
Type
Distribution Pallets ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
Plastic Pallets & Containers
››
100% plastic - lightweight & durable Maximum load up to 5000kg Constant quality & dimensional conformity Suitable for use in the food industry Our light duty pallets are ideal for retail & export Our heavy duty pallets are the best choice where heavy loads & high bay racking are required
MAN30004
3
day delivery
6101.751.093
5591.510.093
1855.508.093 Description
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Weight kg
Light Duty Pallet with Lip
800 x 600 x 145
3.7
1200 x 800 x 130
5.0
1200 x 1000 x 155
6.5
Heavy Duty Pallet
1200 x 1000 x 165
Heavy Duty Pallet with Lip
1200 x 1000 x 165
3
Static Load Capacity kg
Dynamic Load Capacity kg
Racked Load Capacity kg
Model
Price
500
250
-
6101.751.093
£31.20
2500
1000
-
5591.510.093
£36.94
2500
1000
-
1855.508.093
£36.31
23.5
5000
1500
1200
MAN30004
£182.54
23.5
5000
1500
1200
MAN30204
£182.54
Hygienic Uni Boxes™ day delivery
››
Material: food approved HD-polyethylene Smooth surface, hygienic
Shelving & Storage
››
7904.750
7903.750
External Size L x W x H mm
Internal Size L x W x H mm
Weight Volume kg Litres
Colour
400 x 300 x 165
358 x 258 x 160
1.0
14
Blue/Red
600 x 400 x 145
537 x 358 x 140
1.9
24
Blue/Red/White
Pallet Unit
Type
112 pcs Solid 64 pcs
Solid
Model
Price (each)
7903.750
£16.83
7904.750
£26.81
600 x 400 x 225
537 x 358 x 220
2.3
40
Blue/Red/White
40 pcs
Solid
7905.750
£29.27
600 x 400 x 300
537 x 358 x 295
2.7
54
Blue/Red/White
28 pcs
Solid
7906.750
£37.39
400 x 300
-
0.7
-
Grey
15 pcs
Lid
600 x 400
-
0.9
-
Grey
15 pcs
Lid
106
6410.820.502 £11.41 7905.822
£15.80
Lower Value Orders May Incur a Handling Charge
7906.750
View & Pick Stacking Containers ›› ›› ››
Containers with open sides for easy picking Quick & easy to create picking areas Up to 75% less volume when nested
Hinged Lid Container
Stack Rail Container
Plain Container
5YR
GUARANTEE
Containers
3
day delivery
FROM ONLY
£11.50
Plain Container
Stack Rail Container
Hinged Lid Container
External Size L x W x H mm
Pick Opening W x H mm
Load Cap. kg
Model
Price
Model
Price
Model
Price
400 x 300 x 273
182 x 138
25
MBP4327
£11.50
MBS4327
£13.75
MBH4327
£16.20
400 x 300 x 323
182 x 157
25
MBP4332
£12.40
MBS4332
£14.80
MBH4332
£16.85
600 x 400 x 223
270 x 117
30
MBP6422
£15.00
MBS6422
£17.75
MBH6422
£22.50
600 x 400 x 273
270 x 139
30
MBP6427
£15.40
MBS6427
£18.00
MBH6427
£21.40
600 x 400 x 323
270 x 158
35
MBP6432
£19.30
MBS6432
£22.20
MBH6432
£26.85
600 x 400 x 423
270 x 217
35
MBP6442
£21.70
MBS6442
£21.80
MBH6442
£25.20
800 x 400 x 323
270 x 158
35
MBP8432
£26.85
MBS8432
£29.45
MBH8432
£36.15
800 x 400 x 423
270 x 217
35
MBP8442
£31.00
MBS8442
£31.50
MBH8442
£42.35
3
day delivery
Container Pick Walls
FROM ONLY
£392.10
›› ›› ››
Shelving & Storage
››
Create a storage & picking area without the need for shelving Quick & easy to create picking areas Ideal for NEW products & great sellers More sizes & options available - call for details
i Information
PW6842
OTHER SIZES AVAILABLE CALL FOR DETAILS
PW6442
5YR
GUARANTEE
Container Picking Walls
Description
Capacity Litres per Container
Overall Size - per Container L x W x H mm
Overall Size - per Wall L x W x H mm
Model
Price
16 Containers - 4 Wide x 4 High
82.5
600 x 400 x 415
2400 x 400 x 1640
PW6442
£392.10
12 Containers - 3 Wide x 4 High
174
600 x 800 x 420
1800 x 800 x 1640
PW6842
£567.50
12 Containers - 3 Wide x 4 High
174
800 x 600 x 420
2400 x 600 x 1640
PW8642
£567.50
108
Economy Attached Lid Containers ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
Up to 75% height saving when nested Designed for both automated & manual handling Lids are equipped with ribs which day hold stacked containers securely delivery Integrated lid accepts strapping & security seals This maximises volume & load capacity & saves space during transportation
3
Internal Size W x D x H mm
Capacity Litres
Colour
Model
Price
400 x 300 x 222
338 x 254 x 197
18
Blue Container & Lid
AT432204
£19.07
400 x 300 x 264
334 x 254 x 239
22
Blue Container & Lid
AT432604
£20.91
400 x 300 x 306
329 x 250 x 282
25
Blue Container & Lid
AT433104
£23.76
600 x 400 x 264
530 x 353 x 240
48
Blue Container & Lid
AT642604
£27.86
600 x 400 x 306
514 x 350 x 281
54
Blue Container & Lid
AT643104
£29.90
600 x 400 x 365
508 x 346 x 340
65
Blue Container & Lid
AT643604
£31.90
600 x 400 x 400
521 x 343 x 375
70
Blue Container & Lid
AT644004
£33.35
710 x 460 x 368 (without drainholes)
597 x 374 x 330
80
Green Container & Lid
AT10A804
£33.92
710 x 460 x 368 (with drainholes)
597 x 374 x 330
80
Green Container & Lid
AT10A829
£33.92
Security Seals - Bag of 1000
-
OTKS0104AA
£129.84
Dolly to Suit 1 x 600W x 400D mm or 2 x 400W x 300D Containers
Red
8400.500.205
£80.51
Containers
External Size W x D x H mm
2 x AT643604 Nested
AT643104 Open
AT642604 Closed
N.B. ECONOMY & PREMIUM CONTAINERS WILL NOT INTER WORK TOGETHER
Premium Attached Lid Containers ›› ›› ›› ››
Wholesale & industrial applications Designed for both automated & manual handling Lids are equipped with ribs which hold stacked containers securely Integrated lid accepts strapping & security seals The step design enables nearly vertical walls. This maximises volume & load capacity & saves space during transportation
External Size W x D x H mm
Internal Size W x D x H mm
day delivery
Shelving & Storage
››
3
Capacity Litres
Colour
Model
Price
400 x 300 x 250
328 x 237 x 235
21
1325.850
P.O.A.
400 x 300 x 300
327 x 235 x 285
25
1325.851
£22.12
600 x 400 x 250
529 x 344 x 235
46
600 x 400 x 300
527 x 342 x 285
55
Blue Container & Lid
1310.851
£37.92
1311.851
£38.30
600 x 400 x 350
526 x 341 x 335
64
1329.850
£45.13
600 x 400 x 400
526 x 341 x 385
73
1330.850
£46.44
PD064S
£76.10
Dolly to Suit 1 x 600W x 400D mm x or 2 x 400W x 300D Containers Lower Value Orders May Incur a Handling Charge
Blue
109
View & Pick Stacking Containers ›› ›› ››
Label Cards / Holders
Each container is supplied with a label card Integral label holder on all four sides Ergonomically designed open hand grips
3
Insertable Window
FROM ONLY
£9.95
day delivery
Suits Container
Pack Size
Model
Price
Containers
Insertable Window
5YR
400 x 300 x 220
-
IW403022
£4.05
400 x 300 x 270
-
IW403027
£4.15
600 x 400 x 220
-
IW604022
£4.15
600 x 400 x 270
-
IW604027
£4.35
600 x 400 x 320
-
IW604032
£4.35
600 x 400 x 420
-
IW604042
£4.85
800 x 600 x 320
-
IW806032
£8.70
800 x 600 x 420
-
IW806042
£8.70
Label Cards / Holders Label Cards - 210 x 74 mm
50
LC275
£5.05
Label Holders - 209 x 67 mm
10
LHC261
£15.50
GUARANTEE
Colour: Blue
Pick Opening W x H mm
Volume Litres
Load Cap. kg
Stacking Load kg
Model
Price
Model
Price
400 x 300 x 220
212 x 106
20.8
20
200
XL2110B
£9.95
XL2110R
£10.85
400 x 300 x 270
212 x 131
25.6
20
200
XL2113B
£11.25
XL2113R
£12.70
600 x 400 x 220
274 x 106
44.3
15
250
XL2710B
£14.55
XL2710R
£16.45
600 x 400 x 270
274 x 131
54.5
15
250
XL2713B
£17.05
XL2713R
£18.30
600 x 400 x 320
274 x 156
64.8
20
250
XL2715B
£16.75
XL2715R
£18.50
600 x 400 x 420
274 x 206
85.3
20
250
XL2720B
£21.05
XL2720R
£23.45
800 x 600 x 320
459 x 153
132
60
500
XL4515B
£48.00
-
-
800 x 600 x 420
459 x 203
174
60
500
XL4520B
£48.00
-
-
800 x 600 x 520
459 x 253
217
60
500
XL4525B
£55.75
-
-
XL Containers with Fork Entry Shoes ›› ››
Colour: Red
External Size L x W x H mm
Each container is supplied with a label card Ergonomically designed open hand grips
Shelving & Storage
3
day delivery
Insertable Window
5YR
FROM ONLY
£66.05
GUARANTEE
External Size L x W x H mm
Pick Opening W x H mm
Volume Litres
Load Cap. kg
Container Model
Insertable Window
Price
Model
Price
Short Side Pick Opening 800 x 600 x 320
459 x 153
132
200
XLS4515
£66.05
XLW4515
£8.70
800 x 600 x 420
459 x 203
174
200
XLS4520
£71.20
XLW4520
£8.70
800 x 600 x 520
459 x 253
217
200
XLS4525
£76.35
XLW4525
£8.90
Long Side Pick Opening 800 x 600 x 320
459 x 153
132
200
XLL4515
£68.10
XLW4515
£8.70
800 x 600 x 420
459 x 203
174
200
XLL4520
£71.20
XLW4520
£8.70
800 x 600 x 520
459 x 253
217
200
XLL4525
£78.45
XLW4525
£8.90
110
Big Box Manufactured in high density polyethylene Securely stacks loads of up to 4500Kg - 9 full units ›› Smooth internal & external walls for ease of cleaning ›› 4 way entry for fork & pump trucks ›› Drain taps & plugs are available & all components are easily replaceable ›› Boxes & lids available in grey only ›› Ideal for heavy duty applications ›› ››
3
day delivery
i Information
4401.100.554
OPERATIONAL FROM -40° TO +80° 4410.820.502
Box Pallets
i Information
UNIT LOAD CAPACITY 500KG
4401.105.554
4401.300.554 Description
External Size L x W x H mm
Internal Size L x W x H mm
Solid sides & base
1200 x 800 x 760
Solid sides & base
1200 x 800 x 790
Solid sides & base Solid sides & base with drop down door
Feet & Door Fittings
Model
Price
1110 x 710 x 610
4 Feet
4403.100.554
£320.06
1110 x 710 x 610
3 Skids
4403.300.554
£360.72
1200 x 800 x 915
1110 x 710 x 610
4 Wheels
4403.105.554
P.O.A.
1200 x 800 x 760
1110 x 710 x 610
4 Feet
4403.150.554
£329.31
Lid to suit 1200 x 800 Box
1200 x 800
-
-
4409.820.502
£61.52
Solid sides & base
1200 x 1000 x 760
1110 x 910 x 610
4 Feet
4401.100.554
£330.54
Perforated sides & base
1200 x 1000 x 760
1110 x 910 x 610
4 Feet
4401.400.554
P.O.A.
Solid sides & base with drop down door
1200 x 1000 x 760
1110 x 910 x 610
4 Feet
4401.150.554
£362.02
Solid sides & base
1200 x 1000 x 790
1110 x 910 x 610
3 Skids
4401.300.554
£385.52
Perforated sides & base
1200 x 1000 x 790
1110 x 910 x 610
3 Skids
4401.600.554
£365.30
Solid sides & base
1200 x 1000 x 915
1110 x 910 x 610
4 Wheels
4401.105.554
P.O.A.
Lid to suit 1200 x 1000 Box
1200 x 1000
-
-
4410.820.502
£68.91
Magnum Optimum & Tytan Easy to fold & erect. Folded Height: 325mm Lighter, more durable, offers more shipping & useable volume. Achieves a highest possible folding ratio & fulfills quality standards of all current European regulations for FOC’s ›› When empty, it folds to around one third of its erected size, saving valuable space in storage or return transport. Each side is numbered in the sequence they fold.
Shelving & Storage
›› ››
3
day delivery
2530.652.502
2540.652.502 Folded Description
External Size L x W x H mm
Volume Litres
Weight kg
Model
Price
Magnum - 2 Slide Access Doors
1200 x 800 x 950
620
55
2330.456
£409.97
Lid to suit
1200 x 800
-
7
2336.820
£44.98
1200 x 1000 x 750
606
45
2540.652.502
£420.63
Magnum - 2 Slide Access Doors Magnum - 2 Drop Access Doors
1200 x 1000 x 870
734
45
2530.652.502
£420.63
1200 x 1000 x 975
847
49
2549.461.502
£420.63 £420.63
1200 x 1000 x 1000
873
49
2550.461.502
Lid To Suit. Colour: Black
1200 x 1000
-
7
2326.820
£42.60
Tytan - 2 Drop Access Doors
1200 x 1000 x 975
800
48
FL097520AA
£361.67
Lid To Suit. Colour: Black
1200 x 1000
-
7
LI09759D
£51.59
Lower Value Orders May Incur a Handling Charge
111
Light Duty Roller Tracks
5YR
5YR
Roller Tracks
GUARANTEE
›› ››
Cylindrical plastic rollers Roller pitch: 28mm
5YR
GUARANTEE
Flanged plastic rollers Roller pitch: 42mm
›› ››
GUARANTEE
›› ››
Steel spindle cylindrical rollers Roller pitch: 28mm
Length mm
Capacity per Linear Metre
Model
Price
Length mm
Capacity per Linear Metre
Model
Price
Length mm
Capacity per Linear Metre
Model
Price
2000
140kg
RT20CR28
£8.30
2000
90kg
RT20FR42
£10.65
2000
280kg
RT20SSR28
£12.05
3000
140kg
RT30CR28
£12.25
3000
90kg
RT30FR42
£15.90
3000
280kg
RT30SSR28
£18.00
Heavy Duty Roller Tracks ››
Flanged plastic rollers
2YR
Shelving & Storage
GUARANTEE
››
Cylindrical plastic rollers
Roller Pitch: 96mm
Roller Pitch: 72mm
Length mm
Capacity per Linear Metre
Model
Price
Model
Price
2400
845kg
RT24FPR96
£72.25
RT24FPR72
£82.55
3600
845kg
RT36FPR96
£103.20
RT36FPR72
£120.75
2YR
GUARANTEE
››
Cylindrical steel rollers
112
Length mm
Capacity per Linear Metre
Roller Pitch: 96mm
Roller Pitch: 72mm
Roller Pitch: 48mm
Model
Price
Model
Price
Model
Price
2400
1300kg
RT24CPR96
£75.35
RT24CPR72
£88.75
RT24CPR48
£114.55
3600
1300kg
RT36CPR96
£107.35
RT36CPR72
£127.95
RT36CPR48
£167.15
Length mm
Capacity per Linear Metre
Roller Pitch: 96mm
Roller Pitch: 72mm
Roller Pitch: 48mm
Model
Price
Model
Price
Model
Price
2400
2600kg
RT24STR96
£134.15
RT24STR72
£162.00
RT24STR48
£227.00
3600
2600kg
RT36STR96
£189.85
RT36STR72
£237.35
RT36STR48
£330.20
2YR
GUARANTEE
Heavy Duty Mobile Bar Storage Rack ›› ›› ›› ››
Tiers per unit: 3 Space between arms: 330mm Mobile on 4 x 200mm heavy duty swivel castors, 2 braked Folded height: 630mm
NEW
Storage Racks
Removable Central Support Section
GSR35
Foldable unit for easy storage & allows them to be stacked Description
Load Capacity kg
Overall Size H x W x L mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
2 Arms
1000kg
1560 x 1100 x 1600
78
GSR30
£707.35
3 Arms
2000kg
1560 x 1100 x 1600
90
GSR35
£812.70
3YR
GUARANTEE
manufactured
3YR
GUARANTEE
Shelving & Storage
manufactured
2 x GSR11 2 x GSR62 GSR01
GSR61
Bar Storage Racks ›› ›› ››
350kg 350kg 400kg
Tiers per unit: 6 Units can be fixed to the floor for stability Load heavy materials at base
850kg 950kg 1100kg Load Capacity Per Arm
Heavy Duty Bar Storage Racks ›› ›› ›› ››
Load Capacity per arm: 1000kg Space between arms: 250mm Units can be fixed to the floor for stability Load heavy materials at base Overall Size L x D x H mm
Tiers per unit
Overall Size L x D x H mm
Type
Weight kg
Model
Price
1150 x 575 x 1500
5
1150 x 575 x 1870
6
680 x 680 x 1910
Single
45
GSR61
£335.50
1150 x 1000 x 1500
5
1270 x 680 x 1910
Double
55
GSR62
£491.35
1150 x 1000 x 1870
6
Type Single Double
Weight kg
Model
Price
40
GSR01
£462.25
60
GSR02
£517.80
50
GSR11
£570.60
80
GSR12
£618.25
113
Bar Pallets A versatile & flexible bar storage system of an all welded construction, which stacks up to 5 high ›› Load capacity of 1000kg per unit, max 5000kg ››
upto
5000kg
evenly distributed
FROM ONLY
Storage Racks
£235.35
4 x BRP01Z
3YR
manufactured
BRP12Z
2 x BRP01Z
GUARANTEE
Internal Size L x W mm
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
620 x 400
700 x 480 x 610
19
BRP01Z
£235.35
920 x 400
1000 x 480 x 610
22
BRP02Z
£238.75
620 x 520
700 x 600 x 610
22
BRP11Z
£240.15
920 x 520
1000 x 600 x 610
24
BRP12Z
£243.55
Cantilever Racking Fully welded construction Load capacity per arm: 200kg ›› Each arm has end stops to prevent items falling off ›› Load heavy materials at base ›› ››
GCR110
Shelving & Storage
£814.25
GCR120
3YR
GCR110
GUARANTEE
manufactured
Description
Overall Size L x D x H mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
£814.25
Parallel Arms Single Sided - 2 Bay
2580 x 610 x 2100
106
GCR110
Single Sided Extra Bay - 1 Upright & 3 Support Stays
Increase Length by 1225mm per bay
38
GCR111
£367.90
Double Sided - 2 Bay
2580 x 1100 x 2100
143
GCR210
£1016.15
Increase Length by 1225mm per bay
51
GCR211
£485.40
Double Sided Extra Bay - 1 Upright & 3 Support Stays
Tapered Arms Single Sided - 2 Bay
2580 x 650 x 2030
93
GCR120
£888.40
Single Sided Extra Bay - 1 Upright & 3 Support Stays
Increase Length by 1225mm per bay
34
GCR121
£416.75
Double Sided - 2 Bay
2580 x 1190 x 2030
125
GCR220
£948.35
Double Sided Extra Bay - 1 Upright & 3 Support Stays
Increase Length by 1225mm per bay
44
GCR221
£482.50
114
Cantilever Racking ›› ›› ››
››
›› ››
Store long & heavy products safely Improve stock accessibility. Ideal for timber, piping, steel, plastic etc The arms are fitted with removable end stops for the ease of loading products on & off Frame has wall & floor fixing points to secure the unit (fixings not included) The arms are height adjustable in increments of 150mm Load capacity per arm: 250kg
Cantilever Racking
Heavy duty, height adjustable arms with removable end stops
3YR
manufactured Overall Size L x D x H mm
GUARANTEE
CR1003ST
Starter Bay with 12 Arms & 3 Uprights Starter Bay with 15 Arms & 3 Uprights Model
Price
Model
Price
Extension Bay with 1 Upright
Additional Arm
Model
Price
Model
Price
CR050EX
£508.35
CRA05A
£117.20
CR100EX
£547.75
CRA10A
£126.95
500mm Long Arms 2490 x 1200 x 3000
£1337.00
CR0503ST
CR0504ST
£1428.65
1000mm Long Arms 2490 x 1200 x 3000
£1447.65
CR1003ST
CR1004ST
£1549.20
Vertical Storage Racks ›› ››
››
››
Shelving & Storage
››
Each starter bay is made up of two uprights & 3 adjustable support arms Each extension bay is made up of one upright & a further 3 adjustable support dividers Movable dividers enable horizontal & vertical adjustment of the storage sections allowing the unit to meet your individual requirements Plywood base offers protection to the ends of the stored items whilst adding stability to the unit Frame has wall mounted fixing points to secure the unit (fixings not included)
3YR
GUARANTEE
Movable dividers enable horizontal & vertical adjustment
CR2575ST & CR2575EX with 1 x CRA15A
manufactured Starter Bay
Description
Overall Size L x D x H mm
Model
3 Dividers
1633 x 785 x 2575
Additional Divider
-
Extension Bay Price
Overall Size L x D x H mm
Model
Price
CR2575ST
£718.95
1595 x 785 x 2575
CR2575EX
£590.00
CRA15A
£58.40
-
CRA15A
£58.40
115
Vertical Storage Racks ›› ›› ››
››
››
Each starter bay is made up of two uprights & 8 adjustable support dividers Each extension bay is made up of one upright & a further 8 adjustable support dividers Movable dividers enable horizontal adjustment of the storage sections allowing the unit to meet your individual requirements Plywood base offers protection to the ends of the stored items whilst adding stability to the unit Frame has wall mounted fixing points to secure the unit (fixings not included)
Storage Racks
3
YR GUARANTEE
manufactured
CR3000ST Movable Divider CR3000ST Starter Bay Description
Overall Size L x D x H mm
Model
5 Compartments (8 Dividers)
2430 x 650 x 3000
Additional Divider
-
Extension Bay Price
Overall Size L x D x H mm
Model
Price
CR3000ST
£819.80
2430 x 650 x 3000
CR3000EX
£684.35
CRA20A
£49.20
-
CRA20A
£49.20
GVR31
Shelving & Storage
£351.50
3
YR GUARANTEE
GSR34
3
GVR31
manufactured
YR GUARANTEE
Variable Height Sheet Rack Fully welded construction ›› Distance between uprights: 160mm ›› 5 Support Bars: 400, 550, 700, 850 & 1000mm ››
Overall Size H x L x D mm 1000 x 1400 x 800
116
Weight kg 70
Model GVR31
Price £351.50
Sheet Racking ›› ››
Fully welded construction Intermediate floor bracing for supporting the sheet materials
manufactured
Overall Size H x L x W mm
No of Bays
Distance between Uprights
Weight kg
Model
Price
1050 x 2040 x 1200
4
260mm
135
GSR34
£800.80
1050 x 2040 x 1400
5
242mm
160
GSR35
£953.00
1050 x 2040 x 1600
6
229mm
180
GSR36
£1121.50
1050 x 2040 x 1800
7
221mm
200
GSR37
£1280.80
1050 x 2040 x 2000
8
214mm
215
GSR38
£1491.05
1050 x 2040 x 2200
9
209mm
235
GSR39
£1682.35
1050 x 2040 x 2400
10
205mm
255
GSR40
£1846.80
GVR20
3
£518.20
YR GUARANTEE
manufactured Both of these units are fitted with compartment bars to stop smaller sheets from sliding between compartments
GVR15
£216.85
GVR15
7
Vertical Sheet Rack ›› ››
day delivery
GVR20
Vertical Sheet Rack ››
Fully welded construction Distance between support bars: 230mm
›› ››
manufactured
Fully welded construction Distance between support bars: 310mm Flat Steel base to accept sheet metal
Overall Size H x L x W mm
No of Sections
Weight kg
Model
Price
Overall Size H x L x W mm
No of Sections
Weight kg
Model
Price
900 x 860 x 860
3
20
GVR15
£216.85
1245 x 1100 x 970
3
53
GVR20
£518.20
Vertical Storage Racks
Storage Racks
3
YR GUARANTEE
Vertical Sheet Rack
GVR24
£337.75
Shelving & Storage
3
YR GUARANTEE
GVR01
manufactured
GVR24 ›› ›› ››
Fully welded construction Distance between support bars: 250mm Pre-drilled for bolting to the floor (fixings not supplied) Overall Size H x L x W mm
No of Sections
Weight kg
Model
Price
1500 x 600 x 1200
4
70
GVR24
£337.75
1500 x 600 x 1800
6
100
GVR26
£416.85
1500 x 600 x 2400
8
120
GVR28
£562.10
›› ›› ››
Bolted & welded construction Overall Size: 2120L x 1240W x 1530H mm Flatpack Size: 1240L x 1530W x 120H mm For use with Sheet Size
Opening mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
21/2 m x 11/2 m
150
140
GVR01
£971.20
117
Hazardous Substance Storage Cupboards ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
Hazardous Storage
›› ››
››
Manufactured from 0.7mm steel body & 0.9mm steel doors These units enable separate storage of hazardous substances “No Snag” handles with 2 point locking mechanism Adjustable spill retaining shelves for superior spill management Integral liquid tight sump encourages the correct handling of spills (except wall mounted cupboards) Wall cupboards are pre-drilled for mounting (fixings not included) Floor chests have an integrated welded sump, angled lid to discourage article placement & a hasp & staple lock - padlock not supplied Stands raise cupboards by 500mm with an adjustable foot for uneven surfaces
i Information
FROM ONLY
£130.55
THESE CABINETS CAN HELP YOU COMPLY WITH COSHH REGULATIONS, DEPENDING ON YOUR RISK ASSESSMENT
EFC16Z
EWC01Z
5
day delivery
EXCEPT FLOOR CHESTS
Overall Size H x W x D mm
No of Shelves
No of Doors
manufactured Model
Price
Shelving & Storage
Floor Cupboards 700 x 350 x 300
1
Single
EFC01Z
£130.55
700 x 900 x 460
1
Double
EFC03Z
£179.85
900 x 460 x 460
1
Single
EFC02Z
£153.55
900 x 900 x 460
1
Double
EFC05Z
£196.85
1200 x 900 x 460
2
Double
EFC06Z
£248.20
1800 x 900 x 460
3
Double
EFC08Z
£291.90
1800 x 1200 x 460
3
Double
EFC16Z
£343.90
Mobile Cupboards
ESS02Z
840 x 900 x 460
1
Double
EMC01Z
£286.30
1040 x 900 x 460
1
Double
EMC02Z
£311.90
EWC01Z
£170.60
Wall Cupboards 570 x 850 x 255
1
Double
Floor Chests 510 x 610 x 340
-
-
EFC18Z
£212.30
610 x 1170 x 460
-
-
EFC19Z
£331.60
To Fit W x D mm
Model
Price
Extra Shelves 350 x 300
EES01Z
£18.55
460 x 460
EES02Z
£23.20
900 x 460
EES08Z
£30.15
1200 x 460
EES16Z
£34.80
350 x 300
ESS01Z
£69.55
460 x 460
ESS02Z
£69.55
900 x 460
ESS08Z
£77.65
Stands
EFC18Z
118
Heavy Duty Hazardous Substance Storage Cupboards ›› ›› ››
››
›› ››
››
Hazardous Storage
››
Manufactured from 0.9mm sheet steel with formed & welded seams Supplied with removable galvanised sump tray & shelves Doors are fitted with vertical reinforcement panels to prevent distortion Produced with return flange around doors & joints to prevent the passage of flame Fitted with security locks & two keys Shelves can be used as flush shelves or as a tray & are adjustable to 75mm centres Locks & handles are all metal to eliminate melting under fire attack Powder coated yellow
HSC05Z
Shelving & Storage
››
HSC08Z
i Information THESE CABINETS CAN HELP YOU COMPLY WITH COSHH REGULATIONS, DEPENDING ON YOUR RISK ASSESSMENT
HSC02Z HSC03Z
3YR
GUARANTEE
manufactured
Overall Size W x D x H mm
No of Shelves
Doors
Weight kg
Model
Price
458 x 483 x 915
1
Single
27
HSC02Z
£281.40
610 x 306 x 610
1
Double
18
HSC03Z
£291.45
915 x 483 x 915
2
Double
50
HSC05Z
£388.95
915 x 483 x 1830
3
Double
83
HSC08Z
£652.90
119
Heavy Duty Hazardous Cabinets GENERAL SPECIFICATION FOR THE CABINETS SHOWN ON PAGES 120 & 121 ››
›› ›› ››
Hazardous Storage
›› ››
Designed to comply with Flammable Liquid Storage Regulations (1972) as appropriate & Health & Safety Guidance notes HSG51 & CS19 Comply with Factory Inspectorate Certificate of Approval No. 1 Parts 3 & 4 Manufactured from 1.2mm sheet steel for extra strength & improved protection from fire penetration A robustly constructed range of cabinets providing safe storage for flammable liquids Base of each unit is fitted with a large capacity removable sump to contain any spillage All formed welded seams Doors are fitted with vertical reinforcement panels to prevent distortion ›› Produced with return flange around doors & joints to prevent the passage of flame ›› Fitted with all metal security locks & two keys ›› Adjustable galvanised shelves to 75mm centres. Shelves are also reversible which allows them to be used as a tray ›› Floor stands are available for the five smallest sizes, raising the units by 450 mm ››
FROM ONLY
£330.85
HEAVY DUTY CABINETS
Made from 1.2mm sheet steel
Shelving & Storage
FSC Range
i Information THESE CABINETS CAN HELP YOU COMPLY WITH COSHH REGULATIONS, DEPENDING ON YOUR RISK ASSESSMENT
3YR
GUARANTEE
manufactured
Highly Flammable Storage Cabinets - FSC Range ›› ›› ››
Powder coated Yellow Supplied with appropriate labels to BS5378 standard For pricing details please see opposite page
General Storage Cabinets - GSC Range ›› ›› ››
Powder coated grey Supplied complete with general purpose labelling For pricing details please see opposite page
120
GSC Range
Hazardous Storage
3YR
GUARANTEE
PSC Range
manufactured
i Information
HEAVY DUTY CABINETS Made from 1.2mm sheet steel
ASC Range
Before storage of herbicides & petroleum based products takes place the advice of the following should be sought for specific guidance.
Pesticide/Agrochemical Storage Cabinets - PSC Range
››
Powder coated red For your safety the doors of the cabinets are fitted with louvre vents Supplied with the currently approved labels to BS5378 & EEC directive 92/58
››
All other details are as per general specification shown on the previous page
›› ››
Health & Safety Inspector Trading Standards Officers Environmental Health Officers ›› Fire Officers
››
Acid Storage Cabinets - ASC Range ››
›› ››
Powder coated white which is impervious to most acids
››
Complete with acid warning label conforming to BS5499/1 & EEC directive 92/58
››
All other details are as per general specification shown on the previous page Highly Flammable
General
Pesticide/Agrochemical
Acid
Overall Size W x D x H mm
No of Shelves
Shelf Depth (as a tray)
Sump Capacity
Doors
Weight kg
Model
Price
Model
Price
Model
Price
Model
Price
*458 x 483 x 765
1
38mm
14 litres
1
25
FSC01Z
£335.25
GSC01Z
£330.85
PSC01Z
£357.05
ASC01Z
£357.05
*458 x 483 x 915
1
38mm
14 litres
1
35
FSC02Z
£375.15
GSC02Z
£370.65
PSC02Z
£396.90
ASC02Z
£396.90
*610 x 306 x 610
1
24mm
12 litres
2
23
FSC03Z
£358.20
GSC03Z
£353.85
PSC03Z
£379.90
ASC03Z
£379.90
*915 x 483 x 710
1
34mm
33 litres
2
45
FSC04Z
£466.35
GSC04Z
£461.95
PSC04Z
£488.00
ASC04Z
£488.00
*915 x 483 x 915
2
34mm
33 litres
2
55
FSC05Z
£539.10
GSC05Z
£534.80
PSC05Z
£560.85
ASC05Z
£560.85
915 x 483 x 1220
2
34mm
33 litres
2
65
FSC06Z
£599.90
GSC06Z
£595.65
PSC06Z
£621.65
ASC06Z
£621.65
915 x 483 x 1500
3
34mm
33 litres
2
80
FSC07Z
£735.05
GSC07Z
£730.65
PSC07Z
£756.75
ASC07Z
£756.75
915 x 483 x 1830
3
34mm
33 litres
2
100
FSC08Z
£821.05
GSC08Z
£816.65
PSC08Z
£842.65
ASC08Z
£842.65
FSC09Z
£152.80
GSC09Z
£152.80
PSC09Z
£170.60
ASC09Z
£170.60
*Floor stand (available for the 5 smallest sizes)
121
Shelving & Storage
SAFETY NOTE
CoSHH Cupboards CFC08Z
CFC16Z
FROM ONLY
£130.55
CFC03Z & CSS08Z
CoSHH Cupboards
CFC06Z
CFC05Z
Shelving & Storage
CFC02Z
CFC01Z
manufactured CFC18Z
It is vital that employers and employees comply with the control of hazardous substances in all working environments. This range of cupboards & cabinets enables the separate storage & transportation of hazardous substances as demanded by the CoSHH regulations. ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
››
Manufactured from 0.7mm steel body & 0.9mm steel doors “No snag” handles with 2-point locking Adjustable spill-retaining galvanized shelves for superior spill management* Integral liquid-tight sump encourages the correct handling of spills through the use of absorbents* Wall cupboards are pre-drilled for mounting (fixings not included). Floor chests have a welded integrated sump, angled lid to discourage article placement & a hasp & staple lock – padlock not supplied Stands raise cupboards by 500mm with an adjustable foot for uneven surfaces
*Except wall mounted cupboards
122
Overall Size H x W x D mm
No of Shelves
No of Doors
Model
Price
Floor Cupboards 700 x 350 x 300
1
Single
CFC01Z
£130.55
700 x 900 x 460
1
Double
CFC03Z
£179.85
900 x 460 x 460
1
Single
CFC02Z
£153.55
900 x 900 x 460
1
Double
CFC05Z
£196.85
1200 x 900 x 460
2
Double
CFC06Z
£248.20
1800 x 900 x 460
3
Double
CFC08Z
£291.90
1800 x 1200 x 460
3
Double
CFC16Z
£343.90
Mobile Cupboards 840 x 900 x 460
1
Double
CMC01Z
£286.30
1040 x 900 x 460
1
Double
CMC02Z
£311.90
CWC01Z
£170.60
Wall Cupboards 570 x 850 x 255
1
Double
Floor Chests 510 x 610 x 340
-
-
CFC18Z
£212.30
610 x 1170 x 460
-
-
CFC19Z
£331.60
To Fit W x D mm
Model
Price
350 x 300
CSS01Z
£69.55
460 x 460
CSS02Z
£69.55
900 x 460
CSS08Z
£77.65
Stands
General Storage Flat Top Bins The base of each unit is fitted with skids to prevent deterioration ›› Finished in grey powder coat & labelled to comply with regulations ›› The flanged lid is fitted with a hasp & staple for locking & is supplied with a removable 100mm liquid tight drip tray ››
manufactured
GSB Range
Overall Size W x D x H mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
625 x 335 x 508
32
GSB10Z
£396.60
610 x 610 x 610
34
GSB20Z
£550.70
1220 x 610 x 610
70
GSB30Z
£710.30
Petroleum Storage Chests Suitable for ‘CLASS A’ Storage (1986) & labelled in accordance with the Petroleum Consolidation Act 1928, conforming to BS5378 & E.C. Directive 92/58 EEC ›› Fully welded units designed & constructed to comply with A.P.E.A requirements ›› Fitted with a hasp & staple to enable padlocking ›› Produced with a sloping roof to aid protection against the weather ›› Each unit is fitted with a removable sump YR ››
Storage Chests & Cabinets
3YR
GUARANTEE
3
GUARANTEE
manufactured
SSB10Z
Overall Size W x D x H front/rear mm
Weight kg
Capacity (Cubic Metres)
Model
Price
610 x 630 x 655/810
46
0.25
SSB09Z
£577.00
965 x 630 x 655/810
64
0.34
SSB10Z
£717.30
1270 x 630 x 655/810
85
0.40
SSB11Z
£848.95
›› ›› ›› ››
››
›› ››
Shelving & Storage
Storage Cabinet SSC01Z Lockable handle on double doors Clear space between shelves: 550 top & 540 bottom shelf Two removable storage shelves of 25 x 25mm mesh, 1115W x 520D mm Designed to comply with the Flammable Liquid Storage Regulations (1972) as appropriate & the Factory Inspection Guide HSG51 The adjustable vent meets the requirements of both flammable storage (vent closed) & agrochemicals (vent open) All welded unit conforming to the A.P.E.A. construction requirements The unit provides a half hour YR protection from collapse GUARANTEE & the passage of flame
£1025.15
3
N.B - A Fork Lift will be needed to unload this unit manufactured Overall Size W x D x H mm
Base Unit Capacity
Weight kg
Model
Price
1125 x 560 x 1535
85 Litre
120
SSC01Z
£1025.15
SSC01Z
123
Storage Vaults ››
››
FROM ONLY
£1334.55
›› ›› ›› ››
Storage Vaults
››
››
››
Designed to comply with the Flammable Liquid Storage Regulations (1972) as appropriate & the Factory Inspection Guide HSG51 Adjustable vent meets the requirements of both flammable storage (vents closed) & agrochemicals (vents open) All welded units conforming to the A.P.E.A. construction requirements Provide a half hour protection from collapse & the passage of flame Multi-lockable for high security & fitted with a lift up action lid assisted by gas struts For extra protection & fork lifting the units have skids on the base Middle shelves pivot on models SSV01Z & SSV02Z to enable larger items to be stored on the base level Model SSV03Z has a central partition & four shelves - the two middle shelves fold away & the two top shelves are made in 3 sections the back section is fixed in position & the front two sections removable All models have a liquid-tight base to contain spillage N.B. A Fork Lift will be needed to unload these vaults
3YR
SSV02Z
GUARANTEE
Shelving & Storage
manufactured
SSV01Z
SAFETY NOTE Before storage of herbicides & petroleum based products takes place the advice of the following should be sought for specific guidance. Health & Safety Inspector Trading Standards Officers Environmental Health Officers ›› Fire Officers
›› ›› ››
SSV03Z
Overall Size W x D x H mm
Liquid Tight Sealed Base Unit Capacity
Shelves mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
700 x 850 x 1270
120 Litre
2 x Shelves: Top: 690 x 400 fixed Middle: 690 x 400 pivots
180
SSV01Z
£1334.55
1370 x 850 x 1270
250 Litre
2 x Shelves: Top: 1360 x 400 fixed Middle: 1360 x 400 pivots
260
SSV02Z
£1879.45
2500 x 1080 x 1270
550 Litre
4 x Shelves: 1220 x 500
460
SSV03Z
£3352.50
124
Hazardous Material Stores The window brings natural light into the container without creating high energy costs! Size: 600W x 800D mm Also available on LGE range on the opposite page Price: P.O.A.
››
››
Safety Stores
››
Designed for the safe storage of small & large quantities of hazardous, flammable or chemical liquids (powered extraction available as an accessory) Storage Area: 3 to 7.5m2 Bespoke units available - call for details
SSCOM1-L2-G
£3479.05
SSCOM1-L2-G (shelving & ramp are available as accessories)
5YR
Shelving & Storage
GUARANTEE
manufactured
FROM ONLY
£160.80 Internal view showing built-in shelving (see table below) Manufactured in accordance with PPG 26 regulations as per the requirement of the Environment Agency
Built-in Shelving
Model
SSCOM1-L2
SSCOM2-L2
SSCOM3-L2
External Size: W x D x H mm Internal Size: W x D x H mm Sump Capacity: Litres Load Capacity: kg/m2 Type of Door Position of Door
2480 x 1490 x 2460 2240 x 1240 x 2100 550 1000 2 Wing Doors Long Side
2490 x 2420 x 2460 2240 x 2240 x 2100 1000 1000 2 Wing Doors Long Side
3420 x 2490 x 2460 3240 x 2240 x 2100 1500 1000 2 Wing Doors Long Side
Model: Galvanised Price
SSCOM1-L2-G £3479.05
SSCOM2-L2-G £3907.60
SSCOM3-L2-G £5159.80
Size: W x D mm Grid Shelves mm
1000 x 500 3 x 1000
2000 x 500 3 x 2000
Model: Galvanised & Painted Price
SSCOM1-L2-GP £3835.65
SSCOM2-L2-GP £4500.05
SSCOM3-L2-GP £5892.55
Model: Price
SSSHELF-1 £160.80
SSSHELF-2 £298.20
126
››
For safe & secure storage of a range of small & large containers & canisters Model
Due to the size of these units, additional cranage costs may be incurred - CALL FOR DETAILS
Security Cage with Lift Up Lid ›› ›› ››
Security Cages & Mesh Pallets
›› ›› ››
Fully welded construction Hinged lift up lid is assisted by gas struts When the lid is shut the front doors will not open leaving a completely secure & enclosed unit Units have a hasp & staple padlock facility (padlock not included) Incorporates 2 fork lift pockets Optional hazardous chemical sign available - see page 131 for details
FROM ONLY
£894.25
GBC12Z
3YR
GUARANTEE
Overall Size W x D x H mm
Internal Height mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
1260 x 1260 x 830
710
150
GBC12Z
£894.25
1860 x 1260 x 1250
1130
180
GBC18Z
£1139.35
GBC12Z
N.B. A Fork Lift will be needed to unload these units
Metal Pallets ››
Shelving & Storage
Available with half drop gate ›› Stackable up to 5 high ›› Load capacity: 1000kg
COLOUR OPTIONS Red Blue specify when ordering
3YR
GUARANTEE
manufactured Overall Size: W x D x Effective H mm 915 x 609 x 609 (Ground Clearance - 152mm)
Overall Size: W x D x Effective H mm 915 x 915 x 609 (Ground Clearance - 152mm)
Overall Size: W x D x Effective H mm 1220 x 915 x 609 (Ground Clearance - 152mm)
Weight kg
Weight kg
Weight kg
Model
Price
Model
Price
Model
Price
PP04Z
£226.55
BP04Z
£370.75
BP64ZH
£408.00
MP04Z
£351.20
Post Pallet (Manufactured from rolled Steel angle with a sheet Steel base) 27
PP02Z
£162.30
38
PP03Z
£198.10
47
Box Pallet (Manufactured from rolled Steel angle with a sheet Steel base & sides) 52
BP02Z
£320.00
60
BP03Z
£343.90
73
Box Pallet with 1/2 Drop Side (Manufactured from rolled Steel angle with a sheet Steel base & sides) 52
BP62ZH
£352.95
60
BP63ZH
£376.50
73
Mesh Pallet (Manufactured from rolled Steel angle with 50 x 50 x 10 gauge Steel base & mesh sides) 36
MP02Z
£251.65
46
MP03Z
£305.35
53
Mesh Pallet with 1/2 Drop Side (Manufactured from rolled Steel angle with 50 x 50 x 10 gauge Steel base & mesh sides) 36
128
MP62ZH
£284.05
46
MP63ZH
£338.05
53
MP64ZH
£388.35
K.D. Cylinder Cages ›› ›› ›› ››
Manufactured from 50 x 50mm mesh panels & galvanised roof This unit is supplied knock down for easy access into your premises Complete with a hasp & staple locking facility (padlock not supplied) GLC25Z & GLC35Z supplied with a pallet base which incorporates fork lift pockets
FROM ONLY
£896.05
3YR
GUARANTEE
Security Cages
manufactured
NEW GLC20Z
GLC20Z Folded (on a pallet) Painted
Galvanised
Overall Size W x D x H mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
Model
Price
1260 x 1310 x 1830
90
GLC20Z
£896.05
GLC30Z
£965.10
1290 x 1340 x 2000
135
GLC25Z
£1182.20
GLC35Z
£1320.25
GLC25Z
Lock Up Security Cage ›› ›› ›› ››
Shelving & Storage
Manufactured from 50 x 50mm mesh panels & galvanised roof This unit is supplied fully constructed Complete with a hasp & staple locking facility (padlock not supplied) Door fitted to right hand side
FROM ONLY
£1150.25
3YR
GUARANTEE
manufactured N.B. A Fork Lift will be needed to unload these units Overall Size W x D x H mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
1580 x 1175 x 1910
100
GLC12Z
£1150.25
2700 x 1175 x 1910
150
GLC15Z
£1648.85
3160 x 1175 x 1910
160
GLC18Z
£1705.15
129
Security Cages
manufactured
3YR
GUARANTEE
500kg
Security Cages
evenly distributed
SCB06Z SCB01Z
FROM ONLY
Shelving & Storage
£392.35
SCB05Z
›› ›› ›› ›› ››
All welded units constructed from steel angle & 25 x 25mm weld mesh Units have a padlock facility (padlock not supplied) Ideal for the security of both hazardous & valuable materials Blue powder coat finish Optional hazardous chemical sign available - see page 131 for details
130
SCB02Z
Overall Size W x D x H mm
Internal Size W x D x H mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
700 x 700 x 830
690 x 690 x 790
37
SCB01Z
£392.35
1400 x 700 x 830
1380 x 690 x 790
52
SCB02Z
£656.90
700 x 700 x 1630
690 x 690 x 1585
55
SCB03Z
£697.00
700 x 1000 x 1630
690 x 990 x 1585
58
SCB06Z
£779.35
1400 x 700 x 1630
1380 x 690 x 1585
110
SCB04Z
£1057.55
1400 x 1000 x 1630
1380 x 990 x 1585
113
SCB07Z
£1145.35
2070 x 700 x 1630
2040 x 690 x 1585
124
SCB05Z
£1332.45
2070 x 1000 x 1630
2040 x 990 x 1585
127
SCB08Z
£1403.35
Security Cages SCS03Z fitted with SCS003
SCS04Z fitted with SCS001
FROM ONLY
£455.15
Security Cages
SCG02S
›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
SCG01Z
Shelving & Storage
››
All welded units constructed from steel angle & 25 x 25mm weld mesh Units are load tested & CE certified Units have a padlock facility (padlock not supplied) Cranage eyes for easy lifting (when lifting using the Cranage eyes, we recommend using a spreader) A hazardous chemical sign is available as a factory fitted optional extra Mobile units are fitted with 4 x 100mm nylon, 2 braked swivel castors (N.B add 115mm to the height) Two finishes available: powder coated yellow or galvanised body with powder coated yellow doors
i Information IDEAL FOR SECURE STORAGE OF BOTH HAZARDOUS & VALUABLE MATERIALS
3YR
500kg
evenly distributed
GUARANTEE
SCS04Z
manufactured Powder Coated Yellow
Galvanised - Yellow Doors
Shelf to suit Factory Fitted (one per unit)
Overall Size W x D x H mm
Internal Size W x D x H mm
Weight kg Model
Price
Model
Price
Model
Price
Model
Price
Model
700 x 700 x 880
690 x 690 x 790
37
SCS01Z
£455.15
SCS01S
£498.60
SCG01Z
£489.75
SCG01S
£533.30
-
-
1400 x 700 x 880
1380 x 690 x 790
52
SCS02Z
£736.30
SCS02S
£779.90
SCG02Z
£788.55
SCG02S
£832.00
-
-
Static
Mobile
Static
Mobile
Price
700 x 700 x 1680
690 x 690 x 1585
55
SCS03Z
£774.65
SCS03S
£818.25
SCG03Z
£826.25
SCG03S
£869.65
SCS003
£62.15
1400 x 700 x 1680
1380 x 690 x 1585
110
SCS04Z
£1184.75
SCS04S
£1227.15
SCG04Z
£1319.75
SCG04S
£1363.25
SCS004
£104.50
2070 x 700 x 1680
2040 x 690 x 1585
124
SCS05Z
£1430.25
SCS05S
£1473.70
SCG05Z
£1589.45
SCG05S
£1633.10
SCS005
£138.45
SCS001
£47.75
Optional Hazardous Sign - Factory Fitted
131
Security Cages
Mini & Maxi Boxes
i Information
Shelving & Storage
AVAILABLE EX-STOCK Boxes
Overall Size W x D x H mm
Mini Box No. 1
1200 x 1200 x 2230
Maxi Box No. 1
2200 x 1200 x 2230
Maxi Box No. 2
2200 x 2400 x 2230
Maxi Box No. 3 Maxi Box No. 4 Maxi Box No. 5
2200 x 3600 x 2230
2200 x 4800 x 2230
2200 x 6000 x 2230
Finish
Model
Price
Grey - RAL 7037
UK800298
£635.81
Hot Dip Galvanised
UK800299
£843.98
Grey - RAL 7037
UK800295
£841.37
Hot Dip Galvanised
UK800296
£1116.49
Grey - RAL 7037
UK800293
£1162.54
Hot Dip Galvanised
UK800294
£1552.06
Grey - RAL 7037
UK800290
£1483.73
Hot Dip Galvanised
UK800291
£1987.49
Grey - RAL 7037
UK800288
£1804.90
Hot Dip Galvanised
UK800289
£2422.98
Grey - RAL 7037
UK800286
£2126.09
Hot Dip Galvanised
UK800287
£2858.48
Why not ask about our installation service?
››
These modular mesh storage boxes come with a roof & padlockable single or double doors
››
Suitable for the safe storage of hazardous materials & ISO 9000 segregation of materials
››
All boxes have a nominal height of 2230mm
Site Survey, CAD Design & Installation Service Available 132
Endurance Plus Helmet ››
››
››
PPE Equipment
››
COLOUR OPTIONS
This fully certified helmet has the added feature of molten metal protection with retractable visor Six-point self-sizing wheel ratchet suspension system Constructed using a high-density ABS material & is suitable to be worn in temperatures of -30ºC Molten metal protection
Yellow
››
White Red Blue
››
specify when ordering
››
››
›› ››
Comply to EN-812 Ideal for use where helmets are not required Designed to protect against bumps & scrapes, secures easily with a velcro back adjuster COLOUR The high profile ABS shell acts OPTIONS as a shock absorber & comes with Black a soft padded crown Navy Features eight ventilation specify when ordering ports for cooling ventilation 100% cotton with an ABS shell with EVA pad
Model
Price
Model
Price
PW54
£10.60
PW59
£7.86
Ear Defenders ››
››
ED40: comfortable noise reducing ear defenders with a general purpose adjustable headband. SNR = 27db. Conforms to EN352-1. Pack of 10 ED43: quality ear defender, suitable for use in medium duty industrial & outdoor applications. Soft wide foam cushions for all day comfort. SNR = 32db. Conforms to EN352-1. Pack of 10 Description
Model
Price
Ear Defenders
ED40
£41.66
Deluxe Ear Defenders
ED43
£87.80
Restraint Kit ››
Site Safety & Premises
Bump Cap
››
ED43 ED40
Scaffolding Kit
This kit will prevent users from passing a ledge or edge and thus not allowing a fall to occur Features: work positioning belt, single lanyard with carabiner & Scaffold hook
››
››
››
134
This kit will allow users to transfer between points where a single lanyard will temporarily leave the user unprotected Users can pass an edge but will be protected from the force of a fall Features: 3 point harness, double lanyard with shock absorber carabiner & 2 scaffold hooks
Model
Price
Model
Price
FP60
£35.83
FP64
£109.76
Lower Value Orders May Incur a Handling Charge
Sleeveless Waistcoat
Long Sleeve Waistcoat
››
Available in: yellow & orange EN471 specification: Class 2 approved conforming to 89/686/EEC directive ›› 100% polyester ›› 2 band & brace ›› 2 retro reflective strips (50mm wide) stitched-on around the body
››
››
››
›› ››
››
Road Safety Jacket
Available in: yellow & orange ›› EN471 specification: Class 2 ›› approved conforming to 89/686/EEC directive ›› 100% polyester 2 retro reflective strips ›› (50mm wide) stitched-on around the body & 1 over ›› each shoulder Velcro fastening
Available in: yellow & orange EN471 specification: class 3 approved conforming to 89/686/EEC directive Outer fabric 300 denier 100% polyester PU coated Padded & lined with a hood with draw cord under the collar 2 retro reflective strips (50mm wide) stitched-on around the body
PPE Equipment
XS
S
M
L
XL
2XL
3XL
4XL
S
M
L
XL
2XL
3XL
4XL
S
M
L
XL
2XL
3XL
4XL
34
36
38-40
42
44
46-48
50-52
54
36
38-40
42
44
46-48
50-52
54
36
38-40
42
44
46-48
50-52
54
Model
Price
Model
Price
Model
Price
UC801
£4.88
UC802
£8.44
UC803
£36.75
Bomber Jacket ›› ››
››
››
Cargo Trouser
››
Available in: yellow EN471 specification: class 1 approved conforming to 89/686/EEC directive ›› 300 denier 100% polyester PU coated ›› Fully elasticated waist & adjustable ankle ›› 2 front pockets
››
››
››
Available in: black & navy, 245gsm - 65% polyester & 30% cotton ›› Flat front with sewn-in front crease ›› 2 side & 2 rear pockets with velcro straps ›› 2 thigh pockets with velcro straps ›› Twin hook & bar fastenings at waist ›› Twin belt loop reinforced for extra strength ›› Wide belt loops ›› Available in 28” to 52”
S
M
L
XL
2XL
3XL
4XL
S
M
L
XL
2XL
3XL
36
38-40
42
44
46-48
50-52
54
36
38-40
42
44
46-48
50-52
Model
Price
Model
Price
Model
Price
UC804
£33.94
UC807
£15.75
UC902
£21.19
Lower Value Orders May Incur a Handling Charge
135
Site Safety & Premises
››
Available in: yellow & orange EN471 specification: class 3 approved conforming to 89/686/EEC directive Outer fabric 300 denier 100% polyester PU coated Padded & lined with a hood with draw cord under the collar 2 retro reflective strips (50mm wide) stitched-on around the body
Trouser
Two Way Radios
KENWOOD & HYTERA RADIO EQUIPMENT ››
Two Way Radios
›› ››
››
››
TK-3501T
TK-3401DT
TC 320
››
i Information
Site Safety & Premises
ERGONOMIC & USER FRIENDLY
››
››
››
User friendly with no need for a licence Many accessories available - please call for details TK-3501T: a licence free analogue PMR 446 UHF transceiver, compliant with IP 54 & US MIL-STD standards. 16 channels. The ready to use package contains the radio body, a 1130 Li-ion mAh battery, battery charger & belt clip TK-3401DT: a licence free digital DPMR & FM PMR 446 UHF transceiver. Dual mode analogue/digital. User programmable features. IP 54/55 protection. scanning functions. 16 channels. Extended range & improved RFI performance. The package contains the radio body, a 2000 Li-ion mAh battery, battery charger & belt clip TC 320: a compact licence free analogue PMR 446 UHF transceiver. Lightweight & tough design. 16 channels. Battery strength indicator. Mini USB charger. The package contains the radio body, a 1700 Li-ion mAh battery, plug in rapid battery charger & belt clip TC 446S: A licence free analogue PMR 446 UHF transceiver. Lightweight & tough design. 16 channels. The package contains the radio body, a 1300 Li-ion mAh battery, battery charger & belt clip POWER 446: A licence free analogue PMR 446 UHF transceiver. Dust & water protection class IP66 rated. 16 channels. The package contains the radio body, a 2000 Li-ion mAh battery, battery charger & belt clip PD 365LF: A licence free digital PMR 446 UHF transceiver. Dual mode analogue/digital. Pocket-size design. Easy to carry. Supports messaging up to 64 characters. IP 54 protection. Scanning functions. 256 channels. The package contains the radio body, a 2000 Li-ion mAh battery, battery charger & belt clip Please note: the images are not to scale
NEW TC 446S
POWER 446
PD-365LF
Frequency Range MHz
Channel Spacing
Battery Life
Audio Output Internal
External
Overall Size W x H x D mm
Model
Price
446.0 to 446.1
12.5 KHz
14 hours
1.5W
500 mW
54 x 117 x 25.5
TK-3501T
£125.47
A: 446.0 to 446.1 & D: 446.1 to 446.2
12.5 KHz
14 hours
1W
500 mW
54 x 122 x 35.5
TK-3401DT
£163.39
446.0 to 446.09
12.5 KHz
More than 10 hours
2W
400 mW
48 x 100 x 27
TC 320
£62.17
446.0 to 446.09
12.5 KHz
Up to 24 hours
0.5W
800 mW
54 x 113 x 35
TC 446S
£93.00
136
446.0 to 446.09
12.5 KHz
Up to 24 hours
0.5W
800 mW
55 x 119 x 36
POWER 446
£125.14
446
12.5 KHz
A: 10 hours & D: 12 hours
0.4W
-
54 x 100 x 23
PD-365LF
£148.77
Please note: in the specification table above A = analogue & D = digital
Fire Extinguishers i Information MAINTENANCE, INSTALL, FIRE RISK ASSESSMENTS & TRAINING AVAILABLE - CALL FOR DETAILS
Description
Capacity
Carbon Dioxide
AFF Foam
Water
Model
Price
2 kg
55 B
C2/1
£59.95
5 kg
70 B
C5/1
£79.50
2 Litre
8 A : 55 B
F2/1
£32.50
6 Litre
21 A : 183 B
F6/1
£38.50
9 Litre
27 A : 233 B
F9/1
£44.95
1 kg
5 A : 55 B
P1/1
£18.90
2 kg
13 A : 89 B
P2/1
£29.95
4 kg
27 A : 183 B
P4/1
£52.50
6 kg
43 A : 233 B
P6/1
£52.50
9 kg
55 A : 233 B
P9/1
£58.50
6 Litre
13 A
W6/1
£43.50
9 Litre
21 A
W9/1
£47.00
i Information ALL EXTINGUISHERS ARE APPROVED TO BS EN 3
Fire Risks
Water
Freely burning materials: Wood, Paper, Textiles etc.
✔
Carbon Dioxide
Flammable Liquids: Petrol, Oil, Fats, Paints etc.
✔
AFF Foam
ABC Powder
✔
✔
✔
✔
Flammable Gases
Fire Equipment
ABC Powder
Fire Rating
✔
Electrical Hazards
✔
✔
Fire Control F
A
D
E
H
I
K
L
J
Item
Description
Model
Price
A
Fire Blanket - 1200 x 1200mm
FB12
£16.95
B
Single Extinguishers Polyethylene Cabinet - for wall, floor or post mounting
ECS
£59.50
C
Double Extinguishers Polyethylene Cabinet - for wall, floor or post mounting
ECD
£79.50
D
High Impact Polyethylene & Chemical Resistant Single Extinguisher Stand
ESS
£32.50
E
High Impact Polyethylene & Chemical Resistant Double Extinguisher Stand
ESD
£41.50
F
Mobile Extinguisher Steel Trolley
MFB
£70.00
G
Mobile Extinguisher Steel Trolley with Rotary Bell
MFBRHB
£96.50
H
Polypropylene Fire Bucket with Lid & Handle
FBK
£19.95
I
Site Alarm - Diecast Aluminium Hand Bell (65dB at 30M)
RHB
£33.75
J
Site Alert Alarm (118dB & 5 units can be linked)
ESA
£75.00
K
Carbon Monoxide Detector - 30ppm sensitivity (85dB)
CMD
£29.95
L
Smoke Detector - 10 year battery (85db)
SDT
£19.50
137
Site Safety & Premises
C
B
Mini Vault Silver ›› ›› ›› ››
Key Locking
›› ›› ››
Electronic Locking
››
Ideal in the office or at home 4mm solid body with 8mm thick solid steel door £4000 recommended overnight cash rating (10x valuables)* 2 locking options: double bitted key lock or easy to use programmable digital keypad with dual user function Felt lined interior & motion sensitive interior light. Jewellery shelves included in sizes 1 & 2 Access to the power source is via a front panel Registration system to prevent lockout situation i Information Can be fixed to a wall or floor (fixings supplied) IDEAL FOR
Safes & Stores
KEEPING CASH OR VALUABLES
Key Locking
Electronic Locking
External Size H x W x D mm
Internal Size H x W x D mm
No of Shelves
Weight kg
Model
Price
Model
Price
250 x 374 x 274
240 x 354 x 210
0
22
SFMV0K-S
£181.00
SFMV0ZE-S
£240.00
294 x 374 x 325
282 x 354 x 260
1
29
SFMV1K-S
£203.00
SFMV1ZE-S
£270.00
532 x 374 x 425
522 x 354 x 360
2
52
SFMV2K-S
£315.00
SFMV2ZE-S
£352.00
Secure Stor ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
Ideal for storing large or bulky items £2000 recommended overnight cash rating (10x valuables)* Independently tested & certified to EN 14450 S1 by VdS test house 3mm steel body with 3 way locking Fitted with VdS class 1 lock & 2 keys as standard Electronic locking available on all models Hardened steel plates protect all potential attack areas Supplied with shelves adjustable at 30mm intervals 2 base fixing points Colour: RAL 7035 (light grey)
Site Safety & Premises
Price includes delivery & fixing to a ground floor location (UK Mainland only). An additional charge will apply for deliveries above or below ground floor.
Key Locking
NEW Electronic Locking
External Size H x W x D mm
Internal Size H x W x D mm
No of Shelves
Weight kg
Model
Price
Model
Price
430 x 446 x 364
377 x 430 x 305
1
35
SFSC-050-KEY
£545.00
SFSC-050-ZE
£755.00
550 x 446 x 364
497 x 430 x 305
1
42
SFSC-065-KEY
£575.00
SFSC-065-ZE
£785.00
790 x 496 x 364
737 x 480 x 305
1
55
SFSC-110-KEY
£725.00
SFSC-110-ZE
£935.00
1150 x 496 x 364
1097 x 480 x 305
2
76
SFSC-155-KEY
£875.00
SFSC-155-ZE
£1085.00
1510 x 496 x 364
1457 x 480 x 305
3
96
SFSC-215-KEY
£925.00
SFSC-215-ZE
£1135.00
i Information
30 MINUTE PROTECTION AT 750°C
Fire Stor ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
For the safe storage of paper documents & valuables Independently tested to EN-14450 S1 by VdS test house 3-way locking mechanism & continuous ‘dog bar’ to protect the hinge edge for maximum security £2000 recommended overnight cash rating (£20,000 valuables)* CEN/VdS approved double bitted 8 lever safe lock & 2 keys Filled with fire resistant material to DIN4102 Combination & electronic locking options - call for details
Price includes delivery & fixing to a ground floor location (UK Mainland only). An additional charge will apply for deliveries above or below ground floor.
138
External Size H x W x D mm
Internal Size H x W x D mm
No of Shelves
Capacity Lever Arch Files
Weight kg
Model
Price
860 x 600 x 520
690 x 490 x 405
1
12
95
FS1023S1
£1025.00
1220 x 600 x 520
1050 x 490 x 405
2
18
120
FS1022S1
£1176.00
1580 x 600 x 520
1410 x 490 x 405
3
24
145
FS1021S1
£1284.00
1950 x 930 x 520
1780 x 820 x 405
4
50
215
FS1020S1
£1804.00
1950 x 1200 x 520
1780 x 1090 x 405
4
65
245
FS1024S1
£2077.00
*Insurance Companies’ ratings can vary with higher or lower figures applied depending upon risk, location and locking option. Please check with your insurers
Security Cupboards ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
Provide an extra level of security for the storage of high value equipment & materials Welded all steel structure for extra strength Seven lever safe lock for high security Full length heavy duty hinges with concealed fixings to prevent forced entry Adjustable powder coated shelves Powder coated with Germ Guard Active Technology anti-bacterial paint Made from 1.5mm powder coated mild steel
manufactured COLOUR OPTIONS Red Green Light Blue Blue Grey Yellow
Security Cupboards
SC094646
SC181246
SC120946
specify when ordering
Security Cupboards
Extra Shelves
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Model
Price
Model
Price
900 x 460 x 460
SC094646
£452.10
SC4646ES
£27.35
1200 x 900 x 460
SC120946
£629.60
SC0946ES
£42.15
1200 x 1200 x 460
SC121246
£960.75
SC1246ES
£59.20
1800 x 900 x 460
SC180946
£967.60
SC0946ES
£42.15
1800 x 1200 x 460
SC181246
£1182.65
SC1246ES
£59.20
Heavy Duty High Security Storage Cabinets All welded construction, designed to minimise intrusion Produced from heavy gauge material ›› “Jemmy” proof with built in security features ›› Uses a 7 lever no tamper locking system with anti-pick levers ›› Keys are individual to each unit ›› CE marked & plated ›› Hand or foot operated door opening system, prevent putting down what you are carrying to open a door on this cabinet ›› The door handles & lock are recessed for security & there are no protuding parts to be damaged by passing equipment ›› Cabinet can be moved without unloading. The shelves in the doors are positioned to prevent items stored on the interior shelves from falling off when the cabinet is moved ›› Lifting eyes fitted on two door unit ›› Stove enamel painted yellow finish N.B. A Forklift will be needed manufactured to unload these units ›› ››
Site Safety & Premises
3YR
GUARANTEE
Image showing the foot mechanism showing how the door can be opened even if your hands are full!!
YSC02Z
YSC01Z
Overall Size H x W x D mm
No of Shelves
Weight kg
Model
Price
1560 x 1020 x 615
3
180
YSC01Z
£1640.75
1610 x 1830 x 615
3
275
YSC02Z
£2096.80
139
Keystor Sturdy steel cabinets with a tough powder coated, light grey finish ›› Fixed coloured & numbered hook bars, with matching key tabs ›› Removable key control index with the 3 larger models ›› Key locking complete with 2 keys
Key Cabinets, Padlocks & Accessories
››
K100
K048 K064
K030
Description
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Model
Price
20 Hook Key Cabinet
255 x 180 x 80
K020
£35.00
30 Hook Key Cabinet
300 x 210 x 80
K030
£44.00
42 Hook Key Cabinet
320 x 245 x 80
K042
£60.00
48 Hook Key Cabinet
350 x 300 x 80
K048
£99.00
64 Hook Key Cabinet
450 x 300 x 80
K064
£127.00
100 Hook Key Cabinet
550 x 380 x 80
K100
£162.00
K020
K030
Solid Brass Padlocks ››
Corrosion resistant brass body with double locking hardened steel shackle
Combination Padlocks Solid aluminium body with a brushed metal finish & steel shackle ›› 7630D - 3 digits / 1000 codes ›› 7640D - 4 digits / 10,000 codes
Site Safety & Premises
››
Excell Laminated Steel Padlocks
Excell Laminated Steel Padlocks Body Width mm
Shackle Dia. mm
Shackle Length mm
Horizontal Shackle Clearance mm
Pack Size
Model
Price
Solid Brass Padlocks - supplied with 2 keys
Laminated steel core for higher strength with stainless steel & zinc outer sleeve for weather resistance ›› Exclusive octagonal boron-carbide shackle for maximum cut resistance & double deadbolt locking for added protection from prying & hammering ››
30
5
14
14
6
4130
£31.20
40
6
21
21
6
4140
£39.60
50
7
24
25
6
4150
£63.60
Combination Padlocks - (set your own combination) 30
5
25
14
4
7630D
£38.80
40
6
26
22
4
7640D
£45.60
Excell Laminated Steel Padlocks - 4 pin cylinder 50
9
25
24
1
5MEURD
£17.40
50
9
38
24
1
5MEURDLF
£19.00
50
9
51
24
1
5MEURDLH
£19.70
50
9
64
24
1
5MEURDLJ
£20.50
Fake Banknote Detector Pen
Retractable Key Chain
››
Detect forged notes in seconds Works on Sterling, Euro & 200 other currencies ›› A clear or light amber mark means the note is genuine. Brown or grey means the note is suspect ›› One pen tests 8000 notes
››
››
››
140
Combination Padlocks
Solid Brass Padlocks
Keep your keys in easy reach Stainless steel casing with 600mm stainless steel chain ›› Spring clip fixing can be attached to a belt, waistband or handbag
Description
Model
Price
Description
Model
Price
Pack of 10 Pens
PABNA
£49.00
Spring clip fixing
RSCALOGOSKY
£15.50
Key Storage Boxes
Masterlock Key Storage Box
››
10,000 possible codes Can be used as a mini safe ›› Aluminium construction to resist corrosion ›› Ideal for maintenance teams, cleaning service employees, construction workers etc
››
››
››
4000 possible codes Can be used as a mini safe ›› Zinc body to resist against hammering or sawing ›› Weather resistant - suitable for outdoor use ›› Ideal for domestic & commercial applications
Key Storage
External Size H x W x D mm
Model
Price
119 x 85 x 35
5401D
£31.60
External Size H x W x D mm
Model
Price
146 x 105 x 50
5403D
£41.10
140 x 102 x 75
5412D
£47.20
System Key Cabinets - The total solution for the storage of keys ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
Pressed steel construction (1.5mm thick body & door) Removable control index for added security (except KC020) Adjustable hook bars cater for different key lengths Keytabs are coloured & numbered to match hook bars Supplied with security camlock c/w 2 keys Combination or electronic locks available - call for details Capacity
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Model
Price
260 x 185 x 80
KC020
£65.00
305 x 215 x 80
KC030
£85.00
35 Keys
320 x 245 x 80
KC035
£95.00
48 Keys
355 x 300 x 80
KC048
£154.00
64 Keys
450 x 300 x 80
KC064
£210.00
100 Keys
550 x 380 x 80
KC100
£255.00
150 Keys
550 x 380 x 140
KC150
£414.00
200 Keys
550 x 380 x 140
KC200
£469.00
Site Safety & Premises
20 Keys 30 Keys
‘Key Vault’ Security Key Cabinets ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
2.5mm fabricated steel construction Adjustable hook bars cater for different key lengths Removable control index for added security Keytabs are coloured & numbered to match hook bars Supplied with euro profile security deadlock lock c/w 2 keys Combination or electronic locks available - call for details Capacity
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Model
Price
30 Keys
305 x 230 x 70
KV030
£125.00
48 Keys
355 x 300 x 80
KV048
£185.00
100 Keys
550 x 380 x 80
KV100
£318.00
200 Keys
550 x 380 x 140
KV200
£523.00
400 Keys
550 x 730 x 140
KV400
£871.00
600 Keys
550 x 730 x 205
KV600
£1066.00
48 Bunches
355 x 300 x 140
KVD048
£212.00
100 Bunches
550 x 380 x 140
KVD100
£377.00
200 Bunches
550 x 730 x 140
KVD200
£625.00
141
Valve Lockout
Lockout Hasps Gate Valve Lockout
3
Di-Electric Lockout Hasp day delivery
Economy Lockout Hasp
LOK003 ››
Lockout & Padlocks
››
›› ›› ››
Slip these valve lockouts over the top of the handle to secure against unauthorised activation Resistant to cracking, abrasion & extreme temperatures Manufactured from tough polypropylene Suitable for hasps & padlocks Description
Site Safety & Premises
£5.18
LOK069
£5.45
Vinyl Coated Lockout Hasp LOK044
£5.45
Price
38mm
LOK045
£5.91
£10.91
LOK002
£16.36
127 - 165mm
LOK003
£26.36
6mm thread, 80mm clearance
165 - 254mm
LOK004
£30.91
››
LOK005
£54.55
››
£36.36
LOK006
›› ››
day delivery
Cable Lockout
Model
Price
2.5M Steel Core Cable
LOK013
£16.36
2.5M Nylon Core Cable
LOK014
£16.36
LOK046
£5.91
Safety Lockout Padlocks
254 - 355mm
Designed as a generic product to lockout equipment when other specialised devices will not fit
Compact high security padlock Nylon body is ribbed for easy gripping & handling with an individually keyed to differ 6-pin lock, which will not release the key until the shackle is closed Supplied individually boxed Supplied individually day delivery with one key. Keyed alike options & etching available upon request
3
Circuit Breaker Lockouts These universal versions simply place over the top of the breaker & tighten in place using either the thumb screw or grub screw
3
LOK048
38mm 25mm
Cable Lockout
››
25mm
Di-Electric Lockout Hasp
LOK001
Description
Price
LOK006
63.5 - 127mm
3
Model Economy Lockout Hasp
Adjustable Gate Valve Lockout
››
day delivery
Hasps are used when you wish to use multiple padlocks to lockout an energy source & the primary lockout device does not have enough integral lockout points
Gate Valve Lockout
25.5 - 165mm
Vinyl Coated Lockout Hasp
Description
Model
25 - 63.5mm
3
Description
Model
Price
Red
LOK007-L
£9.10
Yellow
LOK008-L
£9.10
Green
LOK009-L
£9.10
Blue
LOK010-L
£9.10
Black
LOK011-L
£9.10
Orange
LOK012-L
£9.10
Lockout Tags
day delivery
REVERSE
FRONT LOK161 Description
LOK043 Model
Price
Universal Circuit Breaker Lockout - Each Universal with Thumb Screw (Red)
LOK043
£7.27
Universal with Grub Screw (Gold coloured)
LOK161
£4.91
More Lockout available, please ask for details.
Delivery charge for pages 142 & 143 Order Value
Charge
up to £50.00 Over £50.00
£3.50 Carriage FREE
For delivery to one address within the UK Mainland
142
LOK050 ›› ››
LOK051
LOK052
These tags are printed on both sides with the details displayed above Supplied in packs of 10 complete with tie-wraps Tag Size W x H mm
Model
Price
75 x 135
See above
£7.18
Lockout Station ›› ››
Highly visible lockout station ideal for providing readily accessible lockout equipment Includes; 1 x station lock board, 5 x blue shackle padlocks, 1 x 25mm Economy hasp, 1 x 38mm economy hasp & 1 x Pack (10) of ‘Do not operate’ tags
3
A heavy duty polypropylene A-Board pre-printed with the most commonly used messages in use today. Printed both sides, the A-Board folds day flat for easy storage & transportation delivery with its integral carry handle
››
3
day delivery
Model
Price
290 x 395 x 40
LOK113
£118.18
Description
Model
Price
Men at Work
4710
£11.00
Wet Floor
4702
£11.00
Cleaning in Progress
4703
£11.00
Work in Progress
4715
£11.00
Stencil Packs
Tags are to be used to be permanently fixed to equipment in a suitable place. These inserts are designed to be used with the AssetTag holder.
Our laser cut stencil packs are ideal when you need to create your own message ‘on the fly’. Each letter comes on a separate sheet of white polyester with etched spacer marks on corners to allow you to line up accurately to the next letter
››
Forklift Tag
3
day delivery
Lockout & Tags
Board Size H x W x D mm
Ladder/Forklift Tags ››
NEW
A BOARDS
NEW
NEW Ladder Tag
3
day delivery
Model
Price
Ladder Tag
›› ››
25mm Letter & Numbers Stencil Kit
9403
£11.24
50mm Letter & Numbers Stencil Kit
9404
£13.60
75mm Letter & Numbers Stencil Kit
9405
£22.20
100mm Letter & Numbers Stencil Kit
9406
£27.04
150mm Numbers Stencil Kit
9410
£17.76
TG0410
£9.17
150mm Letters Stencil Kits
9411
£34.31
50 x 181mm - Box of 10 holders, 2 inserts & 1 pen
TG04BOX
£41.67
200mm Numbers Stencil Kit
9414
£18.87
200mm Letters Stencil Kits
9415
£41.31
75 x 180mm - Pack of 10 (inserts)
TG0210
£11.92
300mm Numbers Stencil Kit
9416
£24.33
75 x 180mm - Box of 10 holders, 2 inserts & 1 pen
TG02BOX
£49.92
300mm Letters Stencil Kits
9417
£59.89
AssetTag Flex
››
Price
50 x 181mm - Pack of 10 (inserts) Forklift Tag
››
Model
Can be used on a multitude of applications, from asset identification through to inspection Manufactured from polyurethane meaning that they are flexible & durable Supplied in packs of 50 Custom printed AssetTag Flex options are available - please ask for details Description Plain Tags
3
NEW
day delivery
Code Blue
Green
Orange
Red
White
Yellow
Purple
TGF-B50
TGF-G50
TGF-O50
TGF-R50
TGF-W50
TGF-Y50
TGF-P50
Price £40.83
143
Site Safety & Premises
Description
Description
Health & Safety Law Poster ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
Signs & Labelling
››
Legally required Clearly marked sections for easy reading i Information Certified for authenticity with LEGAL REQUIREMENT an embedded hologram All old versions of this Details HSE & incident contact sign must have been replaced by April 2014 centre helpline numbers Manufactured using biodegradable material This poster was introduced on the 6th April 2009 Overall Size H x W mm
Model
Price
595 x 415
HSLP01
£15.09
Prohibition Signs ››
Available in 210H x 148Wmm or 297H x 210Wmm
PRS05
PRS30
PRS29
PRS02
FES21
PRS10
PRS14
See Below Illustrations
Fire Exit & Emergency Signs
FES20
Many more sign designs available - call for details
Model
QUALITY SIGNS FOR THE WORKPLACE
FES19
››
PRS06
Size H x W mm
Self-Adhesive Vinyl
1.2mm Rigid Plastic
210 x 148
£3.73
£5.86
297 x 210
£6.11
£9.25
Photoluminescent Signs
FES24
FES47
PLS03
PLS04
PLS05
Site Safety & Premises
150 x 450
PLS06
PLS19
150 x 450
FES34
FES32
PRS15
FES35
FES05
FES02
FES62 297 x 210
75 x 600 mm
RIGID SIGNS ARE NOW MANUFACTURED FROM ENVIRONMENTALLY FRIENDLY POLYPROPYLENE
100 x 100 mm
FES60
PLS07
150 x 300 mm
FES01
420 x 297
PLS01
PLS02
50 x 100 mm
FES03
PLS20 PLS21
150 x 150 mm
PLS11
100 x 100 mm
FES72 PLS24
75 x 600 mm Model
See Below Illustrations
144
Size H x W mm
Self-Adhesive Vinyl
1.2mm Rigid Plastic
50 x 100
£1.29
£2.50
PLS09
PLS10
300 x 250 mm Model
150 x 150 mm
Size H x W mm
Self-Adhesive Vinyl
1.2mm Rigid Plastic
75 x 600
£5.04
£8.41
75 x 600
£7.04
£11.77
100 x 100
£1.86
£2.59
100 x 100
£2.57
£4.66
150 x 150
£2.89
£5.52
150 x 150
£4.09
£7.71
150 x 450
£6.64
£9.80
150 x 300
£7.04
£11.77
297 x 210
£6.11
£9.25
420 x 297
£10.09
£15.55
See Below Illustrations
150 x 450
£9.45
£13.73
300 x 250
£10.57
£16.29
WHEN ORDERING PLEASE STATE MODEL NUMBER, SIZE & MATERIAL
Hazard Signs ››
Available in 210H x 148Wmm or 297H x 210Wmm
HZS01
HZS37
HZS41
››
HZS23
Many more sign designs available - call for details
HZS19
HZS29
HZS30
HZS34
HZS26
HZS46
HZS25
HZS36
HZS09
HZS04
HZS44
Size H x W mm
Self-Adhesive Vinyl
1.2mm Rigid Plastic
210 x 148
£3.73
£5.86
297 x 210
£6.11
£9.25
Model
Self-Adhesive Vinyl
1.2mm Rigid Plastic (Undrilled)
See Below Illustrations
Signs & Labelling
HZS14
Mandatory Signs ››
Available in 210H x 148Wmm or 297H x 210Wmm
››
Many more sign designs available - call for details
MAS04
MAS18
MAS08
MAS03
MAS07
MAS15
MAS36
MAS09
MAS24
MAS17
MAS37
MAS22
MAS02
MAS12
MAS10
MAS43
MAS38
MAS27
MAS33
MAS34
MAS28
MAS29
MAS30
RIGID SIGNS ARE MANUFACTURED FROM ENVIRONMENTALLY FRIENDLY POLYPROPYLENE Model
MAS31
MAS35
MAS25
MAS42
See Below Illustrations
Size H x W mm
Self-Adhesive Vinyl
1.2mm Rigid Plastic
210 x 148
£3.73
£5.86
297 x 210
£6.11
£9.25
WHEN ORDERING PLEASE STATE MODEL NUMBER, SIZE & MATERIAL
145
Site Safety & Premises
MAS06
Aisle Markers
Bay Markers
High visibility aisle markers manufactured in rigid styrene in white or yellow with black letters (Model AM4 is only available in yellow) ›› Prices include printing
››
High visibility magnetic or self-adhesive bay markers ›› Offers clear identification ›› Simple & easy to use - no drilling required ›› Available in single or double digit sizes
››
Signs & Labelling
Please note characters are supplied separately & can be fitted to the front or back of each marker AM1
3
AM1F
(state left or right hand side)
AM2
Overall Size W x H mm
Model
Price
167 x 260 - Single Digit
BM1
£16.50
310 x 260 - Double Digits
BM2
£23.70
167 x 260 - Single Digit
BA1
£16.50
310 x 260 - Double Digits
BA2
£23.70
Individual Characters
F8
£2.46
Fixing
AM1T
Magnetic AM3 Self-Adhesive
day delivery
Beam & Shelf Location Code Labelling ›› ›› AM6
AM4
Site Safety & Premises
Overall Size H x W mm
››
Model
Price
95 x 160 - up to 3 x 60mm Digits
AM1
£6.60
95 x 130 - Self-adhesive - up to 3 x 60mm Digits
AM1F
£7.20
As above but with Magnetic Flange
AM1FM
£7.50
95 x 130 - Self-adhesive - up to 3 x 60mm Digits
AM1T
£11.40
As above but with Magnetic Flange
AM1TM
£12.90
220 x 270 - up to 2 x 180mm Digits
AM2
£12.90
220 x 450 - up to 3 x 180mm Digits
AM3
£17.70
300 x 300 - up to 2 x 180mm Digits
AM3X
£14.40
660 x 343 - up to 1 x 500mm Digit
AM4
£18.90
600 x 600 - up to 1 x 450mm Digit
AM6
£46.20
››
High quality custom made location code labels produced quickly & efficiently They can incorporate alpha-numeric codes, directional arrows, check digits & barcodes Black text on white or yellow background Installation service available - call for details
Warehouse Information Labels
›› ››
››
High visibility individual weight loading manufactured labels suitable for both racking & shelving Available in magnetic or self-adhesive & printed black on yellow or white background. Please state colour required. *print may appear on two lines Minimum order value of £25.00 Self Adhesive
Magnetic
Overall Size H x W mm
Model
Price
Model
Price
25 x 200
BL23
£0.93
BL23M
£1.50
50 x 300
BL53
£1.47
BL53M
£2.85
70 x 300
*BL73
£2.16
*BL73M
£3.81
90 x 300
*BL93
£2.58
*BL93M
£4.77
146
Lower Value Orders May Incur a Handling Charge
manufactured
Weight Load Notices ››
Can be supplied blank or printed at no extra charge, (black printing only), colour printing extra - call for details
BLS1
BLS2
BLS4
BLS3
BLS5
Overall Size H x W mm
Model
Price
Shelf/Pallet Racking Weight Load Notice
356 x 254
BLS1
£12.60
Cantilever Racking Weight Load Notice
356 x 254
BLS2
£12.60
Drive Thru’ Racking Weight Load Notice
356 x 254
BLS3
£12.60
Landscape Mezzanine Floor Weight Load Notice
210 x 295
BLS4
£12.60
Portrait Pallet Racking Weight Load Notice
470 x 350
BLS5
£14.85
Landscape Pallet Racking Weight Load Notice
297 x 420
BLS6
£15.30
Landscape Shelving Weight Load Notice
215 x 220
BLS7
£10.20
Racksack
3
BLS7
i Information
IDEAL FOR USE IN MANY ENVIRONMENTS
manufactured
3
day delivery
day delivery
Manage your warehouse waste manufactured To be hung onto 900/1100mm end frames of racking ›› Quick & easy ‘S’ hook locator fixings ›› Manufactured from tough woven polyester ›› Choice of 14 standard designs as shown below. Specials are available - call for details ››
››
Overall Size H x W mm
Sack Colour
Single Unit Model
Price
Pack of 5 Model
Price
SACK COLOUR OPTIONS
Pack of 10 Model
Price
1000 x 920
Blue
RSB/1
£22.50
RSB/5
£105.00
RSB/10
£193.80
1000 x 920
Green
RSG/1
£22.50
RSG/5
£105.00
RSG/10
£193.80
Blue Green specify when ordering
Wire Shelving Clip Holder ››
Three information pockets manufactured in tough PVC Available in either magnetic or self-adhesive fixing ›› The label can be easily inserted behind the transparent cover holding the label firmly in place ››
››
›› ›› ›› ››
Easily identify locations on wire shelving Scan barcodes without removing labels Supplied complete with white cards Suits wire shelves with max height of 35mm Multi position, flat or choice of 2 angled settings
manufactured
Magnetic
Self-Adhesive
Document Size Pack H x W mm
Model
Price
Document Size Pack H x W mm
Model
Price
30 x 100
100
MP310
£62.40
30 x 100
100 SAP310 £55.80
40 x 120
100
MP412
£73.80
40 x 120
100 SAP412 £58.80
Overall Size HxW
Pack Size
Model
Price
43 x 75
12
WSC47/12
£25.20
43 x 75
50
WSC47/50
£92.70
60 x 100
100
MP610
£85.80
60 x 100
100 SAP610 £61.80
60 x 140
100
MP614
£98.40
60 x 140
100 SAP614 £69.00
manufactured
Lower Value Orders May Incur a Handling Charge
147
Site Safety & Premises
Magnetic & Self-adhesive Ticket Pouches
Signs & Labelling
Description
BLS6
Magnetic & Self-adhesive Label Holders
Magnetic Height mm
›› Steel racking or shelving Instant identification ›› Supplied complete with white card ›› Easy to update & cut to size ›› Protective transparent PVC strip supplied with each holder ›› Self-adhesive holders are white & magnetic holders are brown ››
10
15
20
Signs & Labelling
25
30
40
Magnetic 50
3
Label Holder Profiles day delivery
10
15
80
20 70
60
60 50 40
manufactured 25
70
30 80
Self Adhesive
Pack Size
Model
Price
80
100
ML18X
£21.30
500
20
ML150X
£27.60
50,000
50M Roll
MLR1X
£93.00
80
100
ML18
£32.40
500
20
ML150
£41.40
50,000
50M Roll
MLR1
£138.00 £36.60
80
100
ML28X
500
20
ML250X
£45.90
50,000
50M Roll
MLR2X
£150.00 £39.60
80
100
ML28
500
20
ML250
£49.50
50,000
50M Roll
MLR2
£159.00
80
100
ML38
£43.80
500
20
ML350
£54.00
5000
5M Roll
MLR3/5
£27.30
10,000
10M Roll
MLR3/10
£54.00
50,000
50M Roll
MLR3
£168.00
80
100
ML48
£57.90
500
20
ML450
£67.80
5000
5M Roll
MLR4/5
£35.70
10,000
10M Roll
MLR4/10
£70.80
50,000
50M Roll
MLR4
£204.00
80
100
ML58
£71.40
500
20
ML550
£87.30
5000
5M Roll
MLR5/5
£43.80
10,000
10M Roll
MLR5/10
£87.30
50,000
50M Roll
MLR5
£237.00
100
100
ML610
£82.50
200
50
ML620
£81.00
500
20
ML650
£96.00
1000
10
ML6/10
£96.00
100
100
ML710
£99.60
200
50
ML720
£97.80
1000
10
ML7/10
£117.00
10,000
10M Roll
MLR7/10
£117.00
200
50
ML820
£111.00
1000
10
ML8/10
£132.00
10,000
10M Roll
MLR8/10
£132.00
Self-adhesive Height in mm
Height mm 15
Site Safety & Premises
Length mm
30
Self Adhesive
50
Length mm
Pack Size
Model
Price
80
100
AL18
£39.30
1000
10
AL1/10
£30.60
80
100
AL38
£53.40
1000
10
AL3/10
£41.70
80
100
AL58
£66.00
1000
10
AL5/10
£48.90
Magnetic & Self-adhesive Ticket Holders ››
Pull forward front allows easy loading & updating Magnetic fixing is suitable for cold stores
››
* White card included
››
Self-Adhesive
day delivery
manufactured
Magnetic
Overall Size H x W mm
Pack Size
Model
Price
Model
Price
25 x 100
100
TS210*
£41.40
TS210M*
£72.60
25 x 200
50
TS220*
£39.60
TS220M*
£57.60
25 x 1000
10
TS25/10*
£32.55
TS25M/10*
£50.55
25 x 2000
10
TS25/20
£48.15
TS25M/20
£78.90
38 x 100
100
TS310*
£44.70
TS310M*
£76.50
38 x 200
50
TS320*
£42.30
TS320M*
£61.50
38 x 1000
10
TS38/10*
£37.35
TS38M/10*
£56.70
38 x 2000
10
TS38/20
£56.10
TS38M/20
£91.20
54 x 100
100
TS510*
£61.80
TS510M*
£90.90
54 x 200
50
TS520*
£56.10
TS520M*
£82.20
54 x 1000
10
TS54/10*
£53.70
TS54M/10*
£79.95
54 x 2000
10
TS54/20
£90.90
TS54M/20
£135.00
80 x 100
100
TS810*
£67.35
TS810M*
£98.25
80 x 200
50
TS820*
£62.40
TS820M*
£89.40
80 x 1000
10
TS80/10*
£58.50
TS80M/10*
£83.85
80 x 2000
10
TS80/20
£108.00
TS80M/20
£144.00
148
3
i Information
SCAN YOUR BARCODES THROUGH THE PLASTIC FRONT
Lower Value Orders May Incur a Handling Charge
Ticket Holder Profiles 80 Height in mm 38 25
54
Magnetic Easy Wipe Racking Strip Write on - wipe off Adheres to any steel racking ›› Cut to suit any length required ›› 6 colour options available: red, green, blue, black, yellow or white - please specify when ordering ››
manufactured
››
Overall Size LxW
Price
10m x 10mm
MSR1
£12.60
10m x 15mm
MSR15
£18.00
10m x 20mm
MSR2
£21.60
10m x 25mm
MSR25
£25.80
10m x 30mm
MSR3
£29.10
10m x 40mm
MSR4
£37.20
10m x 50mm
MSR5
£44.70
10m x 60mm
MSR6
£45.00
10m x 70mm
MSR7
£52.20
10m x 80mm
MSR8
£56.10
10m x 90mm
MSR9
£60.30
10m x 100mm
MSR10
£65.40
90mm 20mm 30mm
3
day delivery
50mm
70mm
Magnetic Self-adhesive Strip Makes anything magnetic Cut to suit any length ›› Mount items onto steel structures without the need for drilling ›› Foam adhesive helps smooth out irregular surfaces
››
››
i Information
MAKE ANYTHING MAGNETIC
3
day delivery
Fixing
Pack Size
Model
Price
13mm x 30M
Premium Adhesive
1
MSSA/13
£64.80
20mm x 10M
Foam Adhesive
1
MSSA/20
£34.50
25mm x 10M
Foam Adhesive
1
MSSA/25
£42.00
50mm x 10M
Foam Adhesive
1
MSSA/50
£53.70
Magnetic Easy Wipe Location Markers ››
White faced magnetic location markers Use a wet wipe marker pen, wipe off
Size mm HxW
3
day delivery
manufactured
Lower Value Orders May Incur a Handling Charge
Pack size
Model
Price
10 x 80
100
LM18
£9.45
15 x 80
100
LM158
£14.55
20 x 80
100
LM28
£21.30
25 x 80
100
LM258
£24.30
30 x 80
100
LM38
£27.60
40 x 80
100
LM48
£32.10 £40.80
50 x 80
100
LM58
30 x 100
100
LM310
£29.70
40 x 100
100
LM410
£40.20
50 x 100
100
LM510
£45.90
60 x 100
100
LM610
£60.00
70 x 100
100
LM710
£64.80
80 x 100
100
LM810
£69.30
50 x 150
100
LM515
£61.20
56 x 105
100
LM105
£55.80
80 x 150
100
LM815
£92.70
100 x 150
100
LM1015
£108.00
50 x 200
100
LM520
£82.50
80 x 200
100
LM820
£120.00
100 x 200
100
LM1020
£148.50
90 x 210
10
LM219
£16.65
149
Site Safety & Premises
Overall Size H x W mm
››
Signs & Labelling
Model
Frames4docs ›› ››
›› ›› ››
Signs & Labelling
››
Frame any sign, chart or document in seconds Colour coded frames. Colours conform with British Safety Standards Self-adhesive or magnetic fixings Ideal for displaying important messages in 5S & lean manufacturing Frames can be used vertically or horizontally Suitable throughout industry to display all types of literature, certificates & information. Suitable for documents up to 1.5mm thick
Self-adhesive frames have an aggressive adhesive that has been selected to adhere to most surfaces ›› Magnetic frames have a very strong pull force & can be applied to any flat steel surface. ››
3
day delivery
COLOUR OPTIONS Red Green Blue Yellow Black available as a pack of the same colour or a mixed pack of 2 specify when ordering
To Suit Documents
Magnetic
Quantity per Pack
A5 A4
10
A3
Site Safety & Premises
A2
Self-Adhesive
Model
Price
Model
Price
MFD5/10
£45.90
SFD5/10
£44.40
MFD4/10
£57.00
SFD4/10
£55.20
MFD3/10
£86.70
SFD3/10
£84.60
MFD2/10
£141.00
SFD2/10
£138.00
Hazard Frames4docs
Document Pockets
For those important warnings & messages Frame any A4 sign, chart or document ›› Available in red/white, green/white & yellow/black - all supplied in packs of 10 ›› Self-adhesive or magnetic fixings
››
›› ››
3
day delivery
Self-adhesive pockets have an aggressive tape on reverse for permanent fixing ›› Magnetic pockets for steel cabinets, racking or shelving ›› Manufactured in tough clear polypropylene with welded edges, ample room for A3, A4, A5, A6 & A7 documents ›› Pockets supplied in packs of 10 except A7 size which is supplied in packs of 100
3
day delivery
manufactured
Magnetic
Self-Adhesive
Self-Adhesive
Magnetic
Overall Size H x W mm
Model
Price
Model
Price
316 x 436
AP3H/10
£51.45
MP3H/10
£57.00
436 x 316
AP3V/10
£51.45
MP3V/10
£57.00
215 x 310
AP4H/10
£18.75
MP4H/10
£27.30
310 x 220
AP4V/10
£18.75
MP4V/10
£27.30
155 x 230
AP5H/10
£15.60
MP5H/10
£22.35
215 x 160
AP5V/10
£15.60
MP5V/10
£22.35
110 x 155
AP6H/10
£20.85
MP6H/10
£21.45
150 x 110
AP6V/10
£20.85
MP6V/10
£21.45
60 x 110
AP7H/100
£56.70
MP7H/100
£75.00
Quantity per Pack
Model
Price
Model
Price
110 x 110
AP1111/10
£17.40
MP1111/10
£20.85
10
MHFD4/10
£57.00
SHFD4/10
£55.20
110 x 220
AP1122/10
£24.60
MP1122/10
£25.80
150
Lower Value Orders May Incur a Handling Charge
Rainbow Pockets Industrial quality coloured document pockets Help protect & highlight your messages ›› Quick & easy to use - no need to remove or lift the pocket to replace the insert ›› Ideal for 5S & lean manufacturing ››
››
3
COLOUR OPTIONS
day delivery
manufactured
Red Green Blue Yellow Black
Signs & Labelling
available as a pack of the same colour or a mixed pack of 2 specify when ordering
Magnetic To Suit Documents
Self-adhesive Magnetic
Quantity per Pack
A4 Vertical
10
A4 Horizontal
Hanging Pockets ›› ››
Tie-on
Price
Model
Price
Model
Price
CMP5V
£25.20
CAP5V
£17.70
CTP5V
£19.20
CMP5H
£25.20
CAP5H
£17.70
CTP5H
£19.20
CMP4V
£30.90
CAP4V
£21.00
CTP4V
£22.80
CMP4H
£30.90
CAP4H
£21.00
CTP4H
£22.80
Wrap-A-Round Pockets ››
Three information pockets made from tough plastic, with a magnetic header that is designed to wrap around the mesh of an industrial cage or trolley handle (fits around a maximum diameter of 30mm)
3
day delivery
day delivery
manufactured
Size H x W mm 297 x 210 297 x 210 To Suit Documents A5 A4
Quantity per Pack 10
148 x 210
Model
Price
WCP5H/10
£25.80
105 x 210
WCP4H/10
£32.10
105 x 210
148 x 210
Lower Value Orders May Incur a Handling Charge
Type A4 Vertical A5 Horizontal A6 Horizontal
Pack
Model
Price
10
WRP4V/10
£40.20 £174.00
50
WRP4V/50
10
WRP5H/10
£33.30
50
WRP5H/50
£141.30
10
WRP6H/10
£29.70
50
WRP6H/50
£126.00
151
Site Safety & Premises
Manufactured in tough plastic Unique hooked header design - ideal for hanging off industrial wooden pallet cases, trolleys & stillages (anything that has a lip of upto 25mm)
3
Self-adhesive
Model
A5 Vertical A5 Horizontal
Tie-on
Self-adhesive Numbers & Letters ›› ››
›› ››
Self-adhesive vinyl labelling Black characters on yellow backgrounds (available on white backgrounds for F1 to F6 - call for details) For applications in factories, warehouses & offices, etc Minimum order - 20 cards. These can be mixed numbers, letters or sizes
››
Specify characters required See table for quantity of characters per card
Signs & Labelling
››
››
Cards of identical, individual peel-off numbers 0-9 or letters A-Z Easily applied - cleanly removed
3
Bin Numbering
Stores
day delivery
manufactured
Individual Numbers or Letters: Card Size H x W mm
Digits per card
Arrows
Model
Price
9.5 x 6
168
F1
£0.99
12.5 x 8.5
90
F2
£0.99
19 x 14
36
✓
F3
£0.99
38 x 21
12
✓
F4
£0.99
56 x 21
12
✓
F5
£1.38
90 x 38
6
✓
F6
£1.89
130 x 45
5
F7
£2.46
230 x 140
1
F8
£2.46
Numbers & Letters Packs ››
Site Safety & Premises
››
3 manufactured
day delivery
Handy packs of self-adhesive numbers & letters Each pack contains 1 card of each letter/number Number Pack
Digits per card
Model
Price
Model
Price
9.5 x 6
168
F1PACK0-9
£9.90
F1PACKA-Z
£25.74
12.5 x 8.5
90
F2PACK0-9
£9.90
F2PACKA-Z
£25.74
19 x 14
36
F3PACK0-9
£9.90
F3PACKA-Z
£25.74
38 x 21
12
F4PACK0-9
£9.90
F4PACKA-Z
£25.74
56 x 21
12
F5PACK0-9
£13.80
F5PACKA-Z
£35.88
90 x 38
6
F6PACK0-9
£18.90
F6PACKA-Z
£49.14
130 x 45
5
F7PACK0-9
£24.60
F7PACKA-Z
£63.96
230 x 140
1
F8PACK0-9
£24.60
F8PACKA-Z
£63.96
Floor Identification Markers High visibility floor markers - 190mm diameter Designed to withstand traffic in a warehouse ›› Bay or aisle identification ›› ››
‘A TO Z’ & ‘0 TO 25’ AVAILABLE Model
Price
FMC/State Character or Digit
£4.95
152
Letter Pack
Label Size H x W mm
Lower Value Orders May Incur a Handling Charge
manufactured
Floor Graphic Markers ›› Bold text Graphic floor signs - 430mm diameter Designed to withstand the everyday traffic in a warehouse ›› High visibility ›› Independently tested for slip resistance ››
››
FM01
FM02
FM16
FM24
FM31
FM03
FM35
FM04
FM05
FM30
FM22
FM29
FM32
FM06
FM20
FM19
FM07
FM08
FM09
FM34
FM23
FM33
FM10
FM11
FM25
FM12
FM26
FM13
FM27
FM14
FM15
FM17
FM28
FM21
Model
Price
See codes below each illustration
£18.30
Signs & Labelling
FM18
manufactured
FM05
Floor Signals
Frames4floors™
Manufactured from tough PVC Easy solution for marking up in your warehouse ›› Mark walkways, forklift routes & pallet positions ›› Designed to withstand traffic in a warehouse ›› FS/F: Pack of 10 - 5 right & 5 left feet
››
››
››
COLOUR OPTIONS
›› ››
››
Red Blue specify when ordering
››
DL Size
manufactured A4 Size - Blue A4 Size - Yellow & Black
manufactured Description
Overall Size H x W mm
3
day delivery
NEW
Pack Size
Model
Price
Size of Insert
Colours
Model
Price
‘T’ Floor Signal
200 x 300
10
FS/T
£13.80
DL - 210 x 99mm
Blue, Black, Green, Red or Yellow
FFDL/10
£30.90
‘L’ Floor Signal
200 x 200
10
FS/L
£13.80
DL - 210 x 99mm
2 of each of the above colours
FFDLMIX/10
£30.90
‘+’ Floor Signal
300 x 300
10
FS/+
£20.25
DL - 210 x 99mm
Yellow & Black
FFDLBY/10
£37.80
‘O’ Floor Signal
90 dia.
100
FS/O
£32.10
A4 - 210 x 295mm
Blue, Black, Green, Red or Yellow
FFA4/10
£52.50
‘O’ Floor Signal
90 x 90
100
FS/A
£32.10
A4 - 210 x 295mm
2 of each of the above colours
FFA4MIX/10
£52.50
‘ ’ Floor Signal
300 x 100
10
FS/F
£13.80
A4 - 210 x 295mm
Yellow & Black
FFA4BY/10
£60.90
Lower Value Orders May Incur a Handling Charge
153
Site Safety & Premises
Yellow Black White Green
Tough, flat, colour coded floor identification frames for the warehouse floor or wall - ideal for identifying bulk stack locations or to highlight important information Can be used either vertically or horizontally Permanent industrial strength adhesive to withstand warehouse traffic Framing your data could not be easier, with the frame face down, peel off the centre release panel & position your document or label, face down onto the adhesive & smooth flat. Decide on the frame location, then remove the outer release paper, turn the panel over & press firmly into place on a clean sealed floor. Allow 24 hours for the adhesive to cure. Supplied in packs of 10 (packs of 50 also available)
Stanchion Signs ›› ››
Made from 2mm rigid plastic (economy stanchion signs) or 2mm rigid foam plastic (standard stanchion signs) ›› Many others signs available - please call for details Suitable for indoor or outdoor use
NEW
Economy Stanchion Signs - 2mm rigid plastic (450H x 450Wmm)
Stanchion Signs
SE009
SE010
SE011
SE012
SE013
Standard Stanchion Signs - 2mm rigid foam plastic (450H x 600Wmm)
SS001
SS002
SS003
SS004
SS005
SS006
SS007
SS008
Model
To Suit
Price
450 x 450
Economy Stanchions
£19.60
450 x 600
Standard Stanchions
£20.45
Site Safety & Premises
See Below Illustrations
Size H x W mm
Stanchions
NEW
›› Robust stanchions which are ideal for displaying signs on a temporary basis ›› Easily & quickly position near to a potential hazard or danger ›› Manufactured from steel which is painted in grey primer to discourage rust ›› Available in single or double sided options ›› Clips are provided for sign retention into the stanchion
ST4560DS
ST4560SS Description
Model
Price
Economy Stanchions - to Suit 450H x 450W mm Stanchion Signs
ST4560SS & SS002
154
Single Sided
ST4545SS
£21.79
Double Sided
ST4545DS
£34.91
Standard Stanchions - to Suit 450H x 600W mm Stanchion Signs Single Sided
ST4560SS
£22.18
Double Sided
ST4560DS
£31.22
Self-adhesive Floor Marking Tape
PROLine Paint Marking Systems
PROLine
››
Floor marking tape for internal surfaces ›› Ideal for demarcation of aisles, traffic ways, pedestrian routes etc ›› Can be removed from most surfaces without leaving residue ›› Tape length: 33M ››
››
››
›› ›› ››
Description
Colour
75 x 33mm
Price
Model
Price
261.15.202
£155.20
261.19.212
£159.71
Yellow
261.17.297
£155.20
261.18.900
£159.71
Blue
261.14.977
£155.20
261.16.487
£159.71
Red
261.15.660
£155.20
261.16.560
£159.71
Green
261.19.541
£155.20
261.17.656
£159.71
Orange
261.17.130
£155.20
261.13.748
£159.71
261.16.528
£129.80
White
Tape Marking Set 1 x TAPELiner 2 x Rolls of ProLine Tape 1 x Trimming Knife Marker Line & Chalk
50 x 33mm Model
TAPELiner (Marker with Trimming Knife) Description
50mm Wide
Description
Colour
Model
Price
Paint Marking Set - 1 PROLiner Applicator, 2 Cans of Paint, Marker Line & Chalk
White
260.11.610
£140.11
Yellow
75mm Wide
260.10.795
£140.11
PROLiner Applicator for 50 to 75mm Lines
260.10.174
£101.51
ROADLiner Applicator for 100 to 130mm Lines
260.10.383
£141.00
Model
Price
Model
Price
HANDLiner Applicator for Hand Use
260.10.437
£27.51
White
261.16.606
£4.00
261.16.619
£6.00
PROLine Chalk Marker Line
260.11.543
£21.20
Yellow
261.13.796
£4.00
261.18.798
£6.00
Chalk Refill (for Marker Line above)
260.11.117
£4.40
Blue
261.19.771
£4.00
261.15.989
£6.00
Red
261.13.752
£4.00
261.18.675
£6.00
Colour
Model
Price per Can
Colour
Model
Impact Protection & Floor Marking
Floor marking paint for internal & external use Will adhere to concrete, asphalt, tarmac, metal, tiles etc Quick drying - can be walked on in minutes 750ml can will do a 50mm wide line for 50 to 90M approx ENVIRONMENTALLY FRIENDLY Not to be used on sealed floors Conforms to the latest EU Regulations
››
Price per Can
Paint Cans
Green
261.18.249
£4.00
261.16.655
£6.00
Orange
261.16.322
£4.00
261.17.531
£6.00
White
260.11.745
£10.71
Green
260.11.015
£10.71
Red & White (laminated)
261.18.826
£6.20
261.15.954
£9.31
Yellow
260.11.089
£10.71
Orange
260.17.886
£10.71
Yellow & Black (laminated)
261.17.941
£6.20
261.13.438
£9.31
Blue
260.12.531
£10.71
Grey
260.11.057
£10.71
Green & White (laminated)
261.17.310
£6.20
261.19.066
£9.31
Red
260.12.976
£10.71
Black
260.11.954
£10.71
Traffic Line - Wheel Stop Park It Easily & quickly installed Highly visible reflective markings ›› Oil & heat resistant. Also UV stable ›› Fixings included
Site Safety & Premises
›› ››
i Information
PREVENT VEHICLE OVERUNS
Black & Yellow
Black & White
Brick Red & White
Blue & White
Overall Size L x D x H mm
Model
Price
Model
Price
Model
Price
Model
550 x 150 x 100
284.25.388
£22.40
-
-
-
-
-
-
900 x 150 x 100
284.26.220
£32.11
284.22.610
£32.11
284.27.783
£34.51
284.20.740
£34.51
1200 x 150 x 100
284.21.568
£44.91
284.26.766
£44.91
284.23.656
£49.51
284.23.032
£49.51
1800 x 150 x 100
284.26.285
£58.71
284.27.586
£58.71
284.22.724
£71.71
284.27.231
£71.71
284.25.975
£97.11
20kg 2 Component Resin Based Adhesive (5kg bonding agent & 15kg Quartz Sand Activator)
Price
155
Protect-It Does your warehouse meet HSE requirements?
i Information
HSE document HSG76 states: ‘Where racking is likely to be struck by lift trucks & other vehicles it should be protected’ If you are going to conform to HSE requirements make sure you fit a protector that meets the recognised European Standard FEM 10.2.02. ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
Passes both front/side impact tests to conform to FEM 10.2.02 Deflects in the same way as a car bumper to absorb impacts Easy to fit by hand - no tools required Easy to remove for rack inspections Effective in cold stores as low as -40oC Sold in over 70 countries throughout the world
Barriers
››
HSE GUIDELINES STATE THAT EVERY UPRIGHT SHOULD BE PROTECTED
Please specify type of racking if known when ordering or send a photo of the racking Protection Height
Uprights upto 90mm
Uprights between 90mm x 120mm wide
268mm
£13.30
£14.63
400mm
£19.95
£21.95
Protect-It MAXI
Site Safety & Premises
Protect-it MAXI is a revolutionary structural column guard designed to minimize damage to building columns especially suited to mezzanine floor columns ››
›› ›› ›› ›› ››
Fits any column size beginning with 100mm (4”) & increasing in 25mm (1”) increments to fit any size & shape including square, rectangular, ‘H’ section, ‘I’ section, round or even walls Slim line construction saves space. Only adds 75mm to each side of the column Provides even impact absorption from all directions Improves workplace safety Securely fits around columns◆ Tested to withstand a 2.7 tonne fork lift truck hitting a 200mm column at 6km/hour - no damage to the column occurred
Free delivery on orders over £250.00. For orders less than this please add £25.00 per order. For Column Sizes Between mm
Price 500mm High
Price 1000mm High
Square or ‘H’ Section 100 x 100 & 140 x 140
£80.00
£155.00
150 x 150 & 300 x 300
£155.00
£310.00
325 x 325 & 425 x 425
£235.00
£465.00
450 x 450 & 600 x 600
£310.00
£620.00
Round Section 175 200
£155.00
£310.00
300 Protect-It Wall (per linear metre - actual size 1080L x 500H mm) -
156
£310.00
-
Wall Protection: can conform to the shape of the wall (1080L x 500H mm)
Traffic Line - Impact Protection ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
Manufactured in flexible, age-resistant foam which is free from CFC’s & silicones Ideal for interior or exterior use Simply cut to size on site with a knife or fine toothed saw Provide both visual warning & safety cushioning Protect protruding edges in your warehouse or goods in area UV resistant signal colours according to DIN 4844 o o Temperature resistant from -40 C to +90 C Easy to install to dust & grease free surfaces Other colours / profiles available - call for details
Impact Protection
Edge Protection Description
Colour
Self-Adhesive Fitting
Length
Magnetic Fitting
Model
Price
Model
Price
Edge Protection Trapeze - 40/40 Trapeze 40/40
Right Angle 30/30
Semi Circular 40/40
Right Angle 60/60
Surface Protection
Right Angle - 30/30 Right Angle - 60/60
Trapeze 40/40
Semi Circular 40/32
Rectangle 60/20
Push-fit Protection
Trapeze 40/80/8
Semi Circular 40/40/8
Trapeze - 40/40 Semi Circular - 40/32
Rectangle 25/30/5
Pipe Protection
50/70mm Pipes
70/100mm Pipes
Corner Edge Protection Trapeze
£25.00
422.23.243
£28.00
422.17.559
£24.40
422.24.979
£27.40
White
1000
422.15.712
£24.40
-
-
Yellow/Black
1000
422.18.566
£39.71
422.25.253
£42.80
Yellow/Black
1000
422.19.099
£25.00
422.20.276
£28.00
White
1000
422.15.039
£25.00
-
-
Yellow/Black
1000
422.18.441
£24.11
422.26.582
£27.11
Yellow/Black
1000
422.13.249
£24.11
422.27.977
£27.11
White
1000
422.18.541
£24.11
-
-
Yellow/Black
1000
422.19.912
£32.80
422.20.678
£35.80
White
1000
422.18.163
£32.80
-
-
Push-fit Protection (Push Fit) Trapeze - 40/40/8
Yellow/Black
1000
422.13.264
£22.91
-
-
Trapeze - 40/80/8
Yellow/Black
1000
422.15.601
£36.31
-
-
Yellow/Black
1000
422.17.696
£22.91
-
-
White
1000
422.18.250
£22.91
-
-
Yellow/Black
1000
422.26.168
£25.40
-
-
Semi Circular - 40/40/8
30/50mm Pipes
422.14.275
1000
Surface Protection
Rectangle - 60/20 Trapeze 40/40/8
1000
Yellow/Black
Rectangle - 25/30/8
Pipe Protection 40: for 30-50mm Pipes
Yellow/Black
1000
422.16.740
£45.51
422.21.293
£48.60
60: for 50-70mm Pipes
Yellow/Black
1000
422.17.049
£49.00
422.22.247
£52.00
85: for 70-100mm Pipes
Yellow/Black
1000
422.17.488
£55.91
422.20.581
£59.00
Corner Edge Protection External Corner
Tri External Corner
Internal Corner
Corner Edge Protection Semi Circular
Trapeze External Corner
Black
-
422.18.641
£14.00
-
-
Trapeze External Tri Corner
Black
-
422.16.525
£12.80
-
-
Trapeze Internal Corner
Black
-
422.18.012
£12.71
-
-
Black
-
422.19.578
£11.60
-
-
White
-
422.14.008
£11.60
-
-
Black
-
422.18.356
£11.60
-
-
White
-
422.17.487
£11.60
-
-
Black
-
422.17.839
£11.60
-
-
Semi Circular External Corner
Semi Circular External Tri Corner External Corner
Tri External Corner
Internal Corner
Semi Circular Internal Corner
157
Site Safety & Premises
Semi Circular - 40/40
Yellow/Black
Safety Flooring COBAGRiP
UV stabilised GRP sheets, treads & stair nosing designed to offer exceptional levels of slip-resistance both indoors & out, while having outstanding wear & tear qualities ›› Ideal for pedestrian & factory walkways, access ramps, gangways & bridges ›› Resistant to most solvents & chemicals ›› Manufactured from a flame retardent silicone carbide ‘gritted’ top surface ›› Easy to install, simply bond or screw to the existing floor surface ››
COBAGRiP ››
Safety Flooring
››
Suitable for use with forklift traffic Thickness: 5mm overall
COBAGRiP Light ››
COBAGRiP Stair Tread
››
Also suitable for food production areas Thickness: 2.4mm overall
COBAGRiP Stair Tread ›› ››
Designed to fully cover the stair area Thickness: 5mm overall
COBAGRiP Stair Nosing ›› ››
Designed to cover the edge of the stair Thickness: 5mm overall
Site Safety & Premises
COBAGRiP Stair Nosing
COBAGRiP Stair Nosing
Description COBAGRiP COBAGRiP COBAGRiP COBAGRiP Light COBAGRiP Light
COBAGRiP Stair Tread
COBAGRiP Stair Nosing
Overall Size L x W x H mm 1200 x 1200 1200 x 2400 1200 x 1200 1200 x 2400 1200 x 1200 1200 x 2400 1200 x 1200 1200 x 2400 1200 x 1200
Black Grey Yellow Black Grey
Model
Price
GRP010002
£97.58
GRP010001
£186.32
GRP060002
£97.58
GRP060001
£186.32
GRP070002
£97.58
GRP070001
£186.32
GRP010002L
£73.47
GRP010001L
£138.05
GRP060002L
£73.47
GRP060001L
£138.05
345 x 1000 x 55
GRP010704S
£36.58
345 x 1500 x 55
GRP010703S
£51.55
GRP010702S
£64.23
1200 x 2400
345 x 2000 x 55
Black/Yellow
345 x 3000 x 55
GRP010701S
£91.93
55 x 1000 x 55
GRP070004N
£17.55
GRP070003N
£22.16
GRP070002N
£26.22
GRP070001N
£34.89
55 x 1500 x 55 55 x 2000 x 55 55 x 3000 x 55
158
Colour
Yellow
COBAGRiP Stair Tread
Colours: Black
Grey
Yellow
Grip Foot Tape Hard wearing & easy to install Abrasive grip tape with self-adhesive backing ›› Suitable for ladders, stairs, ramps, entrances etc ›› ››
Safety Matting & Tape
GF010005
GF010006
Description
Model
Price
Black - 25mm wide
GF010001
£18.32
Black - 50mm wide
GF010002
£36.58
Black - 102mm wide
GF010003
£73.16
Black - 152mm wide
GF010004
£109.75
Tape Rolls - 18.3m Long
Black/Yellow - 50mm wide
GF010702
£45.71
Red/White - 50mm wide
GF031002
£45.71
Black - 140mm x 140mm (Pack of 10)
GF010005
£11.84
Black - 152mm x 610mm (Pack of 10)
GF010006
£40.28
Grip Tape Patches
Rampmat ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
An economical anti-fatigue mat for the workplace Raised circular surface for superior slip resistance Conforms to Slip Resistance Test EN13552 Category R10 Open drainage holes for spilt liquids Made from hardwearing NBR rubber Moulded bevelled edges reduce trip hazards i Information Thickness: 10mm
Overall Size L x W mm
Model
Price
1200 x 800
RP010002
£24.17
1500 x 900
RP010001
£30.90
Model
Price
Site Safety & Premises
HELP PREVENT SLIPPING ACCIDENTS IN THE WORKPLACE
Bubblemat ›› ›› ››
››
Effective anti-fatigue mat made from 100% natural rubber Raised bubbled surface to stimulate blood circulation Available as complete mats or interlocking sections for longer runs Thickness: 14mm
Overall Size L x W mm 600 x 900 (edged all round)
BF010001
£44.58
900 x 1200 (edged all round)
BF010002
£64.15
600 x 900 (interlocking end piece)
BF010003
£44.58
600 x 900 (interlocking middle piece)
BF010004
£44.58
159
Orthomat® Anti Fatigue ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
››
Extremely comfortable standing surface Reduces fatigue from standing for long periods Pebble surface offers slip resistance Suitable for dry environments only Anti Fatigue - charcoal or grey Safety Fatigue - charcoal with yellow borders Thickness: 9mm
Safety Matting
Overall Size L x W mm
Anti Fatigue
Safety Fatigue
Model
Price
Model
Price
600 x 900
AF-0001
£29.55
AF-0701
£31.69
900 x 1500
AF-0002
£59.50
AF-0702
£63.88
900 x 18,300
AF-0003
£623.45
AF-0703
£670.01
900 x Linear Metre
AF-0003C
£46.48
AF-0703C
£51.47
Orthomat® Ultimate The mat is encapsulated in revolutionary PolyNit material that is resilient to most oils & chemicals found in engineering ›› Soft foam centre layer creates a very comfortable surface to reduce tiredness & health issues associated with prolonged standing ›› Raised diamond surface provides additional underfoot grip for enhanced safety. ›› Fire test classification of DFL-s1 according to BS EN 13501 ›› Thickness: 10mm ››
Overall Size L x W mm
Model
600 x 900
OU010001
£47.97
900 x 1500
OU010002
£113.49
900 x 18,300
OU010003
£1154.84
900 x Linear Metre
OU010003C
£69.91
Price
Solid & Open Fatigue Step ›› ›› ››
Site Safety & Premises
›› ››
››
Premium quality anti-fatigue tiles Available with solid surface or holes for drainage Tiles interlink to provide coverage for any area size Suitable for wet or dry environments Optional extras - male & female bevelled edges in black or yellow tiles colour black Thickness: 19mm Overall Size L x W mm
Open
Solid
Deckplate ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
››
PVC diamond surface offers wear resistance Foam backing relieves fatigue from standing Supplied complete with all round ramped edges Withstands demanding industrial applications Suitable for dry environments Deckplate - black Safety Deckplate - black with yellow borders Thickness: 14mm Deckplate
Safety Deckplate
Overall Size L x W mm
Model
Price
Model
Price
600 x 900
DP-0609
£102.38
SD-0701
£109.56
900 x 1500
DP-0915
£194.44
SD-0702
£212.17
900 x 3000
DP-0903
£385.40
SD-0703
£422.56
900 x 6000
DP-0906
£772.71
SD-0704
£843.44
160
900 x 900
Solid Fatigue Step
Open Fatigue Step
Model
Price
Model
Price
ST-0001
£98.70
SS-0001
£98.70
Black Edging/Corner Female
SS010002F
£16.60
SS010002F
£16.60
Black Edging/Corner Male
SS010002M
£16.60
SS010002M
£16.60
Yellow Edging/Corner Female
SS070002F
£20.85
SS070002F
£20.85
Yellow Edging/Corner Male
SS070002M
£20.85
SS070002M
£20.85
Cobamat Standard ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
Fights against operator fatigue Flame retardent to DIN 4102 Conforms to BIA anti-slip test Offers slip resistance in both directions Colours: red, black, green or blue Thickness: 12mm Hole size: 22 x 22mm
manufactured Overall Size L x W mm
Model
Price
CS-0610
£413.09
CS-0910
£619.69
1200 x 10,000
CS-1210
£826.21
Edging per linear metre
XS01
£7.97
Safety Matting
600 x 10,000 900 x 10,000
Cobamat Inter ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
Easy to clean with detergent & a pressure cleaner Gives added cross grip in wet/oily areas Ideal for heavy duty applications Colours: red, black, green or blue Thickness: 12mm Hole size: 30 x 10mm manufactured Overall Size L x W mm
Model
Price
600 x 10,000
CE-0610
£509.29
900 x 10,000
CE-0910
£763.82
1200 x 10,000
CE-1210
£1,018.60
Edging per linear metre
XE02
£7.97
Workstation Mat Supplied with yellow bevelled edge Cross ribbed to help prevent slipping in wet areas ›› Ideal as a machine operatives mat ›› Good resistance to the majority of oils & chemicals ›› Thickness: 12mm manufactured ›› ››
Model
Price
600 x 1200 - Standard (22 x 22mm Hole Size)
WS-0701
£84.26
1000 x 1500 - Standard (22 x 22mm Hole Size)
WS-0702
£158.37
1200 x 1800 - Standard (22 x 22mm Hole Size)
WS-0703
£216.86
600 x 1200 - Heavy Duty (22 x 10mm Hole Size)
WD-0701
£126.29
1000 x 1500 - Heavy Duty (22 x 10mm Hole Size)
WD-0702
£233.81
1200 x 1800 - Heavy Duty (22 x 10mm Hole Size)
WD-0703
£320.58
Site Safety & Premises
Overall Size L x W mm
Worksafe Mat Manufactured from hard wearing rubber Ideally suited to relieve operator fatigue ›› Bevelled edges help prevent trips over the mat ›› Unique underside design prevents the mat from slipping on the floor ›› ››
Overall Size L x W mm
Model
Price
900 x 1500 - Black
SW-0001
£124.47
900 x 1500 - Blue (grease/oil resistant)
SW-0002
£163.34
161
Traffic Line - Impact Protection Railing System Extremely strong & versatile protective railing system Interior use - powder coated yellow ›› Exterior use - hot dip galvanised & powder coated yellow ›› Shock absorbing pad enables the posts & bollards to deflect by up to 10°. This allows the railing system to absorb shocks & impacts whilst damage is reduced significantly. The pad is UV, weather/temperature resistant & increases the height of the railing system by 40mm (installed by the use of 4 chemical anchor bolts per post/bollard Shock Absorbing Pad ›› Superior high strength & build quality ›› Posts: 100 x 100mm section Base Plate: 200 x 200mm Surface fixing (4 bolts) ›› Lateral rails: 120 x 80mm section ›› ››
Barriers
Cross Bars Cross Bar 120 x 80 mm
Weight kg
1000
9.5
Interior Use (NEW)
Exterior Use
Model
Price
Model
Price
194.18.997
£70.11
194.16.672
£107.00
1200
11.5
194.16.172
£75.71
194.14.863
£115.40
1500
14
194.15.942
£94.31
194.16.449
£143.60
2000
18
194.13.434
£123.31
194.13.826
£187.80
Bollards & Posts Description
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Weight kg
Bollard
1000 x 100 x 100
16
Interior Use (NEW)
Exterior Use
Model
Price
Model
Price
194.15.516
£85.71
194.13.700
£130.31
End Post
500 x 100 x 100
10
194.16.094
£67.91
194.15.765
£103.31
Centre Post
500 x 100 x 100
10.5
194.18.550
£73.80
194.18.142
£112.31
90o Angle Post
500 x 100 x 100
10.5
194.13.760
£74.91
194.15.032
£114.00
End Post
1000 x 100 x 100
17
194.14.244
£101.60
194.13.501
£157.20
Centre Post
1000 x 100 x 100
18
194.17.026
£116.00
194.13.894
£176.51
90o Angle Post
1000 x 100 x 100
18
194.18.205
£120.51
194.15.572
£183.31
Shock Absorbing Pad Description
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
Pad for Post
50 x 200 x 200
0.6
422.21.456
£20.31
Chemical Anchors
300 x 100 x 100
2
100.20.858
£50.60
Interlocking Tile System Can be laid in a variety of methods – dry laid
››
››
››
››
››
for light duty applications, glued down for heavier duty applications involving fork lift trucks & cold welded along the tongue & groove joints to provide a waterproof surface Thermal insulating, sound insulating, fire retardant (Bfl-S1) & slip resistant (R 10) Textured tiles are manufactured from re-cycled vinyl & are extremely resilient & abrasion proof Easily joined by concealed tongue & groove fixtures to form floor coverings of any width or length Attractive & quick way to restore old floor surfaces NEW Thickness: 6mm
Price
£8.00
Edge 2 (Tongue)
100 x 500
0.8
275.29.861
£8.00
Edge 3 (Groove)
100 x 500
0.8
275.25.281
£8.00
Edge 4 (Groove)
100 x 500
0.8
275.26.620
£8.00
Corner
100 x 100
0.2
275.27.427
£4.31
Glue (Bucket)
9
275.27.089
£66.80
Cold Weld Agent
0.8
275.23.589
£20.91
162
Floor Tile
Edge 4 (Groove)
er
£11.71
275.20.501
rn
275.23.045
0.8
Co
3
100 x 500
er
500 x 500
rn Co
Floor Tile Edge 1 (Tongue)
Edge 3 (Groove)
Model
er
Weight kg
rn
Overall Size W x D mm
Edge 1 (Tongue)
Description
Co
Edge 2 (Tongue)
er
rn
Co
Site Safety & Premises
››
Traffic Line - Heavy Duty Pallet Racking Protectors ›› ›› ›› ››
›› ›› ››
Conform to DIN 4844 safety guidelines Provide protection from vulnerable frame ends & uprights Made in steel & powder coated yellow with black bands Can effectively be used to protect machines, partitioning, mezzanine support columns, concrete columns etc Right angle - for corner protection (bolted on 2 sides) U-Profile - for three sided protection (bolted on 3 sides) Superior high strength & build quality
Barriers
197.22.542
197.22.365 Overall Size H x W x Gauge mm
required per protector
Fixing Bolts
Weight kg
Model
Price
400 x 160 x 5
4
8
197.15.928
£27.51
400 x 160 x 6
4
9
197.13.182
£36.91
800 x 160 x 6
4
16
197.14.605
£69.31
1200 x 160 x 6
4
22
197.18.380
£103.40
Right Angle with Rollers
400 x 160 x 6
4
9
197.22.542
£74.71
U-Profile
400 x 160 x 6
6
11
197.18.365
£56.00
U-Profile with Rollers
400 x 160 x 6
6
12
197.22.021
£97.71
Fixing Bolts (2 per pack)
12 x 100
-
0.2
100.17.393.2
£3.02
Description
Right Angle
Traffic Line - Collision Protection Bars Site Safety & Premises
Protect your shelves, cabinets, machinery etc Low profile design allows easy access to pedestrians ›› Size: 76mm Dia., 3mm wall thickness ›› Surface mounted with extra strength base plates ›› Powder coated in yellow with black bands ››
››
Description Protection Bars (needs 4 Bolts) Fixing Bolts (4 per pack)
Overall Size H x W mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
86 x 400
5
195.13.478
£26.60
86 x 800
7.5
195.19.220
£41.20
86 x 1200
10
195.14.143
£56.40
12 x 100
0.2
100.17.393.4
£6.03
163
Traffic Line - Protection Guards ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
High impact guards manufactured in 3mm gauge steel, 76mm dia. Superior high strength & build quality Finishes: yellow powder coat with black bands (interior use) or hot dip galvanised & yellow powder coat with black bands (exterior use) Protect your stock, traffic routes & work areas Special size & colours are available - call for details Sub-surface fixings are available - call for details
Description
Overall Size H x W mm
Weight kg
Powder Coated Model
Galvanised & Powder Coated Price
Model
Price
Barriers
Bollards Yellow with Black Bands - Surface Fixing Plate
90 x 1200
14.5
-
-
199.19.943
£93.60
Yellow with Black Bands - Sub surface Fixing
90 x 1600
16.5
-
-
199.17.454
£92.40
Yellow with Black Bands - Surface Fixing Plate
159 x 1200
33.5
-
-
199.16.549
£197.00
Yellow with Black Bands - Sub surface Fixing
159 x 1600
35.5
-
-
199.15.852
£190.40 £126.51
Protection Guards Yellow - Surface Fixing Plate
Yellow with Black Bands Surface Fixing Plate
Surface Fixing Bolts (8 per guard - price per 8)
350 x 375
10
195.15.621
£101.60
195.18.233
350 x 750
12
195.14.450
£116.20
195.16.265
£145.20
350 x 1000
13
195.14.589
£128.11
195.13.499
£159.20
600 x 750
14
195.18.515
£143.80
195.17.623
£176.20
600 x 1000
16
195.18.943
£151.71
195.19.157
£188.80
1200 x 750
20
195.19.573
£179.51
195.17.296
£222.91
1200 x 1000
22
195.17.903
£192.60
195.18.822
£240.31
0.2
-
-
100.17.393.8
£12.06 £266.40
12 x 100
Corner Protection Hoops Yellow with Black Bands Surface Fixing Plate Surface Fixing Bolts (12 per guard - price per 12)
350 x 600
20
195.13.241
£204.51
195.14.708
600 x 600
24
195.14.637
£239.31
195.17.083
£312.11
1200 x 600
34
195.17.512
£302.60
195.13.874
£393.11
12 x 100
0.2
-
-
100.17.393.12
£18.09
Traffic Line - Steel Hoop Guards Guards manufactured in 2mm gauge high quality steel, 48mm dia. Ideal for the segregation & protection of vulnerable zones such as walkways, machinery ›› Finishes: Yellow powder coat with black bands (interior use) Hot dip galvanised & yellow powder coat with black bands (exterior use) ››
Site Safety & Premises
››
Description
Yellow with Black Bands Surface Fixing Bolts (4 per guard - price per 4)
164
Overall Size H x W mm
Weight kg
1000 x 1000
10
Powder Coated
Galvanised & Powder Coated
Model
Price
Model
Price
201.14.228
£142.60
201.15.512
£179.51
1000 x 1500
12
201.15.794
£169.20
201.17.982
£213.11
1000 x 2000
20
201.14.465
£190.91
201.13.553
£242.91
12 x 100
0.2
-
-
100.17.393.4
£6.03
Heavy Duty Safety Barriers / Machine Guards Constructed from heavy duty 115mm diameter steel pipe, these units are ideal for work areas Bases are pre-drilled with 22mm diameter holes for fixing to the floor (not supplied) These units are powder coated yellow for high visibilty
››
››
››
FROM ONLY
£68.40
SMG10H SMG02L In Use
SMG09B
Barriers
7
SMG02L day delivery
Description
Overall Height mm
Overall Length mm
High Profile Guard
1065
Low Profile Guard
230
Safety Bollard
915
-
Corner Guard
610
610
Mounting Plate Size mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
1220
17
SMG10H
£143.30
1220
12
SMG02L
£100.65
10
SMG09B
£68.40
12
SMG15C
£131.50
200 x 200
SMG15C
Barriers - Open & Mesh Infil ›› ››
Full welded protective barriers A barrier system with open or mesh infil panels Supplied complete with floor fixings
Open Straight Barrier Unit
5
Site Safety & Premises
››
Gate Barrier Unit with Mesh Infil
day delivery
OPEN STRAIGHT BARRIER UNITS
manufactured
Mesh Infil
Overall Size L x H mm
Model
1200 x 900
SBS1209M
i Information
Open Price
Model
Price
SBS1209O
£145.90
Straight Barrier Units £192.05
1200 x 1100
SBS1211M
£242.00
SBS1211O
£186.70
2400 x 900
SBS2409M
£306.40
SBS2409O
£216.45
2400 x 1100
SBS2411M
£320.70
SBS2411O
£224.00
Overall Size L x H mm
Mesh Infil Model
TAILOR MAKE YOUR OWN BARRIER Overall Size L x H mm
Model
Mesh Infil Model
Open Price
Model
Price
Gate Barrier Units
Open Price
Corner Barrier Unit with Mesh Infil
Price
Corner Barrier Units
900 x 900
SBG0909M
£173.25
SBG0909O
£135.80
900 x 1100
SBG0911M
£180.75
SBG0911O
£144.70
1200 x 900
SBC1209M
£303.75
SBC1209O
£205.90
1200 x 900
SBG1209M
£189.85
SBG1209O
£142.80
1200 x 1100
SBC1211M
£303.15
SBC1211O
£208.55
1200 x 1100
SBG1211M
£202.25
SBG1211O
£154.15
165
Protective Rail System Constructed from 100mm welded heavy duty square tubular steel Ideal for dividing manufacturing units & equipment in warehouses etc ›› Mounted on square floor plates with pre-drilled fixing holes for fixing to the floor. (fixings not supplied) FROM ONLY ›› The corner rail gives the option of a protective cage around equipment ›› Finish: powder coated yellow ››
Triple Rail
››
£231.30 Corner Section
SBR304
Single Rail SBR104
3YR
SBR200
GUARANTEE
manufactured
Barriers
Double Rail
Single Rail Height 380mm
Rail Length 1220mm
SBR204
Double Rail Height 750mm
Triple Rail Height 1120mm
Weight
Model
Price
Weight
Model
Price
Weight
Model
Price
27 kg
SBR104
£231.30
58 kg
SBR204
£438.35
84 kg
SBR304
£589.40
1830mm
41 kg
SBR106
£263.35
76 kg
SBR206
£492.85
111 kg
SBR306
£673.45
2440mm
50 kg
SBR108
£292.75
94 kg
SBR208
£552.20
129 kg
SBR308
£739.60
Corner Section 1m x 1m
50 kg
SBR100
£370.05
94 kg
SBR200
£619.55
136 kg
SBR300
£826.55
Lift Out Rail System The rails on this protective barrier system are easy to remove allowing cost efficient access to machinery Posts are constructed from 80mm heavy duty square tubular steel, & the rails from 100 x 50mm tubular steel ›› Mounted on square floor plates which are pre-drilled for fixing to the floor (fixings not supplied) ›› Finish: powder coated yellow ››
››
SBLR04 & 2 x SBLP11
FROM ONLY
£91.75
manufactured
Site Safety & Premises
3YR
GUARANTEE
Lift Out Rails
4 x SBLR04 & 2 x SBLP21 & 1 x SBLP22
Posts
Rail Length
Weight kg
Model
9
SBLR04
1220 mm
Price
Description
Single Rail - 500mm High
Double Rail - 1100mm High
Weight kg
Model
Price
Weight kg
Model
Price
End Post
5.5
SBLP11
£102.75
10
SBLP21
£145.20
£91.75
1830 mm
13
SBLR06
£101.80
2440 mm
17.5
SBLR08
£127.05
Corner Post
6
SBLP12
£120.85
10.5
SBLP22
£163.35
3000 mm
21.5
SBLR10
£147.70
In Line Post
6
SBLP13
£120.85
10.5
SBLP23
£163.35
Modular Barrier System These units provide isolation for drums & machinery offering protection to products & operators Manufactured from rectangular hollow section steel these units can be bolted together in a line or at right angles ›› Pre-drilled base plates for fixing to the floor with 12mm bolts (not provided) ›› Extension units are supplied with 2 joining bolts ›› Finish: powder coated yellow ›› ››
Standard Unit
Extension Unit
Description
Length mm
Height mm
Model
Price
Standard
1000
1000
SB1000
£113.95
Extension
1000
1000
SE1000
£109.40
Standard
1500
1000
SB1500
£120.35
Extension
1500
1000
SE1500
£112.70
166
3YR
GUARANTEE
manufactured
Steel Barrier System ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
Simple & easy installation Triple ridge barrier for strength & rigidity Rolled top edges help eliminate sharp edges Available with single & double height posts Mounted on square floor plates with pre-drilled fixing holes (fixings not supplied)
3 x SGP10Z & 4 x SGR11Z In Use
i Information
TAILOR MAKE YOUR OWN BARRIER
day delivery
Barriers 3 x SGP04Z & 2 x SGR11Z In Use
Posts
Length mm
Weight kg
Model
508
10
SGR05Z
£63.30
1118
18
SGR11Z
£107.10
Price
1728
26
SGR17Z
£148.40
2337
34.5
SGR23Z
£191.55
Barriers
7
- Suitable for use as both ‘In-Line’ posts & Corner posts
Height mm
Post Size mm
Mounting Plate Size mm
Weight kg
Model
Single - 483
100 x 100
254 x 254
16.5
SGP04Z
£93.45
27.5
SGP10Z
£142.50
Double - 1093
Price
Heavy Duty Barrier System ›› ›› ›› ››
i Information
GALVANISED BARRIERS ARE IDEAL FOR OUTDOOR USE
FROM ONLY
£85.95
3 x BPY04Z, 1 x BBY06Z & 1 x BBY24Z
3YR
3 x BPG04Z, 1 x BBG06Z & 1 x BBG24Z
GUARANTEE
manufactured
Barriers Length mm
Stove Enamel Yellow
Weight kg
Model
610
8
915
10
1220 2440
Posts
3 x BPG04Z, 1 x BBG06Z & 1 x BBG24Z
Galvanised
Price
Model
Price
BBY06Z
£85.95
BBG06Z
£96.00
BBY09Z
£105.15
BBG09Z
£119.15
12
BBY12Z
£109.80
BBG12Z
£125.10
24
BBY24Z
£144.55
BBG24Z
£178.30
- Suitable for use as both ‘In-Line’ posts & Corner posts Stove Enamel Yellow
Galvanised
Post Size mm
Mounting Plate Size mm
Post Height mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
Model
Price
100 x 100
220 x 220
510
10
BPY04Z
£126.05
BPG04Z
£135.35
167
Site Safety & Premises
››
Simple & easy installation Double ridge barrier for strength & rigidity Rolled edges help eliminate sharp edges Available in either a powder coated yellow finish or galvanised for outdoor use Mounted on square floor plates with pre-drilled fixing holes (fixings not supplied)
Economy Posts ›› ›› ››
Parking Posts
Constructed from mild steel coated yellow Quick & easy bolt down design Quick & easy collapsing mechanism
›› ››
››
Multiple posts can be keyed alike A fixed post with chain eyelets is also available for either surface or sub-surface mounting - call for details Available powder coated hi viz yellow - call for details
Traffic Management
manufactured
manufactured
SB.28W
SB11HP
SB.28HP Description
Price
Model
Price
Hinged Lockable Post
SB11HI
£87.41
Winged Hinged Post c/w Padlock Facility (padlock not supplied)
SB.28W
£64.86
Hinged Padlock Type (Zinc Plated)
SB11HP
£71.76
Hinged Post c/w Padlock Facility (padlock not supplied)
SB.28HP
£59.13
Winged c/w Integral Lock (2 keys)
SB11W
£139.61
Fixed Surface Mounted
SB.28SM
£31.43
Fixed Surface Mounted
SB11SM
£62.36
Fixed Sunken Permanent
SB.28SP
£29.31
Fixed Sunken Permanent
SB11SP
£51.99
High Visibility Bollards ››
Surface Mounted Flow Plates
Constructed from 137.9mm dia. 5 mm mild steel coated black with two high visibility yellow PVC strips
›› ›› ››
Site Safety & Premises
Model
Description
Easy to fix & relocate No drainage required Ideal for use with the speed ramps shown opposite
HGV Deflator ›› ›› ››
manufactured
i Information
ENFORCE ONE WAY Tough & heavy duty TRAFFIC FLOW Easy & quick to install Ideal for use with the SB14S speed ramps shown opposite
manufactured
SB14 HGV
SB14 HGVD
SB.29FSM9
Description
Model
Price
Standard Flow Plate (up to 1 tonne per axle)
SB14S
£185.34
HGV Flow Plate
SB14 HGV
£339.54
HGV Deflator
SB14 HGVD
£422.90
Standard Locking Bar
-
£15.43
Description
Model
Price
Fixed Surface Mounted - 900mm High
SB.29FSM9
£163.63
HGV Locking Bar
-
£20.84
Fixed Surface Mounted - 1200mm High
SB.29FSM12
£182.87
Spare Springs (Standard)
-
£18.23
Fixed Sunken Permanent - 1500mm High
SB.29FSM15
£211.74
Fixings (each)
-
£1.77
168
Speed Ramps ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
Quick & easy to install Heavy duty 99% recycled PVC segments which have high UV & chemical resistance. All parts are re-useable & recyclable White reflectors offer excellent visibility Will withstand heavy goods vehicles Will not deform or crack in extreme hot or cold weather conditions Ideal for narrow or wide roads Central channel available for wiring manufactured Supplied complete with fixings Description
Model
3000mm Unit Price
4000mm Unit Price
5000mm Unit Price
6000mm Unit Price
7000mm Unit Price
SB22(5)
£160.40
£210.46
£260.51
£310.60
£360.67
SB22(7.5)
£209.31
£277.07
£345.41
£423.20
£493.14
Manual Traffic Security Barrier ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
Access Gate ››
Boom length can be manufactured to your specification Pivot post & end rest - red Boom supplied red with white stripes (yellow with black stripes available - call for details) Finely balanced for light operation End rest has padlock facility (not included)
›› ››
Powder coated yellow Includes padlockable hinge post & latch post SB187M is subject to additional carriage - please call for details
manufactured
Traffic Management
50mm Speed Ramp - Complete Bundle (max speed 15mph) 75mm Speed Ramp - Complete Bundle (max speed 10mph)
manufactured Description
Model
Price
3 Metre Boom
SB43M
£713.03
4 Metre Boom
SB44M
£747.81
3 Metre Access Gate
SB183M
£900.93
5 Metre Boom
SB45M
£837.81
4 Metre Access Gate
SB184M
£989.29
Model
Price
6 Metre Boom
SB46M
£874.31
5 Metre Access Gate
SB185M
£1078.66
7 Metre Boom
SB47M
£959.36
6 Metre Access Gate
SB186M
£1172.56
£24.31
7 Metre Access Gate
SB187M*
£1251.90
Optional Extras: Stop / No Entry Sign
Height Restriction Barriers
Designed to interface with a wide variety of control equipment such as card readers, security switches, code locks, ticket dispensers, coin & token acceptors, infra red & radio transmitters
›› ›› ›› ››
Restricts access to vehicles from 2M high Posts manufactured from 100 x 100mm square box section - can also be wall mounted Can be surface mounted or sunken Available with nudge bar, hinged top bar or manufactured to your specific manufactured requirements - call for details
manufactured
Description
Model
Price
Automatic Barriers
SB100/33
P.O.A.
169
Site Safety & Premises
Automatic Barrier ››
Description
Traffic Line Crowd Barrier Fixed Leg 25 Crowd Barrier
Each barrier is linked with clasps that prevent unauthorised opening of inner sections ›› Strong inner bars of 13mm dia. ›› Light duty version also available ››
Loose Leg 25 Crowd Barrier
Designed to meet the growing demands for barriers that reduce the risk of tripping over support legs ›› Each barrier is linked with clasps that prevent unauthorised opening of inner sections ›› Strong inner bars of 13mm dia.
Traffic Management
››
Fixed Leg 25 Crowd Barrier
Fixed Leg 23 Crowd Barrier
The same design as the Fixed Leg 25 version except for having slightly lighter weight inner bars (12mm dia.) & they are 250mm shorter ›› These barriers are compatible with the Fixed Leg 25 versions ››
Loose Leg 25 Crowd Barrier Description
Size W x H mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
Fixed Leg 25
2500 x 1100
21
230.17.740
£72.31
Loose Leg 25
2500 x 1100
20
230.16.638
£69.00
Feet for Loose Leg
-
2.5
230.19.513
£13.80
Fixed Leg 23
2250 x 1100
11
230.18.230
£59.71
i Information
GALVANISED STEEL FOR LONG LIFE SERVICE
Traffic Line Flexible Post These posts have a knuckle joint at the base enabling them to return to a vertical position after being hit or run over ›› Ideal for off-highway applications
Site Safety & Premises
››
Knuckle Joint
Height mm
Model
Price
460
291.10.114
£14.40
760
291.12.496
£18.60
1000
291.11.558
£22.71
60 - Base
291.11.145
£7.51
Traffic Line Flexible Post in application
Traffic Cones
TC2 Cone
Two piece & one-piece moulded cones with retro-reflective D2 sleeves ›› The cellular construction of the D2 sleeve provides greater tear resistance ››
TC1 Cone
170
Description
Height mm
Model
Price
TC1-50
500
350.15.478
£10.40
TC1-75
750
350.16.862
£14.71
TC1-100
1000
350.17.100
£18.40
TC2
460
350.18.349
£6.31
TC3 (Sand Weighted)
750
350.13.537
£11.20
TC3 Cone (Sand Weighted)
Bollard, Lamp Post & Sign Post Protectors
Barriers
manufactured ›› ›› ›› ››
››
BCK-1260-MBY
BCK-1260-MGW BCK-1260-MRW CSP-1260-MBY & CLP-1260-MBY Overall Height mm
Colour
Site Safety & Premises
››
Upgrade rusty & tired bollards without the need to keep re-painting Make your Bollards, Sign Posts & Lamp Posts visible to drivers with vibrant polymer cover kits Eliminate nasty vehicle dents, scuffs & scratches to staff & customers using your carpark Manufactured in the UK from polyethylene with 10 Year UV stabilised polymer No costly excavation & replacement costs 50mm reflective bands for night-time visibility - custom sizes & configurations available
Model
Price 1 Off
Price (each) 10 +
Bollard Cover Kits - fits Bollards up to 6”/168mm dia. Black & Yellow
1260
BCK-1260-MBY
£128.25
£114.75
Green & White
1260
BCK-1260-MGW
£128.25
£114.75
Red & White
1260
BCK-1260-MRW
£128.25
£114.75
Custom Colour
1260
BCK-1260-MCC
£128.25
£114.75
Signage Post Protector Kit (foam absorbing core) - fits up to 168mm Post dia. Black/Yellow Custom Colour
1260 1260
CSP-1260-MBY
£193.50
£184.50
CSP-1260-MCC
£193.50
£184.50
Lamp Post Protector Kit (foam absorbing core) - fits up to 200mm Post dia. Black/Yellow
1260
CLP-1260-MBY
£213.75
£200.25
Custom Colour
1260
CLP-1260-MCC
£213.75
£200.25
171
Warning Belt Barrier ›› ›› ››
Hose Reels & Barriers
››
›› ››
Red PVC post for a durable & aesthetic finish The retractable red/white warning belt is manufactured from nylon Complete with strong & durable rubber base Ideal for where you need to channel traffic; hotels, airports, warehouses, offices, showrooms etc Belt size: 48mm high & 2000mm length 3 way connectivity
NEW
7
day delivery
SPC04Z
£81.55
SPC04Z SPC04Z
Base Width mm
Post Size H x Ø mm
Model
Price
520
1040 x 63
SPC04Z
£81.55
Air & Water Hoses ›› ››
Site Safety & Premises
››
Automatic rewind Positive latching mechanism - automatically locks hose at desired length Subject to availability
HRA06Z HRW04Z
FROM ONLY
£50.10 3
day delivery
HRA01Z
Hose
Hose Colour
Hose Length
Hose Dia. mm
Case Size L x W x H mm
Case Colour
Case Material
Max Pressure
Weight kg
Model
Price
Air Hoses Rubber
Red
8 metre
10
430 x 200 x 370
Blue
Polypropylene
300 Psi
9
HRA01Z
£50.10
Rubber
Red
15 metre
10
520 x 220 x 560
Black
Metal
300 Psi
22
HRA06Z
£85.75
Rubber
Red
15 metre
13
520 x 220 x 560
Black
Metal
300 Psi
23
HRA07Z
£92.15
Polypropylene
-
10.5
HRW04Z
£55.25
Water Hose PVC
172
Green
15 metre
10
430 x 200 x 370
Green
Guarda - Lightweight Chain Posts For quick & easy cordoning off space in warehouses etc ›› Available in a choice of 3 base styles: ›› Triangular plastic base filled with concrete for outdoor use ›› Round plastic hollow base to be filled with sand, water etc ›› Square hard rubber base ››
Height mm
Version
Colour
Triangular Plastic Base - Concrete Filled
Red & White Black & Yellow
Square Hard Rubber Base
Black & Yellow
Round Plastic Hollow Base
Black & Yellow
Base mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
Individual Guarda Chain Posts & Bases
Red & White
870
Red & White
300 SL
3.4
265 x 265
2.3
300 ø
2
175.13.895
£8.11
175.14.011
£8.11
175.19.222
£11.60
175.16.601
£11.60
175.16.320
£9.91
175.18.711
£9.91
6mm Polyethylene Chain - Red & White (25M Length)
212.10.805
£25.00
6mm Polyethylene Chain - Yellow & Black (25M Length)
212.13.380
£25.00
Barriers
Guarda Chains
Set of 6 Guarda Chain Posts & Bases (10M chain, 10 connecting links & 10 hooks) Red & White
Triangular Plastic Base - Concrete Filled
Black & Yellow
Square Hard Rubber Base
Black & Yellow
Round Plastic Hollow Base
Black & Yellow
Red & White
870
Red & White
300 SL
20
265 x 265
12.5
300 ø
6
175.16.146
£74.80
175.13.735
£74.80
175.19.176
£94.80
175.17.668
£94.80
175.15.850
£84.71
175.17.247
£84.71
Traffic Line - Belt Posts ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
Post Colour Yellow Red
3000mm Belt Length
Belt Colour Black & Yellow
Site Safety & Premises
››
Flexible system providing demarcation of public areas from traffic routes Powder coated aluminium posts Moulded bases with reflective disks Secure 4 point fixing for permanent installation (fixings not included) Self-tensioning belts with retraction feature Overall height: 985mm Post diameter: 60mm 4000mm Belt Length
Model
Price
Model
Price
179.14.759
£158.20
179.22.511
£175.91
Yellow
179.17.353
£158.20
179.26.335
£175.91
Red & White
179.19.970
£158.20
179.28.338
£175.91
Red
179.15.362
£158.20
179.24.575
£175.91
Wall Clip
179.16.000
£10.31
Belt Link
179.17.430
£5.71
Wall Mounted Belt Cartridges For entrances, doorways, stairs etc ›› Easy to fix bracket ›› Black cartridge ›› Self tensioning ››
Belt Colour Black/Yellow Striped
Red/White Striped
179.13.738
179.27.462
Wall Mounted
Wall Mounted - Magnetic
Belt Length
Model
Price
Model
Price
3000mm
179.18.124
£78.51
179.27.462
£97.60
4000mm
179.23.024
£97.60
179.23.187
£122.00
3000mm
179.13.738
£78.51
179.27.835
£97.60
4000mm
179.23.085
£97.60
179.21.407
£122.00
173
Black Post Belt Barrier RPLB4R , RPLB5B or RPLB6B
Belt Barriers
Stainless Steel Post Belt Barrier RPLS1R, RPLS2B or RPLS3B
Site Safety & Premises
Barriers
3 x RPLS1R
Double Belt Barrier RDLS7B
Wall Mounted Belt Barrier RWLS9B
››
›› ››
›› ›› ››
Posts are available in a black coated finish or a high quality polished stainless steel finish for a durable & aesthetic finish The retractable belt is manufactured from nylon Ideal for where you need to channel traffic; hotels, airports, warehouses, offices, showrooms etc Belt size: 50mm high & 2000mm length Belt mechanism incorporates a speed restriction function to prevent to belt retracting to quickly 3 way connectivity
7
day delivery
Belt Colour
Post Size H x W mm
Model
Price
Black Post - Retractable Belt Barrier Red
RPLB4R
£80.35
Blue
RPLB5B
£80.35
RPLB6B
£80.35
RRLB8P
£67.75
930 x 350
Black Receiving End Post
Stainless Steel Post - Retractable Belt Barrier Red
RPLS1R
£80.35
Blue
RPLS2B
£80.35
RPLS3B
£80.35
RRLS9P
£67.75
930 x 350
Black Receiving End Post
Stainless Steel Post - Double Retractable Belt Barrier Blue
985 x 320
RDLS7B
£109.95
Wall Mounted Retractable Belt Barrier Blue
174
-
RWLS9B
£35.60
Rope Barriers
3 x SPL11Z & 2 x SRL25B
SHL01Z
Barriers
i Information SIMPLY BUY YOUR POST & ADD YOUR ROPE TO SUIT YOUR REQUIREMENTS
››
››
SRL21R ››
››
SRL22B
High quality polished stainless steel posts for a durable & aesthetic finish The ropes are manufactured from high quality polyester Ideal where you need to channel traffic; hotels, airports, warehouses, offices, showrooms etc 4 way connectivity
Description
Post Size H x W mm
YOUR MESSAGE GOES HERE
RSLS8Z
Model
Price
Stainless Steel Post Ball Head
987 x 320
SPL11Z
£74.95
Top Hat Head
935 x 320
SPL21Z
£74.95
SRL21R
£29.95*
SRL22B
£29.95*
SRL25B
£29.95*
SHL01Z
£12.55*
RSLS8Z
£49.90*
Ropes Red
SRL25B SPL21Z & SRL21R
7
day delivery
Blue Black
Wall Hook -
Sign Board
-
SPL11Z & SRL22B
1500
370 x 205
*prices applicable when ordering with Posts. Order charges will apply if ordered on their own.
175
Site Safety & Premises
Rope Barriers
Claw Racks ›› ›› ›› ››
Twin level for up to 12 bikes Powder coated dark grey Fully welded - no assembly required Simply bolts to the floor (fixings not supplied)
Cycle Racks & Shelters
manufactured Stores
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Model
Price
4 Bikes
670 x 1445 x 790
SRCLAWSG4KXX
£323.71
6 Bikes
670 x 2325 x 790
SRCLAWSG6KXX
£382.57
8 Bikes
670 x 1665 x 790
SRCLAWDS8KXX
£500.29
12 Bikes
670 x 2545 x 790
SRCLAWDSTKXX
£700.40
Traditional Racks ›› ›› ›› ››
Twin level bike racks for use with Traditional Shelters (see page 179) Powder coated dark grey Fully welded - no assembly required Simply bolts to the floor (fixings not supplied) manufactured Stores
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Model
Price
6 Bikes
935 x 1750 x 600
SRTRADCR6KXX
£235.43
8 Bikes
935 x 2350 x 600
SRTRADCR8KXX
£294.29
Cycle Compounds ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
Optional central security canopy available Covered shelter for a minimum of 16 bikes Attractive gate with hasp to take a padlock Side panels made from tough clear perspex Parabolts for surface mounting to concrete included. Must be bolted to 250mm thick concrete for stability Frame Colour Options L
B
G
R
A
Site Safety & Premises
For required colour please add corresponding suffix to end of code
SWC215530S2
SWC215530G2
Compound - Lockable Gate Stores
Overall Size H x W x D mm
manufactured Model
Price
Compound - Lockable Gate & Security Canopy Stores
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Model
Price
16 Bikes
2325 x 5500 x 3000
SWC215530G2
£6271.37
16 Bikes
2625 x 5500 x 3000
SWC215530S2
£6697.39
32 Bikes
2325 x 5500 x 6000
SWC215560G4
£9862.22
32 Bikes
2625 x 5500 x 6000
SWC215560S4
£10,715.36
48 Bikes
2325 x 5500 x 9000
SWC215590G6
£13,277.05
48 Bikes
2625 x 5500 x 9000
SWC215590S6
£14,490.07
176
3/4/5 Bicycle Racks
Sheffield Style Racks
Swivels up to 180o ›› Compact & flexible design ›› Suitable for tyre width: 50mm ›› Manufactured in galvanised steel with round tube wheel locators
››
Great value for money Suitable for tyre width: 40mm ›› Manufactured in galvanised steel with round tube wheel locators
››
››
››
››
i Information
››
FULLY ASSEMBLED READY FOR IMMEDIATE USE
i Information
SWIVELS UP TO 180° Stores
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Model
Price
1 Bike
335 x 90 x 285
169.17.113
£18.71
››
››
Holds
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Model
Price
3
255 x 725 x 330
169.28.632
£43.71
4
255 x 1180 x 330
169.15.334
5
255 x 1340 x 330
169.19.382
Cycle Racks
Wall Mounted Rack
Economic, durable & effective bike storage Manufactured in mild steel galvanised 48mm dia. x 2.5mm gauge steel tube Size (above ground): 750W x 850H mm Surface fixing plates: 70 x 160 x 5 mm Description
Model
Price
£54.00
Surface Fixing
201.88.041
£91.91
£64.11
Sub-surface Fixing
201.88.045
£65.51
Hi-hoop Cycle Rack
Lo-hoop Cycle Rack
››
Strong hot dip galvanised steel construction Suitable for tyre width: 55mm ›› Accessible from both sides
››
››
››
FULLY RE IMM
Strong hot dip galvanised steel construction Suitable for tyre width: 55mm ›› Accessible from both sides
Site Safety & Premises
7
day delivery
manufactured
Holds
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Model
Price
Holds
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Model
Price
2
415 x 700 x 390
169.13.535
£41.00
2
415 x 700 x 550
169.19.379
£43.60 £61.40
3
415 x 1050 x 390
169.18.628
£57.31
3
415 x 1050 x 550
169.17.164
4
415 x 1400 x 390
169.15.104
£76.31
4
415 x 1400 x 550
169.14.842
£85.20
5
415 x 1750 x 390
169.14.981
£93.20
5
415 x 1750 x 550
169.13.432
£102.40
6
415 x 2100 x 390
169.15.566
£112.20
6
415 x 2100 x 550
169.13.416
£119.11
177
Cycle Shelter ›› ››
››
›› ›› ›› ››
Can fit up to 7 bikes Constructed from heavy gauge steel framework of bolted components Fitted with triple wall polycarbonate roof & side panels to protect the bikes Modern & attractive design Staggered storage to prevent handle contact Powder coated green On-site construction available - call for details
Cycle Shelters
N.B. A fork lift will be needed to unload the panelled sections
BCS07Z
£2681.85
3YR
BCS07Z
GUARANTEE
manufactured
Description
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
Cycle Shelter
2580 x 2430 x 2230
200
BCS07Z
£2681.85
Staggered Cycle Slots
Industrial Cycle Shelter Can fit up to 7 bikes Constructed from heavy gauge steel framework of bolted components ›› Galvanised side panels & PVC roof ›› Design features curved roof & drainage gutters ›› On-site construction available - call for details ››
Site Safety & Premises
››
N.B. A fork lift will be needed to unload the panelled sections
3YR
GUARANTEE
manufactured
BCS03Z
BCS03Z
i Information
£2380.75 Description
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
Industrial Cycle Shelter
2600 x 2480 x 2230
285
BCS03Z
£2380.75
178
PROVIDE SECURE STORAGE FOR BICYCLES
Traditional Cycle Shelters ››
›› ››
››
›› ››
Choice of galvanised or powder coated sheet steel side & back panels - light grey panels supplied as standard Adjustable feet for on-site positioning Parabolts for surface mounting to concrete included. Must be bolted to 250mm thick concrete for stability High capacity shelters can be created using runs of initial & extension shelters or double depth shelters Shelter height - 2180mm Shelter shown with Traditional Cycle Rack - see page 176 for details
Powder Coated Sides With Open Back Frame Overall Size H x W x D mm
Shelter Model
2180 x 2450 x 1900
With Closed Back Frame
Price
Extension Model
Price
Shelter Model
Price
Extension Model
Price
SC211924B
£1534.99
SC211924BE
£1379.61
SC211924C
£1783.37
SC211924CE
£1588.70
2180 x 2450 x 2500
SC212524B
£1680.96
SC212524BE
£1494.97
SC212524C
£1921.10
SC212524CE
£1743.35
2180 x 3060 x 1900
SC211930B
£1851.65
SC211930BE
£1726.87
SC211930C
£2122.39
SC211930CE
£1968.19
2180 x 3060 x 2500
SC212530B
£2064.71
SC212530BE
£1895.20
SC212530C
£2347.22
SC212530CE
£2156.52
Galvanised Sides With Open Back Frame
Cycle Shelters
manufactured
With Closed Back Frame
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Shelter Model
Price
Extension Model
Price
Shelter Model
Price
Extension Model
Price
2180 x 2450 x 1900
SC211924G
£1075.91
SC211924GE
£931.12
SC211924K
£1239.53
SC211924KE
£1060.31
2180 x 2450 x 2500
SC212524G
£1167.68
SC212524GE
£985.27
SC212524K
£1313.69
SC212524KE
£1114.76
2180 x 3060 x 1900
SC211930G
£1383.14
SC211930GE
£1291.32
SC211930K
£1538.53
SC211930KE
£1376.08
2180 x 3060 x 2500
SC212530G
£1500.86
SC212530GE
£1398.44
SC212530K
£1658.59
SC212530KE
£1426.69
Premier Cycle Shelters ›› ››
››
›› ››
Site Safety & Premises
››
Choice of clear perspex or powder coated steel panels Premier shelters come complete with integral cycle rack Adjustable feet for on-site positioning Parabolts for surface mounting to concrete included. Must be bolted to 250mm thick concrete for stability Framework is powder coated Shelter height - 2320mm
Shelter with Perspex Sides Size - H x W x D mm
Model
Price
2320 x 3000 x 2100
SC223021X
£2843.98
Shelter with Steel Sides Size - H x W x D mm
Model
Price
2320 x 3000 x 2100
SC223021P
£2560.29
Shelter Options For required shelter colour please add corresponding suffix to end of code: Traditional & Premier Shelter LXX
BXX
GXX
RXX
AXX
Traditional Extension LEA
BEA
GEA
REA
AEA
›› Blue premier shelters supplied with light blue perforated panels ›› Green & light grey premier shelters supplied with light grey perforated panels
manufactured
Finish & Installation Shelters are supplied in knock down form. Installation service is available upon request - call for details
179
Dalton Cycle Shelters
COLOUR OPTIONS Red Green Blue Black Grey
Shelters
specify when ordering
Dalton Cycle Shelter shown with Cycle Racks
Site Safety & Premises
›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
manufactured
Attractive yet simple modern design & has a tough, robust all weather construction Ideal for schools, colleges & workplaces Easily accessed from both sides Zinc coated with powder coated finish in a range of RAL colours - also available fully galvanised Leg frames can either be bolted to the floor or grouted into the ground Curved design roof Designed for use with the Cycle Racks shown on page 176
Dalton Cycle Shelter shown with Cycle Racks
180
Painted Unit
Galvanised Unit
Overall Size H x D x W mm
Model
Price
Model
Price
2530 x 2540 x 2000
SCDLTN2020P
£1540.18
SCDLTN2020G
£1540.18
2530 x 2540 x 3000
SCDLTN3020P
£1745.36
SCDLTN3020G
£1745.36
2530 x 2540 x 4000
SCDLTN4020P
£1950.89
SCDLTN4020G
£1950.89
Tintagel Cycle Shelter COLOUR OPTIONS Red Green Blue Black Grey specify when ordering
Shelters
Tintagel Cycle Shelter shown with a Cycle Rack
manufactured ›› ››
››
›› ›› ››
Off Centre Version
Centre Version
Double Width Version (2 off centre versions joined together)
Site Safety & Premises
››
Attractive yet simple modern design & has a tough, robust all weather construction A unique design feature of the Tintagel is that the leg frames can be used as racks to provide additional cycle parking if required Ideal for schools, colleges & workplaces Easily accessed from both sides Zinc coated with powder coated finish in a range of RAL colours - also available fully galvanised Leg frames can either be bolted to the floor or grouted into the ground Designed for use with the Cycle Racks shown on page 176
Tintagel Cycle Shelter shown with Cycle Racks Off Centre Version (2160Hmm at rear & 2530Hmm at front)
Overall Size H x D x W mm
Painted Unit
Galvanised Unit
Centre Version Painted Unit
Galvanised Unit
Model
Price
Model
Price
Model
Price
Model
Price
2530 x 2150 x 2000
SCTT2020FJXX
£1379.46
SCTT2020FV
£1379.46
SCTT2020NJXX
£1379.46
SCTT2020NV
£1379.46
2530 x 2150 x 3000
SCTT3020FJXX
£1563.24
SCTT3020FV
£1563.24
SCTT3020NJXX
£1563.24
SCTT3020NV
£1563.24
2530 x 2150 x 4000
SCTT4020FJXX
£1747.32
SCTT4020FV
£1747.32
SCTT4020NJXX
£1747.32
SCTT4020NV
£1747.32
2530 x 2150 x 5000
SCTT5020FJXX
£1931.25
SCTT5020FV
£1931.25
SCTT5020NJXX
£1931.25
SCTT5020NV
£1931.25
181
Cycle Shelters
Secure Kenilworth Cycle Shelters
Site Safety & Premises
manufactured
i Information
OFFERS FLOOR TO ROOF LEVEL PROTECTION FROM THE ELEMENTS ››
›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
All the benefits of the Kenilworth shelters shown opposite but with the added security of a lockable door Complete with covered front panel & side gate Offers floor to roof level protection A range of aesthetically pleasing, curved cycle shelters that are ideal for schools & colleges Tough & robust with vandal resistant features Leg frames can either be bolted to the floor or grouted into the ground Designed for use with cycle stands & racks (not included) Shelters can be linked side by side to create long runs Zinc coated with powder coated finish in 5 colours; jet black, pine green, traffic blue, red or light grey - please specify when ordering. Also available fully galvanised
182
Painted Unit
Galvanised Unit
Overall Size H x D x W mm
Model
Price
Model
Price
2500 x 3200 x 3000
SCKP3032SGOJ
£3404.72
SCKP3032SGOV
£3404.72
2500 x 3200 x 4000
SCKP4032SGOJ
£4048.47
SCKP4032SGOV
£4048.47
2500 x 3200 x 5000
SCKP5032SGOJ
£4406.11
SCKP5032SGOV
£4406.11
Kenilworth Cycle Shelters
Cycle Shelters
›› ›› ›› ›› ››
A range of aesthetically pleasing, curved cycle shelters that are ideal for schools & colleges Tough & robust with vandal resistant features Leg frames can either be bolted to the floor or grouted into the ground Designed for use with cycle stands & racks (not included) Shelters can be linked side by side to create long runs Zinc coated with powder coated finish in 6 colours; jet black, pine green, traffic blue, red or light grey - please specify when ordering. Also available fully galvanised
Site Safety & Premises
››
manufactured Painted Unit
Galvanised Unit
Overall Size H x D x W mm
Model
Price
Model
Price
2230 x 2150 x 2000
SCKN2020OJ
£1931.25
SCKN2020OV
£1931.25
2230 x 2150 x 3000
SCKN3020OJ
£2115.18
SCKN3020OV
£2115.18
2230 x 2150 x 4000
SCKN4020OJ
£2299.11
SCKN4020OV
£2299.11
2230 x 2150 x 5000
SCKN5020OJ
£2483.04
SCKN5020OV
£2483.04
183
Smoking & Wheeled Bin Shelters No fixing required - simply secure these units by using six 600 x 600mm paving slabs (not supplied) ›› Fabricated from robust heavy duty box section ›› Complemented by tri wall fluted plastic side panels & a galvanised sheet steel roof
Smoking & Wheeled Bin Shelters
››
N.B. A Fork Lift will be needed to unload these units
i Information
COMPLY TO SMOKING REGULATIONS 2007
BSS204
£813.25 BSS204
manufactured
3YR
GUARANTEE
BWS204
Site Safety & Premises
£813.25 i Information
KEEP YOUR WHEELED BIN AREA NEAT & TIDY
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Model
Price
Smoking Shelter 1980 x 1250 x 2040
BWS204
BSS204
1980 x 1250 x 2040
BWS204
These units are supplied complete with 2 braces which fit securely over the bottom leg brace. This allows you to place six 600 x 600 paving slabs directly on top to secure the unit in place. This also gives a neatly finished & firm standing area.
184
£813.25
Wheeled Bin Shelter £813.25
Wall Mounted Smoking Shelters ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
››
››
Aesthetically pleasing design On site construction available - ask for details Complies to Smoking Regulations 2007 Box section construction which makes the unit exceptionally sturdy & durable The roof is made up of 16mm thick triple wall polycarbonate sheet & front capping of 1mm galvanised sheet steel The unit comes with two upright supports & additional option of fill in end panels clad with 16mm triple wall polycarbonate sheeting Powder coated green
Smoking Shleters
N.B. The unit must be securely bolted to the wall & floor. Wall/Floor fixing bolts are not supplied with the unit
BSSW6Z & 2 x BSSP7Z
i Information
COMPLY TO SMOKING REGULATIONS 2007
manufactured
3YR
BSSW6Z
£715.95
GUARANTEE
Description
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Weight kg
Model
Wall Mounted Smoking Shelter Optional Single Side Panel
2440 x 1100 x 2250
65
BSSW6Z
£715.95
1220 x 80 x 1085
20
BSSP7Z
£251.20
Price
Smoking Shelters ›› ›› ›› ››
BSS27Z
£2775.25 BSS27Z N.B. - A Fork Lift is needed to unload the panelled section & this unit must be bolted down on a prepared level concrete base
i Information
COMPLY TO SMOKING REGULATIONS 2007
manufactured
3YR
GUARANTEE
BSS27Z & BSOS7Z
Description
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Weight kg
Smoking Shelter
2580 x 2430 x 2230
Optional Perch - Factory Fitted
2580 x 300
Model
Price
200
BSS27Z
£2775.25
30
BSOS7Z
£242.55
185
Site Safety & Premises
›› ››
Polycarbonate panels provide high impact strength, 200 TIMES STRONGER THAN GLASS ›› Powder coated green Fire resistant On site construction available - ask for details A modern & versatile shelter featuring a curved roof & drainage gutters on a firm & heavy gauge skeletal framework of bolted components PVC roof & 16mm triple wall polycarbonate side panels This unit is ideal for keeping smokers in a covered & designated smoking area
Premier Walkways ›› ››
Smoking Shelters & Walkways
››
››
Free-standing modular design available in 3 metre lengths Stylish curved roof, made from opaque polycarbonate panels mounted on steel frame Optional side panels made from tough clear perspex for improved weather protection Parabolts for surface mounting to concrete included, they must be bolted to 250mm thick concrete for stability
manufactured
Initial Unit (2330 x 2000 x 3000)
BX
GX
Model
Price
SWV3000MIR
£1695.13
Roof & One Side
SWV3000MI1
£2259.79
Roof & Two Sides
SWV3000MI2
£2824.45
Extension Unit (2330 x 2000 x 3000)
Frame Colour Options LX
Option Roof Only
RX
AX
For required colour please add corresponding suffix to end of code
Option
Model
Price
Roof Only
SWV3000MER
£1242.48
Roof & One Side
SWV3000ME1
£1808.29
Roof & Two Sides
SWV3000ME2
£2373.15
Premier Smoking Shelters ›› ›› ››
Site Safety & Premises
››
Comply with 2007 laws banning smoking in enclosed spaces Adjustable feet for on-site positioning More than 50% open area to allow rapid dispersal of fumes Parabolts for surface mounting to 250mm thick concrete for stability
manufactured
Shelter With Perspex Sides Overall Size H x W x D mm
Model
Price
2320 x 3000 x 2100
SS223021X
£3563.40
With Perforated Steel Sides Overall Size H x W x D mm
Model
Price
2320 x 3000 x 2100
SS223021P
£3271.21
Accessories
Shelter Options
For required shelter colour please add corresponding suffix to end of code:
B
LXX
GXX
›› Blue premier shelters supplied with light blue perforated panels
C
A
BXX
›› Green & light grey premier shelters supplied with light grey perforated panels
Accessories
D
186
Finish & Installation Shelters are supplied in knock down form. Installation service is available upon request - call for details
E
H x W x D mm
Model
Price
A
Wall Mounted Stainless Steel Bin
280 x 265 x 110
SSWMTBINZZXX
£75.24
B
Bulkhead Light Unit
110 x 210 x 210
SSBHLGHTZZXX
£134.58
C
Fluorescent Light Unit
75 x 1320 x 105
SSFLLGHTZZXX
£126.10
D
Stainless Steel Free Standing Perch Seat
900 x 1150 x 300
SSSSPSETZZXX
£290.99
D
Powder Coated Free Standing Perch Seat
900 x 1150 x 300
SSPAPSETZLXX
£179.44
E
Floor Mounted Tuscan Smoking Bin
1001 x 311 x 311
TUSCANSMBINB
£120.94
Small Cable Protection Ramps Easily & quickly installed Enables you to drive over cables & hoses without causing them damage ›› Manufactured from high strength natural rubber ›› Yellow & black elements provides high visibility ›› Protects cables/hoses with a dia. of up to 40mm ›› ››
Yellow Black
Overall Size L x W x H mm 1200 x 215 x 65
Weight kg 12.8
Model
Price
279.28.720
£56.11
279.21.784
£56.11
Traffic Management
Colour
Large Cable Protection Ramps ›› ›› ››
›› ›› ›› ››
Enables you to drive over cables, hoses & pipes without causing them damage Easily & quickly installed High strength rubber compound ramp with a polypropylene chequer plate, anti-slip, yellow surface moulded cover All sections can be safely interlocked Features 3 cable ducts: 2 cables 68 x 50mm, 1 cable 55 x 50mm End sections & 45º elbow sections are available for corners & curves Tested to 10,000kg axle weights Overall Size L x W x H mm
Weight kg
Centre element
Black & Yellow
960 x 600 x 75
26.5
Angle - left
Black & Yellow
Angle - right
Black & Yellow
500/200 x 600 x 75
End element - Female
Black
End element - Male
Black
283 x 600 x 75
12 3
Model
Price
279.23.799
£68.71
279.29.848
£34.71
279.26.562
£34.71
279.20.233
£15.31
279.22.899
£15.31
Traffic Line Kerb Ramp ›› ›› ›› ››
››
Enables vehicles, trolleys & wheelchairs to mount kerbs easily Easily & quickly installed All rubber construction Features channels in the base which allow the passage of rainwater or can be used to channel cable through Load capacity up to 40,000kg
279.20.108
i Information
MOUNT KERBS EASILY
279.23.929
Overall Size W x D x H mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
600 x 300 x 100
11
279.23.929
£29.71
600 x 360 x 150
20
279.20.108
£43.60
187
Site Safety & Premises
Colour
Description
Speed Ramps
Speed Ramps & Cushions
NEW
Quick & easy to install - manufactured from recycled high density rubber ›› 2 light reflective chevrons on each middle section these speed bumps are highly visible at night ›› Will withstand heavy goods vehicles ›› Will not deform or crack in extreme hot or cold weather conditions ›› Supplied complete with fixings & SDS drill bit ›› Each unit is supplied with middles & end caps ››
SR7505 4000mm
SR5010 3000mm
Description
Model
2000mm (3 x middles & 2 x end caps) Unit Price
3000mm (5 x middles & 2 x end caps) Unit Price
4000mm (7 x middles & 2 x end caps) Unit Price
5000mm (9 x middles & 2 x end caps) Unit Price
6000mm (11 x middles & 2 x end caps) Unit Price
7000mm (13 x middles & 2 x end caps) Unit Price
50mm Speed Ramp (max speed 10mph)
SR5010
£60.00
£90.00
£120.00
£150.00
£180.00
£210.00
75mm Speed Ramp (max speed 5mph)
SR7505
£80.00
£120.00
£160.00
£200.00
£240.00
£280.00
Heavy Duty Speed Ramps Quick & easy to install - manufactured from recycled high density rubber ›› 4 cats-eye reflectors on each side of the mid-sections ›› Will withstand heavy goods vehicles ›› Will not deform or crack in extreme hot or cold weather conditions ›› Supplied complete with fixings & SDS drill bit ›› Each unit is supplied with middles & end caps ››
HSSR60 4500mm
Site Safety & Premises
NEW
Description
Model
2500mm (2 x middles & 2 x end caps) Unit Price
3500mm (3 x middles & 2 x end caps) Unit Price
4500mm (4 x middles & 2 x end caps) Unit Price
5500mm (5 x middles & 2 x end caps) Unit Price
6500mm (6 x middles & 2 x end caps) Unit Price
7500mm (7 x middles & 2 x end caps) Unit Price
60mm Speed Ramp (max speed 10mph)
HSSR60
£125.00
£175.00
£225.00
£275.00
£325.00
£375.00
Speed Cushion Easy Install - comes with all necessary fixings ›› Slows cars down to approximately 30km/h ›› Emergency vehicles can pass over it with ease ›› Very flexible - can adhere to most even & uneven surfaces ›› Highly visible white markings ensure good night time visibility ››
NEW SC2010
188
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Model
Price
2000 x 1000 x 65
SC2010
£500.00
Cable Protectors
11mm 16mm
64mm
25mm 38mm
76mm
Channel Size: 16 x 6.4mm
Channel Size: 38 x 16mm
Length mm
W x H mm
Model
Price
W x H mm
Model
Price
1000
64 x 11
CP161064
£6.60
76 x 25
CP381076
£11.00
2000
64 x 11
CP162064
£12.50
76 x 25
CP382076
£15.00
5000
64 x 11
CP165064
£25.00
76 x 25
CP385076
£30.00
9000
64 x 11
CP169064
£35.00
76 x 25
CP389076
£48.00
Cable Protectors & Wheelchair Ramps
NEW
Lightweight cable protectors & cord covers are perfect for the home or office ›› Up to 38mm of cable channel width, these highly durable PVC cable covers will keep your important wires & cables covered & protected from feet, trolleys, trucks & wheels ›› Made from highly extruded rubber ›› Gently sloping edges ››
Hazard Warning Cable Protector i Information
35 x 10MM CABLE CHANNEL
NEW
Fabricated from the highest grade vulcanised rubber. These premium cable protectors can be used indoors as well as outdoors to cover single wires & cables ›› Features a snap-open design ›› 16mm High Hazard Stripped ›› Gently sloping edges ››
Size W x H mm
Channel Size H x W mm
Model
Price
1000
78 x 14
10 x 35
TRP-CHAZ2
£12.00
9000
78 x 14
10 x 35
TRP-CHAZ3
£36.00
Folding Wheelchair Ramp ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
Non-slip surface on the folding ramp design for easy storage & transportation Ramps lie flat for easy storage when not in use Centre mounted carrying handle Manufactured from lightweight aircraft grade aluminium (type 6005A) Robot welded for solid, strong & durable construction Smooth access onto the wheelchair ramp Edges on each side of the ramp to prevent accidentally wheeling off 275kg capacity
NEW Overall Size L x W mm
Max Load Height mm
Model
Price
610 x 715
100
TRP607-2
£39.00
920 x 715
150
TRP607-3
£60.00
1220 x 715
200
TRP607-4
£70.00
1520 x 715
250
TRP607-5
£90.00
1830 x 715
300
TRP607-6
£105.00
2130 x 715
355
TRP607-7
£109.00
2440 x 715
405
TRP607-8
£115.00
189
Site Safety & Premises
Length mm
Dock Bumpers Reduce damage to loading docks & buildings caused by vehicle impact ›› The use of rubber dock bumpers, cushions the impact thus minimising ongoing maintenance requirements ›› The correct thickness bumper also helps with the positioning of loading dock equipment such as dock levellers
Loading & Unloading Equipment
››
Overall Size mm
Thickness mm
Fixing Holes
Fixing Required
Model
Price
254 x 457
50
2
TWB-F4
TWB-1018-2
£29.20
254 x 457
100
2
TWB-F4
TWB-1018-4
£55.50
254 x 457
150
2
TWB-F5
TWB-1018-6
£67.40
254 x 762
50
3
TWB-F4
TWB-1030-2
£45.00
254 x 762
100
3
TWB-F4
+ Priced per metre *7 holes recommended per 3M length Description
Model
Price
TWB-1030-4
£70.70
100 x 100 D-Section - lengths up to 3M
TWB-E-100
£60.90+
Washer to suit all TWB-XXXX-X Bumpers - 2½”
TWB-W
£1.80
Optional steel fixing strip for TWB-E-100
TWB-EST
£11.60+
Fixing: 16mm dia x 180mm long - for concrete
TWB-F4
£3.60
Fixing holes drilled in TWB-E-100 as required*
TWB-EH
£3.50
Fixing: 16mm dia x 220mm long - for concrete
TWB-F5
£6.60
Fixing: 12mm dia x 135mm long - for concrete
TWB-F1
£2.50
Dockplates
Wheel Chocks
Used for (un)loading vehicles from a raised loading area ›› Typically for use with pallet trucks, sack trucks, roll cages & pedestrian access ›› Standard features; manufactured from high tensile aluminium with built in anti-slip finish, loop type handles for movement & one pair of locking legs to prevent movement ›› Options; fork truck handles (FTH-1) for movement by fork truck & side curbs with castors (SCC-2) to aid movement
››
››
Site Safety & Premises
TWB-E-100
TWB-1018-4
Wheel chocks are a low cost effective way of minimising the unexpected movement of vehicles whilst parked or being (un)loaded ›› Moulded rubber units have built-in lifting handles ›› An anti-theft retaining chain is available
3
day delivery
TWC-3
TWC-1
Description
Overall Size L x W x H mm
TWC-10 Model
Price each
Rubber Chock
270 x 190 x 190
TWC-1
£29.40
Retaining Chain
5M Long
TWC-2
£28.80
Aluminium Chock
400 x 180 x 180
TWC-3
£79.90
Rubber Chock
150 x 175 x 150
TWC-8
£21.20
Steel Chock
268 x 200 x 230
TWC-10
£31.50
Dock Lights Other sizes & capacities available on request - please call for details Height Differential
Overall Size W x L mm
Max Poss.
Max Rec.
915 x 1220
178
1220 x 610
76
Load Cap. kg
Model
Price
125
770
3648
£504.00
50
2040
4824
£398.00
1220 x 915
127
90
1360
4836
£503.00
1220 x 915
127
90
2450
H4836
£600.00
1220 x 1220
178
125
1020
4848
£609.00
1220 x 1220
178
125
1810
H4848
£731.00
1220 x 1525
228
160
810
4860
£713.00
1525 x 1220
178
125
1270
Swings & pivots, allowing the light to be positioned to illuminate the inside day area of a vehicle delivery during (un)loading ›› All units emit 1000 lumen light output ›› Extended arm length of 1060mm ›› IP21 for indoor applications only ››
3
Description
Model
Price
6048
£713.00
Dock Light - 240v 80W Halogen
TWDL-3-240
£190.00
Fork Truck Lifting Handles (pair)
FTH-1
£113.00
Dock Light - 110v 80W Halogen
TWDL-3-110
£190.00
Side Curbs with castors for easy movement (pair)
SCC-2
£186.00
Dock Light - 110/240v 12W LED
TWDL-3L-240
£225.00
190
Searchlight ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
TS550YE
Lights & Torches
››
NEW
USB Rechargeable LED searchlight, powered by Li-ion battery 550 Lumens output - 600 metre light beam Four light modes, full, half power, flashing & emergency Rubberised casing Runtime: 3 hrs on full & 7 hrs on half USB Output socket to charge mobile phones emergency function Can be set to automatically turn on during power cuts Water & dust resistant to IP54 rating Impact resistant to 1.5M The product includes; searchlight, wall mount, USB cable, USB car charger & shoulder strap 12 hours charge time, rechargable from almost any USB source
TS550BL
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Model
Price (each) 1+
Price (each) 3+
Yellow
193 x 117 x 132
TS550YE
£47.97
£45.06
Blue
193 x 117 x 132
TS550BL
£47.97
£45.06
TSUKMA
£14.19
£11.28
Colour
UK Mains Adapter for USB lead
Flashlight ›› ››
FS800BL
›› ››
FS250BL
››
Powerful USB Rechargeable LED flashlight powered by Li-ion battery NEW The flashlight is robust & ultra light due to its aircraft grade aluminium body Three light modes to suit your needs Weather resistant to IPX4 5 hours charge time, rechargable from almost any USB source Run Time
AC Rechargeable Flashlight - 250 Lumens Output (300M Light Beam)
6 hrs on full, 40 hrs on low & 10 hrs on strobe
148 x 36
USB Rechargeable Flashlight - 800 Lumens Output (500M Light Beam)
3 hrs on full, 28 hrs on low & 7 hrs on strobe
150 x 36
Headtorch
››
››
Price (each) 1+
Price (each) 3+
FS250BL
£49.72
£46.81
FS800BL
£65.43
£61.97
Model
Inspection Light
Powerful USB Rechargeable LED headtorches powered by Li-ion battery 3 Light modes: spot beam, wide beam or auto spot-wide Weather resistant to IP66
››
›› ››
NEW
››
HT550G
››
››
HT340G Description
Run Time
Model
Price Price (each) 1+ (each) 3+
340 Lumens (200M Light Beam)
1.4 hrs on full & 130 hrs on low
HT340G
£46.23
£43.32
550 Lumens (550M Light Beam)
7.5 hrs on full & 169 hrs on low
HT550G
£62.81
£59.35
››
NEW
Rechargable light powered by Li-ion battery complete with charging base & AC adaptor 200 Lumens output - 25 metre light beam Selectable modes for either a wide or narrow beam, the flood inspection now features 8 x Surface Mounting Diodes (SMD) and a spot beam for torch function Integrated magnetic back & foldable hanging hook giving a choice of mounting options Manufactured in heavy duty rubber casing with a virtually unbreakable polycarbonate lens, it is shock, water & oil resistant with an IP54 rating Run time: 14 hrs on low & 8 hrs on high 4 hours charge time
IL550BL
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Model
Price (each) 1+
Price (each) 3+
235 x 40 x 40
IL550BL
£48.67
£45.76
191
Site Safety & Premises
››
Overall Size L x Dia. mm
Description
Petrol Frame Generators
Diesel Generators
Generators
NEW
Champion Power Equipment is a market leader in power generation equipment. Champion has years of experience providing dependable & durable power products designed & engineered in the US & now available in the EU. For work, recreation or home use, Champion products are the standard of performance excellence.
The Warrior Diesel range covers all your needs with 3KW to 11KW portable generators. These portable diesel standby generators have a heavy-duty industrial frame design which provides full protection & aids portability.
These powerful and reliable generators are fitted with maintenance-free brushless alternators. They are From 2,800 watt inverter generators to 9000 watt smooth running units fitted with anti-vibration heavy-duty generators, Champion has the right mountings with low oil cut-out feature portable power solution to fit your needs. Designed with & fuel gauges. portability in mind, Champion products can be stored, moved & used with ease no matter where. Max Start AC Load Warranty Model Price Watts
Watts
AC Load
Start Up
Warranty
Model
Price
2800
1 x 120V & 1 x 240V
Manual
3 Years
CPG3500
£216.30
3500
1 x 120V & 1 x 240V
Electric
3 Years
CPG4000E1
5500
2 x 120V & 1 x 240V
Electric/remote
3 Years
CPG6500
9000
2 x 120V & 1 x 240V
Electric/remote
3 Years
CPG9000E2
Up
3KW
1 x 120V & 1 x 240V
Electric
2 Years
LDG3600CE
£449.80
4.6KW
1 x 120V & 1 x 240V
Electric
2 Years
LDG4600E
£602.70
£273.80
5KW
1 x 120V & 1 x 240V
Electric
2 Years
LDG6000SA
£708.50
£534.00
6.3KW (3ph)
2 x 120V & 1 x 415V
Electric
2 Years
LDG6000SA3
£727.70
£705.60
11KW
2 x 120V & 2 x 240V
Electric
2 Years
LDG12S
£2866.50
Dual Fuel Generators
Petrol Silent Inverter Generators
Site Safety & Premises
NEW
The Champion Power Equipment Dual Fuel portable generators run either Petrol or LPG. With a 15 litre fuel tank this unit can run up to 10 hours at 50% load running on petrol or 23hrs running off propane based on 19kg bottle (0.84kg/hr based on 50% Load). Our OHV engine is equipped with a low oil shut-off sensor & designed for long life and easy maintenance. This unit is ideal for caravans, camping trips, travelling, picnics, jobs around the house, or home back-up power during emergencies. Patented volt guard system installed to protect spikes and surges on appliances & equipment. Also included patented Cold Start technology.
All champion engines are designed, engineered and tested in the most demanding environments. The main outstanding feature on a Champion inverter is the delay stop allowing equipment to stop running or power down so no power surge applies. The second outstanding feature is the start up current it has a special peak current of 15.8amp for milliseconds that is ideal for motor homes and caravans allowing equipment to start up without tripping or overloading the generator, especially running A/C units or similar. Watts
AC Load
Start Up
Warranty
Model
Price
1000
1 x 240V
Manual
3 Years
71001I-E
£289.10
Watts Petrol
Watts LPG
Start Up
Warranty
Model
Price
2000
1 x 240V
Manual
3 Years
72001I-E
£374.50
2800
2600
Electric
3 Years
CPG3500E2-DF
£374.50
3100
2 x 240V
Manual
3 Years
73001I-E
£519.00
7000
5500
Electric
3 Years
CPG7500E2-DF
£575.40
3100
2 x 240V
Electric/remote
3 Years
73001I-P (premier)
£636.30
192
Econovex Safety Mirrors
External Mirror
Interior Mirror
Description
Exterior Mirror
Model
Price
Model
300mm dia.
M18021A
£60.00
-
Price -
400mm dia.
M18036A
£66.00
M18036JP
£90.00
500mm dia.
M18040A
£87.00
-
-
600mm dia.
M18057A
£107.00
M18056JP
£144.00
Internal Mirror
A range of convex mirrors ideally suited for security & safety applications. Computer designed curvature & vacuum metalised coating gives the brightest & sharpest image
Hemisphere Mirrors
360º
Features: ›› Suits retail & industrial use ›› 90º & 180º mirrors wall mounting - supplied with dome top screws ›› 360º mirror supplied with dome top screws. Can be suspended with kit included ›› Impact resistant acrylic Hemisphere
Price
300mm 90
M18541H
£42.00
450mm 90o
M18562H
£50.00
600mm 180o
M18535H
£75.00
900mm 180o
M18552H
£108.00
600mm 360o
M18585H
£141.00
900mm 360o
M18589H
£225.00
90º
180º
Decoy CCTV Cameras Help prevent theft & vandalism Looks like a genuine camera. The housing is the same as those used for active cameras ›› Pan & tilt wall bracket ›› Fully weatherproof, high quality, british made, anodised aluminium case ›› Flashing LED with 5 year battery life (2 alkaline batteries included) ›› ››
Description
Model
Price
Internal
PVSCIDC
£27.00
External
PVSC1000
£41.00
193
Site Safety & Premises
Model
o
Mirrors & Decoy Cameras
›› Helps prevent accidents & injuries by eliminating blind spots ›› Ideal for combating theft of property & valuables ›› Impact resistant acrylic face with vacuum metalised coating ›› Supplied with fully adjustable ‘J-arm’ mounting bracket ›› External mirrors have ACM back for added rigidity
RackNets™ - Safety Net Systems ›› ›› ››
››
››
Prevents accidents & stock damage Contain a full pallet impact at 1000kg The Gripple® wire fixing solution enables easy COLOUR re-tensioning of the OPTIONS wire when necessary Yellow Faster installation than Black traditional methods Orange Green For new installations or Blue can be retro-fitted
Rack Netting
specify when ordering
The price below is a guide. Specific prices for projects are available on request BUDGET PRICE (per m2)
£18.00
Mezzanine Handrail Netting Prevents items falling from a mezzanine floor ›› Retains the use of the handrail ›› The Gripple® wire fixing solution enables easy re-tensioning of the wire when necessary ›› For new installations or can be retro-fitted
Site Safety & Premises
››
COLOUR OPTIONS Yellow Black Orange Green Blue specify when ordering
The price below is a guide. Specific prices for projects are available on request BUDGET PRICE (per m2)
194
£16.00
RackNets™ In-Flue Safety Netting System ›› ›› ››
››
››
››
›› Highly visible Easy to install ›› Protects pickers Contains a pallet Enables fork lift working one side with picking the other The Gripple® wire fixing solution enables easy re-tensioning of the wire when necessary In-flue netting prevents items falling through double entry racking For use in areas where ground pickers & truck operators work in close proximity
COLOUR OPTIONS
Rack Netting
Yellow Black Orange Green Blue specify when ordering
The price below is a guide. Specific prices for projects are available on request BUDGET PRICE (per m2)
£24.00
RackNets™ - Safety Netting Solutions Working closely with our trade partners, we have identified two distinct hazards when working with APR;fall-through & fall-out. Fall-through occurs when a pallet is incorrectly loaded onto APR without any deck or other means of pallet support. This could be due to operator error, or by using an inappropriately sized pallet. In this case the pallet falls into the bay between the beams, & usually results in the pallet & load coming to rest on the materials stored on lower levels, or goods scattering & falling outside the confines of the racking.
Site Safety & Premises
Fall-out occurs when a pallet falls from the rear of a single-sided APR run, often into a pedestrian or pick aisle. This is often due to operator error, e.g. when a second pallet is loaded into a full location. We offer three systems, each designed to fulfil slightly different end-user requirements, but sharing the same fundamental design concept & installation method. RackNets™ 2.3 Spillage Netting RackNets™ 2.3 Spillage Net has been developed to offer warehouse users an effective alternative to traditional steel mesh solutions. RackNets™ 3.0 Containment Netting RackNets™ 3.0 has been developed by us to offer warehouse users an enhanced level of protection for the majority of racking applications where there is a risk of damage or injury caused by pallets falling from racking systems. RackNets™ 5.0 Restraint Netting Offering the same design features as RackNets 3.0, this system will both contain & restrain a dislodged pallet or load of up to 1000kg, drastically reducing the likelihood of injury or damage to property. RackNets™ In-Flue Netting We have identified that in many warehouses there is a significant risk of loaded pallets being pushed through from one aisle into an adjacent aisle. RackNets™ In-Flue nets can be specified as 2.3, 3.0 & 5.0 systems, depending on the application & level of risk identified in the warehouse Risk Assessment.
195
PVC Strip Curtains ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
Bespoke-made curtains to fit any location & opening Light to heavy duty use Ambient or freezer grade Pedestrian & forklift friendly Supplied ready to hang
Site Safety & Premises
PVC Strip Curtains
i Information
DESPATCHED WITHIN 2/3 DAYS OF ORDERING
›› ››
High quality European grade PVC Certified DOP & DEHP free
›› ›› ››
Flexible -15oC to +50oC (polar to -32oC) UV stabilisers & high impact resistance Fire safe (self-extinguishing as standard)
Swivel-hinge For heavy & frequent use by forklifts. Strips bolted into hinges so they can’t be pulled down.
Hook-on For pedestrian, pallet truck & occasional forklift use. Available in galvanised or stainless steel.
Quickmount TM For pedestrian areas where safety is key. No steel plates, so no one can be hurt if strips are dislodged.
Strip widths: 300 & 400mm ›› Strip thickness: 3 & 4mm ›› Overlap options: Min & Max
››
Strip widths: 200, 300 & 400mm ›› Strip thickness: 2, 3 & 4mm ›› Overlap options: Min, Med & Max
››
››
Strip widths: 200, 300 & 400mm ›› Strip thickness: 2, 3 & 4mm ›› Overlap options: Min, Med & Max
PVC in standard grade, polar grade, double ribbed, welding grade & anti-static Replacement Strips & Rolls Available in all sizes & formats. Supplied in 50M rolls or cut to any length & priced per metre EXPRESS DELIVERY
196
ALL CURTAINS PRICED INDIVIDUALLY BASED ON HEADRAIL & PVC OPTIONS
CONTACT US FOR A QUOTE
Fast Action Doors & Shelters Industrial Doors Industrial Buildings & Loading Bays
The main benefits of industrial doors are their ability to protect specific areas from dust, fire, temperature variation and uncomfortable draughts. They also act as traffic controllers and speed up processes by allowing traffic to move quickly between tasks. Industrial doors and buildings are key to good organisation for material handling, site safety & well engineered industrial doors offer a low cost of ownership. All our industrial doors are selected for their outstanding value, service & reliability. They are the perfect solution for all access requirements of industrial warehouses, commercial premises and factory applications. These industrial doors give you rapid and easy access. The panels used to make up the sectional doors are of high quality and the thickness used guarantees a high level of insulation. We produce different kinds of sectional doors in order to fit them to your exact dimensions. We also offer a range of optional accessories.
Dock Shelters Our dock shelters are manufactured in two different versions to fit your needs and the space you have available. All dock shelters limit the thermal exchange between the inside & the outside of the warehouse.
Site Safety & Premises
Raised dock shelters contribute both to energy conservation and improvement in working conditions. They also prevent the lorries causing damage to the building itself. Ground dock shelters offer the flexibility of retracting the dock shelter where there is limited manoeuvring space to allow the transit of vehicles.
Standards All Industial buildings & doors are manufactured to BS EN:1993 standards. Fastest completion times of buildings of this type, with the lowest cost of ownership of any building in its class. We only use corrosion resistant materials.
Installation service available (subject to a site survey) - CALL FOR DETAILS
197
Industrial Buildings & Loading Bays
Industrial Buildings for Relocating & Site Development
Site Safety & Premises
Ideal for offices, commercial, storage, events, manufacturing & so much more.
For the first time, we now offer these tents on a lease agreement as well as purchasing them outright, giving you a fast build, cheap & easy solution. Utilise your space to high quality, usable, undercover work & storage spaces! New Site? Take it with you! We have relocated industrial buildings many times - rapid to dismantle & rebuild. The applications of these buildings are limitless with the ability to control climate, meaning optimal storage is guaranteed.
198
Creating space fast for you with no need for expensive foundations. So whether you need it temporarily for extra storage during your busy periods or you need it as a permanent warehouse due to rapid growth we can design & deliver to your specific requirements. We are so proud of the quality we guarantee steel work for 10 years. Budget Prices to Buy Overall Size L x W x H (M)
Price Examples
6 x 5 x 3.2
£10,000.00
Budget Prices to Rent Duration
Price Examples
12 x 5 x 4.5
£16,000.00
3 Months - 300m²
£7300.00
£25.00 per m²
12 x 10 x 4.5
£25,000.00
6 Months - 500m²
£6000.00
£12.00 per m²
18 x 12 x 6
£42,000.00
6 Months - 1000m² £11,000.00
Installation service available (subject to a site survey) - CALL FOR DETAILS
£11.00 per m²
Pneumatic Roof Option
allowing 50% transparency. A pneumatic roof is made by forming an ‘air pillow’ between two sheets of PVC. Protect your goods against adverse weather conditions by preventing snow heaps from forming & providing additional stability against strong winds with a
Designed. Delivered. Installed
pneumatic roof.
RENTAL OR PURCHASE
Industrial Buildings & Loading Bays
Providing thermal insulation, preventing condensation, while still
CALL NOW FOR YOUR FREE SITE VISIT Site Safety & Premises Flexible low cost designs made to your specification Installation service available (subject to a site survey) - CALL FOR DETAILS
199
KDC Portable Chemical Stores ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
Cabins & Stores
››
Knock Down Construction (KDC) Fully galvanised. Door & sump also powder coated in red Easy assembly & dis-assembly (as often as required) All panels can be man handled No special tools or skills required Modular (units can be linked together) Designed for safe storage of hazardous materials (built in ventilation panels) Top & bottom door locks with spare keys provided as standard 10 year guarantee against main body work, structure corroding
SEE PAGE 125 FOR MORE KDC STORES
Overall Size D x W x H mm
4
3
2
1
Door Width mm
Door Height mm
Internal Height mm
Flatpack Height mm
1900
1900
1970
300
2160 x 2305 x 2247 2160 x 3080 x 2247
10
YR GUARANTEE
2160 x 4080 x 2247
5
Sump Capacity
Weight kg
Model
Price
680 L
670
KDCC2
£1918.00
904 L
805
KDCC3
£2252.00
1212 L
1010
KDCC4
£2691.00
Flat Pack Office Cabins ›› ››
Site Safety & Premises
›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
Instant low cost accommodation supplied in flat pack form Modular (units can be linked together) Double glazed windows complete with shutters for additional security Fitted with lights & sockets 1 All panels are fully insulated Secure locking system Integrated gutter system Easy 5 step 2 assembly Practical & affordable Multi-functional 3
4
200
Overall Size DxWxH
Model
Price
10ft x 8ft x 9ft
OFC10
£3120.00
20ft x 8ft x 9ft
OFC20
£4735.00
Due to the size of these units, additional carriage costs will be incurred - CALL FOR DETAILS
Taurus Utility Workbench
5
FROM STOCK
day delivery
i Information
Workbenches
COMPLETE YOUR WORKBENCH - WITH COMPONENTS FROM STOCK. SEE PAGES 204 & 205
250kg
evenly distributed
ST1841575
Overall Size H x W mm ›› ›› ››
Ideal for factories, retail environments & schools etc 20mm high density laminate top (3mm PVC edging) Powder coated, iridium silver workbench frames
5
day delivery
manufactured Depth: 750mm Model
Depth: 900mm
Price
Model
Price
Workbench 840 x 1500
ST1841575
£345.95
ST1841590
£404.05
840 x 1800
ST1841875
£352.90
ST1841890
£415.45
Workshop Equipment
Economy Workbench
NOW ONLY
£179.95
WBI02Z
200kg
›› ›› ›› ››
Constructed from sheet steel & box section Worktop & full depth bottom shelf have rear & side lips Complete with a centrally positioned lockable drawer Subject to availability
202
evenly distributed
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
1500 x 640 x 860
82
WBI02Z
£179.95
Adjustable Height Workbench ›› ›› ››
38mm MDF worktop with a rubber edge Constructed from steel angle Half depth bottom shelf with rear lip
FROM ONLY
£191.05
Workbenches
WBI00Z
i Information HEIGHT ADJUSTABLE IN 25MM INCREMENTS
Workshop Equipment
WBI01Z
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
1220 x 760 x 760 to 880
45
WBI00Z
£191.05
1520 x 760 x 760 to 880
50
WBI01Z
£210.05
230kg
evenly distributed
7
day delivery
203
Taurus Utility Workbenches
FROM STOCK
›› ›› ›› ››
››
5
day delivery
Ideal for factories, labs, retail environments & schools etc 20mm high density laminate worktop with 3mm PVC edging Powder coated, iridium silver finish on the workbench frames Drawer sets come complete with central locking & have a load capacity of 50kg per drawer. Each drawer set can be fitted either on the left or right of the bench. Cupboard sets can only be positioned on the right hand side Supplied knock down
250kg
evenly distributed
5
Overall Size H x W mm
day delivery
ST1841575 Depth: 750mm Model
Depth: 900mm
Price
Model
Price
Workbench 840 x 1500
ST1841575
£345.95
ST1841590
£404.05
840 x 1800
ST1841875
£352.90
ST1841890
£415.45
Workbenches
manufactured
ST2841575
Overall Size H x W mm
ST3841575
Depth: 750mm Model
Depth: 900mm
Price
Model
Price
Overall Size H x W mm
Depth: 900mm
Price
Model
Price
Workbench with 2 x Single Drawers
Workbench with Single Drawer
Workshop Equipment
Depth: 750mm Model
840 x 1500
ST2841575
£487.60
ST2841590
£545.65
840 x 1500
ST3841575
£629.20
ST3841590
£687.25
840 x 1800
ST2841875
£494.50
ST2841890
£557.10
840 x 1800
ST3841875
£636.10
ST3841890
£698.70
ST5841575
ST4841575
Overall Size H x W mm
Depth: 750mm Model
Price
Depth: 900mm Model
Price
Overall Size H x W mm
Workbench with Triple Drawer
Depth: 750mm Model
Depth: 900mm
Price
Model
Price
Workbench with 2 x Triple Drawers
840 x 1500
ST4841575
£614.90
ST4841590
£672.95
840 x 1500
ST5841575
£883.80
ST5841590
£941.85
840 x 1800
ST4841875
£621.80
ST4841890
£684.40
840 x 1800
ST5841875
£890.70
ST5841890
£953.30
ST6841575
Overall Size H x W mm
Depth: 750mm Model
Price
ST7841575 Depth: 900mm Model
Price
Overall Size H x W mm
Depth: 750mm Model
Price
Depth: 900mm Model
Price
Workbench with Single Cupboard
Workbench with Triple Drawer & Single Drawer 840 x 1500
ST6841575
£756.50
ST6841590
£814.55
840 x 1500
ST7841575
£472.85
ST7841590
£530.90
840 x 1800
ST6841875
£763.40
ST6841890
£826.00
840 x 1800
ST7841875
£479.75
ST7841890
£542.35
204
5
DOOR & DRAWER COLOUR OPTIONS
Red Black Blue
manufactured
specify when ordering
day delivery
TAURUS WORKBENCHES FROM STOCK
Workbenches
ST8841575
■
ST9841575
■ ■
Depth: 750mm
Overall Size H x W mm
Model
Single Drawer Set: 220H x 420W x 420D mm Triple Drawer Set: 435H x 420W x 420D mm Cupboard Set: 435H x 420W x 420D mm Depth: 900mm
Price
Model
Overall Size H x W mm
Price
Workbench with Single Drawer & Single Cupboard
Depth: 750mm Model
Depth: 900mm
Price
Model
Price
Workbench with Triple Drawer & Single Cupboard
840 x 1500
ST8841575
£614.45
ST8841590
£672.55
840 x 1500
ST9841575
£741.75
ST9841590
£799.85
840 x 1800
ST8841875
£621.40
ST8841890
£683.95
840 x 1800
ST9841875
£748.70
ST9841890
£811.25
Taurus Utility Workbench Accessories C
DOOR & DRAWER COLOUR OPTIONS D
A
Workshop Equipment
B
Red FROM STOCK
Blue FROM STOCK
Black extended lead time
E
Other colours available - please call for details F
250kg
evenly distributed
5
day delivery
i Information COMPLETE YOUR WORKBENCH - WITH COMPONENTS FROM STOCK
Key
Description
Model
Price
A
760mm Rear Support Posts
ST076RSP
£60.10*
A
1180mm Rear Support Posts
ST118RSP
£71.95*
B
Upper Shelf (300Dmm) for 1500mm Benches
ST3015US
£100.50*
Key
Description
Model
Price
E
Louvred back panel with Pinboard for 1500mm Benches
ST15LBP
£126.80*
ST18LBP
£141.00*
B
Upper Shelf (300Dmm) for 1800mm Benches
ST3018US
£119.55*
E
Louvred back panel with Pinboard for 1800mm Benches
C
Light/Tool Rail Support for 1500mm Benches
ST15LTR
£67.55*
F
Worktop Service Duct for 1500mm Benches**
ST15WSD
£99.55*
C
Light/Tool Rail Support for 1800mm Benches
ST18LTR
£69.90*
F
Worktop Service Duct for 1800mm Benches**
ST18WSD
£104.30*
D
Fluorescent Light - 1200mm Long
STFL
£35.55*
G
Flat Screen Support Arm
STFSSA
£55.40*
**Worktop Service Ducts are not supplied with cabling and must be fitted by a qualified electrician
*Accessories must be ordered with the Workbenches
205
Taurus Cantilever Workbenches
FROM STOCK ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
››
Workbenches
›› ››
5
day delivery
Workshop bench suitable for use in assembly, production & light engineering environments 20mm high density laminate worktop with 3mm PVC edging Powder coated, iridium silver finish on the workbench frames Cantilever design allows maximum leg room Height adjustable feet for easy levelling Accessories available - see below for details Drawer sets come complete with central locking & have a load capacity of 50kg per drawer. Each drawer set can be fitted either on the left or right of the bench. Cupboard sets can only be positioned on the right hand side Single Drawer Set: 220H x 420W x 420D mm Triple Drawer Set: 435H x 420W x 420D mm Cupboard Set: 435H x 420W x 420D mm
250kg
evenly distributed
5
day delivery
manufactured
DOOR & DRAWER COLOUR OPTIONS
Red Black Blue
ST18157 with Accessories
specify when ordering
Accessories
C
ST18157 & STSC444
D
DOOR & DRAWER COLOUR OPTIONS
Workshop Equipment
A B
E
Red FROM STOCK
F
Other colours available - please call for details
Key
Description
Model
Price
A
760mm Rear Support Posts
ST076RSP
£60.10*
A
1180mm Rear Support Posts
ST118RSP
£71.95*
B
Upper Shelf (300Dmm) for 1500mm Benches
ST3015US
£100.50*
B
Upper Shelf (300Dmm) for 1800mm Benches
ST3018US
£119.55*
C
Light/Tool Rail Support for 1500mm Benches
ST15LTR
£67.55*
C
Light/Tool Rail Support for 1800mm Benches
ST18LTR
£69.90*
D
Fluorescent Light - 1200mm Long
STFL
£35.55*
ST15LBP
£126.80*
Louvred back panel with Pinboard for 1500mm Benches Louvred back panel with Pinboard for 1800mm Benches
E
Black extended lead time
Blue FROM STOCK
Description
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Model
Price
Cantilever Workbench - 20mm Thick Laminate Top
Cantilever Workbench
840 x 1500 x 750
ST18157
£366.95
840 x 1500 x 900
ST18159
£369.40
840 x 1800 x 750
ST18187
£379.95
840 x 1800 x 900
ST18189
£441.25
900mm deep workbenches are on extended lead time - please call for details Description
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Model
Price
ST18LBP
£141.00*
F
Worktop Service Duct for 1500mm Benches**
ST15WSD
£99.55*
Single Drawer
220 x 420 x 420
STSD244
£143.05
F
Worktop Service Duct for 1800mm Benches**
ST18WSD
£104.30*
Triple Drawer
435 x 420 x 420
STTD444
£270.35
-
Flat Screen Support Arm
STFSSA
£55.40*
Storage Cupboard
435 x 420 x 420
STSC444
£128.35
E
206
Drawers & Cupboards
**Worktop Service Ducts are not supplied with cabling and must be fitted by a qualified electrician
*Accessories must be ordered with the Workbenches
Heavy Duty Workbenches ›› ›› ›› ››
Ideal for factories, laboratories, retail environments & schools etc Heavy duty & robust construction 40mm beech laminated veneer worktop Drawer sets come complete with central locking & have a load capacity of 50kg per drawer
200kg
evenly distributed
7
day delivery
WTB12Z
FROM STOCK
WTB06Z
WTB08Z
WTB10Z
WTB13Z
WTB14Z
WTB15Z
WTB16Z
Configuration Workbench
Smooth Running Drawers Lock Mechanism
Cupboard
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Model
Price
1800 x 650 x 840
WTB01Z
£358.25
2000 x 650 x 840
WTB02Z
£381.05
Workbench with a Cupboard Unit
1800 x 650 x 840
WTB03Z
£456.80
2000 x 650 x 840
WTB04Z
£481.15
Workbench with 2 x Cupboard Units
1800 x 650 x 840
WTB05Z
£565.10
2000 x 650 x 840
WTB06Z
£590.75
Workbench with 3 Drawer Set
1800 x 650 x 840
WTB07Z
£576.30
2000 x 650 x 840
WTB08Z
£610.30
Workbench with a 3 Drawer Set & a Cupboard Unit
1800 x 650 x 840
WTB09Z
£692.75
2000 x 650 x 840
WTB10Z
£715.05
Workbench with 2 x 3 Drawer Sets
1800 x 650 x 840
WTB11Z
£820.35
2000 x 650 x 840
WTB12Z
£839.85
Workbench with 3 x Cupboard Units
2000 x 650 x 840
WTB13Z
£715.05
Workbench with a 3 Drawer Set & 2 x Cupboard Units
2000 x 650 x 840
WTB14Z
£819.85
Workbench with 2 x 3 Drawer Sets & a Cupboard Unit
2000 x 650 x 840
WTB15Z
£944.65
Workbench with 3 x 3 Drawer Sets
2000 x 650 x 840
WTB16Z
£1068.15
207
Workshop Equipment
WTB04Z
Workbenches
WTB02Z
General Purpose Workbenches - Accessories Accessories for the General Purpose Workbenches shown on the opposite page ›› Support Legs - must be used with all the optional extras except the rear/side lips & the Worktop Electric Power Point ›› Adjustable Cantilever Shelf adjustable to 3 positions ›› Tool Rail - runs the length of the bench ›› Fluorescent Light - supplied with 3M of core cable & 13 amp plug ›› Worktop Electric Power Point complete with 2 double 13 sockets. Supplied with 3M of core cable & a safety cut out plug ››
C
D A
B
Workbenches
E
i Information F
COMPLETE YOUR WORKBENCH WITH THESE ACCESSORIES
manufactured
3YR
Workshop Equipment
GUARANTEE
Bottom Shelf
Drawer & Cupboards ›› Factory fitted cupboard or single drawer ›› Drawer size: 440W x 570D x 155H mm ›› Cupboard size: 440W x 570D x 590H mm
COLOUR OPTIONS Red Green Blue Grey
Description
A
Rear Support Legs
Right Fitting Model
Price
Lockable Single Drawer OPT100ZL
OPT200ZR
£199.45
208
OPT204ZR
£188.40
Model
Price
OPT106Z
£133.60*
OPT106Z
£133.60* £151.00*
Adjustable Cantilever Shelf
OPT252Z
£145.40*
OPT282Z
Tool Rail
OPT199Z
£40.40*
OPT199Z
£40.40*
D
Fluorescent Light - 1220mm Long
OPT197Z
£236.70*
OPT197Z
£236.70*
E
Louvred back panel
OPT353Z
£203.25*
OPT383Z
£246.45*
F
Worktop Electric Power Point**
OPT198Z
£272.75*
-
-
-
Rear Lips (Vinyl & Plywood Tops only)
OPT454Z
£29.05*
OPT484Z
£49.60*
Key
Description
-
Side Lips (Vinyl & Plywood Tops only)
Length mm 1500
Cupboard OPT104ZL
Price
B
1800
750mm Deep Benches
››
£32.70*
OPT555Z
900mm Deep Benches OPT585Z
£33.45*
The shelf sits within the frame of the bench General Purpose Bench - Bottom Shelf
To Suit Left Fitting Model
1800mm Benches
Model
C
Bottom Shelf
specify when ordering
1500mm Benches
Key
28mm Vinyl
25mm Plywood
28mm Warerite
Depth mm
Model
Price
Model
Price
Model
Price
750
ABS57L
£198.20*
ABS57P
£154.15*
ABS57W
£211.80*
900
ABS59L
£218.50*
ABS59P
£190.70*
ABS59W
£221.95*
750
ABS87L
£186.25*
ABS87P
£155.00*
ABS87W
£222.80*
900
ABS89L
£221.95*
ABS89P
£191.40*
ABS89W
£279.95*
**Worktop Power Points are not supplied with cabling and must be fitted by a qualified electrician
*Accessories must be ordered with the Workbenches
General Purpose Workbenches
AB157W
Workbenches
AB157W & OPT204ZR
i Information COMPLETE YOUR WORKBENCH!! ACCESSORIES SHOWN ON THE PREVIOUS PAGE
manufactured
GUARANTEE
Fully welded bench frames meet the requirements of the assembly & workshop environments ›› Fitted with adjustable feet to ensure a level work surface ›› Worktop height: 840mm
››
Top Options Length mm 1500
1800
Worktop Options
Model
Vinyl
›› 28mm vinyl faced plywood with wood edging ›› 25mm exterior plywood with wood edging
Plywood
›› 28mm plastic chipboard faced with warerite or
Warerite
similar grey surface & edges
28mm Vinyl Depth mm
Workshop Equipment
3YR
300kg
evenly distributed
General Purpose Workbench shown with a range of optional extras
25mm Plywood Price
Model
28mm Warerite Price
Model
Price
750
AB157L
£578.30
AB157P
£531.50
AB157W
£587.30
900
AB159L
£600.45
AB159P
£546.35
AB159W
£617.75
750
AB187L
£597.85
AB187P
£526.60
AB187W
£645.85
900
AB189L
£618.45
AB189P
£569.55
AB189W
£707.25
209
Calibre Workbenches
Information
i
C
CREATE A WORKBENCH WITH ACCESSORIES, SUPPORT LEGS OR CALIBRE CABINETS
D
A
B
››
E
››
Workbenches
››
F
Standard worktops to be used with the support legs or the Calibre cabinets to complete your bench Ideal for production & assembly areas Drawers for the Calibre cabinets are mounted on telescopic ball race slides with central locking & anti-tilt feature for security & safety in use.
250kg
evenly distributed
Calibre Cabinets ››
All cabinets are 610mm deep G
100mm
Workshop Equipment
100mm
1500mm Benches
1800mm Benches
H
150mm
Key
Description
Model
Price
Model
Price
A
760mm Rear Support Posts
EQ076RSP
£59.85*
EQ076RSP
£59.85*
A
1180mm Rear Support Posts
EQ118RSP
£72.80*
EQ118RSP
£72.80*
200mm 200mm
B
Upper Shelf (300Dmm) - Laminate
EQLA15US
£100.05*
EQLA18US
£119.10*
B
Upper Shelf (300Dmm) - Solid Beech
EQHD15US
£139.20*
EQHD18US
£145.55*
200mm
C
Light/Tool Rail Support
EQ15LTR
£67.30*
EQ18LTR
£69.65*
D
Fluorescent Light - 1200mm Long
EQFL
£35.45*
EQFL
£35.45*
E
Louvred back panel with Pinboard
EQ15LBP
£126.30*
EQ18LBP
£140.45*
F
Worktop Service Duct**
EQ15WSD
£99.15*
EQ18WSD
£103.90*
100mm
F
Post fitted Service Duct**
EQ15PFSD
£111.15*
EQ18PFSD
£118.50*
100mm
-
Flat Screen Support Arm
EQFSSA
£55.35*
EQFSSA
£55.35*
150mm
I
150mm
Overall Size H x W mm
Cap kg
Model
Price
Overall Size H x W mm
G - 2 x 100mm Drawers & a Cupboard
Cap kg
Model
Price
200mm
H - 1 x 150mm & 3 x 200mm Drawers
840 x 615
70
EQ186070
£376.15
840 x 615
70
EQ286070
£456.30
840 x 915
70
EQ189070
£445.55
840 x 915
70
EQ289070
£577.35
840 x 615
140
EQ186140
£400.05
840 x 615
140
EQ286140
£485.30
840 x 915
140
EQ189140
£473.90
840 x 915
140
EQ289140
£614.10
J
100mm 100mm 100mm
Overall Size H x W mm
Cap kg
Model
Price
I - 2 x 100mm, 2 x 150mm & 1 x 200mm Drawers 840 x 615
70
EQ386070
£526.80
Overall Size H x W mm
Cap kg
Model
Price
J - 4 x 100mm, 1 x 150mm & 1 x 200mm Drawers 840 x 615
70
EQ486070
£604.40
840 x 915
70
EQ389070
£653.75
840 x 915
70
EQ489070
£732.25
840 x 615
140
EQ386140
£560.35
840 x 615
140
EQ486140
£642.90
840 x 915
140
EQ389140
£695.40
840 x 915
140
EQ489140
£778.90
DRAWERS HAVE SLOTTED SIDE WALLS FOR ACCEPTING DIVIDERS. PLEASE CALL FOR DETAILS OF THESE ACCESSORIES
210
**Worktop Service Ducts are not supplied with cabling and must be fitted by a qualified electrician
100mm 150mm 200mm
DOOR & DRAWER COLOUR OPTIONS
Red Green Blue Grey specify when ordering
*Accessories must be ordered with the Workbenches
Calibre Workbenches
Workbenches
DOOR & DRAWER COLOUR OPTIONS
Red Green Blue Grey
Workshop Equipment
specify when ordering
i Information CREATE A WORKBENCH WITH ACCESSORIES, SUPPORT LEGS OR CALIBRE CABINETS
Laminate Worktop 30mm Thick
Description
Solid Beech Worktop 40mm Thick
Overall Size W x D mm
Model
Price
Description
Overall Size W x D mm
Model
Price
Laminate Worktop 30mm thick
1505 x 625
EQLA1562
£118.00
EQHD1562
£173.30
EQLA1862
£129.50
Solid Beech Worktop 40mm thick
1505 x 625
1805 x 625
1805 x 625
EQHD1862
£181.30
Support Leg - 840H mm
-
EQ084SL
£93.15
Support Leg - 840H mm
-
EQ084SL
£93.15
211
All-purpose Heavy Duty Workbenches FROM ONLY
Workbenches
£448.20
ECO157S, ECS750Z, ECD100L & ECC204R
i Information
Workshop Equipment
3YR
manufactured
GUARANTEE
500kg
evenly distributed
HEAVY DUTY WORKBENCHES IDEAL FOR MANY DIFFERENT ENVIRONMENTS
Robust all-purpose workbench Fully welded construction with formed steel worktop ›› Optional extras available ›› Worktop height: 840mm ›› ››
Workbench Length mm
Depth mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
1500
750
46
ECO157S
£448.20
1800
900
57
ECO189S
£475.10
Optional Extras - Factory Fitted
ECO157S
Description
Model
Price
Lower Shelf to Suit ECO157S
ECS750Z
£74.85
Lower Shelf to Suit ECO189S
ECS900Z
£83.30
Left
ECD100L
£199.45
Right
ECD200R
£199.45
Left
ECC104L
£188.40
Right
ECC204R
£188.40
Single Lockable Drawer Lockable Cupboard
212
Heavy Duty Modular Workbenches PR222M fitted with PRS22M, PRE22M & PRSE2M
3YR
GUARANTEE
manufactured
i Information
Workbenches
DESIGNED TO OFFER INDEFINITE LENGTHS OF BENCHING
1000kg
evenly distributed
Available up to 1500mm deep to enable working from both sides Worktop height is adjustable in 25mm increments: 940mm max ›› Main benches are supplied fully assembled & extensions knock down. Extension units are not available on their own ›› 4 colour options available for the drawers & cupboard: Red, Green, Blue or Grey - please specify when ordering ›› ››
PR222M
Modular Workbenches & Extension Units Bench Bench mm 28mm Vinyl Length
Extension - only supplied with the main benches
Top Options 25mm MDF
Top Options 25mm Plywood
28mm Vinyl
Price
Model
Price
Model
Price
Model
Price
Model
Price
Model
Price
750
PR157L
£614.85
PR157M
£498.60
PR157P
£640.15
PRE57L
£503.70
PRE57M
£409.95
PRE57P
£522.60
2000
900
PR159L
£625.05
PR159M
£509.75
PR159P
£648.70
PRE59L
£516.85
PRE59M
£421.10
PRE59P
£523.00
1200
PR222L
£748.50
PR222M
£588.85
PR222P
£686.00
PRE22L
£610.85
PRE22M
£441.45
PRE22P
£543.30
1500
PR225L
£796.50
PR225M
£676.05
PR225P
£768.00
PRE25L
£638.95
PRE25M
£517.20
PRE25P
£617.65
Optional Lower Shelves to suit Benches & Extension Units -
1500 2000
Shelf Size mm
Depth 750 900 1200 1500
Length 1500 2000
factory fitted
Lower Shelf to suit Bench
Lower Shelf to suit Extension
Top Options 28mm Vinyl
25mm MDF
Top Options 25mm Plywood
28mm Vinyl
25mm MDF
25mm Plywood
Depth
Model
Price
Model
Price
Model
Price
Model
Price
Model
Price
Model
Price
630
PRS57L
£134.05
PRS57M
£72.45
PRS57P
£104.45
PRSE7L
£134.05
PRSE7M
£72.45
PRSE7P
£104.45
780
PRS59L
£144.80
PRS59M
£83.65
PRS59P
£141.10
PRSE9L
£144.80
PRSE9M
£83.65
PRSE9P
£141.10
1130
PRS22L
£214.45
PRS22M
£94.90
PRS22P
£156.85
PRSE2L
£214.45
PRSE2M
£94.90
PRSE2P
£156.85
1380
PRS25L
£251.65
PRS25M
£132.55
PRS25P
£204.45
PRSE5L
£251.65
PRSE5M
£132.55
PRSE5P
£204.45
Optional Extras -
factory fitted
Description
To Suit
Model
Price
Upper 2 Shelf
1500
PRPT215Z
£165.75
Upper 2 Shelf
2000
PRPT220Z
£171.55
Light Rail - requires support legs
PRPT97Z
£235.85
Tool Rail - requires support legs
PRPT99Z
£40.40
Support Legs - for use with above
PRPT06Z
£133.60
PRPT98Z
£272.10
Left
PRPT10ZL
£198.50
Right
PRPT20ZR
£198.50
Left
PRPT11ZL
£323.90
Right
PRPT21ZR
£323.90
Left
PRPT12ZL
£441.05
Right
PRPT22ZR
£441.05
Left
PRPT13ZL
£544.35
Right
PRPT23ZR
£544.35
Left
PRPT14ZL
£186.65
Right
PRPT24ZR
£186.65
Electrical Powerpoint Single Drawer: 440W x 570D x 155H mm Double Drawer: 440W x 570D x 300H mm Three Drawer: 440W x 570D x 445H mm Four Drawer: 440W x 570D x 590H mm Lockable Cupboard: 440W x 570D x 590H mm
PR222M fitted with PRS22M, PRPT220Z, PRPT13ZL & PRPT21ZR
213
Workshop Equipment
Length
25mm Plywood
Model
1500
To Suit Bench mm
25mm MDF
Depth
1
Bin Rail BP
››
››
Workbenches
›› ››
For picking/stacking bins Height & angle adjusts Load capacity: 30kg For TPH bench
›› ›› ››
4
For picking/stacking bins Aluminium profile Load capacity: 15kg For TPH bench
›› ›› ››
For more than one shelf on your bench Load capacity: 50kg For TPH bench
Swivel Arm & Tray CKV ›› ›› ›› ››
590mm long arm Angle adjustable Load capacity: 15kg For TPH bench
Overall Size D x W mm
To Suit TPH bench length
Standard Model
Price
ESD Model
Price
145 x 1119
1200
TH 120
£52.00
TH 120 ESD
£73.00
145 x 1419
1500
TH 150
£56.00
TH 150 ESD
£85.00
145 x 1719
1800
TH 180
£61.00
TH 180 ESD
£96.00
1115 Length
1200
BP 120
£47.00
BP 120 ESD
£57.00
1415 Length
1500
BP 150
£55.00
BP 150 ESD
£66.00
1715 Length
1800
BP 180
£59.00
BP 180 ESD
£67.00
310 x 1200
1200
SH 120
£121.00
SH 120 ESD
£181.00
310 x 1500
1500
SH 150
£128.00
SH 150 ESD
£205.00
310 x 1800
1800
SH 180
£136.00
SH 180 ESD
£228.00
210 x 460
-
CKV 400
£164.00
CKV 400 ESD
£185.00
Overhead Light OL
1200 Length
1200
KT 120
£133.00
1500 Length
1500
KT 150
£135.00
››
1800 Length
1800
KT 180
£138.00
1200 Length - Bar
1200
SPR 120
£29.00
1500 Length - Bar
1500
SPR 150
£36.00
1800 Length - Bar
1800
SPR 180
£41.00
1200 Length
-
OL-254/GB
£305.00
1120 x 450
1200
LP 1200
£55.00
1420 x 450
1500
LP 1500
£71.00
1720 x 450
1800
LP 1800
£82.00
72 x 72 x 1060
1200
TJK 1204
£208.00
72 x 72 x 1360
1500
TJK 1504
£218.00
72 x 72 x 1660
1800
TJK 1804
£231.00
No.
1
2
5&6
Tool & Lighting Support Kit KT ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
3
Includes 1 x C-profile & sliding hook Order extra bar to mount tools & light For TPH bench
4
Twin 54w flicker free fluorescent lights Pre-wired 3 metre cable to UK plug Built in diffuser
5
7 6 7
8
Type 45 Drawer Units ›› ›› ›› ››
Epoxy coated steel Single point locking Load capacity 30kg per drawer Not suitable for 500mm deep benches
TPH BENCHES - Page 215
60649003 9 60641023
Louvred Panel LP ›› ››
For stacking/picking bins For TPH bench 8 60349002
No.
Electrical Power Channels ›› ›› ››
Pre-wired 3 metre cable to UK plug 4 x 13A UK Sockets CE Approved
214
9
60449002
Overall Size D x W x H mm
Drawer Height mm
Model
Price
520 x 450 x 140
1 x 100mm
60349002
£192.00
520 x 450 x 260
2 x 100mm
60449002
£332.00
520 x 450 x 560
1 x 200mm & 1 x 300mm
606490011*
£415.00
520 x 450 x 560
3 x 100mm & 1 x 200mm
60649003
£470.00
520 x 450 x 700
3 x 100mm & 1 x 200mm + Top, Mat & Castors
60641023
£521.00
520 x 450 x 760
3 x 100mm & 2 x 150mm + Plinth
60749012*
£575.00
*Not Shown
Workshop Equipment
Workshop Equipment
Auxiliary Shelf SH
Workbenches
Metal Shelf TH ››
3
2
Ergonomic Workbenches
Workbenches
Frames are epoxy powder coated steel in light grey RAL 7035. The worktops are either 25mm melamine-laminate or volume conductive melamine-laminate on particle board. ESD benches are earthed via a protective 1 mega-ohm resistor. Supplied knock down for self-assembly
Workbench TP Worktop D x W mm
Model
Price
ESD Model
Price
500 x 700
TP 507
£221.00
TP 507 ESD
£241.00
500 x 1000
TP 510
£242.00
TP 510 ESD
£290.00
TP 710
£258.00
TP 710 ESD
£333.00
TP 712
£275.00
TP 712 ESD
£384.00
700 x 1500
TP 715
£292.00
TP 715 ESD
£424.00
700 x 1800
TP 718
£317.00
TP 718 ESD
£500.00
900 x 1500
TP 915
£321.00
TP 915 ESD
£540.00
900 x 1800
TP 918
£352.00
TP 918 ESD
£617.00
Angle Extension 500 x 1000
TP 510 K
£200.00
TP 510 K ESD
£270.00
700 x 1200
TP 712 K
£235.00
TP 712 K ESD
£364.00
Workbench with Shelf TPH Worktop D x W mm
Model
Price
ESD Model
Price
700 x 1200
TPH 712
£440.00
TPH 712 ESD
£584.00
700 x 1500
TPH 715
£461.00
TPH 715 ESD
£643.00
700 x 1800
TPH 718
£511.00
TPH 718 ESD
£765.00
900 x 1500
TPH 915
£505.00
TPH 915 ESD
£736.00
900 x 1800
TPH 918
£532.00
TPH 918 ESD
£867.00
Workbench TP ›› ›› ››
Height adjustable from 650 to 900mm (by allen key) Can be also supplied as a line or angle extension Steel frame in light grey RAL7035
Workbench with Shelf TPH ›› ››
Construction as TP with upright profiles & a 310 mm deep laminate shelf Upper shelf is height adjustable from 1080 to 1550mm
Mobile Bench SAP ›› ›› ››
Construction as TP but with 100mm swivel castors, 2 braked Height adjustable from 650 to 900mm Lower shelf is an optional extra Workbench TP
Mobile Bench SAP Worktop D x W mm
Model
Price
ESD Model
Price
500 x 700
SAP 507
£255.00
SAP 507 ESD
£307.00
700 x 1000
SAP 710
£301.00
SAP 710 ESD
£410.00
700 x 1500
SAP 715
£355.00
SAP 715 ESD
£509.00
Workbench with shelf TPH
Lower Shelf 500 x 700
AT 507
£53.00
AT 507 ESD
£123.00
700 x 1000
AT 710
£83.00
AT 710 ESD
£225.00
Mobile Bench SAP
215
Workshop Equipment
700 x 1000 700 x 1200
ESD protected workbenches are for use in the electronics industry & comply with EN61340-5-1
FULL WIDTH OVER BENCH ACCESSORIES ARE MOUNTED ON UPRIGHT PROFILES & SMALLER MODULES ON ACCESSORY FRAMES
Workshop Equipment
Workbenches
1073mm wide benches can accept 1 x 100 module from the tilting shelf or bin rail options. 1500mm wide benches can accept 2 x 70 modules from the tilting shelf or bin rail options. 1800mm wide benches can accept one of each size, 70 & 100 tilting shelf or bin rail options
Uprights
Accessory Frame
Upper Shelf
Needed for upright mounting accessories. 2 x 900mm uprights & horizontal profile.
Needed for accessory mounting accessories. 1 x 500mm upright & horizontal profile.
Height adjustable 25mm shelves. Mounts on upright. Load capacity: 50kg
Bench Width
Model
Price
Bench Width
Model
Price
Bench Width
Size mm
Model
Price
1073 mm
AL2X110W
£161.00
1073 mm
-
-
1073 mm
310 x 1073
ALH-110
£121.00
1500 mm
AL2X150W
£162.00
1500 mm
AKK-150
£88.00
1500 mm
310 x 1500
ALH-150
£156.00
1800 mm
AL2X180W
£171.00
1800 mm
AKK-180
£103.00
1800 mm
310 x 1800
ALH-180
£171.00
Overhead Support
Overhead & Side Light
Power Channel
Steel bracket for tools & OL light. Mounts on upright.
Pre-wired flicker free bulbs. Adjusts for angle. Side light mounts on upright.
Pre-wired power channel with 4 x UK Sockets, 2 on each side. 3 metre cable to UK plug.
Bench Width
Model
Price
Item
Model
1073 mm
HSB-110
£124.00
1500 mm
HSB-150
£129.00
590mm Side Light 2 x 24w Bulb
SL224/GB
Price
Bench Width
Features
Model
Price
£215.00
1073 mm
TJK-904
£206.00
1200mm Overhead Light 2 x 54w Bulb OL224/GB £305.00
TJK-1504
£218.00
1800 mm
Full Width Channel & 4 Sockets
1800 mm
HSB-180
£137.00
TJK-1804
£231.00
1500 mm
Tilting Shelf
Bin Rail
Monitor Arms
Adjusts for height, angle & depth. Mounts on accessory frame. Load capacity: 30kg
Aluminium profile bin rail. Mounts on accessory frame. Accepts most bins.
Mounts on accessory frame. For LCD monitors with VESA 75 or 100 fittings. MA arm moves from 95-425mm. Load 5kg
Bench Width
Size mm
Model
Price
Bench Width
Size mm
Model
Price
Item
Model
Price
1500/1800 mm
400 x 660
ASH-70
£115.00
1500/1800 mm
685
BP-70
£43.00
LCD Screen Bracket
MH
£142.00
1073/1800 mm
400 x 960
ASH-100 £127.00
1073/1800 mm
985
BP-100
£49.00
LCD Screen Bracket & Arm - 5kg
MA
£223.00
LCD Screen Bracket & Arm - 10kg
MA-2
£263.00
PC Stand & Keyboard Shelf
Mounted under worktop. PC holder adjusts from 395-500H mm & 130-240W mm. Keyboard tray is 250 x 500 x 110 mm & includes Pull Out Mouse Mat Item
Model
Price
Corner Unit
Side Table
Used with 2 x WB Benches to create 90º angle. Installed on left or right with brackets; Not suitable with WBC or WBEL units. Load 50kg adjustable in height. Load 50kg
Adjustable PC Holder
CPU
£91.00
Size mm
Model
Price
Size mm
Model
Price
Pull Out Keyboard Shelf
NT-500ESD
£155.00
1153 x 1153
WB-1212CT
£211.00
800 x 400
WB-804ST
£102.00
216
Adjustable Cantilever Workbenches ›› ››
›› ›› ››
››
Stylish design with good leg room Height adjustable from 700 to 1000mm by allen key, hand crank or electric motor Flush bench foot print 25mm laminate particle board worktops Working loads: 250kg (Allen Key) 200kg (Hand Crank) 200kg (Electric Motor) Electric motor takes 19 secs. from minimum to maximum
Workbenches
i Information
IDEAL FOR STANDING OR SEATED WORK
ESD protected versions available - Call for Details
Workshop Equipment
WB815EL shown with Accessories
WB815
Allen Key Adjustment Hand Crank Adjustment
Allen Key Adjustment
Electric Motor Adjustment
Hand Crank Adjustment
Electric Motor Adjustment
Worktop Sizes D x W mm
Model
Price
Model
Price
Model
Price
800 x 1073
WB-811
£540.00
WB-811C
£1150.00
WB-811EL
£1752.00
800 x 1500
WB-815
£545.00
WB-815C
£1145.00
WB-815EL
£1715.00
800 x 1800
WB-818
£568.00
WB-818C
£1185.00
WB-818EL
£1720.00
217
Industrial Trolley ›› ››
1625
››
Mobile Workshop Products
››
125
For use in production, repair or storage areas Basic trolley (BTF) comprises of castor base, uprights & pull handle. Add other accessories as required Frames are epoxy powder coated light grey RAL7038 Mobile on 125mm swivel castors, 2 with brakes
BT KIT 2
BTF Basic Trolley Frame
BT KIT 3
350kg
evenly distributed
NEW BT KIT 4
Workshop Equipment
Product
BT KIT 1 Trolley
Full range of hooks & tool holders available for perforated panels - please call for more details
BT KIT 5 Overall Size D x W x H mm
Includes
Model
Price
Basic Trolley Frame
BTF
£254.00
Bottom shelf, 30 large & 70 small storage bins
BT KIT 1
£1047.00
Bottom shelf with rubber mat, 1 steel shelf, 2 perforated panels & 10 large storage bins
BT KIT 2
£526.00
BT KIT 3
£513.00
Bottom shelf with rubber mat, 1 steel shelf, lockable cabinet, waste basket & paper roll holder
BT KIT 4
£637.00
Bottom shelf & 4 perforated panels
BT KIT 5
£482.00
Bottom shelf with rubber mat & 4 steel shelves
715 x 800 x 1625
Shelf
Bottom shelf with rubber mat
560 x 720 x 32
852719-41
£55.00
Shelf
Steel shelf
560 x 720 x 32
852685-41
£55.00
Moveable Bench ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
218
Height adjustable from 690 to 990mm Integrated lower shelf Epoxy powder coated steel light grey RAL7035 Mobile on 100mm swivel castors, 2 with brakes Max load 75kg per shelf Worktop Size D x W mm
Model
Price
700 x 500
CTR 705
£365.00
Heavy Duty Industrial Chairs ›› ›› ››
Uncompromising ergonomic design High quality materials & components 3 colour options available for the upholstery: red, grey or blue - please specify when ordering
DX30 CHAIR ›› ›› ››
››
›› ›› ››
››
DX32 CHAIR ››
DX30 Chair
Construction is the same as the DX30 Chair but with longer gas struts
DX35 High Chair with DAR Arm Rests
Industrial Seating
››
The chairs are very comfortable to sit on & offer excellent lumbar support Gas lift controls height adjustment The angle & height of the back rest is mechanically adjusted as well as the tilt of the seat Seat size: 445 x 455mm Back rest size: 370 x 275mm The padding is made from fireproof Foam with a high quality polyester fabric Chair base is constructed from anodized aluminium in grey & black Mobile on swivelling twin castors which are braked when unloaded Arm rests are optional extras
DX35 HIGH CHAIR ››
Construction is the same as the DX32 Chair but includes a foot ring & floor glides for improved work safety
ESD protected versions available - call for details
DX20PU CHAIR ››
›› ››
Construction is the same as the DX30 chair but with black polyurethane seat & back, which have wear resistant & washable surfaces Seat size: 370 x 425mm Back rest size: 350 x 265mm
Workshop Equipment
DX25PU CHAIR ››
Construction is the same as the DX20PU chair but with longer gas struts & includes a foot ring & floor glides for improved work safety
DAR ARM RESTS ›› ›› ››
Made from steel & black polyurethane 80mm high range & 50mm depth range Can be set either forwards or backwards which will allow you to sit closer to a bench
DX20 PU Chair
3YR
GUARANTEE
Seat Height Adjustment Min / Max mm
Model
Price
400 / 540
DX30
£308.00
450 / 650
DX32
£320.00
Fabric High Chair
500 / 740
DX35
£315.00
PU Chair
400 / 540
DX20PU
£246.00
PU High Chair
490 / 730
DX25PU
£277.00
DAR
£77.00
Description Fabric Chair
Arm Rests for the above units - pairs
DX25 PU High Chair with DAR Arm Rests
219
Stainless Steel Preparation Workbenches Fully welded construction Manufactured from food quality grade 304 stainless steel ›› Ideal for food preperation, healthcare facilities & any other environment where hygiene is essential ›› Worktop height: 840mm ›› Hygienic - can be steam cleaned ››
Workbenches
››
The bottom shelf has an integral rear lip
i Information
CONSTRUCTED COMPLETELY FROM FOOD QUALITY GRADE 304 STAINLESS STEEL
Workshop Equipment
PB157S shown with PBS57S, PBD03S, PBC04S, PBRL1S, PBPB5P, PBSR6P, PBCS2P & PBLF7P
3YR
manufactured
GUARANTEE
250kg
evenly distributed
Workbench Overall Size L x D mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
1500 x 750
75
PB157S
£1007.65
1800 x 900
102
PB189S
£1180.20
PB157S fitted with PBC04S & PBD03S
Optional Extras - factory fitted Description
Model
Price
Bottom Shelf - 1500 x 575
PBS57S
£149.95
Bottom Shelf - 1800 x 575
PBS89S
£168.75
Cantilever Shelf* (Horizontal Fitting)
PBCS2P
£184.70
Rear Retaining Lip
PBRL1S
£65.35
Side Retaining Lip - Each
PBSL2S
£41.30 £375.50
Single Drawer
PBD03S
Lockable Cupboard
PBC04S
£410.50
Electric Powerpoint
PBPB5P
£374.20
Light Fitment*
PBLF7P
£245.60
Support Rails* - for use with the Light Fitment & Cantilever Shelf
PBSR6P
£195.00
* Support Rails are needed for use with Cantilever Shelf & Light Fitment
220
PB157S shown with PBS57S
Heavy Duty Framework Benches ›› Suspended cabinets with 75kg UDL Heavy duty braced framework 40mm multiplex or lino worktops capacity drawers with 100% extensions ›› Maximum load capacity: 800kg UDL ›› Epoxy powder coated in grey & blue ›› Multiplex worktop: resin bonded layered beech ply with a cross laminated construction. A tough general duty worktop suitable for most applications. ›› Lino worktop: chipboard core with 3mm industrial linoleum top surface & plastic edge banding. Resistant to oils & greases. ›› ››
41003396.11v
800kg
800kg
evenly distributed
Configuration
Workbenches
41003082.16v
evenly distributed
Overall Size L x D x H mm 1500 x 750 x 840
Frame Bench 2000 x 750 x 840
Worktop Type
Model
Price
Multiplex
41003082.16v
£281.34
Lino
41003084.16v
£315.73
Multiplex
41003178.16v
£345.43
Lino
41003180.16v
£381.72
Configuration
Bench with 1 x 150mm Drawer
Overall Size L x D x H mm 1500 x 750 x 840 2000 x 750 x 840
Model
Price
Multiplex
41003396.11v
£552.77
Lino
41003397.11v
£577.76
Multiplex
41003399.11v
£616.86
Lino
41003400.11v
£642.93
Worktop Type
Model
Price
Multiplex
41003130.11v
£769.17
Lino
41003132.11v
£794.15
Multiplex
41003226.11v
£833.26
Lino
41003228.11v
£859.33
Workshop Equipment
Worktop Type
41003402.11v 41003130.11v
800kg
800kg
evenly distributed
Configuration
Bench with 3 x 100mm Drawers
evenly distributed
Overall Size L x D x H mm 1500 x 750 x 840 2000 x 750 x 840
Worktop Type
Model
Price
Multiplex
41003402.11v
£679.52
Lino
41003403.11v
£704.51
Multiplex
41003405.11v
£743.61
Lino
41003406.11v
£769.69
Configuration Bench with 2 x 75, 1 x 150 & 1 x 200mm Drawers
Overall Size L x D x H mm 1500 x 750 x 840 2000 x 750 x 840
221
Drawer Cabinets Robust re-inforced housing with up to 1 tonne overall capacity ›› Ergonomic handle with label strip & cover ›› Full range of drawer dividers available - call for details
75kg UDL drawer capacity on 100% extension Drawer blocking mechanism to prevent more than 1 drawer opening at one time ›› Epoxy powder coated in grey & blue
Workshop Equipment
Drawer Cabinets
››
›› ››
40019035.11v
40019031.11v Configuration
Overall Size W x D x H mm
Model
Price
Configuration
Overall Size W x D x H mm
Model
Price
1 x 100 & 1 x 175mm Drawers with a 400mm Cupboard
650 x 650 x 800
40019031.11v
£454.10
2 x 100 & 2 x 150 & 1 x 200mm Drawers
650 x 650 x 800
40019035.11v
£553.23
40020041.11v
40020033.11v Configuration
Overall Size W x D x H mm
Model
Price
Configuration
Overall Size W x D x H mm
Model
Price
1 x 100, 1 x 125 & 1 x 150mm Drawers with a 400mm Cupboard
800 x 650 x 900
40020033.11v
£672.62
5 x 100 & 2 x 150mm Drawers
800 x 650 x 900
40020041.11v
£845.31
Model
Price
40029037.11v
£1531.78
40029031.11v
40029037.11v
Configuration
Overall Size W x D x H mm
Model
Price
Configuration
Overall Size W x D x H mm
2 x 75, 1 x 100, 3 x 150 & 2 x 200mm Drawers
1050 x 750 x 1200
40029031.11v
£1189.61
4 x 100, 2 x 125, 3 x 150 & 2 x 200mm Drawers
1050 x 750 x 1600
222
Team Leader Workstations Designed for team leaders, supervisors or line managers Fully welded steel frame ›› Ideal for standing at to improve health & fitness, but can be used in conjunction with an industrial stool or chair ›› Drawer sets come complete with central locking & have a load capacity of 50kg per drawer. Each drawer set can be fitted either on the left or right of the bench. Cupboard sets can only be positioned on the right hand side ›› Sloping top units add 140mm to the overall height ››
››
day delivery
Black Blue Red
TLS1010461LX
specify when ordering
manufactured
TLF9210463LX
TLF9210464LX
TLS1010465LX
TLF9210466LX
TLF9210467LX
TLS1010468LX
TLF9210469LX
Workstation Only
Workstation with Flat Top
Workstation with Sloping Top
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Model
Price
Model
Price
920 x 1000 x 460
TLF9210461LX
£186.23
TLS1010461LX
£186.23
920 x 1000 x 600
£196.64
TLF9210601LX
£196.64
TLS1010601LX
Workstation with Single Drawer
920 x 1000 x 460
TLF9210462LX
£311.51
TLS1010462LX
£311.51
920 x 1000 x 600
TLF9210602LX
£321.91
TLS1010602LX
£321.91
Workstation with 2 x Single Drawers
920 x 1000 x 460
TLF9210463LX
£436.78
TLS1010463LX
£436.78
920 x 1000 x 600
TLF9210603LX
£447.18
TLS1010603LX
£447.18
Workstation with Cupboard
920 x 1000 x 460
TLF9210464LX
£298.47
TLS1010464LX
£298.47
920 x 1000 x 600
TLF9210604LX
£328.31
TLS1010604LX
£328.31
Workstation with Single Drawer & Cupboard
920 x 1000 x 460
TLF9210465LX
£423.75
TLS1010465LX
£423.74
920 x 1000 x 600
TLF9210605LX
£434.15
TLS1010605LX
£434.15
Workstation with Triple Drawer
920 x 1000 x 460
TLF9210466LX
£424.10
TLS1010466LX
£424.10
920 x 1000 x 600
TLF9210606LX
£434.50
TLS1010606LX
£434.50
Workstation with Triple Drawer & Single Drawer
920 x 1000 x 460
TLF9210467LX
£549.37
TLS1010467LX
£549.37
920 x 1000 x 600
TLF9210607LX
£559.78
TLS1010607LX
£559.78
Workstation with Double Cupboard
920 x 1000 x 460
TLF9210468LX
£374.93
TLS1010468LX
£374.93
920 x 1000 x 600
TLF9210608LX
£385.33
TLS1010608LX
£385.33
Workstation with Triple Drawer & Cupboard
920 x 1000 x 460
TLF9210469LX
£536.34
TLS1010469LX
£536.34
920 x 1000 x 600
TLF9210609LX
£546.74
TLS1010609LX
£546.74
223
Workshop Equipment
TLF9210462LX
Description
Team Leader Workstations
Red Grey Blue Black specify when ordering
5
DRAWER & CUPBOARD COLOUR OPTIONS
SLOPING TOP COLOUR OPTIONS
Mobile Euroslide Cabinets ›› ›› ›› ››
Drawer Cabinets
››
Heavy gauge all steel construction Full width, full extension precision ball race slides with safety anti-tilt feature Central locking 70kg load capacity per drawer Drawers have slotted sides for drawer dividers
COLOUR OPTIONS Red Green Blue Dark Grey
ES7846161AM
specify when ordering
ES7846161CM
Workshop Equipment
manufactured
ES78491612M
ES7846161AM
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Steel Top Model
Laminate Top to Suit Price
Model
Price
Overall Size H x W x D mm
2 x 100mm Drawers & Cupboard
Steel Top Model
Laminate Top to Suit Price
Model
Price
4 Drawers - 1 x 150mm & 3 x 200mm
840 x 615 x 610
ES78461612M
£510.00
ESLAMTOP6161
£51.79
840 x 615 x 610
ES7846161AM
£591.80
ESLAMTOP6161
£51.79
840 x 915 x 610
ES78491612M
£580.82
ESLAMTOP9161
£69.36
840 x 915 x 610
ES7849161AM
£715.92
ESLAMTOP9161
£69.36
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Model
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Model
Steel Top
Laminate Top to Suit Price
Model
Price
5 Drawers - 2 x 100mm, 2 x 150mm & 1 x 200mm
Steel Top
Laminate Top to Suit Price
Model
Price
6 Drawers - 4 x 100mm, 1 x 150mm & 1 x 200mm
840 x 615 x 610
ES7846161CM
£663.80
ESLAMTOP6161
£51.79
840 x 615 x 610
ES7846161EM
£743.00
ESLAMTOP6161
£51.79
840 x 915 x 610
ES7849161CM
£793.41
ESLAMTOP9161
£69.36
840 x 915 x 610
ES7849161EM
£873.53
ESLAMTOP9161
£69.36
224
Tool Trolleys ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
Tool Storage & Trolleys
Attractive red finish Smooth running drawers Chrome 1.2mm steel frame Easy to manoeuvre Ideal for use in warehouses, workshops, production facilities, assembly areas etc Mobile on 4 swivel 100mm rubber castors, 2 with brake Deep 70mm lip around shelves Model TCC22Y has individual keys for each drawer
FROM ONLY
£94.05
TCC12Y
TCC22Y TCC03Y TCC02Y Description
Drawer Size L x W x H mm
770 x 410 x 890
630 x 340 x 90
2 Shelf 3 Shelf 2 Shelf, 1 Drawer 2 Shelf, 2 Drawer
Space Between Shelves
Weight kg
-
540 mm
12.5
TCC02Y
£94.05
-
270 mm
16
TCC03Y
£120.45
360 mm
22
TCC12Y
£139.00
280 mm
29
TCC22Y
£183.00
Model
Price
125kg
evenly distributed
Small Parts Storage Carry Case ›› ››
Ideal for all your small parts storage Complete with 18 individual removable containers which have their own divider & belt clip
MSC18H
3
day delivery
Individual containers complete with dividers & belt clip
MSC18H Overall Size L x W x H mm
Weight kg
Model
Price (each) Pack of 1
Price (each) Pack of 8
330 x 330 x 130
1.6
MSC18H
£28.50
£24.50
225
Workshop Equipment
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Adjustable Height Trolleys
3
COLOUR OPTIONS
››
day delivery
Red Grey Blue
›› ››
specify when ordering
150kg
Workshop Trolleys
evenly distributed
››
GI942W
Overall Size L x W mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
610 x 460
20
GI942W
£180.20
Reversible Tray/Shelf Trolleys Reversible shelves - either a smooth shelf or a tray with surrounding lip The height of the centre shelf on the 3 shelf model is adjustable Mobile on 2 fixed, 2 swivel braked 100mm grey non-marking castors
›› ›› ››
3 Description
Workshop Equipment
2 Shelf 3 Shelf
day delivery
150kg
evenly distributed
TI246Y
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
670 x 400 x 910
17
TI246Y
£160.85
820 x 500 x 910
20
TI257Y
£177.05
670 x 400 x 910
20
TI346Y
£174.05
820 x 500 x 910
23.5
TI357Y
£212.60
TI357Y
Tool Trolley ›› ›› ››
Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel 100mm rubber castors Smooth running drawers with a rubber mat insole Subject to availability
7
day delivery
ONLY
£106.00 Load Capacity
Overall Size W x D x H mm
Drawer Size W x D x H mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
200 kg
737 x 383 x 785
648 x 350 x 100
20
TCI23Y
£106.00
226
Mobile on 4 x 100mm swivel castors, 2 braked Perfect for colour co-ordinating depts Shelves are manufactured from 20 gauge steel with smooth rounded edges for extra strength, with the legs constructed from 14 gauge steel Top shelf is easily adjustable from 660 to 1070mm in 100mm increments & comes complete with a ribbed rubber mat
TCI23Y
‘Proplaz’ Shelf Trolleys
100kg
evenly distributed
150kg
evenly distributed
HI275Y
HI291Y
100kg
150kg
evenly distributed
evenly distributed
HI292Y
›› ›› ›› ››
day delivery
Workshop Trolleys
3
HI375Y
HI393Y with the cupboard closed
High quality hardwearing black plastic shelves with grey aluminium uprights Ideal for most environments including warehouses, garages, workshops, laboratories etc ›› Mobile on 4 x 100mm swivel castors (2 with brakes) Lightweight & easy to clean HI291Y, HI292Y & HI393Y incorporate smooth running grey drawers & model HI393Y also has a black plastic cupboard Overall Size L x W x H mm
Description
Load Capacity kg
750 x 460 x 940
2 Shelf Trolley
100
990 x 515 x 970 750 x 460 x 980
3 Shelf Trolley
990 x 515 x 1010
2 Shelf Trolley with a Lockable Steel Drawer 2 Shelf Trolley with 2 x Steel Drawers 3 Shelf Trolley with a Lockable Steel Drawer & Cupboard
150
750 x 460 x 940
100
750 x 460 x 980
150
Weight kg
Model
Price
10
HI275Y
£115.80
15
HI299Y
£168.05
13
HI375Y
£132.50
21
HI399Y
£208.50
16
HI291Y
£188.20
20
HI292Y
£246.85
24
HI393Y
£318.35
WTP12Y
WTS30Y
3YR
GUARANTEE
300kg
evenly distributed
manufactured
›› ›› ›› ›› ››
Workshop Equipment
Mobile Work Benches
WTP42Y
FROM ONLY
£436.60
Strong welded construction Worktops have a steel retaining lip Constructed from 40mm steel square section Mobile, on 2 fixed, 2 swivel braked 100mm nylon castors, & have a tubular steel push handle to aid manoeuvrability Bottom shelf comes complete with a 40mm surround to 3 sides & a 40mm drop edge to the front Description
Overall Size WxDxH
Mobile Work Bench Mobile Work Bench with Single Drawer Mobile Work Bench with Cupboard Mobile Work Bench with Single Drawer & Cupboard
1130 x 670 x 1000 mm
WTS20Y
2mm Steel Work Top
18mm Plywood Work Top
Weight
Model
Price
Weight
Model
Price
39 kg
WTS10Y
£436.60
49 kg
WTP12Y
£488.80
50 kg
WTS20Y
£521.75
60 kg
WTP22Y
£614.60
55 kg
WTS30Y
£515.35
65 kg
WTP32Y
£610.60
66 kg
WTS40Y
£643.20
76 kg
WTP42Y
£737.65
227
Multi Purpose Trolleys
Plastic Multi Purpose Trolleys
10
YR GUARANTEE
3
GI403L
›› ›› ›› ›› ››
GI402L
day delivery
›› Easy to clean - will not rust, dent or chip Super strong polyethylene moulded trolleys ›› Depth of storage trays: 63mm Ergonomic push handle moulded into the top shelf Mobile on 100mm non-marking rubber swivel castors, 2 with brake These units are ideal for heavy duty use in workshops, maintenance departments, storerooms, warehouses, electronic, chemical & pharmaceutical industries Manufactured from a non conductive polyethylene which will not pass an electrical current & is unaffected by battery acid, solvents & cleaning solutions Overall Size L x W x H mm
Description 2 Storage Trays 3 Storage Trays
895 x 457 x 920
180kg
evenly distributed
FREE!
Size Between Shelves Top / Bottom mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
571.5
10
GI402L
£144.85
266 / 266
14
GI403L
£182.10
Plastic Multi Purpose Trolleys ›› ›› ››
Workshop Equipment
››
››
Super strong polyethylene moulded trolleys Easy to clean, versatile - will not rust, dent or chip Ideal for use in workshops, storerooms, warehouses, chemical & pharmaceutical industries Manufactured from a non conductive polyethylene which will not pass an electrical current & is unaffected by battery acid, solvents & cleaning solutions Mobile on 4 x 100mm non marking rubber swivel castors, 2 with brakes
3
228
£132.70
10
day delivery
GI335L
FROM ONLY
YR GUARANTEE
FREE!
GI334L
GI341L
150kg
evenly distributed
Description
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Size Between Shelves Top / Bottom mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
3 Shelf (3 flat shelves)
610 x 458 x 840
305 / 305
11
GI341L
£132.70
2 Shelf Trolley
890 x 610 x 880
650
16
GI334L
£201.00
3 Shelf Trolley
890 x 610 x 865
292 / 292
22
GI335L
£245.45
Storage Container Cupboards ›› ›› ››
›› ›› ››
These storage container cupboards can be used for a multitude of storage options Louvre panels on the doors & carcass enables you to conveniently store containers close to hand A weld & rivet construction provides all-round robustness, with reinforced doors & “No Snag’’ handles with 2-point locking 75kg UDL capacity galvanised shelves Overall size: 1800H x 900W x 460D mm More containers available - call for details
Workshop Cupboards
manufactured
CYD189046BBX
CYD189046457
CYD189046151 CYD189046461 Container Sizes L x W x H mm
Description Cupboard Cupboard with 4 Shelves & 59 Containers (10 x Size 3, 8 x Size 5 & 41 Size 2) Cupboard with 4 Shelves & 57 Containers (16 x Size 4 & 41 x Size 2) Cupboard with 1 Shelf & 51 Containers (10 x Size 6 & 41 x Size 2)
Size 2 - 165 x 100 x 75 Size 3 - 240 x 150 x 132 Size 4 - 350 x 205 x 132 Size 5 - 350 x 205 x 182 Size 6 - 375 x 420 x 182
Model
Price
CYD189046BBX
£495.96
CYD189046461
£734.62
CYD189046457
£731.65
CYD189046151
£715.00
Multi-Storage Cupboards ›› ››
›› ›› ››
Description
Model
Price
Solid Door Cupboard
C6MSS181065X
£626.33
Vision Door Cupboard
C6MSV181065X
£775.73
Workshop Equipment
››
The welded construction offers high strength & durability manufactured 1800H x 1050W x 650D mm gives a very large storage capacity The cupboards are available with a combination of accessories including drawer, shelves & perforated/louvre rear panels Either with solid doors or vision doors which allow you to inspect the contents of cupboards Each cupboard comes with adjustable feet for levelling Drawers have a heavy duty slide system giving 100% extension & a capacity of 70kg UDL
Accessories £89.64
100mm Deep Drawer
C6MSDRW100DX
150mm Deep Drawer
C6MSDRW150DX
£98.83
200mm Deep Drawer
C6MSDRW200DX
£111.47
Tool Panel (tools not included)
C6MSTOOLPANX
£34.47
Louvre Panel
C6MSLOUVREPX
£34.47
Dual Panel (Tool/Louvre)
C6MSDUALPANX
£34.47
Noticeboard Panel
C6MSNOTICEBX
£28.72
Shelf
C6MSSHELFXXX
£27.58
C6MSV181065X, C6MSDRW100DX, 4 x C6MSDRW200DX, C6MSSHELFXXX, C6MSTOOLPANX & C6MSLOUVREPX (Tools/Containers not included)
229
Heavy Duty Cupboards - 2000mm high with Drawers ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
Workshop Cupboards
››
True industrial strength housings, coupled with internal workshops, drawers & shelves Heavy gauge steel construction Attractive two-tone epoxy paint finish Hinged doors with either perfo or louvre inner panels High capacity 125mm drawers glide on roller bearings even when fully loaded Shelves with 100kg capacity adjustable on 25mm vertical pitch Security ensured by espagnolette locking system with flush fitting handle All accessories can be easily moved to alternative position in the cupboard All cupboards are 2000mm high x 1050mm wide x 650mm deep
C
Workshop Equipment
B
A
D
Description
No of Shelves
E
No of Drawers
Model
Price £661.98
A
Louvre inner doors
2
-
400 21 125.11V
B
Perfo inner doors
3
3
400 21 109.11V
£918.86
C
1 x wood top, 1 x perfo backpanel, 1 x louvre backpanel
1
4
400 21 160.11V
£1040.38
D
Louvre inner doors
2
4
400 21 161.11V
£957.26
E
Perfo inner doors
3
9
400 21 114.11V
£1355.90
Accessories
Drawer
230
Galvanised Shelf
Multiplex Worktop
Description
Model
Price
Empty cupboard housing with perfo doors (1050W x 650D x 2000H)
40021067.11V
£605.47
Empty cupboard housing with louvre doors
40021068.11V
£605.47
Drawer (125mm high)
40522041.16M
£93.80
Galvanised shelf
42101019.51V
£37.18
Multiplex worktop
41201029.08V
£87.31
10pc hook kit
140 31410
£8.30
20pc hook kit
140 31412
£37.95
24pc bin kit
13003105
£21.25
Perfo Wall Cupboard
Perfo Panels
›› Manufactured to withstand the most rigorous ›› Sturdy lockable wall cabinets for secure storage ›› Fully welded construction with a perforated back conditions, giving a long service life ›› The fully flanged metal panels are reinforced ›› The double skinned doors provide extra storage with channel backstrips & fixing points area & are secured by 2-point locking ›› All hooks lock into the panel with the perfo ›› Cupboards are 800W x 325D x 700H mm ›› Hooks & accessories not included. locking clip, positioned quickly but securely
Model
Price
495 x 457
140 25 115.11
£19.14
990 x 457
140 25 117.11
£27.71
1486 x 457
140 25 118.11
£40.51
Hook
Double Tool Hook
Pk of 5
Workshop Cupboards
Overall Size W x H mm
Description
Model
Price
Cupboard only (empty)
40031060.11v
£215.00
Bin Storage Strip
Shelf
Pk of 5
Length
Model
Price
Length
Model
Price
25 mm
140 01 102
£3.59
25 mm
140 02 037
£6.64
W x D mm
Model
Price
Length
Model
Price
50 mm
140 01 098
£3.88
50 mm
140 02 039
£7.20
450 x 170
140 14 034.16
£11.40
75 mm
140 01 104
£4.15
75 mm
140 02 041
£7.75
100 mm
140 14 043.16
£2.85
900 x 170
140 14 006.16
£20.42
100 mm
140 01 147
£4.43
100 mm
140 02 064
£8.30
450 mm
140 14 044.16
£6.50
450 x 250
140 14 031.16
£15.94
150 mm
140 01 148
£4.70
150 mm
140 02 043
£9.16
900 mm
140 14 045.16
£9.41
900 x 250
140 14 007.16
£28.16
Spanner Holder
Screwdriver Holder
Power Tool Loop
Pk of 5 ø
Model
Price
40 mm
140 11 016
£8.58
Length
Model
Price
Model
Price
Width
Model
Price
60 mm
140 11 018
£8.85
125 mm
140 19 003
£4.00
140 17 002
£5.30
225 mm
140 19 007
£5.25
80 mm
140 11 020
£9.13
Single Spring Clip
Double Spring Clip
U-Holder
Pk of 5
Pipe Brackets
Pk of 5 Pk of 5
ø
Model
Price
WxD
Model
Price
6 mm
140 13 059
£4.43
ø
Model
Price
31 x 20 mm
140 10 015
£6.91
10 mm
140 13 061
£4.43
2 x 6 mm
140 13 075
£7.10
56 x 20 mm
140 10 017
£7.20
Pk of 2 W x ø mm
Model
Price
13 mm
140 13 063
£4.70
2 x 10 mm
140 13 077
£7.23
75 x 20 mm
140 10 019
£8.25
35 x 60
140 15 041
£3.65
16 mm
140 13 065
£4.70
2 x 13 mm
140 13 079
£7.35
32 x 50 mm
140 10 032
£9.41
35 x 100
140 15 042
£4.65
19 mm
140 13 067
£4.70
2 x 16 mm
140 13 081
£7.48
32 x 75 mm
140 10 033
£9.96
100 x 60
140 15 043
£7.63
25 mm
140 13 069
£4.70
2 x 19 mm
140 13 083
£7.53
32 x 100 mm
140 10 034
£10.52
100 x 100
140 15 044
£11.50
231
Workshop Equipment
Saw Holder
Industrial Screens ››
›› ›› ››
›› ››
Workshop Walls
››
Modular industrial screens when used with the hook sets, shown below, provide space-saving & efficient tool & spare parts storage Can be equipped with all M750 accessories – please call for details Industrial screens can also be used as space dividers They also provide noise insulation; the combinations available have perforated back panels on both sides & one side is insulated Each section includes 6 perforated back panels, 3 pcs/side & the standard section includes two feet The extension section includes one foot Available in two colours; grey or blue. Blue comes as standard but if you require grey please change the 07 to 35 in the model code. You can mix & match the colours - please call for details
Description
Overall Size W x D x H mm
Model
Price
Standard Industrial Screen - ‘T’ Foot
780 x 560 x 1850
C52007101
£505.00
Extension Industrial Screen - ‘T’ Foot
750 x 560 x 1850
C52007102
£425.00
Extension Industrial Screen - ‘L’ Foot
750 x 310 x 1850
C52007103
£418.00
Extension Industrial Screen - ‘I’ Foot
750 x 60 x 1850
C52007104
£392.00
Tool Storage System ››
››
Workshop Equipment
›› ››
››
››
››
››
Description
Overall Size D x W x H mm
Model
Price
Tool Storage System with 4 Panels
1025 x 1035 x 2125
83051807
£1237.00
Additional Panel
15 x 949 x 1976
83068207
£220.00
20 Piece Hook Set
-
85500151
£31.00
45 Piece Hook Set
-
85500251
£91.00
232
The original Total Storage System also provides space-saving & efficient tool & spare parts storage It requires only 2 sqm of floor space but provides 16 sqm of storage area Can be equipped with all M750 accessories – please call for details There is no need to fasten it to the floor, as it stands firmly on its own. There is a wheel on the lower edge of the panels which makes them easy to move The load capacity is 100 kg/panel. A maximum of 10 panels can be fastened to the tool storage system Available in two colours; grey or blue. Blue comes as standard but if you require grey please change the 07 to 35 in the model code. 20 piece hook set includes; 5 x 50mm straight hooks, 5 x 33mm double hooks, 5 x 19mm spring hooks & 5 x 35mm angle hook 45 piece hook set includes; 5 x 30mm straight hooks, 5 x 50mm straight hooks, 5 x 33mm double hooks, 5 x 19mm spring hooks, 5 x 22mm spring hooks, 1 x 220mm tool holder, 1 x 80mm tube, 5 x 35mm angle hook, 1 x 90mm cup, 5 x 60mm tool hooks, 5 x 35mm plier hooks, 1 x 60mm round hook & 1 x 238mm tool holder
Electronic Crane Scales ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
Complies to GB/T11883-2002 & European CE directives Aluminium casting case, high firm hook & shackle Quality integrated circuit for high performance & long time stability 35mm LED display with adjustable brightness setting Internal rechargable battery or AC power Functions include: ›› On/Off ›› Zero ›› Tare ›› Hold/Print
i Information
Weigh Scales
SLEEP MODE TO MAXIMISE THE BATTERY LIFE
NEW
Capacity
Model
Price
1000kg x 0.5kg
BCS-1000
£380.00
3000kg x 1kg
BCS-3000
£390.00
5000kg x 2kg
BCS-5000
£400.00
Workshop Equipment
Floor Scale System ››
Floor & Drum Weighing Scale
›› ››
›› Ideal for the weighing of drums, sack trucks & trolleys etc where ease of operation & accuracy is essential ›› 6 digit 20mm (0.8”) LED display ›› Powered by internal rechargable batteries which gives up to 30 hours of continuous use ›› Functions include: ›› On/Off ›› Zero ›› Tare ›› Hold/Print
›› ››
Versatile indicator - ideal for applications such as shipping, counting, totalizing & check weighing functions Hard wearing powder coated finish Thick safety tread top plate with heavy duty welded wide channel supports 4 alloy steel potted load cells Functions include: ›› Checkweighing ›› Count ›› Weight ›› Total ›› Print Overall Size L x W mm
Capacity
Model
Price
Overall Size L x W x H mm
1220 x 1220
2500kg x 0.5kg
816965005246
£646.00
Capacity
Model
Price
1220 x 1220
5000kg x 1kg
816965005413
£750.00
500kg x 0.2g
1050 x 1050 x 46
DS1000
£520.00
1500 x 1500
2500kg x 0.5kg
816965005406
£762.00
816965002061
£51.00
1500 x 1500
5000kg x 1kg
816965005420
£825.00
Indicator/Readout Stand
233
Electronic Bench/Floor Scales ›› ›› ››
››
››
Overall Size mm 278 x 318 x 56
Capacity
Model
Price
45kg x 100g & 100lbs x 0.2lbs
GP45
£83.00
110kg x 200g & 250lbs x 0.5lbs
GP110
£83.00
3
day delivery
Workshop Equipment
Weigh Scales
››
Accurate, easy to read display Large 25.4mm backlit LCD display Functions include: ›› On/Off ›› Zero ›› Tare Auto shutdown feature turns off the weight display after 2 minutes of none use Battery alert will display ‘LO’ when the battery is weak This unit continues to display the weight after the item has been removed. Ideal for weighing oversized goods
i Information
IDEAL FOR PALLETS, CONTAINERS & STILLAGES ETC
Portable Beam Scales Place the beams up to 2 metres apart Both beams are fitted with a lifting handle & adjustable feet ›› Functions include: ›› On/Off ›› Net/Gross ›› Tare ›› Print ›› Ideal for pallets, long loads, containers etc ››
››
234
Indicator Weights are clearly displayed in 7 x 20mm high digits which is backlit LCD for excellent viewing ›› Scales will display low battery when the unit requires recharging. The battery lasts 15 hours of continuous use & is charged via the charger. The display turns itself off after 2 minutes ››
Overall Size mm
Capacity
Model
Price
2 qty of 1200 x 100 Beams
2500kg / 5000lb
816965005628
£598.00
2 qty of 1200 x 100 Beams
5000kg / 10,000lb
816965005635
£636.00
Drum Dolly ›› ››
Drum Dollies & Stands
››
NEW
Design allows loading by overhead lifting Suitable for moving standard 210L drums Fitted with 4 x 75mm rubber swivel castors
3
day delivery
DID16Y
Overall Size Dia. mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
616
7.5
DID16Y
£85.95
DID16Y
Drum Stands for 210 Litre Drums
Drum Dollies ›› ›› ››
FROM ONLY
››
£107.40
››
Design allows loading by overhead lifting Quick & easy assembly DID04Y height: 100mm DID09Y handle height: 750mm. Suitable for moving standard 210 litre drums Fitted with 4 x 75mm polyethylene swivel castors.
Drum, IBC & Cylinder Equipment
FROM ONLY
£39.30
DH440Z
3YR
manufactured
GUARANTEE
DID04Y
DH442S ›› ›› ›› ››
DH443Z & DH439Z
DH445S
3
day delivery
Fully welded tubular steel construction for strength & durability Model DH443Z: with nylon top rollers to day allow drainage from the side bung delivery Models DH442S & DH432S: mobile on 2 x 100mm fixed wheels & 2 x 75mm swivel castors WHERE Model DH445S: as per DH442S but with nylon top HIGHLIGHTED rollers to allow drainage from the side
7
Description
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Height Under Side of Drum mm
Roller Dia. mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
Mobile
865 x 595 x 350
280
-
5.4
DH440Z
£107.40
Static
865 x 595 x 385
315
-
14
DH442S
£206.60
Mobile
865 x 595 x 350
290
75mm
7.2
DH443Z
£157.50
Static
865 x 595 x 385
325
75mm
15.4
DH445S
£257.55
DH439Z
£65.05
Drum Handle Lever - Designed for use with the above stands
236
DID09Y
Overall Size L x W mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
300 x 300
9
DID04Y
£39.30
615 x 615
10
DID09Y
£84.50
Hydraulic Drum Lifter ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
CE Tested Designed to allow you to pick up & transport a full or empty 210 litre steel drum The foot operated hydraulic pump smoothly lifts the drum, held firm by the top rim clamp The retractable clamp holds the drum securely & releases automatically Mobile on 2 x 200mm nylon wheels & a rear 100mm swivel rubber castor
Retractable Clamp
DL287Z
£288.05 Drum Transporters
DL287Z shown with the drum raised
280kg
evenly distributed
DL287Z
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Maximum Lift Height mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
800 x 870 x 990
150
36.5
DL287Z
£288.05
Drum Tilter ›› ››
››
Drum, IBC & Cylinder Equipment
››
CE marked & plated Designed to allow you to pick up, transport & rotate full or empty 210L steel drums The saddle secures the drum Mobile on 2 x 180mm polyurethane wheels & a rear 75mm swivel castor
300kg
evenly distributed
Drum locking mechanism
i Information
IDEAL FOR LOW LEVEL POURING
DT300P
DT300P
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
1420 x 900 x 1712
50
DT300P
£384.90
237
Drum Lifters ›› ››
i Information
››
IDEAL FOR MOVING DRUMS FROM EURO & UK PALLETS
›› ›› ›› ›› ››
Drum Lifters
››
CE marked & plated Foot operated hydraulic pump These units will load / unload 210L steel drums from pallets / ground with ease The grip holds the top rim of the drum, the user then pumps the foot pedal to lift the drum Wheel into position & lower accordingly The foot pedal hinges up helping to prevent knocked shins whilst mobile DLL03Z is easily manoeuvrable on 2 fixed, 2 swivel 130mm wheels, one with brake DL450Y is mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel braked 125mm polyurethane castors 450kg load capacity up to 500mm (DL450Y has a capacity of 350kg above this height)
up to
450kg
evenly distributed
DLL03Z
£1201.25
Drum, IBC & Cylinder Equipment
DLL03Z
Foot Pedal
DL450Y DL450Y
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Lifting Height mm
Weight kg
1100 x 900
500
940 x 1160 x 1860
1070
238
Model
Price
105
DLL03Z
£1201.25
100
DL450Y
£1229.80
Drum locking mechanism
Drum Handler ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
››
CE marked & plated Designed to carry full or empty 210 litre steel drums Ideal for moving units on & off Euro & UK pallets This unit smoothly lifts the drum (in 20mm increments) which is held firm by the clamp Mobile on 2 fixed 130mm polyurethane wheels & 2 swivel 120mm polyurethane castors DL250Y Lifting height: 250mm
250kg
evenly distributed
£583.10 Drum Transporters
Drum locking mechanism
i Information
IDEAL FOR MOVING DRUMS FROM EURO & UK PALLETS Overall Size L x W x H mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
812 x 1130 x 1100
50
DL250Y
£583.10
DL250Y
Drum Lifter ›› ››
›› ›› ››
300kg
evenly distributed
Drum, IBC & Cylinder Equipment
››
CE marked & plated Designed to carry full or empty 210 litre steel drums Foot operated hydraulic pump Lifts a drum up to 740mm off the ground This unit smoothly lifts the drum which is held firm by the clamp Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel braked 125mm nylon castors
DL300Y
£667.80 i Information
IDEAL FOR MOVING DRUMS FROM EURO & UK PALLETS Drum locking mechanism Release mechanism
Hydraulic pump action
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
950 x 1200 x 1565
72
DL300Y
£667.80
DL300Y
239
Drum Transporter ›› ››
All Purpose Drum Handler
CE marked & plated Constructed from tubular steel this unit is designed to carry 210 litre steel drums. Adjustable drum hook enables varying sizes of drum to be carried. Max drum height: 1575mm DH446L
DH451S
Drum handle in transit position
200kg
manufactured
evenly distributed
3YR
DH446L
GUARANTEE
Drum Transporters
£382.55
300kg
evenly distributed
DH451S
£454.10 DH446L
›› ›› ››
3YR
››
GUARANTEE
manufactured
DH451S
CE marked & plated Designed to carry 210 litre steel drums When positioned vertically, the drum handle locks onto the drum rim. On levering back, the toes engage the base of the drum Mobile on 2 fixed 200mm cushion wheels & 2 swivel 75mm nylon castors
Overall Size W x H mm
Wheels
Weight kg
Model
Price
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
705 x 1575
2 x 350mm Cushion
31
DH446L
£382.55
800 x 635 x 450
32
DH451S
£454.10
Pallet Loader ››
Drum, IBC & Cylinder Equipment
manufactured
›› ››
3YR
››
GUARANTEE
›› ››
CE marked & plated Drum is held in position by the use of a sliding hook located down the centre of the trolley frame Designed to load & unload standard 210 litre drums safely & efficiently from a pallet Large hooped handles for easy handling This unit is produced/balanced in such a way that it should only be used with full or empty drums Mobile on 2 x 200mm & 2 x 250mm rubber wheels
400kg
3YR
evenly distributed
DH482L
REAR SUPPORTING CASTORS
GUARANTEE
manufactured
250kg
evenly distributed
DH483J
Drum Transporter ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
CE marked & plated Tubular steel construction designed to carry 210 litre steel drums Drum is held in position by an adjustable hook Mobile on 2 x 250mm solid rubber wheels & incorporates 2 x 160mm supporting rear castors This unit is produced/balanced in such a way that it should only be used with full or empty drums
DH482L
Overall Size H x W mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
Overall Size L W x H mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
1600 x 740
20
DH483J
£500.95
1800 x 610 x 1225
46
DH482L
£531.10
240
Vertical Drum/Barrel Clamps ›› ›› ›› ››
Provide 100% positive grip throughout all lifting operations Clamp tightens via ratchet mechanism Suitable for 210 litre steel barrels / plastic drums Supplied with Load Test Certificate
Drum Transporters & Lifters
Plastic Drum Clamp
Steel Barrel Clamp
350kg
Description
Model
Price
Plastic Drum Clamp
SVPDC
£359.00
Steel Barrel Clamp
SVSBC
£354.00
Levadrum Transporter ››
›› ›› ›› ›› ››
Designed for easy handling, convenient storage & access for decanting 210L steel barrels or plastic drums Foldable push / pull handle for easy storage Twin rollers built in to fully rotate the barrel/drum Can be used with steel barrels & plastic drums Large wheels to make it easier to manoeuvre All in one unit for tilting, rotating & transporting barrel / drum Load Capacity
Model
Price
350kg
LEVDT
£884.00
241
Drum, IBC & Cylinder Equipment
Load Capacity
Drum Lifters ›› ›› ››
›› ››
One person operation CE marked & plated Simply attach/hang the lifter on a hook from an overhead hoist or crane, saddle around the drum & raise to the desired height & position For use with 210 litre steel drums Model DLV02Z has a geared chain control. The 3 metre control chain can be locked to secure the drum in any position during transit & dispensing
i Information
IDEAL FOR LOW LEVEL POURING
Drum Lifters
350kg
DLV01Z
evenly distributed
Description
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
Standard
820 x 720 x 230
22
DLV01Z
£255.55
Geared
850 x 850 x 250
40
DLV02Z
£436.75
DLV02Z
Fork Lift Drum Tilter ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
CE marked & plated Can be operated without leaving the fork lift truck Enables your fork truck to be used as a drum handler Can easily lift, transport & tilt loaded drums The 3 metre pull chain loop allows simple control from the driver seat Fork distance: 620mm apart Fork pockets: 65H x 180W mm
Drum, IBC & Cylinder Equipment
DLF05Z
350kg
i Information
DLF05Z
evenly distributed
EASY OPERATION FROM YOUR FORK LIFT CAB
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
1000 x 770 x 510
76
DLF05Z
£589.05
Taper Grip Drum Clamp ›› ›› ››
720kg
evenly distributed
››
››
CE marked & plated Suitable for use with 210 Litre steel drums The steel jaws grip the rim of the drum, allowing the drums to be picked up or set down without spaces 360kg evenly between them distributed Automatic grip lock will not open & ensures safe drum transportation Grip head has different positions to fit different heights
DLC02Z DLC01Z
N.B. It is important for the safe use of this unit that the drum ring is not damaged & is strong enough to support its own weight
242
No. of Drums Held
Fork Spread
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
1
560 mm
830 x 710 x 1000
60
DLC01Z
£568.40
2
605 mm
1030 x 850 x 1000
96
DLC02Z
£730.50
Sump Flooring ›› ››
manufactured
››
3YR
Versatile sump flooring to meet your requirements Flush fitting seam welded floor panels Safeguard the contents of the drums from potentially contaminating work areas should a drum fail
GUARANTEE
2 x SF1001, SF2301 & SR1051
Drum Storage
i Information
COMPLY TO OIL STORAGE REGULATIONS (England) 2001 Sump Capacity
Overall Size L x W x H mm
263 Litres
1400 x 1250 x 160
SF1001
£673.70
347 Litres
2200 x 1050 x 160
*SF2301
£1061.25
525 Litres
2800 x 1250 x 160
*SF2831
£1361.50
SR1051
£240.20
Model
Price
Sump Flooring
Optional Ramp -
1000 x 500 x 160 Optional Safety Rail
-
1000 x 40 x 1000
SR1000
£93.35
-
1250 x 40 x 1000
SR1250
£105.00
SF1001, SR1051 & 2 x SR1000
*A fork lift will be needed to unload these units
Sump Pallets ›› ››
Fully welded construction providing secure sump containment Fitted with removable galvanised grid for ease of cleaning Drum Storage Sump Pallets - when not in use the fork guides give a safe & secure lift
Drum, IBC & Cylinder Equipment
››
i Information
COMPLY TO OIL STORAGE REGULATIONS (England) 2001
manufactured
3YR
GUARANTEE
DSP04G
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Description
DSP08Z Sump Capacity
Weight kg
Model
Price
Floor Sump Pallets 2 Drum Units 4 Drum Units
Without Grid
1400 x 625 x 300
230 litres
40
DSP02Z
£282.85
With Grid
1400 x 625 x 300
230 litres
70
DSP02G
£403.95
Without Grid
1400 x 1250 x 175
260 litres
60
DSP04Z
£330.30
With Grid
1400 x 1250 x 175
260 litres
120
DSP04G
£574.05
Drum Storage Sump Pallets 2 Drum Units
With Grid
1400 x 625 x 445
230 litres
80
DSP06Z
£482.35
4 Drum Units
With Grid
1400 x 1250 x 330
260 litres
130
DSP08Z
£656.60
243
Vertical Drum Store ›› ››
Horizontal Drum Store
Manufactured from heavy duty corrugated steel Enclosed on 3 sides to stop splash contamination
›› ›› ››
Manufactured from heavy duty corrugated steel Enclosed on 3 sides to stop splash contamination Can be stacked 2 high
manufactured
Drum Stores
3YR
GUARANTEE
DH941Z
DH274Z
Sump Capacity
Overall Size W x D x H mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
Sump Capacity
Overall Size W x D x H mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
250 Litres
820 x 820 x 1375
110
DH941Z
£811.90
490 Litres
1645 x 1360 x 1900
175
DH274Z
£1306.95
Drum Storage Units ›› ››
Drum, IBC & Cylinder Equipment
›› ››
›› ››
›› ››
›› ››
Ground clearance: 150mm Fork centres: 760mm Heavy duty drum storage units of fully welded construction Safe storage for 8, 10, 16 or 20 standard 210 litre drums, either palletised or loose loaded Heavy duty frame is rated at 3 tonnes distributed load over a 3 metre bay The 8 & 10 drum units are single tier & the 16 & 20 drum units are double tier Swaged & re-inforced robust sheet steel walls on 3 sides The sump units can be removed for steam cleaning & have removable galvanised grid floor panels Fork guides ensure safe & secure movement Blue powder coated finish
N.B. A Forklift will be needed to unload these units.
i Information CONTROL OF POLLUTION (OIL STORAGE) (ENGLAND) REGULATIONS 2001 Sump Capacity Litres
3YR
GUARANTEE
manufactured
No of Drums
Overall Size W x D x H mm
8
3000 x 1275 x 1535
865
420
DH908Z
£2239.60
10
3715 x 1275 x 1535
1112
440
DH910Z
£2892.45
Weight kg
Model
Price
16
3000 x 1275 x 3070
1729
830
DH916Z
£4378.20
20
3715 x 1275 x 3070
2223
860
DH920Z
£5193.10
244
DH916Z
DH910Z
Fully Enclosed Drum Stores
Drum Storage
3YR
DH244Z
DH204Z
GUARANTEE
manufactured ››
››
For use outside or where security is of importance. One drum units are fitted with one door & 2 & 4 drum units have 2 doors - all with 3 point locking Vertical units are fitted with galvanised grid floors & horizontal units have an open topped sump N.B. A Forklift will be needed to unload these units.
No of Drums Stored
Storage Type
1
Sump Capacity Litres
Overall Size W x D X H mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
234
800 x 800 x 1470
80
DH241Z
£1198.20
263
1510 x 750 x 1470
125
DH242Z
£1353.20
4
439
1510 x 1250 x 1470
150
DH244Z
£2053.60
1
233
1250 x 800 x 1280
80
DH201Z
£1362.20
439
1510 x 1250 x 1280
110
DH202Z
£1682.05
439
1510 x 1250 x 2170
150
DH204Z
£1806.85
2
2
Vertical
Horizontal
4
i Information
Drum Stores ››
››
For use outside or where security is of importance. Doors have high & low level venting - with 3 point locking Drums are set back to allow space to dispense liquids N.B. A Forklift will be needed to unload these units.
Drum, IBC & Cylinder Equipment
COMPLY TO OIL STORAGE REGULATIONS (England) 2001
3YR
DH296Z
GUARANTEE
manufactured No of Drums Stored
Sump Capacity Litres
Overall Size W x D X H mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
6
631
2250 x 1350 x 2275
220
DH296Z
£3817.40
245
Plunger Cans
Dispensing Bottles ››
››
Handling Cans
››
›› ››
››
Manufactured from chemically resistant Ryton® & brass Used to safely moisten wipes, cleaning wipes etc with solvent Any surplus solvent drains back into the can
››
››
Resistant to tough acids & corrosives as well as heat Self close lid, pressure relief mechanism & duel density flame arrester
Capacity Litres
Overall Size Dia x H mm
Model
Price
0.5
125 x 133
PC115Z
£60.90
£39.85
1
185 x 143
PC118Z
£75.45
Capacity Litres
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Model
Price
DC004Z
£47.95
2
185 x 187
PC218Z
£73.85
2
117 x 194 x 241
PC120Z
£98.15
DC010Z
£51.20
4
185 x 267
PC418Z
£83.55
4
117 x 194 x 324
PC140Z
£99.75
Capacity Litres
Overall Size Dia x H mm
Model
Price
0.12
57 x 140
DC002Z
0.24
79 x 140
1
102 x 267
All products on this page are:
10
YR GUARANTEE
7
day delivery
Type I Steel Cans ›› ››
Drum, IBC & Cylinder Equipment
Heavy duty polyethylene bottles, use to dispense liquids directly on to work single handed The brass valves are self closing & leak proof The body of the bottle is contoured & textured to aid grip
Polyethylene Cans
Cans upto 1L size have a trigger release handle & 4L onwards have a swinging handle for easier carrying Suitable for corrosive flammable liquids Capacity Litres
Overall Size Dia x H mm
Model
Price
0.5
117 x 172
MC050Z
£78.70
1
117 x 210
MC100Z
£80.30
4
241 x 279
MC400Z
£69.00
7.5
241 x 349
MC750Z
£73.85
9.5
298 x 292
MC950Z
£77.10
19
298 x 429
MC190Z
£78.70
MC200Z
£23.65
Polypropylene Funnels for 4L Can & above
Type II Accuflow™ Steel Cans ›› ›› ››
Innovative manifold automatically vents for smooth, glug free pouring Safe-squeeze trigger gives you maximum control when pouring Stainless steel flame arrester dissipates heat to prevent flashback ignition Capacity Litres
Overall Size Dia x H mm
4
241 x 267
7.5
241 x 337
9.5
298 x 305
19
298 x 445
Hose Dia x L mm 16 x 229
25 x 229
Oily Waste Cans ›› ›› ››
Foot operated self closing lid Safe disposal of used wipes, rags & cloths Lid opens no more than 60º & closes when released. This ensures that flammable liquids present on the wipes or rags are not in contact with ignition sources Capacity Litres
Overall Size Dia x H mm
Model
Price
20
302 x 403
WC100Z
£91.65
34
354 x 464
WC250Z
£106.25
52
408 x 514
WC500Z
£135.35
80
467 x 595
WC700Z
£193.65
246
i Information PERFORATED BASE FOR GOOD AIR CIRCULATION
All products on this page are Prompt Delivery, FM Approved & TUV/GS Approved
Model
Price
AC004Z
£127.30
AC075Z
£127.30
AC095Z
£133.75
AC190Z
£138.60
Flexi-trays ›› ›› ››
Made from rubberised plastic which gives strength & flexibility Easy to wheel equipment into - the sides will just pop back up Easy folded & stored. Contains any spilt liquid & is easily cleaned
SDT5252
SDT1212 SDT1252
manufactured
i Information STW1212 Minimum Order Qty
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Model
Price each
-
4
-
4
520 x 520 x 50
STW5252
£20.43
1020 x 520 x 50
STW1252
-
3
1020 x 1020 x 50
£25.20
STW1212
£33.25
DTW7013 shown with a Plant Nappy® which are available - call for details
Shallow Trays / Workmats
Shallow Dispensing Trays 1 Grid
4
520 x 520 x 50
SDT5252
£25.10
2 Grids
3
1020 x 520 x 50
SDT1252
£33.65
4 Grids
2
1020 x 1020 x 50
SDT1212
£50.20
Deep Trays / Workmats -
3
520 x 700 x 100
DTW5270
£29.45
-
3
700 x 1030 x 100
DTW7013
£37.25
Drum Storage
Description
DRIVE OVER THE TRAY & THE SIDES POP BACK UP
DTW7013 shown with a Plant Nappy® which are available - call for details
Container Drip Trays ›› ›› ›› ››
Made from 100% recycled polypropylene Tough enough for all working environments Re-usable drip & leak containment Can be ordered in smaller quantities - call for details
CDT28Z
CDT18Z
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Capacity Litres
Minimum Order Qty
410 x 310 x 45
5
5
CDT05Z
£8.05
560 x 400 x 40
9
5
CDT09Z
£10.95
Model
Price each
790 x 400 x 40
12
5
CDT12Z
£15.60
1000 x 400 x 40
15
5
CDT15Z
£16.75
1170 x 400 x 40
18
5
CDT18Z
£17.95
600 x 600 x 70
28
5
CDT28Z
£15.60
1100 x 550 x 40
25
4
CDT25Z
£24.35
850ø x 60
40
5
CDT40Z
£19.70
Container Bunded Storage ›› ›› ›› ››
Integral grid allows the contents to be raised above the container base Made from 100% recycled polypropylene Tough enough for all work environments Can be ordered in smaller quantities - call for details manufactured PSP25Z
PSP28Z
PSP31Z
PSP22Z Overall Size L x W x H mm
Capacity Litres
Minimum Order Qty
Model
Price £30.05
640 x 490 x 120
28
3
PSP22Z
1000 x 550 x 150
60
2
PSP25Z
£48.05
1010 x 1000 x 120
100
2
PSP28Z
£66.05
1200 x 1200 x 120
120
-
PSP31Z
£84.05
Integral grid allows the contents to be raised above the container base
247
Drum, IBC & Cylinder Equipment
CDT40Z
manufactured
Container Spill Trays ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
Made from PE - 100% recycled Can be used with / without platform Stackable for easy transportation & storage Non slip platform surface Designed to fit on Euro pallets Easy to clean Can be ordered in smaller quantities - call for details
manufactured
Drum Storage
PSP99Z Overall Size L x W x H mm
Capacity Litres
Minimum Order Qty
Model
Price each
600 x 400 x 150
20
2
PSP98Z
£60.05
800 x 400 x 150
30
2
PSP99Z
£66.05
800 x 600 x 150
40
2
PSP100Z
£72.05
1000 x 600 x 170
60
2
PSP101Z
£78.05
1200 x 800 x 170
100
-
PSP102Z
£118.85
PSP102Z
Bunded Work Floors A range of polyethylene modular flooring panels, highly resistant to most chemicals & corrosion, these panels are designed to protect floors from spills. ›› ›› ››
Drum, IBC & Cylinder Equipment
››
2 & 4 drum panels Easy low level loading - 150mm Removable grate allows easy access to sump contents When the sumps are linked together they can be used to create bunded work/storage areas that meet the guidelines provided by the Environment Agency, Scottish Environment Protection Agency & the Environment & Heritage Service
i Information
COMPLY TO ALL UK OIL STORAGE REGULATIONS
PSF54Z
i Information
IDEAL FOR USE WITH BOTH 25 & 205 LITRE DRUMS
manufactured
PSF55Z
Description
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Capacity Litre
Model
Price
2 Drum
1600 x 800 x 150
121
PSF52Z
£186.05
4 Drum
1600 x 1600 x 150
239
PSF54Z
£273.65
Ramp for Above
1260 x 800 x 180
-
PSFR2Z
£127.25
4 Drum - Inline
2610 x 900 x 150
300
PSF55Z
£408.10
Ramp for Above
650 x 800 x 160
-
PSFR5Z
£135.65
248
PSF52Z & ramp PSFR2Z
Sump Storage ››
››
Of polyethylene construction, these pallets are highly resistant to most chemicals & corrosion Fork pockets allowing easy positioning
manufactured
i Information
Drum Storage
COMPLY TO ALL UK OIL STORAGE REGULATIONS
Drum, IBC & Cylinder Equipment
PSP04Z
PSP72B
PSP02Z No of Drums Held
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Capacity Litre
Model
Price
Economy Black Two
1300 x 750 x 400
250
PSP72B
£198.05
Four
1380 x 1290 x 280
245
PSP74B
£228.05
Two
1300 x 750 x 400
250
PSP02Z
£204.05
Four
1380 x 1290 x 280
245
PSP04Z
£240.05
Standard Yellow
PSP74B
249
Bunded Drum Rack System ›› ›› ›› ››
Drum rack to be used with drum rack base only Ideal for easy dispensing & storage Can store up to four 210 litre drums Compatible with most forklifts
Drum Storage
manufactured
PSP75Z
PSP06Z
PSP07Z
Description
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Capacity Litres
Model
Price
Base Unit
1350 x 1370 x 630
500
PSP75Z
£402.10
Stacker Unit
940 x 1370 x 390
-
PSP76Z
£150.05
Base & Stacker Unit
1350 x 1370 x 1580
500
PSP77Z
£552.15
Base Unit
1350 x 1370 x 630
500
PSP05Z
£416.50
Stacker Unit
940 x 1370 x 390
-
PSP06Z
£174.05
Base & Stacker Unit
1350 x 1370 x 1580
500
PSP07Z
£588.15
Drum, IBC & Cylinder Equipment
Economy Black
Standard Yellow
Covered Drum Storage System ›› ›› ››
Made from PE - 100% recycled Ideal for easy dispensing & storage Compatible with most forklifts
manufactured
i Information
COMPLY TO ALL UK OIL STORAGE REGULATIONS PSP21Z
PSP21Z Overall Size L x W x H mm
Capacity Litre
Model
2 Drum
1565 x 995 x 2110
250
PSP21Z
£996.20
4 Drum
1565 x 1620 x 2110
245
PSP41Z
£1260.25
Description
250
Price
PSP21Z
Polyethylene Storage Cabinets ›› ›› ›› ››
Rotationally moulded from medium density polyethylene ›› Lockable Lightweight yet robust Broad band chemical compatability Polyethylene shelves & grids
manufactured
Drum Storage
PEC03Z PEC25Z
PEC07Z Description
External Size L x W x H mm
Sump Capacity
1 Door & 2 Shelves
545 x 440 x 990
30 Litres
1 Door & 3 Shelves
650 x 570 x 1650
70 Litres
1 Door & Mesh Grid 1 Door & Mesh Grid 1 Door, 1 Shelf & Mesh Grid
920 x 720 x 1520
100 Litres
920 x 720 x 1835
250 Litres
Colour Options
Entire cabinet in Yellow (can be green on orders of 10 or more)
Weight kg
Model
Price
15
PEC03Z
£263.80
40
PEC07Z
£450.10
52
PEC10Z
£659.70
56
PEC25Z
£607.60
60
PEC25ZS
£726.65
Polyethylene Vaults ››
Drum, IBC & Cylinder Equipment
Roller shutter doors for ease of accessing your drums
i Information
COMPLY TO OIL STORAGE REGULATIONS (ENGLAND) 2001
PEC27H
manufactured
PEC27Z Description
PEC27S Overall Size L x W x H mm
Sump Capacity
Vault for 2 x 205L drums stored vertically Vault with steel cradle for 1 x 205L drum Vault with shelving (ideal for 5 & 25 Litre Drums)
1490 x 999 x 1690
230 Litres
Weight kg
Model
Price
85
PEC27Z
£828.65
95
PEC27H
£987.40
90
PEC27S
£909.65
251
Plastic IBC Containers ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
IBC Containers
››
Long life, blow moulded polyethylene bottle construction UN packaging groups II & III Available certified for hazardous goods Economical reconditioning 4 Way fork truck/pallet truck entry Complete with label plate 720L x 350H mm Tare weight: 61kg Tolerant between -20oC to +60oC Stacks 2 high when full 1000 litre capacity Valve: standard 50mm Filling opening: standard 150mm Seal Type: standard EPDM (optional PCP, FKM Viton available) - please specify on order
i Information OPERATIONAL FROM -20°C TO +80°C
Overall Size W x D x H mm
Volume Litres
Weight kg
Model
Price
1200 x 1000 x 1175
1000
61
WIBC1000
£377.78
IBC Containment Pallets Drum, IBC & Cylinder Equipment
›› ›› ›› ››
Manufactured from polyethylene Excellent chemical resistance Fork pockets allowing easy positioning Optional grid available for the PSP01Z - call for details
manufactured
PSP09Z
i Information
STORE IBC’S IN A SAFE ENVIRONMENT Description
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Capacity Litre
Model
Single
1490 x 2000 x 770
1100
PSP01Z
£738.15
Double
2450 x 1450 x 580
1140
PSP09Z
£1068.25
252
Price
PSP01Z
Drum Storage ››
780 litre sump flooring
IBC Storage ››
1200 litre sump flooring
General Specification ›› ››
››
Drum & IBC Storage
››
Weatherproof for outside storage Constructed from RHS frame galvanised sheet cladding Padlockable dual sliding doors for ease of access (padlock not included) Benches & spill trays are available - see below for details N.B. A Fork Lift will be needed to unload these units
3YR
GUARANTEE
manufactured
WCD02Z
i Information
Drum, IBC & Cylinder Equipment
COMPLY TO OIL STORAGE REGULATIONS (England) 2001
Optional Accessories
WCG03Z WCI03Z WCG02Z
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
950
WCD02Z
£4635.90
IBC Storage Unit - with Deep Sump Base 3150 x 2250 x 2360
970
WCI03Z
Weight kg
Model
Price
Bench (priced individually)
Drum Storage Unit - with Sump Base 3150 x 2250 x 2360
Overall Size L x W x H mm
£4775.70
1990 x 500 x 960
62
WCG02Z
£326.90
Spill Tray (priced individually) - Capacity - 48 Litres 1990 x 500 x 50
-
WCG03Z
£109.00
253
External Drum Storage Cabinets ››
Ideal for storing drums directly inside the container
When choosing the right cabinet, it is particularly important to consider minimising investment costs per storage place. This tried & tested cabinet range includes a large selection of containers shown in more detail on the following pages:
Earthing Accessory Kit
All drum/IBC stores are naturally ventilated. As an accessory a static discharge / earthing point is available.
5YR
GUARANTEE
Set of accessories for the storage of flammable liquids, Model: SC-EARTH
ONLY
£96.50
Drum Storage
£5216.30
Manufactured in accordance with PPG 26 regulations as per the requirement of the Environment Agency
manufactured
Drum, IBC & Cylinder Equipment
SC1-WIN
Optimal dimensions for storing drums directly inside the container, or storing them on chemical/euro pallets. The maximum storage capacity is 72 drums, each holding 205 litres.
SC4-SLI
£14,376.00
SC4-SLI
Drum Stores can be accessed from one side. Double depth drum stores are available on request
INTERNAL CABINETS AVAILABLE - CALL FOR DETAILS Model
SC1
SC2
SC3
SC4
External Size: W x D x H mm Internal Size: W x D x H mm Sump Capacity: Litres Load Capacity: kg/m2 Capacity - holding 205 Litre Drums
3120 x 1460 x 3000 3000 x 1340 x 1250 1060 1000 20 Stored directly on Grid 16 on a Chemical Pallet
5600 x 1460 x 3000 3000 x 1340 x 1250 2175 1000 40 Stored directly on Grid 32 on a Chemical Pallet
8040 x 1460 x 3000 3900 x 1340 x 1250 2800 1000 48 Stored directly on Grid 48 on a Chemical Pallet
8040 x 1460 x 4400 3900 x 1340 x 1250 4000 1000 72 on a Chemical Pallet
Model with Wing Doors Price
SC1-WIN £5,478.70
-
-
-
Model with Sliding Doors Price
SC1-SLI £5,674.25
SC2-SLI £7935.75
SC3-SLI £9799.65
SC4-SLI £14,376.00
254
Due to the size of these units, additional cranage costs may be incurred - CALL FOR DETAILS
External IBC Storage Cabinets
Earthing Accessory Kit
All drum/IBC stores are naturally ventilated. As an accessory a static discharge / earthing point is available.
Set of accessories for the storage of flammable liquids, Model: SC-EARTH
ONLY
£96.50 IBC Storage
SC4-IBC-S
£9799.65
SC4-IBC-S
5YR
GUARANTEE
manufactured
Drum, IBC & Cylinder Equipment
These IBC Stores can be supplied as a double depth unit, thus doubling the storage capacity
SC1-IBC-W
£4894.80
SC1-IBC-W
Manufactured in accordance with PPG 26 regulations as per the requirement of the Environment Agency
IBC Stores accessible from one side. Also available as double depth units, to be loaded from one or both sides
INTERNAL CABINETS AVAILABLE - CALL FOR DETAILS Model
SC1-IBC
SC2-IBC
SC3-IBC
SC4-IBC
External Size: W x D x H mm Internal Size: W x D x H mm Sump Capacity: Litres Load Capacity: kg/m2 Capacity - 1000 Litre IBC’s
2820 x 1460 x 3500 2700 x 1340 x 1450 1100 1250 4 IBC’S
3500 x 1460 x 3500 3380 x 1340 x 1450 1500 1250 6 IBC’S
5600 x 1460 x 3500 2700 x 1340 x 1450 2000 1250 8 IBC’S or 32 Drums on 8 Chemical Pallets
7000 x 1460 x 3500 3380 x 1340 x 1450 3000 1250 12 IBC’S
Model with Wing Doors Price
SC1-IBC-W £4894.80
SC2-IBC-W £5869.15
-
-
Model with Sliding Doors Price
SC1-IBC-S £5284.55
-
SC3-IBC-S £8317.10
SC4-IBC-S £9799.65
Due to the size of these units, additional cranage costs may be incurred - CALL FOR DETAILS
255
EVO Absorbent Evolution ›› ›› ›› ››
Spill Control
››
Made in the UK from 85% recycled natural fibres Weight for weight the most Oil absorbent pad in Europe Lowest carbon footprint of any absorbent pad in Europe Tough & soft, high loft construction for maximum usability Low linting construction for bench top use
EVO-P20X
EVO-P100X
EVO-P100
Drum, IBC & Cylinder Equipment
EVO-D5
EVO-T45
EVO-P15
i Information
IDEAL FOR OIL SPILLS
manufactured
EVO-SP40X
EVO-T34 Sheet/Roll Size L x W x H mm
Pack Quantity
Packaging
Model
Price
Sheet/Roll Size L x W x H mm
Pads (Triple Loft, Oil preferential)
Pack Quantity
Packaging
Model
Price
£9.00
Drip Trays & Drip Tray Pads
400 x 500 x 10
15
Clip-Top Bag
EVO-P15
£9.00
410 x 310 x 45
Drip Tray & 5 Pads
EVO-T34
400 x 500 x 10
20
Dispenser Box
EVO-P20X
£14.63
400 x 300 x 10
20 Pads (refill pack for above)
EVO-T34RF
£9.00
400 x 500 x 10
100
Poly-wrapped
EVO-P100
£49.51
590 x 590 x 10
Drip Tray & 10 Pads
EVO-T45
£22.50
100
Dispenser Box
EVO-P100X
£51.75
600 x 600 x 70
20 Pads (refill pack for above)
EVO-T45RF
£22.50
400 x 500 x 10
Drum-top Pads (with cutout for drum pump)
Spillpod Pads
560 dia.
5
Clip-Top Bag
EVO-D5
£11.25
310 x 390 x 10
40
Dispenser Box
EVO-SP40X
£13.59
560 dia.
10
Clip-Top Bag
EVO-D10
£21.39
310 x 390 x 10
2 x 50
Poly-wrapped
EVO-SP50TP
£32.61
256
Lower Value Orders May Incur a Handling Charge
Tanker & Vehicle Spill Kit ›› ››
Shoulder Bag Spill Kit
20 litre or 30 litre capacity Contains: ›› 2 (120cm) socks ›› 12 pads ›› 1 disposal bag
›› ››
50 litre capacity Contains: ›› 2 (300cm) socks ›› 20 pads ›› 3 disposal bags
manufactured
Spill Control
OSK20CT Description
Oil & Fuel Kit
General Kit
OSK50
Chemical Kit
Model
Price
Model
Price
Model
Price
20 Litre Kit
OSK20CT
£19.13
GSK20CT
£19.13
CSK20CT
£25.89
30 Litre Kit
OSK30CT
£25.89
GSK30CT
£25.89
CSK30CT
£31.50
Workshop Spill Kit ›› ››
Oil & Fuel Kit
Description 50 Litre Kit
General Kit
Chemical Kit
Model
Price
Model
Price
Model
Price
OSK50
£66.39
GSK50
£66.39
CSK50
£76.52
Oil Storage Area Spill Kit
90 litre capacity Contains: ›› 5 (300cm) socks ›› 50 pads ›› 3 disposal bags
›› ››
200 litre capacity Contains: ›› 8 (300cm) socks ›› 100 double-weight pads ›› 4 disposal bags
Drum, IBC & Cylinder Equipment
manufactured
OSK200
OSK90RY
Description 90 Litre Kit
Oil & Fuel Kit
General Kit
Chemical Kit
Model
Price
Model
Price
Model
Price
OSK90RY
£106.90
GSK90RY
£106.90
CSK90RY
£129.40
Oil & Fuel Kit
Description 200 Litre Kit
General Kit
Chemical Kit
Model
Price
Model
Price
Model
Price
OSK200
£225.04
GSK200
£225.04
CSK200
£275.68
Lower Value Orders May Incur a Handling Charge
257
Oxygen Cylinder Trolleys Manufactured in accordance with BS2718, 1979 Especially designed for carrying oxygen cylinders, ideal for use in hospitals The tubular frame has a sheet steel base & retaining straps to hold the cylinder in position Fitted with anti-static metal centred wheels & front 100mm non marking corner buffers
›› ››
TS179L
TS180L
TS178L ›› ››
Cylinder Transporters
3YR
GUARANTEE
manufactured
Maximum Cylinder Size mm
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Retaining Strap Heights mm
Wheels Weight mm kg
Model
Price
140
420 x 400 x 1100
220 / 675
125
8
TS178L £267.20
175
460 x 410 x 1100
220 / 675
250
13
TS179L £367.70
230
470 x 480 x 1100
270 / 920
250
14
TS180L £381.10
Propane Cylinder Trolleys ››
›› ››
››
Tubular steel powder coated trucks designed to safely manoeuvre 47kg propane cylinders The max diameter of cradle supports is 380mm Model CT103L is able to carry one 380mm cylinder & one 230mm cylinder Models CT102L & CT103L are fitted with a rear castor which supports the laden trolley enabling full operator control when manoeuvring
150kg
evenly distributed
Drum, IBC & Cylinder Equipment
CT102L CT103L Overall Size L x W x H mm
Wheels mm Front / Rear
Weight kg
Model
Price
570 x 550 x 1310
265
20
CT101L
£237.70
730 x 530 x 1310
265 / 150
26
CT102L
£347.55
920 x 810 x 1440
400 / 200
50
CT103L
£574.55
3YR
GUARANTEE
CT101L
manufactured
Cylinder Trolleys ››
››
›› ›› ››
3YR
Models TS177L & CT277L are designed to carry a maximum cylinder size of 286mm dia x 1575mm height. Tubular steel frame fitted with two 125mm rubber tyred rear support castors & 265mm steel centred rubber tyres Cylinders are held in place with a retaining chain for added security when in use Zinc plated models are ideal for use in damp environments TS177L: painted frame CT277L, CT201L & CT201P: zinc plated frame
Cylinder Dia. mm
Cylinder Cap Ltr
Wheels mm
Model
manufactured
Price
286
40
265 - 125 Cushion
TS177L
£374.05
286
40
265 - 125 Cushion
CT277L
£402.55
140 - 250
10 / 20 / 40
200 Cushion
CT201L
£188.10
140 - 250
10 / 20 / 40
200 Pneumatic
CT201P
£227.95
258
GUARANTEE
TS177L
CT277L
CT201L
Cylinder Trolleys
i Information Close up of unique lifting toe plate
LIFTING TOE PLATE ALLOWS EASY UNLOADING
›› ›› ››
This cylinder trolley incorporates a unique lifting toe plate, sliding upwards when the truck is placed up against a pallet to make the cylinders easier to slide off The support frame is fitted with 2 swivel castors, making the unit easily manoeuvrable The large wheels on the front of the unit make it easier to go over rough terrain Max Cylinder Dia. mm
Overall Size L x W x H mm
240
700 x 610 x 1375
Toe Plate Size L x D mm
Toe Plate Lifting Height mm 200
345 x 235
Welders Trolley
3YR
GUARANTEE
manufactured
Wheels mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
350 x 75 Cushion Roller Bearing 2 x 100mm Nylon Castors
30
CT209Y
£379.90
Cylinder Pallet Cages
GCP03Z manufactured
3YR
GUARANTEE
GCP01Z ›› ››
TS171L
›› ››
2 rear castors provide extra stability, support & full operator control Steel tubular frame is fitted with cylinder retaining chains & a welding rod holder This unit is suitable for carrying 2 cylinders: 1 x oxygen cylinder 230mm dia x 1560mm high & 1 x acetylene cylinder 236mm dia x 1200mm high Overall Size L x W x H mm
Wheels mm
760 x 760 x 1090
350 x 75 Cushion Roller Bearing
Weight kg 31
Model
TS171L
Price
£413.15
›› ››
manufactured Fully welded construction with supporting sides & central sections Non-slip steel floor to aid the safe YR loading & unloading of cylinders GUARANTEE Complete with retaining chain/strap Models GCP01/2Z are suitable for transporting cylinders by pallet truck with width across forks of 680mm. Model GCP03Z is suitable for transportation by fork lift only
3
Overall Size L x W x H mm
No of Cylinders held
Weight kg
Model
Price
555 x 480 x 1010
2 - Max Dia. 275mm
20
GCP01Z
£357.30
1100 x 480 x 1010
4 - Max Dia. 275mm
40
GCP02Z
£445.85
1200 x 1050 x 995
9 x 286mm / 12 x 229mm / 20 x 178mm
120
GCP03Z
£959.80
UNSURE OF THE CORRECT TROLLEY FOR YOU? PLEASE CALL FOR ASSISTANCE
259
Drum, IBC & Cylinder Equipment
Rear castors
››
Cylinder Transporters
CT209Y
Cambuckle Clamping Wall Racks ›› ››
Cylinder Stand
Individual quick release webbing straps with adjustable cambuckle These units can be used in pairs, top & bottom, for secure movement in transit
›› ›› ››
Base size: 520 x 400mm Flat steel construction with solid sheet steel base Hinged latches to enable easy positioning of the cylinder
3YR
GUARANTEE
Cylinder Storage
manufactured
3YR
GUARANTEE
manufactured
CB200Z
Cylinder Dia. mm
Overall Size W x D mm
Model
Price 1 Off
Price 2+ Off
2
720 x 190
CB200Z
£124.40
£121.55
Cylinder Dia. mm
180 - 270 205 - 305
3
1036 x 190
CB300Z
£169.20
£167.70
178
4
1352 x 190
CB400Z
£207.60
£206.10
230
2
835 x 230
CB210Z
£137.20
£134.35
285
Cylinder Storage Fully welded complete with individual securing chains Single or Double Sided Floor Stands ›› Suitable for use with full height cylinders Low Height Floor Stand ›› For use with smaller type cylinders ››
Drum, IBC & Cylinder Equipment
CS202Z
No of Cylinders Held
Height mm 605
Weight kg
Model
Price
20
CS201Z
£218.35
21
CS202Z
£229.70
23
CS203Z
£241.90
Wall Fixing Storage Racks & Double Sided Floor Stands ››
Fully welded complete with individual securing chains
3YR
CR353G
GUARANTEE
manufactured CR725Z
3YR
GUARANTEE
CR452G/CR454G
manufactured
CR740Z Cylinder Dia. mm
No of Cylinders Held
Overall Size W x D x H mm
CR765Z
Model
180 - 270
2
618 x 350 x 922
CR725Z
£168.45
3
924 x 350 x 922
CR735Z
£209.80
Low Height Double Sided Floor Stand 100 - 180
4
440 x 465 x 610
CR740Z
£211.50
6
656 x 465 x 610
CR760Z
£251.10
Double Sided Floor Stand 180 - 270
260
4
618 x 544 x 922
CR745Z
£247.50
6
924 x 544 x 922
CR765Z
£289.00
Galvanised Finish
No of Cyl. Held
Overall Size W x D mm
Model
Up To 180
2
720 x 190
CR301Z
Up To 270
2
Up To 180
4
410 x 500
CR401Z £278.40
-
CR451G £345.45
-
6
590 x 500
CR402Z £319.30
-
CR452G £396.10
-
Up To 270
4
590 x 500
CR403Z £297.50
-
CR453G £364.90
-
6
860 x 500
CR404Z £338.30
-
CR454G £415.25
-
Price 1 Off
Price 2+ Off
Model
Price 1 Off
Price 2+ Off
Storage Racks
Price
Single Sided Floor Stand
Painted Finish
Cyl. Dia. mm
3
3
£85.85
£82.70 CR351G £111.80 £108.65
1036 x 190 CR302Z £105.25 £102.10 CR352G £143.80 £140.65 720 x 190
CR303Z
£89.25
£86.10 CR353G £114.85 £111.70
1036 x 190 CR304Z £108.50 £105.35 CR354G £146.95 £143.80 Storage Stand - 1000mm in Height
Gas Cylinder Cages ›› ›› ››
Provision for a padlock Complete with ‘Highly Flammable’ sign Useable distance between shelves: 720mm
FROM ONLY
£1011.00 Drum Storage
GCC01N
3YR
GUARANTEE
manufactured ››
GCC12G
Description Static Unit Mobile Unit 200mm Nylon
Finish
Overall Size W x D x H mm
Internal Size W x D mm
Weight kg
Painted
1610 x 890 x 1800
80
Galvanised
1610 x 890 x 1800
80
Painted
1690 x 890 x 1900
Galvanised
1690 x 890 x 1900
1560 x 840
80
Manufactured in angle iron with sides, end & top infilled with metal strip. Base of inverted angle ›› Mobile models have a push Model Price handle at one end ›› Designed to carry up to 16 GCC02Z £1011.00 ‘calor gas’ type cylinders GCC12G £1322.45 ›› Hinged lockable doors GCC01N £1078.45
80
GCC11G
£1392.55
N.B. A forklift will be needed to unload these units
Cylinder Storage Lock-up Cages Drum, IBC & Cylinder Equipment
FROM ONLY
£1230.45
manufactured
3YR
GUARANTEE
CP601Z CS511G
Permanently fixed or pallet base units ›› Complete with ‘Highly Galvanised Finish Flammable’ sign Model Price ›› Manufactured in angle iron CS511G £1439.60 infilled with tough iron mesh CP611G £2012.70 ›› Cylinders held by retaining chain CS512G £1647.05 ›› Base is drilled for fixing points
›› Painted Finish
Description
Overall Size W x D x H mm
Model
Price
Cage Only
1360 x 1095 x 1840
CS501Z
£1230.45
Cage with Pallet Base
1360 x 1095 x 1990
CP601Z
£1567.15
Cage Only
1360 x 1715 x 1840
CS502Z
£1428.00
Cage with Pallet Base
1360 x 1715 x 1990
CP602Z
£1915.15
CP612G
£2365.70
N.B. A forklift will be needed to unload these units
261
Security Cages FROM ONLY
Cylinder Storage
£455.15
SCS05Z fitted with SCS001
3YR
Drum, IBC & Cylinder Equipment
GUARANTEE
500kg
evenly distributed
manufactured
i Information
IDEAL FOR STORAGE OF BOTH HAZARDOUS & VALUABLE MATERIALS
›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
SCS01Z
All welded units constructed from steel angle & 25 x 25mm weld mesh ›› Units have a padlock facility (padlock not supplied) Units are load tested & CE certified Ideal for the security of both hazardous & valuable materials Cranage eyes for easy lifting (when lifting using the cranage eyes, we recommend using a spreader) A hazardous chemical sign is available as a factory fitted optional extra Mobile units are fitted with 4 x 100mm nylon 2 braked swivel castors (N.B add 115mm to the height) Two finishes available: powder coated yellow or galvanised body with powder coated yellow doors Powder Coated Yellow
Galvanised - Yellow Doors
Shelf to suit Factory Fitted (one per unit)
Overall Size W x D x H mm
Internal Size W x D x H mm
Weight kg Model
Price
Model
Price
Model
Price
Model
Price
Model
700 x 700 x 880
690 x 690 x 790
37
SCS01Z
£455.15
SCS01S
£498.60
SCG01Z
£489.75
SCG01S
£533.30
-
-
1400 x 700 x 880
1380 x 690 x 790
52
SCS02Z
£736.30
SCS02S
£779.90
SCG02Z
£788.55
SCG02S
£832.00
-
-
Static
Mobile
Static
Mobile
Price
700 x 700 x 1680
690 x 690 x 1585
55
SCS03Z
£774.65
SCS03S
£818.25
SCG03Z
£826.25
SCG03S
£869.65
SCS003
£62.15
1400 x 700 x 1680
1380 x 690 x 1585
110
SCS04Z
£1184.75
SCS04S
£1227.15
SCG04Z
£1319.75
SCG04S
£1363.25
SCS004
£104.50
2070 x 700 x 1680
2040 x 690 x 1585
124
SCS05Z
£1430.25
SCS05S
£1473.70
SCG05Z
£1589.45
SCG05S
£1633.10
SCS005
£138.45
SCS001
£47.75
Optional Hazardous Sign - Factory Fitted
262
Heavy Duty Pump Trucks with Weighing Scale Indicator ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
Pallet/Pump Trucks
››
Fork width: 150mm Raised height of forks: 205mm Lowered height of forks: 85mm Complete with entry & exit rollers Ergonomically designed handle with a 3 position control lever Manufactured to the recognised European GS standard Mobile on 180mm nylon steering wheels & 70 x 60mm nylon tandem rollers Complete with weighing scale indicator (for guidance only & is not covered by the guarantee)
i Information
2500KG
LOAD CAPACITY
Weighing Scale Indicator
Lifting Equipment
Ergonomically designed handle with 3 position control lever
i Information
REPAIR & MAINTENANCE SERVICE AVAILABLE SEE BELOW FOR DETAILS
GZS34N
7
2500kg
evenly distributed
Close up of Entry/Exit Roller & Tandem Rollers
Narrow Aisle Pallet Trucks ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
2000kg capacity Fork width: 160mm Overall height: 1160mm Raised height of forks: 200mm Lowered height of forks: 85mm Highly manoeuvrable through full 180º
7
Fork Length mm
Width over Forks mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
1000
520
55.5
GZS31N
£343.10
1000
685
60.5
GZS32N
£367.25
1150
520
57.5
GZS33N
£353.60
1220
685
62.5
GZS34N
£373.65
In accordance with HSE HS (9) it is recommended that all lifting equipment supplied must have a minimum of one service per annum . BRONZE SERVICE LEVEL One service visit per annum - no call out Price: £65.00 per truck & per annum
day delivery
. SILVER SERVICE LEVEL Two service visits per annum - no call out Price: £90.00 per truck & per annum
Fork Length mm
Width over Forks mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
800
450
58
GX205N
£379.05
900
450
58
GX206N
£379.05
1000
450
59
GX207N
£379.05
1220
450
60
GX209N
£379.05
264
day delivery
. GOLD SERVICE LEVEL Two service visits plus one free call out per annum Price: £110.00 per truck & per annum Prices Include: Service by a fully qualified engineer, labour & travel, minor repairs & adjustments
FULL NATIONWIDE COVERAGE OF UK MAINLAND
Pump Trucks with Weighing Scale Indicator
i Information
2000KG
LOAD CAPACITY
FROM ONLY
Pump Trucks
£298.90
Weighing Scale Indicator
›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
Lifting Equipment
››
Fork width: 150mm Raised height of forks: 190mm Lowered height of forks: 75mm Complete with entry & exit rollers Ergonomically designed handle with a 3 position control lever Manufactured to the recognised European GS standard Mobile on 160mm nylon steering wheels & 70mm nylon front rollers Complete with weighing scale indicator (for guidance only & is not covered by the guarantee) Repair & maintenance service available - see opposite page for details
GZES1N
Fork Length mm
Width over Forks mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
1000
520
55.5
GZES1N
£298.90
1000
685
60.5
GZES2N
£327.25
1150
520
57.5
GZES3N
£318.45
1220
685
62.5
GZES4N
£335.35
2000kg
evenly distributed
7
day delivery
265
Low Profile Pallet Trucks ›› ›› ›› ››
Printers Pallet Trucks
Fork width: 150mm Raised height of forks: 140mm Lowered height of forks: 52mm Manufactured to the recognised European GS standard ›› Mobile on 150 x 47mm red polyurethane steering wheels & 50 x 93mm steel front rollers
7
1500kg
›› ›› ››
Fork width: 130mm Raised height of forks: 200mm Lowered height of forks: 85mm Mobile on 200mm nylon steering wheels & 85mm nylon front rollers (picture shows tandem front rollers which are available upon request) ›› 3 position trigger (lift, lower & neutral) with a comfortable rubber gripped handle
day delivery
2500kg
evenly distributed
7
day delivery
Pallet Trucks
evenly distributed
››
GN1045
GN811L
Fork Length mm 1000
Width over Forks mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
›› ›› ››
Lifting Equipment
››
61
GN811L
£542.80
600
450
GN0645
£388.90
GN812L
£565.35
1000
450
GN1045
£373.05
Quick Lift Pallet Trucks ›› ›› ›› ››
Fork width: 130mm Raised height of forks: 200mm Lowered height of forks: 85mm Mobile on 200mm nylon steering wheels & 85mm nylon front rollers ›› 3 position trigger (lift, lower & neutral) with a comfortable rubber gripped handle
NEW 2000kg
evenly distributed
7
day delivery
day delivery
2500kg
GN709B
266
Price
66
7
1000
Model
520
Fork width: 160mm Raised height of forks: 200mm Lowered height of forks: 85mm Complete with entry & exit rollers Manufactured to the recognised European GS standard ›› Mobile on 200 x 50mm black polyurethane steering wheels & 80 x 70mm polyurethane front rollers ›› Progressive braking system & parking brake facility. With the braking device, the walking speed can be controlled by hand. When you pull the brake knob in upward direction, the brake works. You can use the brake no matter if the truck is moving or not
Fork Length mm
Width over Forks mm
685
Braked Pallet Trucks ››
Fork Length mm
QLPT1554
evenly distributed
Width over Forks mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
Fork Length mm
Width over Forks mm
Model
Price
550
65
GN709B
£583.15
1150
540
QLPT1554
£381.00
685
70
GN710B
£605.45
1150
685
QLPT1568
£381.00
Robust Industrial Pallet Truck Scale ›› ›› ››
Large 25mm LCD display for easy reading, keyboard with zero & tare functions Powered by 4 x AA easily available batteries Operating time of approximately 80 hours in continuous use or 3 months in normal use thanks to its auto switch-off function
Large 25mm LCD Display with 4 easily available AA batteries
i Information
MAX CAPACITY OF 2000KG BY 1KG INCREMENTS
Width over Forks mm
Weight kg
1150
550
120
Optional ISO:9000 Calibration Certificate
Model
Price
GTPWN
£995.00
ISO-CERT
£35.00
Pallet Trucks
Fork Length mm
GTPWN
Heavy Duty Pallet Truck Scale ››
›› ››
››
i Information The ultimate heavy duty pallet truck scale is extremely accurate, featuring a triple weigh STAINLESS STEELS ATEX MODELS range, which changes automatically: MODELS AVAILABLE CALL FOR DETAILS AVAILABLE 0 - 500kg by 0.2kg increments CALL FOR DETAILS 500 - 1000kg by 0.5kg increments 1000 - 2000kg by 1kg increments Large 25mm LCD display, IP65 rated indicator housing in stainless steel 2000kg NEW evenly Supplied with battery charger which distributed gives an operating time of approx. 60 hours in continuous use, thanks to its auto switch-off function Rubber steering wheels & polyurethane double loading front rollers
Width over Forks mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
1150
550
125
GTPWLK
£1195.00
ISO-CERT
£35.00
Optional ISO:9000 Calibration Certificate
Lifting Equipment
Fork Length mm
GTPWLK
Heavy Duty Pallet Truck Scale with Printer ››
›› ››
›› ››
The ultimate in pallet truck scales is extremely accurate, featuring a triple weigh range, which changes automatically: 0 - 500kg by 0.2kg increments 500 - 1000kg by 0.5kg increments 1000 - 2000kg by 1kg increments Large swivelling 25mm LCD display, IP65 rated indicator housing Supplied with battery charger which gives an operating time of approx. 50 hours in continuous use, thanks to its auto switch-off function Rubber steering wheels & polyurethane double loading front rollers Built in thermal tally roll printer
i Information
BUILT IN THERMAL TALLY ROLL PRINTER
2000kg
evenly distributed
Large LCD Display with fitted protection shield
Fork Length mm
Width over Forks mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
1150
550
125
GTPWAP
£1495.00
ISO-CERT
£35.00
Optional ISO:9000 Calibration Certificate
GTPWAP
Calibration Certificates (Model: ISO-CERT) must be ordered at the time of purchasing the Pallet Truck Scales
267
7
Weigh Scale Pallet Truck
day delivery
›› ›› ››
i Information WEIGHING ACCURACY TO +/- 25kg & in 5kg increments
›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
Pallet Trucks
››
WPT57H
2000kg
evenly distributed
CE marked & plated Fork width: 182mm Raised height of forks: 200mm Lowered height of forks: 85mm Mobile on 180 x 50mm polyurethane steering wheels & 74 x 70mm tandem rollers High accuracy (+/- 25kg and in 5kg increments) Electronic lifting height indication in display Highly reliable - all components are compact, designed for mobile use & low power usage Water & dust proof to IP65. IP65 allows the pallet truck to be used outside or on lorries & can be cleaned with water (under normal pressure). The load cells in the forks have an even protection level Power supply - 2 standard AA / LR6 batteries
Fork Length mm
Width over Forks mm
Model
Price
1150
572
WPT57H
£638.10
High Lift Pallet Trucks ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
CE marked & plated Fork width: 160mm Raised height of forks: 800mm Lowered height of forks: 85mm Manufactured to the recognised European GS standard Mobile on 180 x 50mm nylon steering wheels & 74 x 50mm front rollers Stabilising bars automatically come into operation to prevent the unit moving Automatically slow descending speed to prevent damage of your goods
7 Fork Length mm
Lifting Equipment
GN403H
1150
day delivery
1000kg
evenly distributed
Width over Forks mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
520
95
GN403H
£646.50
685
115
GN404H
£684.00
Electric High Lift Pallet Trucks i Information
MANUAL & ELECTRIC LIFT/LOWER FOR PRECISE POSITIONING
›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
CE marked & plated Fork width: 160mm Raised height of forks: 800mm Lowered height of forks: 85mm Mobile on 180 x 55mm steering wheels & 75 x 50mm front rollers Adjustable stabilising bars come into operation to prevent the unit moving Battery & charger included: ›› Battery - 12v/60Ah Lifting motor power: 0.8kw Manual operation included
7 Fork Length mm
PHL54H
268
1170
day delivery
1000kg
evenly distributed
Width over Forks mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
540
125
PHL54H
£1579.40
680
136
PHL68H
£1704.80
Heavy Duty Pallet Trucks ›› ›› ›› ››
Long Fork Pallet Trucks
Fork width: 130mm Raised height of forks: 200mm Lowered height of forks: 85mm Mobile on 200mm nylon steering wheels & 85mm nylon front rollers ›› 3 position trigger (lift, lower & neutral) with a comfortable rubber gripped handle
›› ››
Raised height of forks: 200mm Lowered height of forks: 85mm ›› Mobile on 200mm nylon steering wheels & 85mm nylon front rollers ›› 3 position trigger (lift, lower & neutral) with a comfortable rubber gripped handle
NEW
7
2000kg
evenly distributed
7
3000kg
evenly distributed
day delivery
day delivery
Pallet Trucks
GN2054
HDPT301554
›› ›› ›› ››
Model
Price
1500 x 540
220
GN1554
£507.95
1500 x 685
365
GN1568
£531.75
1800 x 540
220
GN1854
£531.75
Width over Forks mm
Model
Price
1800 x 685
365
GN1868
£555.60
1150
540
HDPT301554
£512.70
2000 x 540
220
GN2054
£555.60
1150
680
HDPT301568
£534.95
2000 x 685
365
GN2068
£579.40
Extra Heavy Duty Pallet Trucks
Raised height of forks: 200mm Lowered height of forks: 85mm Complete with entry & exit rollers Manufactured to the recognised European GS standard Mobile on 180 x 50mm nylon steering wheels & 80 x 70mm nylon front rollers Corrosion resistant - ideal for use in wet & damp conditions
7
›› ›› ›› ››
Fork width: 130mm Raised height of forks: 200mm Lowered height of forks: 90mm Mobile on 200mm steel steering wheels & 80mm steel front rollers ›› 3 position trigger (lift, lower & neutral) with a comfortable rubber gripped handle
NEW
day delivery
5000kg
evenly distributed
2000kg
1000
day delivery
GN607G
evenly distributed
Fork Length mm
7
Fork Width mm 160
Width over Forks mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
520
80
GN607G
£580.35
Fork Length mm
Width over Forks mm
Model
Price
685
85
GN608G
£601.90
1150
580
HDPT501558
£1246.05
269
Lifting Equipment
››
Fork Spacing mm
Fork Length mm
Galvanised Pallet Truck ››
Fork Size mm
Semi Powered Pallet Truck ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
1500kg
››
evenly distributed
›› ››
CE marked & plated Fork width: 167mm Raised height of forks: 202mm Lowered height of forks: 85mm 400W motor driven without the need for pushing or pulling. Maximum driving speed of 3.3 km/h CURTIS controller unit with a nonpolar speed controller Mobile on 220mm polyurethane steering wheels & 80 x 70mm polyurethane tandem rollers Power supply: 2 x 12 /40 V/ah
i Information
Pallet Trucks
CURTIS CONTROLLER UNIT & A NONPOLAR SPEED CONTROLLER
7 SPPT15
day delivery
Fork Length mm
Width over Forks mm
Model
Price
1150
540
SPPT15
£2379.40
Fully Powered Pallet Trucks ›› ››
2200kg
Lifting Equipment
evenly distributed
›› ››
›› ››
›› ›› ››
7
CE marked & plated Raised height of forks: 200mm Lowered height of forks: 85mm Approved acceleration enhances efficient pallet entry & exit. Nonpolar control is programmable for specific tasks or operator skill levels High quality hydraulic pump ensures little noise & maximum durability Drive unit incorporates an electro magnetic brake that is spring applied & electrically released. The brake is activated by the control handle Ergonomically designed control handle Mobile on 252mm steering wheels & 84mm tandem rollers Driver platform/side protection bars are available on the FPPT20 - call for details
i Information day delivery
Load Cap. kg 1500 2000
270
FPPT20 Fork Length mm 1150
Fork Width mm 160
Width over Forks mm
Model
Price
520
FPPT15
£3704.80
540
FPPT20
£5295.25
DRIVER PLATFORM & SIDE BARS AVAILABLE CALL FOR DETAILS
Rough Terrain Pallet Truck ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
NEW
CE marked & plated Adjustable forks to adapt to a maximum pallet width of 1200mm Ideal for rough terrain outdoor applications such as building sites, agricultural environments etc Mobile on pneumatic wheels mounted on hubs with sealed bearings Hydraulic lifting system with integrated hand pump Electric version available - please call for details
Pallet Trucks
GZR11N
1500kg
evenly distributed
i Information
Fork Length mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
1640 x 1413 x 800
890
173
GZR11N
£1093.70
Stainless Steel Pallet Trucks ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
IDEAL FOR ROUGH OUTDOOR APPLICATIONS
Overall Size W x L x H mm
Reel Handling Pallet Trucks
Raised height of forks: 200mm Lowered height of forks: 85mm Grade 316 stainless chassis & pump unit Suitable for food & pharmaceutical use Mobile on 200mm nylon steering wheels & 85mm nylon front rollers 3 position trigger (lift, lower & neutral) with a comfortable rubber gripped handle
›› ›› ›› ››
››
NEW
7
7
day delivery
day delivery
2000kg
evenly distributed
2000kg
evenly distributed
RHPT0500 To Suit Reel Size
Fork Width mm
Model
Price
400/600
760
RHPT0500
£619.05
600/800
850
RHPT0700
£634.95
1000
RHPT1000
£666.70
1150
RHPT1500
£714.30
Fork Length mm
Width over Forks mm
Model
Price
1150
540
SSPT1554
£1579.40
800/1200
1150
685
SSPT1568
£1690.50
1200/1600
Fork Length mm
1000
271
Lifting Equipment
››
CE marked & plated Designed to carry horizontal loads such as rolls, reels, cable drums etc Strong & robust chassis which is reinforced at the ‘A’ frame & the legs are strengthened along their length Hydraulic pump with a slow lowering hand control valve. A 3 position control lever provides fingertip control of all hydraulic system functions with the handle in any position Mobile on 200 x 50mm steering wheels & 82 x 70mm roller tandems Other fork lengths available - call for details
Static Lift Tables - mains operated ›› ›› ››
Lift Tables & Load Movers
››
››
Comply to BS EN 1570 & BS EN 60204-1 Remote power system, easy for controlling, convenient for maintenance Electronic control box with up, down & emergency buttons PSL82U: specially designed in ‘U’ shape for handling pallets & boxes Platform cut out - 1050L x 585Wmm Lifting speed with load: 42mm/sec
PSL80F
PSL80F Lowered Ramp Size: 1140L x 890W mm
PSL82U
Load Capacity kg
Lowered Platform Height mm
Raised Platform Height mm
Platform Size L x W mm
Lifting Time
Motor kw
760
1450 x 1140
18 secs.
0.75
80
1000
82
Weight kg
Model
Price
235
PSL80F
£1996.85
250
PSL82U
£1950.80
Large Load Movers ››
Lifting Equipment
››
Load is raised & can be easily moved around in any direction, even in the tightest of areas Incorporates a 5M securing strap to secure your loads to the units
LLM18H
i Information
5
IDEAL FOR BULKY & HEAVY WEIGHT ITEMS
day delivery
Load Capacity kg
Lift
Max Lift Height mm
Toe Plate Size D x W mm
Wheels
600
Manual
300
120 x 225
1800
Hydraulic
250
60 x 600
272
LLM06M
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Weight kg
Model (pairs)
Price (pairs)
125mm Polyurethane
570 x 390 x 780
25
LLM06M
£595.25
150mm Polyurethane
680 x 420 x 1070
86
LLM18H
£971.45
Scissor Lift Tables ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
These units are elevated by pump action foot pedal & lowered by hand operated release trigger Comply to EN1570:2011 Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel braked castors with wheel guards Handles supplied loose SL150Y incorporates a folding handle CE marked
150kg
evenly distributed
i Information
REPAIR & MAINTENANCE SERVICE AVAILABLE SEE BELOW FOR DETAILS
FROM ONLY
Lift Tables
£394.45
SL150Y
350kg
evenly distributed
In accordance with HSE HS (9) it is recommended that all lifting equipment supplied must have a minimum of one service per annum HAND SCISSOR LIFT TABLE One service visit per annum Price: £70.00 per truck, per annum
SLD35Y
Prices Include: Service by a fully qualified engineer, labour & travel, minor repairs & adjustments & replacement of any badly worn wheels
FULL NATIONWIDE COVERAGE OF UK MAINLAND Load Capacity
Platform Size mm
Pedal Strokes to Elevate
Lowered Height mm
Max Lift Height mm
Wheels
Weight kg
Model
Price
150 kg
750 x 450
25
225
740
300 kg
850 x 500
32
100mm PVC Tyre with a Nylon Centre
49
SL150Y
£394.45
340
900
87
SL300Y
£489.00
340
900
127mm Polyurethane Tyre with a Steel Centre
500 kg
850 x 500
45
91
SL500Y
£521.00
115
SLD35Y
£605.80
Single Scissor
Double Scissor 350 kg
980 x 500
55
348
1300
127mm Polyurethane Tyre / Steel Centre
273
Lifting Equipment
300kg
evenly distributed
SL300Y Part Elevated
Fully Powered Lifter ›› ››
›› ››
Lifters & Stackers
››
Lifts a load of up to 75kg to a maximum height of 1100mm Ideal for use in many different environments in small spaces & is ideal to transport in a van Lifts itself into vans & onto platforms 400 x 600mm multiplex platform is available - call for details Mobile on 280mm pneumatic wheels
75kg
evenly distributed
7
day delivery
i Information
LIFTS ITSELF INTO VANS & ONTO PLATFORMS FPS75
Overall Size H x W mm
Toe Plate Size W x D mm
Model
Price
1550 x 520
300 x 350
FPS75
£3787.35
Lifters/Transporters ››
Roll & Coil Handler
Work Platform
›› ››
Lifting Equipment
››
Jib Crane Arm
Roller Bed Platform
››
›› ››
Drum & Roll Turner
Bevelled Platform
100kg
evenly distributed
LTML115
274
Carry out a range of functions in production, warehousing environments Simple controls all mounted within easy reach of the operator Attachments are easily & quickly changed with simple tools Built in battery allows the truck to be charged from any convenient 13 amp socket Mobile on 100mm steering wheels (fitted with foot pedal brakes) & 80mm tandem rollers Load centre: 300mm Lift motor: 24v / 0.37Kw
Description
Model
Price
Roll & Coil Handler
LTMLRCH
£60.35
Work Platform
LTMLWP
£169.85 £509.55
Jib Crane Arm
LTMLJCA
Roller Bed Platform
LTMLRBP
£582.55
Drum & Roll Turner
LTMLDRT
£1300.00
Bevelled Platform
LTMLBP
£169.85
Load Cap. kg
Lift Height mm
Overall Size H x W x L mm
Lift Speed cm / sec
Battery v / Ah
Weight kg
Model
Price
100
1500
1920 x 560 x 1045
8.3 / 6
2 x 12 / 17
86
LTML086
£3104.80
100
2000
2420 x 560 x 1045
8.3 / 6
2 x 12 / 17
115
LTML115
£3558.75
100
2300
2920 x 560 x 1045
8.3 / 6
2 x 12 / 17
144
LTML144
£3965.10
200
1500
1920 x 560 x 1045
8.3 / 4.2
2 x 12 / 40
106
LTML106
£3965.10
200
2000
2420 x 560 x 1045
8.3 / 4.2
2 x 12 / 40
135
LTML135
£4114.30
200
2300
2920 x 560 x 1045
8.3 / 4.2
2 x 12 / 40
164
LTML164
£4584.15
Hydraulic Lifters ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
CE marked & plated Conforms to EN 1757-1:2001 Lifting is controlled by a hydraulic pump which can be either hand operated or foot operated Complete with a removable chrome platform Mobile on 2 swivel 130mm braked polyurethane castors with wheel guards & 2 x 75mm front polyurethane rollers
Lifters & Stackers
ML400L without Platform
Lifting Equipment
i Information
COMPLETE WITH A CHROME PLATFORM & ADJUSTABLE FORKS
ML400L shown with Platform
Load Capacity kg
Lifting Height per stroke
Lifting Height mm
Overall Size H x W x L mm
Fork Length mm
Width over Forks mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
200
12 mm
850
1080 x 560 x 1010
600
490
58
ML200L
£652.20
400
22 mm
1500
1720 x 590 x 1100
650
540
85
ML400L
£769.35
275
Lifters & Stackers
Hydraulic Stackers
STI05Y
STI03Y
STI02Y
i Information
Lifting Equipment
STRADDLE LEGS ALLOW PALLETISED LOADS TO BE LIFTED FROM THE FLOOR
STI16Y
STI17Y
Width over Forks mm
STI19Y
Load Cap. kg
Lifting Height mm
Overall Size H x W x L mm
Fork Length mm
Load Centre mm
Weight kg
500
1600
2080 x 755 x 1705
1150
550
600
205
STI16Y
£986.90
1000
1000
1790 x 755 x 1655
1150
550
600
210
STI04Y
£957.85
Model
Price
Fork Type: Fixed
1000
1600
2080 x 755 x 1655
1150
550
600
210
STI02Y
£1152.55
1000
2500
2925 x 860 x 1705
1150
550
600
286
STI05Y
£1480.50
1500
1600
2080 x 755 x 1705
1150
550
400
245
STI03Y
£1439.60
Fork Type: Adjustable 500
1600
2010 x 805 x 1640
1060
up to 745
500
161
STI17Y
£958.50
1000
1600
2165 x 1000 x 1380
1060
up to 950
500
250
STI01Y
£1157.95
1000
2500
2928 x 750 x 1640
1060
up to 950
500
316
STI18Y
£1619.00
500
336
STI19Y
£1537.65
Fork Type: Straddle 1000
276
1600
2155 x 1450 x 1560
1060
up to 1250
Hydraulic Stackers ›› ››
››
Conform to EN ISO3691-5:2009 based on directive 2006/42/EC Lifting is controlled by a hydraulic pump which can be either hand operated or foot operated Mobile on 2 swivel 180mm braked nylon castors with wheel guards & 2 tandem 80mm front nylon rollers N.B. Appropriate facilities will be required to unload these units on delivery
Lifters & Stackers
Adjustable Forks
STI18Y
Lifting Equipment
STI01Y
In accordance with HSE HS (9) it is recommended that all lifting equipment supplied must have a minimum of one service per annum HAND STACKER TRUCK One service visit per annum - no call out Price: £120.00 per truck & per annum Prices Include: Service by a fully qualified engineer, labour & travel, minor repairs & adjustments
FULL NATIONWIDE COVERAGE OF UK MAINLAND
i Information EASILY LIFT & MANOEUVRE PALLETISED LOADS AT HEIGHTS
277
Mini Lifters ›› ››
›› ›› ››
Lifters & Stackers
›› ››
Designed for ultimate flexibility & able to carry out a huge range of functions Complete with a removable work platform (removable with the use of simple tools leaving two forks underneath) Electric models: automatic electronic overload protection systems Manual model: operated via hand winch, with auto brake system Choice of easy to change options available: bevelled platform, drum & roll turner, roll & coil handler & roller bed - please call for details Mobile on 125mm steering wheels with foot guards & 75mm rollers 24v/20Ah battery with a built-in charger
7
day delivery
MLE03Y
MLM01Y
Model
Load Capacity kg
Load Centre mm
Lift Height mm
Manual
100
235
Manual
200
235
Electric
150
235
1500
Electric
300
200
1500/1800
Platform Height mm
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Model
Price
1500
840 x 600 x 1830
MLM01Y
£722.25
1500
870 x 600 x 1920
MLM02Y
£781.00
870 x 600 x 1790
MLE03Y
£1158.75
870 x 740 x 2220
MLE04Y
£1669.85
470 x 600
Semi Electric Stackers ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
Lifting Equipment
››
CE marked & plated Effortless manual push & pull movement Easy control powered lifting Steering & pulling handle Mobile on 180mm steering wheels with foot guards & 74mm tandem rollers 12v/150Ah battery with a built-in charger
i Information ADJUSTABLE FOR UNITS AVAILABLE CALL FOR DETAILS
1000kg
evenly distributed
SESCT15
Load Capacity kg
1000
1500
278
Fork Length mm
1100
Lift Height mm
Overall Size L x H mm
Model
Price
1600
1720 x 1980
SESCT10
£2254.00
2500
1720 x 3070
SESCT15
£2527.00
1720 x 3570
SESCT20
£2690.50
SESCT25
£3014.30
SESCT30
£3193.70
3000 3500
Lowered Fork Height mm
85
Fork Width mm
570
1720 x 4020
Straddle Stackers with Adjustable Forks ›› ››
Brake & pulling handle Tandem lift chains with full guarding
Manual Straddle Stackers with Adjustable Forks ›› ››
1000kg
evenly distributed
Adjustable forks give an overall width of: 1080 to 1360mm Mobile on 150mm steering wheels with foot guards & 80mm load wheels
›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
Lifters & Stackers
Semi Electric Straddle Stackers with Adjustable Forks Manual push/electric lift PSS30E: extended mast height - 3030mm PSS35E: extended mast height - 3530mm Load centre: 600mm Turning radius: 1350mm Adjustable forks & straddle legs giving an overall width of: 1100 to 1380mm Mobile on 180mm steering wheels with foot guards & 100mm load wheels 12v 150Ah battery with built-in automatic charger
i Information
ADJUSTABLE STRADDLE LEGS SUITABLE FOR MOST PALLETS
Lifting Equipment
PSS21M
Fork Length mm
PSS30E
Lowered Fork Height mm
Raised Fork Height mm
Fork Width mm
Overall Size L x H mm
Model
Price
1580 x 2020
PSS21M
£1520.65
1480 x 1770
PSS30M
£1936.55
1480 x 2020
PSS35M
£1955.60
Manual Straddle Stackers with Adjustable Forks 85 915
75
1600 2500 3000
330 to 700 210 to 800
Semi Electric Straddle Stackers with Adjustable Forks 1150
70
2500 3000
200 to 800
1800 x 1790
PSS30E
£2833.35
1800 x 2040
PSS35E
£2992.10
279
Fully Powered Stacker ›› ›› ›› ››
››
››
Lifters & Stackers
››
››
››
CE marked & plated Raised height: 3360mm Turning radius: 1485mm Battery voltage: 2 x 12/85 V/Ah Powerful maintenance free batteries (large 2 x 12/106 V/ah are available - call for details) Built in charger as standard, together with battery discharge indicator with automatic lift cut off function, ensure high battery lifetime Fully powered stacker, with duplex mast lifting, that provide smooth travel & lift with easy to operate controls High quality hydraulic pump ensures very little noise, maximum efficiency, durability & shortens the lifting time Four wheel supporting design at the driving end, with offset tiller for perfect view, allows stable & safe operation when the truck is used for high position stacking Compact & ergonomic design improves operator performance
1000kg
Lifting Equipment
evenly distributed
i Information STRADDLE LEG UNITS AVAILABLE CALL FOR DETAILS
FPSCC28 Load Capacity kg
Fork Length mm
Lift Height mm
Fork Width mm
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Model
Price
1000
1150
2820
570
1800 x 800 x 1950
FPSCC28
£4365.10
1000
1150
3300
570
1716 x 800 x 2130
FPSCC33
£4992.10
280
Pallet Pal ›› ›› ››
Keep the load at a comfortable working height Power free - fully automatic Load the pallet in uniform layers - the integral turntable allows you to load without bending or stretching
i Information
LOAD A PALLET WITHOUT BENDING OR STRETCHING
2000kg
evenly distributed
Maximum Height mm
Lowered Height mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
1110 x 1220
700
240
160
PALLETPAL
£1820.00
Pallet Loading
Overall Size W x D mm
PALLETPAL
Pal Disc ›› ›› ›› ››
Ultra low profile - ideal for use in confined areas Easy to load with a hand pallet truck – full surround loading ramp Virtually maintenance free Lock prevents accidental rotation
2000kg
evenly distributed
Turntable Dia. mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
1240 x 22
1100
100
PALDISC
£897.00
Lifting Equipment
Overall Size Dia. x H mm
PALDISC
Pal Ring ›› ›› ››
Free turning - does not tighten or bind Virtually maintenance free Can be adapted to suit a variety of applications including; mounting onto a scissor platform, solid disc top & special design configurations
PALRING
2000kg
evenly distributed
Overall Size Dia. x H mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
1110 x 60
25
PALRING
£312.00
281
Lifting Equipment
Mezzanine Floor Lifts
Mezzanine Floor Lifts
Mezzanine floor lifts are manufactured in the UK allowing both standard & bespoke designs to be installed within short lead times. Our comprehensive project management helps you from site assessment through the design, manufacture & installation phases of the project, including whole life maintenance. ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
4 week lead times Manufactured in the UK Free site assessments Standard off-the-shelf designs Bespoke designs Full compliance with European legislation Rapid UK wide installation UK wide operator training 12 months parts & labour warranty Statutory examinations & testing Spare parts available ex stock Planned maintenance programmes No subcontract labour Goods only Interior or exterior installations
282
SITE ASSESSMENT – DESIGN – MANUFACTURE – INSTALL – SERVICE
Our nationwide network of highly trained, specialist lifting equipment engineers delivers excellent maintenance, repair & refurbishment services to keep your goods & business moving. manufactured ››
Our key services include: Statutory Examinations & Testing in accordance with LOLER ›› Maintenance in accordance with manufacturers’ guideline ›› Inspection ›› Service ›› Issuing of Test Certificates ›› Quality Reports & Surveys ›› No sub-contract labour
Heavy Duty MezzLift ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
1000kg maximum working load Usable platform size 1500mm x 1500mm 2 stop lift, up to 4000mm travel height Ground to mezzanine floor 2000mm high double gates at both levels Platform safety lock at upper level Electrically interlocked gates Constant pressure control buttons at both levels Floor mounted, no pit required Self-supporting mesh shaft Same side or through car loading
manufactured
Mezzanine Floor Lifts
MezzPro ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
500kg maximum working load Opposed mast support for minimal platform deflection Lift speed approx. 0.15m/s Fixed platform A -1300mm x 1300mm or fixed platform B -2000mm x 1000mm 2 stop lift, up to 4000mm travel height Ground to mezzanine floor 2000mm high double gates at both levels Electrically interlocked gates Constant pressure control buttons at both levels Floor mounted, no pit required Self-supporting mesh shaft Same side or through car loading
manufactured
MezzLight ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
›› ››
manufactured
Lifting Equipment
››
250kg maximum working load Lift speed approx. 0.15m/s Usable platform size 1300 x 1100mm Will lift Euro & UK pallets 2 stop lift, up to 4000mm travel height 2000mm high double gates at both levels Electrically interlocked gates Constant pressure control buttons at both levels Floor mounted, no pit required Self-supporting mesh shaft Same side or through car loading
BayLift ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
500kg or 1000kg maximum working load Platform size up to 2400mm x 1500mm Folding barrier on platform 2 stop lift, up to 1500mm travel height Constant pressure control Floor mounted, no pit required Folds away after use manufactured
As your lift will be designed and manufactured in the UK, it is possible to add additional options to suit your exact specification. Such options may include larger platform sizes, increased height, additional stops, trolley stop barriers, 90 degree loading, additional entrances and a choice of finish. Contact the team to discuss all the bespoke options available to suit your application. Bespoke Design & CAD capabilities are available - Call for Details
283
Ratchet Straps with 25mm Lashing & Claw Hooks ›› ›› ›› ››
Minimum breaking strength: 1000kg Rated assembly strength: 500kg Manufactured to BS EN 12195-2:2001 Downward ratchet movement
i Information
Ratchet Straps
FOR ALL YOUR STRAPPING NEEDS
Ratchet Straps with 50mm Lashing & Claw Hooks ›› ›› ›› ››
››
Lifting Equipment
›› ››
Model
Price
25mm x 4M
SRS4CH
£8.30
25mm x 6M
SRS6CH
£9.15
Overall Size WxL
Model
Price
50mm x 4M
RS4CH
£10.25
50mm x 6M
RS6CH
£11.25
50mm x 8M
RS8CH
£11.75
50mm x 10M
RS10CH
£12.25
50mm x 12M
RS12CH
£15.25
i Information
Minimum breaking strength: 5000kg Rated assembly strength: 2500kg Manufactured to BS EN 12195-2:2001 Downward ratchet movement
BESPOKE SIZES AVAILABLE CALL FOR DETAILS
Ergonomic Ratchet Straps with 50mm Lashing & Claw Hooks ››
Overall Size WxL
35mm & 50mm Endless Ratchet Straps
Minimum breaking strength: 5000kg Rated assembly strength: 2500kg Manufactured to BS EN 12195-2:2001 Upward ratchet movement
›› ›› ›› ››
Minimum breaking strength: 4000kg (35mm) & 8000kg (50mm) Rated assembly strength: 2000kg (35mm) & 4000kg (50mm) Manufactured to BS EN 12195-2:2001 Upward ratchet movement
i Information ALTERNATIVE END FITTINGS ARE AVAILABLE CALL FOR DETAILS
284
Overall Size WxL
Model
Price
35mm x 4M
35ERS4
£10.50
35mm x 5M
35ERS5
£11.50
£22.50
50mm x 4M
50ERS4
£12.50
£24.00
50mm x 5M
50ERS5
£13.50
Overall Size WxL
Model
Price
50mm x 8M
ERS8CH
£21.00
50mm x 10M
ERS10CH
50mm x 12M
ERS12CH
Bespoke sizes are available - Call for Details
Circular Polyester Round Slings ›› ››
›› ›› ›› ››
Manufactured from high tenancy 100% polyester fibre Supplied with a clearly defined label, individual ID number & colour code for relevant SWL Manufactured to BS EN 1492-2:2000 from material with CE Factor of Safety of 7:1 Supplied with Certificate of Conformity N.B. The effective working length of each sling is half the circumference length Up to 100 tonne SWL slings available - please call for details
1 Tonne
2 Tonne
3 Tonne
Model
Price
Sling Size Circ
Model
Price
Sling Size Circ
Model
Price
1M
CPRS1X1
£4.95
1M
CPRS2X1
£5.45
1M
CPRS3X1
£6.15
2M
CPRS1X2
£5.45
2M
CPRS2X2
£6.15
2M
CPRS3X2
£7.25
4M
CPRS1X4
£6.65
4M
CPRS2X4
£8.95
4M
CPRS3X4
£11.25
6M
CPRS1X6
£8.45
6M
CPRS2X6
£11.25
6M
CPRS3X6
£14.65
Duplex Web Slings ›› ››
›› ›› ››
Polyester duplex web slings with re-inforced eyes Supplied with a clearly defined label, individual ID number & colour code for relevant SWL Manufactured to BS EN 1492-1:2000 from material with CE Factor of Safety of 7:1 Supplied with Certificate of Conformity i Information Up to 21 tonne SWL slings available BESPOKE SIZES - please call for details AVAILABLE -
Web Slings
Sling Size Circ
CALL FOR DETAILS
2 Tonne
Sling Size Circ
Model
Price
Sling Size Circ
3 Tonne Model
Price
Sling Size Circ
Model
Price
1M
DWS1X1
£5.95
1M
DWS2X1
£7.15
1M
DWS3X1
£10.50
2M
DWS1X2
£7.65
2M
DWS2X2
£9.95
2M
DWS3X2
£14.00
3M
DWS1X3
£9.45
3M
DWS2X3
£12.25
3M
DWS3X3
£18.00
5M
DWS1X5
£12.25
5M
DWS2X5
£17.45
5M
DWS3X5
£25.50
FOR ALL YOUR LIFTING NEEDS
Lower Value Orders May Incur a Handling Charge - Bespoke sizes are available - Call for Details
285
Lifting Equipment
1 Tonne
Chain Slings ›› ››
Alternate Terminations Available on request
High quality Grade 80 & Grade 100 chains Available in a wide range of lengths, sizes & terminations
When quality & reliability count, it will be guaranteed with every lifting sling in our range! Every component on every sling has full traceability & all slings are manufactured & fully comply with all the required British & EN safety standards & come complete with Test Certification.
Working Load Limit Chart Grade 80 & 100 (in tonnes)
Chain Slings
Each sling is fully assembled & inspected in the UK prior to despatch. We can offer chain slings with Working Load Limits (WLL) from 1.5 tonne through to 67 tonne & slings can be adapted with various lengths & terminations to suit your individual requirements. Chain slings can also be fitted with shortening clutches so that the sling or individual legs can be shortened to suit each load being lifted (price on application).
Chain Size 6mm
Single Leg
Two Legs
Three & Four Legs
Eye Foundry Hook
Suitable for Grade 80 Chains only
Clevis ‘C’ Hook
Suitable for Grade 80 Chains only
Clevis Sling Hook
Single Leg
2 Leg 0º - 45º
2 Leg 45º - 60º
Grade 80
Grade 100
Grade 80
Grade 100
Grade 80
Grade 100
-
1.4 te
-
2.0 te
-
1.4 te
3 & 4 Leg 0º - 45º Grade 80
3 & 4 Leg 45º - 60º
Grade 100
Grade 80
Grade 100
2.9 te
-
2.1 te
7mm
1.5 te
-
2.1 te
-
1.5 te
-
1.5 te
-
2.2 te
-
8mm
2.0 te
2.5 te
2.8 te
3.5 te
2.0 te
2.5 te
2.0 te
5.3 te
3.0 te
3.8 te
10mm
3.15 te
4.0 te
4.25 te
5.6 te
3.15 te
4.0 te
3.15 te
8.4 te
4.75 te
6.0 te
13mm
5.3 te
6.7 te
7.5 te
9.4 te
5.3 te
6.7 te
5.3 te
14.1 te
8.0 te
10.1 te
Suitable for Grade 80 & 100 Chains
Clevis Self-Locking Hook
Lifting Equipment
Below is a short-list of our most popular chain slings. All prices are based on chains being supplied complete with Clevis Sling Hook terminations. For a quote on chain slings with alternative terminations please contact us.
Single Leg Grade 80
Single Leg Grade 100
Length
7mm
8mm
10mm
13mm
Length
6mm
8mm
10mm
2 metres
£41.74
£43.79
3 metres
£47.20
£50.61
4 metres
£52.66
£58.49
£57.52
£90.78
2 metres
£42.30
£46.83
£64.19
£98.56
£66.13
£105.17
3 metres
£49.02
£54.71
£75.29
£116.68
£74.74
£119.55
4 metres
£55.74
£62.58
£86.21
£134.79
Double Leg Grade 80
13mm
Clevis Shackle
Double Leg Grade 100
Length
7mm
8mm
10mm
13mm
Length
6mm
8mm
10mm
13mm
2 metres
£73.08
£77.86
£103.80
£163.59
2 metres
£74.21
£83.00
£112.48
£174.21
3 metres
£84.00
£91.51
£121.02
£192.36
3 metres
£78.20
£98.75
£134.32
£210.43
4 metres
£94.92
£105.16
£138.24
£221.13
4 metres
£91.64
£114.50
£156.16
£246.66
Three Leg Grade 80
Three Leg Grade 100
Length
7mm
8mm
10mm
13mm
Length
6mm
8mm
10mm
13mm
2 metres
£120.00
£128.00
£166.64
£268.09
2 metres
£113.36
£136.97
£179.88
£284.38
3 metres
£136.38
£148.47
£192.47
£311.24
3 metres
£133.14
£160.60
£212.64
£338.72
4 metres
£152.76
£168.95
£218.30
£354.40
4 metres
£153.30
£184.22
£245.40
£393.06
Four Leg Grade 80
Suitable for Grade 80 & 100 Chains
Gripsafe Self-Locking Hook
Four Leg Grade 100
Length
7mm
8mm
10mm
13mm
Length
6mm
8mm
10mm
13mm
2 metres
£148.40
£157.68
£208.59
£334.39
2 metres
£142.25
£169.44
£226.17
£356.00
3 metres
£170.24
£184.98
£243.03
£391.93
3 metres
£169.13
£200.94
£269.85
£428.45
4 metres
£192.08
£212.28
£277.47
£449.47
4 metres
£196.01
£232.44
£313.53
£500.90
Our chain sizes range from 7mm to 32mm so if you don’t see what you’re looking for here please contact us & we will be happy to quote & advise you on your specific needs.
286
Suitable for Grade 80 & 100 Chains
Suitable for Grade 100 Chains only
Vertical Lifting Clamps Ideal for vertical lifting of steel plates & steel structures ›› The spring-loaded tightening lock mechanism assures a positive initial clamping force ›› Clamping force increases in proportion to the weight of the load ›› The main body & the shackle are made of die-forged special alloy steels, which are optimally tempered for maximum strength & durability ›› High frequency quenching of die-forged special alloy steels gives greater durability to the cam ››
Vertical lifting of steel plates
Turning over of steel plates
Vertical lifting of steel structures
Vertical lifting of pipes
When lifting a pipe,
n
More than 300mm in diameter
When structures have not enough width for two point lifting
These clamps cannot be
n
used on pipes with diameters of less than 300mm
Capacity
Jaw Opening
Weight kg
Model
Price
Capacity
Jaw Opening
Weight kg
Model
Price
1000kg
0-19mm
3
SVC1HE
£148.50
4000kg
2000kg
0-25mm
6
SVC2HE
£192.50
6000kg
25-60mm
15
SVC4WHE
£346.50
0-40mm
21.5
SVC6HE
2000kg
0-40mm
6.2
SVC2WHE
£264.00
£357.50
6000kg
25-65mm
25
SVC6WHE
3000kg
0-30mm
10.5
SVC3HE
£500.50
£280.50
8000kg
10-70mm
44
SVC8HE
£1028.50
4000kg
0-35mm
12.5
SVC4HE
£297.00
8000kg
30-90mm
45
SVC8WHE
£1039.50
Lifting Clamps
position the clamps so that they face each other as shown in the drawing. (the lifting angle of the sling rope must be kept within 60º
under 60º
Screw Cam Clamps Universal clamp for lifting a large variety of different shaped steel, ranging from steel plates & structured steel to curved & spherical shaped steels ›› This omni - directional clamp can lift, hang, turn over & pull steel structures ›› This clamp is equipped with a screw cam (spherical universal designed), which provides an extra powerful clamping force on the work piece at no load & even when vibrations occur during operation ›› The main body is made from the die-forging of special alloy steels in one piece, which is optimally tempered for maximum strength & durability ›› High frequency quenching of die-forged special alloy steels gives greater durability to the cam ›› The main body is a baked-on finish ›› The cam & the pad can be easily replaced Jaw Weight Capacity ››
SCC 0.5
SCC 0.75
SCC 1W
Price
0.8
SCC 0.5
£170.50
3
SCC 0.75
£242.00
50-100mm
6
SCC 1W
£429.00
1500kg
0-32mm
4
SCC 1.5
£302.50
3000kg
0-50mm
6
SCC 3
£429.00
3000kg
25-75mm
7.8
SCC 3W
£462.00
6000kg
0-75mm
18
SCC 6
£775.50
kg
500kg
0-28mm
750kg
0-22mm
1000kg
Lifting Hooks Attaching the lifting hook will change a fork lift into a mobile crane Simply put the tines through the slots & tighten the securing bolts ›› The latch is attached to the swivel hook for omni-directional operation & is vibration proof ›› ››
Capacity
Jaw Opening Width
Jaw Opening Thickness
Weight kg
Model
Price
1000kg
70-120mm
15-40mm
12
FLH 1
£269.50
287
Lifting Equipment
Model
Opening
Chain Hoists ›› ›› ››
Robust steel construction Each hoist is issued with its own certification & is CE marked & plated Subject to availability
CCH66C
LIFT UP TO 10 TONNE Capacity kg
Standard Lift mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
8.5
CCH08C
£60.25
2500
11.5
CCH11C
£62.80
2000
21.5
CCH21C
£81.25
3000
22
CCH22C
£107.40
40
CCH40C
£150.15
66
CCH66C
£272.30
500 1000
3000
Chain Hoists
5000 10,000
NCH10C
CCH08C
7
day delivery
NCH50C
7
day delivery
NLH15L
NLH07L
Lever Hoists
Lifting Equipment
Chain Hoists ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
›› ››
Robust steel construction Each hoist is issued with its own certification & is CE marked & plated Electroplated load chain to help resist wear Strong forged hooks - both are fitted with safety latches & rotate 360º Subject to availability
›› ›› ›› ››
Robust steel construction Rubber safety grip handle Fully enclosed brake system Each hoist is issued with its own certification & is CE marked & plated Free wheeling feature eliminates the need to use the lever to take up slack Subject to availability Capacity kg
Capacity kg
Standard Lift mm
No of Columns of Load Chain
Weight kg
Model
Price
1000
2500
1
9.5
NCH10C
£77.70
3000
5000
3000
2
36
NCH50C
£103.25
6000
Standard Lift mm
No of Columns of Load Chain
Weight kg
Model
1
11
NLH15L
£96.40
1500
1
21
NLH30L
£132.00
2
31
NLH60L
£145.50
1500
Price
Push Travel Trolley ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
Robust steel construction Sealed maintenance free bearings Each trolley is issued with its own certification & is CE marked & plated To be used with hoists to transport loads Subject to availability
7
NPT20P
288
day delivery
Capacity kg
Beam Width mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
2000
88 - 220
18
NPT20P
£73.45
Plastic Kick Steps
FROM ONLY
››
£31.30
››
››
Kick Steps
››
Available as a standard version or as a model which is manufactured & approved to the recognised European GS standard Manufactured from high quality plastic & rubber for safety & durability Snap-lock for quick assembly Mounted on 3 sprung loaded polypropylene castors which retract when weight is applied
GA008Z
150kg
evenly distributed
3
day delivery
COLOUR OPTIONS
Access Equipment
Red Blue Black Grey specify when ordering
GA008Z
i Information IDEAL FOR THOSE HARD TO REACH PLACES
KA007Z
Description Standard GS Approved
404
Loaded Height mm
Unloaded Height mm
Base Dia. mm
Top Dia. mm
445
450
440
300
Weight kg
Model
Price (each) 1+
Price (each) 3+
2
KA007Z
£33.25
£31.30
2
GA008Z
£38.45
£35.90
Steel Kick Steps
3
day delivery
150kg
evenly distributed
FROM ONLY
£34.80 Kick Steps
GA009Z ››
›› ›› ››
Available as a standard version or as a model which is manufactured & approved to the recognised European GS standard Manufactured from quality steel & rubber for safety & durability Snap-lock for quick assembly Mounted on 3 sprung loaded polypropylene castors which retract when weight is applied
Access Equipment
COLOUR OPTIONS Red Green Blue Black Grey Yellow specify when ordering
KA004Z GA009Z Description Standard GS Approved
Loaded Height mm
Unloaded Height mm
Base Dia. mm
Top Dia. mm
430
435
435
290
Weight kg
Model
Price (each) 1+
Price (each) 3+
5
KA004Z
£37.75
£34.80
5
GA009Z
£40.90
£37.65
405
Plastic Step Stool
Folding Aluminium Handy Steps
3
Handy carry hole
HE400Z
£28.25
day delivery
NEW 150kg
Handy Steps
evenly distributed
FS369Z
FS253Z HE400Z
130kg
›› ›› ›› ››
evenly distributed
Comply to EN-14183 Manufactured from high quality plastic Lightweight yet durable 2 step unit Large anti-slip platform & feet
3
day delivery
›› ›› ›› ››
Comply to EN-14183 Strong & sturdy folding aluminum steps Large (405W x 242D mm) durable platform for safe & comfortable standing Ideal for use in many environments
No of Treads
Overall Size - Open H x W x D mm
Overall Size - Folded Weight H x W x D mm kg
Model
Price
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
2
450 x 450 x 530
503 x 450 x 230
3
FS253Z
£43.65
470 x 510 x 400
1.8
HE400Z
£28.25
3
667 x 480 x 690
735 x 480 x 230
4
FS369Z
£55.90
Plastic Handy Steps
260kg
evenly distributed
HPE04Z
Plastic Step-up ››
HPE03Z ››
This versatile nestable step is manufactured from injection moulded plastic complete with non-slip feet Platform hieght: 240mm
manufactured
Access Equipment
COLOUR OPTIONS Red Blue Yellow Green specify when ordering
HPE01Z
7 ›› ››
›› ››
day delivery
3
day delivery
FROM ONLY
£29.60
HPE02Z WHERE HIGHLIGHTED, RED, BLUE OR YELLOW ONLY
Tested to BS EN 14183:2003 Manufactured from tough, medium density polyethylene & resistant to most chemicals Ideal for wash down applications Fitted with anti-slip strips on the treads
COLOUR OPTIONS Grey Black
HS501Z
specify when ordering
HPE05Z
i Information
No of Treads
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
1
300 x 485 x 310
5
HPE01Z
£52.65
2
415 x 475 x 540
10
HPE02Z
£79.55
3
620 x 440 x 795
15
HPE03Z
£109.20
4
820 x 490 x 1080
20
HPE04Z
£177.45
Platform Size W x D mm
Overall Size mm
Weight kg
Model
Price 1 Off
Price (each) 2+
4 with Handrail
1620 x 490 x 1080
22
HPE05Z
£293.45
425 x 280
480 x 330
1
HS501Z
£35.60
£29.60
406
EASY TO STACK & STORE
Steel Step-ups ›› ››
›› ››
Comply to EN-14183 standard These nestable steps are constructed from tubular steel & come complete with grooved plastic feet Platform size: 380W x 260D mm Ribbed rubber mat platforms
150kg
evenly distributed
3
day delivery
No. of Treads
Platform Height mm
Overall Size W x D mm
Light Duty Steps
HJS02Z
HJS01Z Weight kg
Model
Price
1
255
440 x 385
2.2
HJS01Z
£26.30
2
375
445 x 555
3.5
HJS02Z
£33.35
Step-A-Trucks ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
Comply to EN-131 standard ■ Versatile - neat & compact Large toe plate & wide step treads Load capacity: as sack truck - 60kg & as step unit - 150kg Multi purpose, simple & easy to convert from step to sack truck When in sack truck mode they are mobile on two 100mm wheels
EASY TO USE FOAM RUBBER HANDLE
FROM ONLY
£77.20 3
day delivery
NON SLIP PLASTIC TREADS
Access Equipment
FMS83Y as Sack Truck
FOLD AWAY WHEELS FMS82Y as Step Unit
FMS83Y as Step Unit
No. of Treads
Easy to move into position
Overall Size - W x D x H mm
Platform Height mm
Folded
as Sack Truck
as Step Unit
2
460 x 70 x 990
480 x 490 x 990
470 x 530 x 920
490
3
470 x 90 x 1265
490 x 450 x 1265
470 x 735 x 1190
750
Sack Truck Toe Plate
Step Tread Size
390 x 280 mm
375 x 210 mm
Weight kg
Model
Price 1 Off
Price (each) 2+
6.5
FMS82Y
£84.00
£77.20
9
FMS83Y
£97.60
£89.65
407
Folding Steps
FROM ONLY
Folding Steps
£47.40
FS203Z
FS202Z
3 FS204Z
›› ›› ››
No. of Treads
Tubular steel, non-slip treads & plastic feet Folds down flat for easy compact storage Tread size: 300W x 200Dmm
3
Height of top tread
Overall Size when open H x W x D mm
Overall Size when folded H x W x D mm
Wt kg
day delivery
Model
Price
2
470
810 x 410 x 540
900 x 410 x 70
4
FS202Z
£47.40
3
710
1050 x 410 x 670
1180 x 410 x 70
6
FS203Z
£62.20
4
940
1300 x 410 x 810
1440 x 410 x 70
8
FS204Z
£79.85
day delivery
3
FROM ONLY
day delivery
FROM ONLY
£47.60
Access Equipment
£59.95
FJS64Z
FCI02Z
FJS62Z
FJS63Z
FCI03Z
Folding Steps with High Back ›› ›› ››
Chrome Plated Folding Steps
Comply to EN-14183 standard High safety rail, non-slip treads & feet Tread size: 380W x 260Dmm
No. Height of of top Treads tread mm
Overall Size when open H x W x D mm
Overall Size when folded H x W x D mm
›› ›› ››
Wt kg
Model
Price
7.2
FJS62Z
£47.60
Comply to EN-14183 standard Chrome plated tubular steel construction High safety rail, non-slip treads & plastic feet
No. Height of of top Treads tread mm
2
470
1070 x 520 x 540 1080 x 520 x 220
3
705
1305 x 520 x 655 1310 x 520 x 150
10
FJS63Z
£60.60
2
470
4
960
1560 x 520 x 810 1600 x 520 x 140
12.5
FJS64Z
£72.00
3
700
408
Overall Size when open H x W x D mm
Overall Size when folded H x W x D mm
Wt kg
Model
Price
1070 x 480 x 470
960 x 480 x 100
5.5
FCI02Z
£59.95
1340 x 540 x 630
1410 x 540 x 110
8
FCI03Z
£79.10
Folding Steps with Foam Handle ››
››
›› ››
Standard version & units which are manufactured & approved to the recognised European GS standard. Both ranges comply to EN-14183 standard Tubular steel construction, fitted with non-slip treads, non-slip feet & foam covered handle, giving a comfortable backing when used as a seat Tread size: 380W x 260Dmm FJS72Z: subject to availability
GS402Z, GS403Z & GS404Z
3
day delivery
FJS72Z
£33.95
MASSIVE Folding Steps
FJS72Z
FROM ONLY
£42.50
GS402Z, GS403Z & GS404Z GS403Z
Access Equipment
GS402Z
GS404Z
Description
No. of Treads
Standard
2
Grey with Blue Foam Handle
490
830 x 470 x 550
1080 x 470 x 90
4
FJS72Z
£33.95
GS Approved
2
White with Black Foam Handle
480
820 x 450 x 520
1065 x 450 x 90
4
GS402Z
£42.50
Colour
Height of top tread mm
Overall Size - Open H x W x D mm
Overall Size - Folded H x W x D mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
GS Approved
3
White with Black Foam Handle
725
1180 x 460 x 670
1310 x 460 x 90
6
GS403Z
£54.50
GS Approved
4
White with Black Foam Handle
980
1435 x 500 x 850
1580 x 500 x 90
8
GS404Z
£70.50
409
Folding Steps with Yellow Tool Tray ›› ››
››
Comply to EN-14183 standard Large versatile tool tray & a useful tool holder handle 4 x large anti-slip feet
Folding Steps
Tool Tray
Safety Tread Lock Mechanism
3
150kg
FJY02Z
evenly distributed
day delivery
No. of Treads
Height of Top Tread mm
Overall Size - In Use H x W x D mm
Overall Size - Folded H x W x D mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
2
500
1160 x 536 x 600
1270 x 536 x 80
6.5
FJY02Z
£67.65
3
750
1405 x 536 x 780
1545 x 536 x 80
8.5
FJY03Z
£82.40
4
1000
1655 x 536 x 960
1815 x 536 x 80
10
FJY04Z
£96.05
Folding Steps with Tool Tray ››
150kg
››
Access Equipment
evenly distributed
FJY03Z
Aluminium Folding Steps
Comply to EN-131 standard Large versatile tool tray & foam handle for your comfort ›› 4 x large anti-slip feet ›› Plat. size: 374L x 313D mm ›› Top tread height: 500mm ›› Subject to availability
›› ›› ›› ››
Comply to EN-131 standard Aluminium serrated treads & anti-slip rubber feet Top tool tray for holding tools & fittings Subject to availability Tool Tray
Large Tool Tray
3
day delivery
Safety Tread Lock
ALI35Z
FWS02Z
3
day delivery
No. of Height to top Treads Tread mm
O/A Height Folded
Wt kg
Model
Price
700
950 x 450 x 620
1050 mm
4.5
ALI33Z
£36.85
4
950
1200 x 480 x 770
1300 mm
5.5
ALI34Z
£44.25
5
1200
1450 x 510 x 915
1550 mm
7
ALI35Z
£52.40
6
1450
1700 x 540 x 1075
1800 mm
8
ALI36Z
£60.50
3
No. of Treads
Overall Size In Use H x W x D mm
Overall Size Folded H x W x D mm
Wt kg
Model
2
1135 x 535 x 600
1205 x 535 x 75
7
FWS02Z
410
O/A Size - In Use H x W x D mm
Price £35.00
Easy Slope Aluminium Folding Leader Steps ›› ›› ›› ››
›› ›› ››
Aluminium folding steps are ideal for use in offices, storerooms, warehouses etc. Certified to EN-14183 standard Manufactured to GS Approval ‘the recognised European standard’ day delivery Large serrated aluminium treads (360W x 205Dmm) & high handrail offer increased safety during use Tilt & pull wheels for easy movement without lifting Easy slope incline Folded size: only 120mm deep
3
Folding Steps
AFGS4Z
£171.40
i Information ROBUST & STURDY
AFGS3Z
£140.85
Access Equipment
AFGS4Z AFGS3Z
Tool Tray - on 3 & 4 tread models AFGS2Z Tilt & Pull AFGS2Z Folded No. of Treads
Platform Height mm
Overall Size - In Use H x W x D mm
Overall Height when Folded mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
2
440
850 x 520 x 545
790
6.5
AFGS2Z
£116.35
3
660
1240 x 550 x 830
1060
9
AFGS3Z
£140.85
4
880
1440 x 580 x 1110
1360
11
AFGS4Z
£171.40
411
Aluminium Folding Steps ›› ››
7
Comply to EN-131 standard Distance between the platform & top handrail is 600mm providing safety at high levels
day delivery
FROM ONLY
£46.20
i Information
Aluminium Folding Steps
FOLDABLE UNITS FOR COMPACT STORAGE
ALR04Z
ALR06Z
ALR05Z
ALR08Z
No. of Treads
Platform Height mm
Overall Size - In Use H x W x D mm
Overall Size - Folded H x W x D mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
3
640
1240 x 420 x 705
1320 x 420 x 125
3.6
ALR03Z
£46.20
4
840
1470 x 490 x 870
1590 x 490 x 125
3.9
ALR04Z
£53.45
5
1070
1670 x 470 x 1045
1785 x 470 x 125
4.8
ALR05Z
£61.35
6
1300
1900 x 490 x 1205
2030 x 490 x 125
5.4
ALR06Z
£69.60
7
1520
2120 x 520 x 1340
2270 x 520 x 125
6.3
ALR07Z
£77.25
8
1740
2340 x 600 x 1475
2510 x 600 x 125
6.8
ALR08Z
£84.95
Aluminium Folding Steps Access Equipment
›› ››
Large tool tray, ideal for all your tools & fittings Subject to availability
3
i Information
FROM ONLY
£29.95
ALR14Z
ALR13Z
No. of Treads
Platform Height mm
Overall Size - In Use H x W x D mm
day delivery
FOLDABLE UNITS FOR COMPACT STORAGE
Safety Tread Locking Mechanism
Overall Size - Folded H x W x D mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
3
860
1300 x 500 x 810
1410 x 500 x 175
3.5
ALR13Z
£29.95
4
1140
1580 x 530 x 1000
1705 x 530 x 175
4
ALR14Z
£32.80
412
Double Decker
››
››
›› ››
7
5YR
day delivery
Aluminium Folding Steps
Comply to EN-131 Standard Integral toolholder, bucket hook & screwtray A quality professional aluminium stepladder, light enough to facilitate easy movement & transportation The aluminium platform features a red safety strip - indicator for maximum recommended step height & protective edge to prevent cuts & grazes TOOL TRAY Patented large double step underneath & BUCKET HOOK the platform for safe & comfortable standing The unit comes complete with heavy-duty sturdy rubber anti-slip feet to make this a superior, professional, stepladder
›› ››
UNIQUE DOUBLE STEP & RUBBER PLATFORM STRIP FOR EXTRA COMFORT
FROM ONLY
£71.80
GUARANTEE
No. of Treads
Platform Height
O/A Size - In Use H x W x D mm
Folded Height mm
Wt kg
Model
Price
3
616mm
1244 x 470 x 723
1426
3.8
ALT-502103
£71.80
4
828mm
1461 x 496 x 869
1656
4.4
ALT-502104
£78.65
5
1041mm
1677 x 525 x 1016
1887
5
ALT-502105
£87.25
6
1253mm
1893 x 552 x 1163
2117
6.1
ALT-502106
£96.35
7
1465mm
2110 x 580 x 1309
2348
7.2
ALT-502107
£108.60
8
1677mm
2326 x 607 x 1456
2529
8.4
ALT-502108
£119.10
ALT-502105
Taurus TGB ›› ››
10
›› ››
YR GUARANTEE
››
£178.90 ›› ››
day
Tool Tray
Locking Mechanism Double Platform
ALT-191506
No. of Treads
Platform Height mm
Overall Size - In Use H x W x D mm
Overall Height when folded mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
3
700
1333 x 470 x 736
1441
7.5
ALT-191503
£178.90
4
950
1568 x 500 x 885
1691
8.5
ALT-191504
£194.80
6
1400
2038 x 560 x 1182
2191
13
ALT-191506
£256.10
12
2800
3447 x 720 x 2072
3691
20
ALT-191512
£403.00
413
Access Equipment
FROM ONLY
7
Comply to EN-131 standard delivery Integral tool tray in the guardrail Large anti-slip feet provide extra strength Benefit from a black powder coated finish, which keeps your hands warm & clean The double box section treads are considerably larger & thicker than on traditional products. Designed to give maximum strength, durability & total reliability (see image shown below) Platform size: 330W x 250Dmm Subject to availability
Aluminium Trade Stepladders ›› ›› ››
Aluminium Folding Steps
››
Certified to EN-131 standard & BS2037 Class 1 Unique strengthening beam incorporated into non-slip treads Rubber feet & aluminium side arms help prevent slips & twists as there are no tapes or flimsy arms to break Lightweight & easy to carry
i Information IDEAL FOR MAINTENANCE APPLICATIONS
ATS08Z
Without Handrails
With Handrails
No. of Treads
Open Height mm
Closed Height mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
Model
Price
3
580
660
2.4
ATS03Z
£52.60
ATS13Z
£67.20 £73.25
4
810
890
2.5
ATS04Z
£58.65
ATS14Z
5
1030
1140
3.4
ATS05Z
£67.70
ATS15Z
£82.30
6
1260
1380
4.5
ATS06Z
£74.10
ATS16Z
£88.65
7
1480
1620
5.1
ATS07Z
£80.95
ATS17Z
£95.55
8
1700
1860
6
ATS08Z
£88.30
ATS18Z
£102.90
10
2170
2340
6.6
ATS10Z
£103.85
ATS110Z
£118.45
12
2570
2820
7.3
ATS12Z
£119.65
ATS112Z
£134.25
Aluminium Platform Stepladders ›› ›› ››
Access Equipment
››
Certified to BS2037 Class 1 Unique strengthening beam incorporated into non-slip treads Rubber feet & aluminium side arms help prevent slips & twists as there are no tapes or flimsy arms to break Lightweight & easy to carry
i Information IDEAL FOR MAINTENANCE APPLICATIONS
APS08Z
APS18Z
414
No. of Treads
Open Height mm
Closed Height mm
Platform Height mm
Weight kg
3
1240
1350
590
4.2
Without Handrails
With Handrails
Model
Price
Model
Price
APS03Z
£71.60
APS13Z
£86.25
4
1460
1590
810
4.5
APS04Z
£77.70
APS14Z
£92.30
5
1680
1830
1030
5.4
APS05Z
£87.35
APS15Z
£101.95 £108.20
6
1910
2070
1260
6
APS06Z
£93.60
APS16Z
7
2130
2310
1480
6.6
APS07Z
£102.35
APS17Z
£116.95
8
2310
2550
1670
7.25
APS08Z
£103.40
APS18Z
£117.95
10
2740
3010
2120
8.8
APS10Z
£127.85
APS110Z
£142.40
12
3200
3520
2600
9.5
APS12Z
£143.85
APS112Z
£158.40
Regina Special ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
Comply to EN-131 standard A high quality professional aluminium stepladder complete with large safe hand rails Benefits from sturdy deep treads welded to ensure maximum strength & longevity of performance Integral tool tray in the guardrail, which enables safe storage of tools & materials when in use Heavy-duty non-slip sturdy feet Platform size: 280W x 255Dmm
SV-REGSP-5
£213.35
Aluminium Folding Steps
Tool Tray
5YR
GUARANTEE
7
No. of Treads
day delivery
Platform Height mm
Overall Size In Use H x W x D mm
Overall Height when folded mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
5
1160
1800 x 490 x 1040
2050
8
SV-REGSP-5
£213.35
6
1390
2030 x 510 x 1210
2300
9
SV-REGSP-6
£229.95
8
1850
2490 x 570 x 1550
2800
11
SV-REGSP-8
£284.95
10
2300
2940 x 620 x 1870
3300
13.5
SV-REGSP-10
£336.70
12
2770
3410 x 670 x 2250
3800
16
SV-REGSP-12
£392.75
SV-REGSP-5
Professional Aluminium Folding Steps Folded ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
Comply to EN-131 standard Large working platform - 275W x 400Dmm Deep non-slip aluminium treads These units have an extra large standing platform, twin handrails, handy work tray & high support rail Distance from platform to top hand rail: 750mm
day delivery
Access Equipment
High Support Rail
7
Tool Tray
AFA04Z Large Platform No. of Treads
Platform Height mm
Overall Size - In Use H x W x D mm
Overall Height when folded
Weight kg
Model
Price
2
350
1105 x 420 x 650
1180 mm
4.5
AFA02Z
£74.50
3
580
1330 x 445 x 805
1420 mm
5
AFA03Z
£80.25
4
800
1550 x 465 x 955
1660 mm
6
AFA04Z
£88.40
5
1020
1775 x 490 x 1110
1900 mm
6.5
AFA05Z
£101.45
6
1250
2000 x 515 x 1260
2140 mm
7.5
AFA06Z
£122.30
7
1470
2225 x 535 x 1415
2380 mm
9
AFA07Z
£149.10
AFA06Z
415
Multi Purpose Ladders ›› ›› ››
PL4X3Z
›› ››
Aluminium Folding Steps
£122.60
Comply to EN-131 standard Can be used as a stepladder with base stabiliser, free standing extension ladder & as a platform ladder Complete with the removable platform (PL4X3Z only) Complete with stabilisers for extra stability Simple ‘click lock’ hinge system
PL4X3Z in Platform Position
PL4X3Z Extended
PL4X3Z Extended
PL4X3Z Folded
PL4X3Z No. of Rungs
Platform Height mm
Stepladder Height mm
Extended Length mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
4 x 3 Steps
920
1750
4 x 4 Steps
-
2270
3560
14
PL4X3Z
£122.60
4680
15.5
PL4X4Z
£141.25
Telescopic Ladder System ›› ›› ››
Access Equipment
TL4X4Z
£185.20
››
Comply to EN-131 standard Adjustable telescopic sections with simple ‘click lock’ hinge system Can be used as a stepladder, stairwell ladder & extension ladder Non-slip feet & splayed base give extra stability
TL4X4Z in Stairwell Position
TL4X4Z Folded
TL4X3Z
TL4X4Z
416
No. of Rungs
Stepladder Height mm
Extended Length mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
4 x 3 Steps
1020 to 1600
2010 to 3200
11
TL4X3Z
£144.80
4 x 4 Steps
1030 to 2170
3660 to 4430
14
TL4X4Z
£185.20
3 Way Combination Ladder ›› ›› ›› ››
Certified to BS2037 Class 1 Can be used as a stepladder with base stabiliser, free standing extension ladder & as a stairwell ladder Light, easy to use, store & transport Stabiliser bar & secure locking hinge for added support & safety
WCL03Z
£90.30 Combination Ladders
WCL03Z Stepladder
WCL03Z Extended Ladder
WCL03Z in Stairwell Position Closed Length mm
Stepladder Height mm
Extended Length mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
1780
1680
2590
6
WCL03Z
£90.30
5 Way Combination Ladder ›› ›› ››
WCL05Z
Comply to EN-131 standard Combines 2 single ladders, extension ladder, stepladder, work platform & stairwell platform Complete with large non-slip platform & handrail for increased safety
Access Equipment
£129.85
WCL05Z in Stairwell Platform Position
WCL05Z in Work Platform Position
WCL05Z Stepladder
WCL05Z Extended Ladder
WCL05Z Single Ladders No of Rungs
Base to Platform mm
Closed Height mm
Stepladder Height mm
Extended Length mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
2x6
970
1690
1630
2720
18
WCL05Z
£129.85
417
Double Sided Picking Steps ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
››
Comply to EN-131 standard Ideal for a wide variety of environments Double sided for good access 4 x 100mm castors fitted either side of the step for greater manoeuvrability This unit incorporates a double handrail either side of the unit as well as a guardrail for optimum safety Subject to availability
SV-DCS006 Folded
Aluminium Steps
FROM ONLY
£251.10
i Information IDEAL FOR ACCESS TO YOUR SHELVING
7
day delivery
No. of Treads
Overall Size H x W x D mm
4
1600 x 468 x 1097
6
2065 x 515 x 1465
7
2295 x 545 x 1670
8
SV-DCS006
Platform Height mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
985
9.5
SV-DCS004
£251.10
1490
11.5
SV-DCS006
£283.30
1740
12.5
SV-DCS007
£300.85
2525 x 570 x 1860
1990
13.5
SV-DCS008
£331.20
9
2750 x 593 x 2055
2240
15
SV-DCS009
£362.00
10
2980 x 620 x 2290
2490
16
SV-DCS010
£385.70
11
3195 x 640 x 2490
2740
17.5
SV-DCS011
£402.10
13
3665 x 695 x 2855
3240
21.5
SV-DCS013
£427.10
Aluminium Warehouse Steps ›› ›› ››
Access Equipment
››
Comply to EN-131 standard Wheels at the back of the unit make this range of steps easy to manoeuvre Constructed from aluminium with heavy duty back supports & side handrails 8 step units & above are sent folded for delivery - easy to erect
i Information IDEAL FOR MANY APPLICATIONS & INDUSTRIES ALW05Z
ALW14Z
418
No. of Treads
Open Height to Platform mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
4
1000
10
ALW04Z
£165.30
5
1220
11
ALW05Z
£168.60
6
1460
13
ALW06Z
£189.05
7
1710
15
ALW07Z
£204.60
8
1950
16
ALW08Z
£237.80
10
2440
20
ALW10Z
£277.50
12
2930
24
ALW12Z
£290.40
14
3420
27
ALW14Z
£319.60
Taurus TME ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
Comply to EN-131 standard Enclosed hinge system provides extra stability & allows closure & storage in restricted space Large handrails & 850mm guardrails for extra safety The wheels allow easy movement around warehousing Integral tool tray in the guardrail enabling safe storage of tools & materials when in use Platform size: 330W x 250Dmm
ALT-193207
Aluminium Folding Steps
£366.80
PROFILE OF DOUBLE TREAD SECTION designed to give maximum strength, durability & total reliability
7
Tilt & Push Handles
day delivery
10
YR GUARANTEE
No. of Treads
Platform Height mm
Overall Size - In Use H x W x D mm
Overall Height when folded mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
6
1410
2272 x 620 x 1182
2441
16
ALT-193206
£337.10
7
1645
2507 x 650 x 1330
2691
18
ALT-193207
£366.80
9
2115
2977 x 710 x 1627
3191
24
ALT-193209
£435.45
11
2585
3447 x 770 x 1924
3691
27
ALT-193211
£499.20
ALT-193207
Vera
Folded
›› ›› ›› ››
Access Equipment
››
Comply to EN-131 standard Large platform size: 450 x 500mm Integral tool tray in the guardrail Welded ribbed aluminium, this quality folding warehouse stepladder is comfortable, sturdy & includes a large platform, which allows safe work at height Equipped with two reinforcing arms, which prevent sudden unwanted opening or closing & are used to move the ladder via two 125mm rubber wheels Tool Tray
SV-VERA-6
£479.60
5YR
GUARANTEE
7
No. of Treads
SV-VERA-6
Platform Overall Overall Size - In Use Weight Height Height when H x W x D mm kg mm folded mm
day delivery
Model
Price
6
1400
2200 x 700 x 1640
2460
17
SV-VERA-6
£479.60
8
1900
2660 x 740 x 1970
2970
20
SV-VERA-8
£536.85
10
2300
3100 x 780 x 2340
3460
23
SV-VERA-10 £598.45
12
2800
3570 x 820 x 2700
3940
26
SV-VERA-12 £657.95
419
Aluminium Trade Stepladders ›› ›› ›› ››
Manufactured from industrial strength aluminium Non-slip treads & a large platform provide a safe working area Available as a double sided step unit - call for details Platform size: 460D x 415W mm
i Information
Aluminium Steps
STRAIGHT BACKED FOR CLOSER ACCESS
ALS04Z
Units without Handrails
Overall Size W x D mm
Platform Height mm
Weight
Model
Price
Weight
Model
Price
3
460 x 840
730
6.5 kg
ALS03Z
£113.80
9.5 kg
ALS13Z
£206.15
ALS15Z
4
480 x 970
890
8 kg
ALS04Z
£129.80
11 kg
ALS14Z
£222.15
5
510 x 1090
1220
9 kg
ALS05Z
£145.85
12 kg
ALS15Z
£238.15
Aluminium Wide Steps ›› ›› ››
Certified to BS2037 Class 1 Wheels at the back of the unit make this range of steps easy to manoeuvre The unit incorporates a safety chain at the front of the platform for increased safety Platform size: 400D x 600W mm
Access Equipment
››
i Information IDEAL FOR MANY APPLICATIONS & INDUSTRIES
No. of Treads
Open Height mm
Platform Height mm
Closed Height mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
2
1410
385
1570
6
ALP02Z
£230.10
3
1625
610
1780
8
ALP03Z
£254.20
4
1840
835
1980
9
ALP04Z
£264.50
5
2050
1050
2225
10
ALP05Z
£288.55
6
2260
1260
2490
11
ALP06Z
£312.65
7
2470
1480
2730
12
ALP07Z
£336.75
8
2700
1710
2965
13
ALP08Z
£360.85
420
Units with Handrails
No. of Treads
ALP04Z
Work Platforms ›› ››
›› ››
›› ›› ›› ››
Folds flat for easy moving & storage - opened in one movement Complete with 2 tool trays - upper tray with storage compartments & a lower paint tray - 25kg weight capacity each. Also comes complete with an S-shape pail hook Complete with guardrails & safety chains for your safety 5, 6 & 7 treads come with 2 stabilsers which are easy to set up & fold thanks to the spring loaded lock. They can also be folded up next to the unit for working in reduced spaces ›› 80mm deep non-slip treads Mobile on 2 x 100mm wheels 250mm depth when folded (320mm for the 5, 6 & 7 treads) 400 x 500mm platform size Complies to WHAR
FROM ONLY
£390.45
Platform Steps
5YR
GUARANTEE
3
day delivery
NEW Complete with 2 tool trays & an S-shape pail hook
PL0502
PL1205 Folded
No. of Treads
Platform Height
Size W x D mm
Width with Stabilisers
Folded Height mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
2
500mm
750 x 1000
-
1660
15
PL0502
£390.45
3
700mm
750 x 1120
-
1930
15.6
PL0703
£412.05
4
950mm
750 x 1390
-
2230
16.2
PL0904
£450.85
5
1200mm
620 x 1660
2000
2490
24.2
PL1205
£454.10
6
1450mm
620 x 1880
2250
2800
24.9
PL1406
£468.40
7
1700mm
620 x 2100
2250
3050
26.1
PL1707
£486.10
PL1205
Adjustable Height Telescopic Work Platforms ›› ››
››
›› ›› ››
£680.90
Access Equipment
››
FROM ONLY
Folds flat for easy moving & storage - opened in one movement Complete with 2 tool trays - upper tray with storage compartments & a lower paint tray - 25kg weight capacity each. Also comes complete with an S-shape pail hook Complete with guardrails & safety chains for your safety. Also complete with 2 stabilsers which are easy to set up & fold thanks to the spring loaded lock. They can also be folded up next to the unit for working in reduced spaces ›› 80mm deep non-slip treads Mobile on 2 x 100mm wheels ›› 400 x 500mm platform size 420mm depth when folded Adjustable to enable working on steps/staircases Complies to WHAR
NEW
AP0835 Folded
3
day delivery
5YR
AP1047
GUARANTEE
AP0835 No. of Treads
No of Plat. Heights
Platform Heights mm
Width with Stabilisers
Folded Height mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
3 to 5
3
800/1060/1310
1530/2140/2220
2060
28.5
AP0835
£680.90
4 to 7
4
1070/1320/1580/1830
1320/2380/2540/2480
2350
32
AP1047
£727.10
6 to 9
4
1540/1790/2050/2300
1510/2670/2860/2830
2870
37
AP1569
£781.95
421
Glass Fibre Folding Steps ›› ››
›› ››
Comply to EN-131 standard Fitted with serrated aluminium treads (standard glass fibre folding steps only) & anti-slip rubber feet Integral tool tray for holding tools GFJ0 range is subject to availability
Glass Fibre Steps
Standard Glass Fibre Folding Step Tool Tray
i Information
INSULATED UP TO 30,000 VOLTS
GFJ05Z
No. of Treads
7
GFJ07Z
day delivery
Standard Glass Fibre Folding Steps - Insulated to 10,000 volts Overall Size - In Use H x W x D mm
Weight kg
Model
2
800 x 450 x 605
4
3
935 x 455 x 745
5.5
GFJN57Z
Premier Glass Fibre Folding Steps - Insulated to 30,000 volts
Price
Open Height mm
Closed Height mm
Weight kg
Model
GFJ02Z
£49.00
-
-
-
-
-
GFJ03Z
£59.00
1080
1170
5.4
GFJN53Z
£67.80
Price
4
1170 x 485 x 885
6.5
GFJ04Z
£69.00
1370
1470
6.7
GFJN54Z
£80.25
5
1410 x 520 x 1050
8
GFJ05Z
£85.00
1650
1780
7.7
GFJN55Z
£94.45
6
1645 x 550 x 1205
9
GFJ06Z
£105.00
-
-
-
-
-
7
1885 x 585 x 1370
10.5
GFJ07Z
£115.00
2210
2390
10.5
GFJN57Z
£123.95
9
-
-
-
-
2780
3000
13
GFJN59Z
£172.15
Premier Glass Fibre Platform Folding Steps
Glass Fibre Platform Folding Steps ››
Access Equipment
››
››
››
Comply to EN-131 standard Lightweight steps with high safety rail providing added safety when working at high levels Aluminium treads & top working platform, anti-slip rubber feet & a top tool tray for holding tools & fittings ›› Platform height: 1185mm ›› Subject to availability
››
››
Comply to EN-131 standard Lightweight steps with high safety rail providing added safety when working at high levels Aluminium treads & top working platform, anti-slip rubber feet & a blue top tool tray for holding tools & fittings (GFPL12Z is a black tool tray)
i Information
i Information
INSULATED TO 30,000 VOLTS
INSULATED TO 10,000 VOLTS
7
GFP05Z Tool Tray No. of Treads
Overall Size - In Use H x W x D mm
Weight kg
Model
5
1795 x 560 x 1170
10
GFP05Z
422
7
GFPN506Z
day delivery
Price £108.35
day delivery
GFPL12Z
No. of Treads
Platform Height mm
Open Height mm
Closed Height mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
3
700
1290
1390
6.6
GFPN503Z
£96.45
4
940
1520
1640
7.3
GFPN504Z
£113.05
5
1180
1750
1890
8.6
GFPN505Z
£124.05
6
1410
1980
2140
9.3
GFPN506Z
£137.50
7
1640
2240
2410
10.4
GFPN507Z
£154.40
8
1870
2470
2660
12
GFPN508Z
£175.10
10
2330
2930
3160
15.6
GFPN510Z
£203.90
12
2560
3170
3470
15.5
GFPL12Z
£259.00
Glass Fibre Folding Steps with Large Platform ›› ››
Large working platform with handrails Comply to EN-131 standard ›› Space between rungs: 300mm ›› Fitted with serrated aluminium treads & anti-slip rubber feet ›› Platform size: 400W x 575D mm ›› Handles are supplied loose for easy assembly
3
LARGE DOUBLE HANDRAILS
LARGE WORKING PLATFORM
day delivery
INSULATED TO 10,000 VOLTS
i Information FJG04Z
IDEAL FOR ACCESS & MAINTENANCE APPLICATIONS
FJG03Z
No. of Treads
Height of Top Tread mm
Overall Size - In Use H x W x D mm
Overall Size - Folded H x W x D mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
3
890
1790 x 642 x 1147
1932 x 642 x 170
12.5
FJG03Z
£221.15
4
1154
2054 x 679 x 1346
2232 x 679 x 170
14
FJG04Z
£253.10
5
1433
2333 x 716 x 1536
2532 x 716 x 170
15.5
FJG05Z
£281.95
Glass Fibre Steps
i Information
Glass Fibre Wide Steps ›› ›› ››
››
SAFETY CHAIN
Access Equipment
››
Certified to BS EN-131 Manufactured from a glass fibre frame with aluminium treads Wheels at the back of the unit make this range of steps easy to manoeuvre The unit incorporates a safety chain at the front of the platform for increased safety Platform size: 400W x 600D mm
i Information INSULATED TO 25,000 VOLTS
GLF26Z No. of Treads
Open Height mm
Platform Height mm
Closed Height mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
2
1410
385
1570
8
GLF22Z
£267.35
3
1625
610
1750
9
GLF23Z
£291.35
4
1855
835
2020
11
GLF24Z
£315.35
5
2050
1050
2225
14
GLF25Z
£335.50
6
2260
1260
2490
16
GLF26Z
£342.00
7
2470
1480
2730
18
GLF27Z
£361.40
8
2700
1710
2965
20
GLF28Z
£380.80
GLF24Z
423
Glass Fibre Ladder ›› ››
›› ›› ›› ››
STABILISER BAR
3 Way Ladders
››
Comply to EN-131 standard Available for use as a stepladder, extension ladder & freestanding extension ladder. Unique sliding mechanism makes conversion between modes easy Manufactured from a glass fibre frame with aluminium rungs & nylon support strap Non-slip rungs for comfort & safety Wide base & heavy duty feet for stability & grip Insulated to 10,000 volts Ideal for use in an electrical environment
i Information
INSULATED TO 10,000 VOLTS GFL07Z
No. of Rungs
GFL07Z
Folded Height mm
Stepladder Height mm
Extension Ladder Length mm
Weight kg
›› ›› ››
6
1690
2393
3375
13
GFL06Z
£168.00
1975
2925
4220
14.5
GFL07Z
£187.65
Comply to EN-131 standard Locking mechanism to ensure increased safety Roller wheels for ease of movement on a building/against a wall Tested to 100,000V - far beyond most products Available for use as a stepladder, extension ladder or freestanding extension ladder
Access Equipment
››
WALL WHEELS
i Information
INSULATED TO 100,000 VOLTS
5YR
GUARANTEE
7
day delivery
STABILISER BAR
No. of Rungs
Closed Length mm
Extended Length mm
Overall Height in aa position mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
3x8
2400
5470
2300
21
SV-V3-3x8
£461.60
3 x 10
3000
7450
2900
32
SV-V3-3x10
£602.50
424
Price
7
V3 - Glass Fibre Ladder ››
Model
SV-V3-3x8
Professional Combination Ladder ›› ››
››
Certified to BS EN-131 This combination ladder can be used as a stepladder with base stabiliser, free standing combination ladder & as a 3 part extension ladder Large comfortable ‘D’ shaped rungs for comfort, strong box section stiles, large stabiliser bar & solid sidearms increase safety & stability
FROM ONLY
£175.55
3 Way Aluminium Ladders
PCL306 in A frame position
PCL306 Extended
No. of Rungs
Closed Length mm
Extended Length mm
Overall Height in aa position mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
3x6
1860
4100
1780
14.5
PCL306
£175.55
3x9
2690
6100
2570
20.5
PCL309
£219.20
3 x 12
3540
8400
3360
25
PCL312
£297.95
PCL306
Luxe 3 ›› ››
››
››
7
Wall Wheels
Access Equipment
››
Comply to EN-131 Standard Aluminium combination ladder which can be used as a stepladder, extension ladder or freestanding extension ladder, as well as for use on stairwells Features wall wheels as standard & a unique patented adjustable stabiliser Large comfortable rungs which are flat at the correct usage angle of 70º Subject to availability day delivery
5YR
GUARANTEE
UNIQUE PATENTED STABILISER
FROM ONLY
£198.60 No. of Rungs
Closed Length mm
Extended Length mm
Overall Height in aa position mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
6+7+7
2250
4950
2100
16.5
SV-LX3-6+7+7
£198.60
7+8+8
2550
5850
2400
18.5
SV-LX3-7+8+8
£219.40
8+9+9
2850
6450
2700
20
SV-LX3-8+9+9
£247.30
9+10+10
3100
7300
3000
25
SV-LX3-9+10+10
£320.00
10+11+11
3400
8500
3300
30
SV-LX3-10+11+11
£369.85
SV-LX3-7+8+8
425
Extension Ladders & Ladder Accessories
Ladder Stand-offs ›› ›› ››
Ladder Clamp
Makes access for guttering & window maintenance so much easier Quick & easy to fit to most ladder types ASO25Z & LASO03 are for use on flat surfaces & the VSO24Z is for building corners as well
›› ››
Secure ladders to your roof rack (padlocks not included) Detachable - quick & easy to fit to most ladder types & roof racks
Model
Price
LALC02
£37.90
Universal Roof Hook ›› ›› ››
Clearance
Weight kg
Model
Turns an extension ladder into a roof ladder Detachable - quick & easy to fit to most ladder types Wheels help move the ladder up the roof
Price
V Type Ladder Stand Off 250 - 400mm
2.4
£52.05
VSO24Z
Adjustable Ladder Stand Off 430 - 610mm
2.5
£48.10
ASO25Z
Universal Ladder Stand Off 355
2.5
£48.60
LASO03
Extension Ladders ››
Access Equipment
›› ››
››
Closed Height mm
Extended Height mm
8
2420
3820
10
2920
12 14
Price
URH28Z
£48.60
Class 1 Extension Ladders
Certified to BS EN-131 Large comfortable ‘D’ shaped rungs Rigid extruded box section stiles for added strength Secure, non-slip grip with all round PVC moulded feet
No. of Rungs
Model
›› ››
››
Weight kg
Certified to BS2037 Class 1 1994 Large comfortable ‘D’ shaped rungs & solid moulded rubber feet Easy to handle yet incredibly rigid
Model
Price
No. of Rungs
Closed Height mm
9
ELL208
£96.60
9
2430
4200
11
CEL209
£132.95
4880
10.5
ELL210
£111.75
11
2930
5200
13
CEL211
£152.40
3420
5940
14
ELL212
£141.10
13
3430
6200
15
CEL213
£173.90
4040
7030
16
ELL214
£160.95
15
3930
7200
23
CEL215
£229.75
15
4420
7810
20.5
ELL215
£184.45
17
4430
8200
26
CEL217
£244.75
17
4920
8830
23.5
ELL217
£202.60
19
4930
8950
28.5
CEL219
£267.70
19
5420
9900
29
ELL219
£220.90 7
1930
4460
14.5
CEL307
£159.25
9
2430
5960
17
CEL309
£188.40
Two Section Push Up Ladders
Extended Height mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
Two Section Push Up Ladders
Three Section Push Up Ladders
Three Section Push Up Ladders
8
2420
5220
16.5
ELL308
£153.10
10
2920
6850
18.5
ELL310
£178.25
11
2930
7460
28
CEL311
£272.05
12
3420
8460
25.5
ELL312
£220.40
13
3430
8960
33.5
CEL313
£314.55
14
4040
10,220
28.5
ELL314
£252.75
15
3930
10,460
42
CEL315
£401.90
426
Telescopic Ladders ›› ››
››
››
Comply to EN-131 standard To open the unit lift the top rung until the unit clicks into place. Then repeat until you have achieved your required height Fold quickly & easily for compact storage. Simply push the buttons on either side of each rung to close Manufactured in lightweight yet strong aluminium
Telescopic Ladders
3
day delivery
FROM ONLY
£98.00
Simply push the buttons together to close Spring operated safety mechanism. Prevents you from trapping your fingers
Plastic Clip for tidy storage No. of Rungs
Extended Height mm
Closed Height mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
9 Rung
2610
800
8
GXF26Z
£98.00
13 Rung
3870
1010
13.5
GXF38Z
£135.00
GXF26Z In Use
GXF26Z Folded
Telescopic Ladders ››
››
›› ››
7
Access Equipment
››
SPECIAL PRICES
Manufactured & approved to the recognised European GS standard To open the unit lift the top rung until the unit clicks into place. Then repeat until you have achieved your required height Fold quickly & easily for compact storage. Simply push the buttons on either side of each rung to close Manufactured in lightweight yet strong aluminium Subject to availability
day delivery
GIX32Z Folded No. of Rungs
Extended Length mm
Closed Length mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
11
3200
820
10
GIX32Z
£89.95
13
3800
890
12
GIX38Z
£99.95
GIX32Z In Use
427
FORT SECURE ACCESS.... for Safety, Strength & Durability ALL FORT SECURE ACCESS STEPS ARE... 1
Access Information
...TRIPLE WELDED FOR MAXIMUM SAFETY, ON ALL TREADS
2
...POWDER COATED FOR A DURABLE FINISH, EVEN ON THE LARGEST 18 TREAD STEPS
3
...TESTED IN EXCESS OF THE LOAD CAPACITY
Access Equipment
4
...HEAVY DUTY SHRINK WRAPPED FOR PROTECTION
EACH STEP IS INDIVIDUALLY CHECKED BEFORE DESPATCH.
3YR
GUARANTEE
manufactured
428
i
ARE YOUR WAREHOUSE STEPS CERTIFIED TO EN-131?
The Work at Height Regulations 2005 These regulations apply to all work at height, in any place, where if precautions were not taken a person could fall down & injure themselves
We have been the only UK manufacturer of Safety Steps which are accredited to the European GS Standard for many years and elements of these relevant standards have been incorporated into our design and test criteria for all of our UK manufactured steps. This is so we can ensure that the necessary levels of product strength, durability and stability are achieved. Our manufacturing processes all take place under controlled conditions conforming to ISO:9001 ensuring product conformity is verified.
Access Information
Following the introduction of part 7 to the EN131 standard there is growing interest in certified warehouse steps. Heavy duty warehouse steps were previously covered within the European BGI637 standard and this standard was effectively incorporated into the scope of EN131-7 in September 2013. This, together with the previous levels of parts 1 to 3 of the EN131 standard, has defined criteria for design, test and certification across a wide spectrum of step units. We have a vast range of UK manufactured steps which are certified to the EN131 standard and the EN14183 standard and users are becoming increasingly interested in using products that have the benefit of conformance and certification. No longer can manufacturers & suppliers say that there is no British standard.
So... what do you need to do? ✓ CARRY OUT A RISK ASSESSMENT - If access from a fixed point for more than 30 minutes is required a ladder can not be used - consider a Mobile Step, Aluminium Platform or an Access Tower
✓ TRAIN THOSE DOING THE WORK Make sure they know how to use the equipment properly - including erecting / folding equipment if necessary ✓ INSPECT & MAINTAIN - Ensure equipment is regularly inspected. It is recommended that Step Ladders & Ladders used daily have a written, recorded inspection by a person in authority every 3 months. Damaged equipment must be repaired or taken out of use & replaced. NB: Step Ladders & Ladders will fail the regulations with cracked, split or missing feet, tips, dented rungs or missing rivets. ✓ SUPERVISE & MONITOR - Check the work is being carried out as planned, & suitable equipment is being used. Remember that everybody is covered by the WAHR - employers, employees, self-employed & all sub-contracted & managed trades. More information is available from www.hse.gov.uk/falls or ask to speak to our Access Specialist
STEPS CAN BE DESIGNED ....ALL FORT SECURE ACCESS CT REQUIREMENTS. LOOK EXA R YOU & MANUFACTURED TO ESS SYMBOLS ACC FOR THE FORT SECURE
So... what do you need to do? Choose the design of step you require. Contact us with the changes you would like making e.g. bigger platform or treads, higher platform height etc. We will design & price the unit to your specifications (all steps will be designed to ensure safe operation)
It’s that easy!!
WE HAVE THE SOLUTION FOR YOU CALL FOR DETAILS
429
Access Equipment
✓ SELECT THE RIGHT EQUIPMENT Don’t make do to save money & time. Inappropriate selection or usage of access equipment could lead to a fine
E LOOKING FOR.... CAN’T FIND WHAT YOU AR
Fort Heavy Duty Handy Steps
Fort Handy Steps Fort Steel Framed Steps for Safety, Strength & Durability
7
day delivery
HS322Z
LIGHT GREY ONLY
£123.60
COLOUR OPTIONS
manufactured
Fort Handy Steps
Red Green
3YR
Blue Light Grey Grey Yellow
GUARANTEE
HS322Z
specify when ordering
All weather, non-slip, injection moulded treads
COLOUR OPTIONS GS312Z
›› ›› ››
Manufactured & approved to European GS standard Fitted with non-marking rubber feet & all weather non-slip injection moulded treads Tread size: 400W x 200D mm Overall Size H x W x D mm
Description
Weight kg
Model
Price
››
Access Equipment
››
specify when ordering
HS322Z ›› ››
Fully welded tubular steel, with a looped handle. Fitted with non-marking rubber feet & all weather non-slip injection moulded treads Top tread height: 400mm ■ Handle height: 650mm
1
266 x 457 x 370
3
GS301Z
£64.65
1 with post
1200 x 457 x 370
4
GS311Z
£98.70
2
432 x 515 x 638
5
GS302Z
£97.45
Overall Height mm
Overall Width mm
Overall Depth mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
2 with post
1330 x 515 x 638
6
GS312Z
£132.40
1050
515
638
8
HS322Z
£123.60
Fort Double Sided Steps ››
Red Blue Yellow Grey
GS311Z
››
Fort Mobile Step - Tilt & Pull
All weather non-slip injection moulded treads Mobile models are fitted with 4 x 80mm sprung weight reactive retractable swivel castors Tread size: 400 x 200mm
›› ››
Double sided tubular steel unit Resilient anti-slip treads, two swivel castors & a handle on one side
7
COLOUR OPTIONS Red Blue Green Light Grey specify when ordering
day delivery
3YR
GUARANTEE
manufactured
HS9222
£179.55
HS9222
HS9222
HS3212
3YR
MS7312
Description
Platform Height
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Weight kg
Mobile 2 step w/out handle
500 mm
575 x 490 x 610
11
MS7212 £383.60
Model
GUARANTEE
Price
manufactured
Mobile 2 step with handle
500 mm
1245 x 490 x 610
13
MS7312 £433.50
Static 2 step w/out handle
500 mm
555 x 460 x 610
11
HS3212 £251.55
Platform Height
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Tread Size mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
Static 2 step with handle
500 mm
1255 x 460 x 610
13
HS3312 £301.15
390 mm
1120 x 400 x 410
290 x 160
7
HS9222
£179.55
430
GS Approved Fort Stable Steps ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
Certified to EN 14183 standard Manufactured & approved to the recognised European GS standard Platform size: 200D x 396W mm Open mesh treads facilitates safe use with muddy boots & in dirty environments Robust, ergonomic & heavy duty grey rubber non-marking grounding feet make these units extremely stable
Fort Stable Steps
i Information EXTREMELY STABLE IN USE GS3002G Galvanised Finish
GS3012M
Fort Steel Framed Steps for Safety, Strength & Durability
Access Equipment
GS3013M
3YR
GUARANTEE
GS3113M In Use Description
manufactured Platform Height mm
2 Step Unit without Handrail 2 Step Unit with Handrail
400
2 Step Unit with Handrail & Rear Wheels 3 Step Unit without Handrail 3 Step Unit with Handrail 3 Step Unit with Handrail & Rear Wheels
600
Painted Finish
Galvanised Finish
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
Model
Price
436 x 450 x 606
7
GS3002M
£77.10
GS3002G
£87.90
990 x 450 x 606
7
GS3012M
£89.60
GS3012G
£103.15
990 x 450 x 686
8
GS3112M
£100.35
GS3112G
£113.85
636 x 450 x 806
11
GS3003M
£107.45
GS3003G
£123.60
1190 x 450 x 806
11
GS3013M
£122.10
GS3013G
£141.05
1190 x 450 x 886
12
GS3113M
£132.70
GS3113G
£151.65
431
Fort Machine Steps ›› ›› ››
Platform size: 550 x 300mm Fully welded construction with wide aluminium treads The optional handrail & the wheel facility means that these units are quick & easy to position into the required place
MCS04Z, MCSHR4 & MCS01W
MCS05Z
Fort Handy Steps
Fort Steel Framed Steps for Safety, Strength & Durability
MCS03Z
Wheels can be positioned inside the frame when not in use
3YR
GUARANTEE
manufactured No. of Treads
Platform Height mm
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Weight kg
400
660 x 665 x 400
12
MCS02Z
£200.95 £39.15*
MCS03Z
£265.65
MCSHR3
£43.55*
MCS04Z
£340.60
MCSHR4
£48.85*
MCS05Z
£414.60
Optional Handrail to suit - MCS05Z
MCSHR5
£53.35*
Optional Wheels - Factory Fitted
MCS01W
£55.85*
Optional Handrail to suit - MCS02Z 3
600
800 x 715 x 600
16
Optional Handrail to suit - MCS03Z 4
800
1010 x 765 x 800
20
Optional Handrail to suit - MCS04Z 5
1000
››
Strong steel frame Nestable, lightweight static steps All weather non-slip injection moulded treads
Access Equipment
››
1220 x 815 x 1000
HS301Z
Fort Steel Framed Steps for Safety, Strength & Durability HS302Z
All weather, non-slip, injection moulded treads
3YR
3
day delivery
GUARANTEE
manufactured No. of Treads
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Weight kg
Model
Price 1 Off
Price (each) 2+
1
285 x 400 x 400
3
HS301Z
£60.15
£54.50
2
405 x 415 x 730
5
HS302Z
£92.90
£88.40
2 with post
1400 x 415 x 730
5.5
HS312Z
£112.30
£107.80
432
25
*prices applicable when ordering with the Fort Machine Steps. Order charges will apply if ordered on their own.
Fort Handy Steps ››
Price
MCSHR2
2
MCS04Z, MCSHR4 & MCS01W
Model
HS312Z
Fort Buttress Steps ›› ›› ›› ››
››
››
Certified to EN-14183 Manufactured & approved to the recognised European GS standard Graduated widths & a 45º easy slope comfort angle makes these steps strong, comfortable & stable The 2 step unit is static on 4 landing feet but can easily be carried. 3-5 step units are mobile on 2 x 150mm rear wheels which enable ‘tilt & pull’ Platform sizes: 2 tread - 400H x 630W x 250Dmm 3 tread - 600H x 600W x 250Dmm 4 tread - 800H x 550W x 250Dmm 5 tread - 1000H x 500W x 250Dmm Available with 4 tread options; mesh, non-slip phenolic, aluminium & galvanised
FROM ONLY
Fort Buttress Steps
£126.40
Fort Steel Framed Steps for Safety, Strength & Durability
3YR
GUARANTEE
manufactured
BS9003R & BS9103
Access Equipment
COLOUR OPTIONS Red Blue Grey specify when ordering
BS9004A
BS9003R & BS9103
BS9002M
Painted Tubular Steel Steps No. of Treads
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Wt kg
Mesh Tread
Phenolic Tread
Galvanised Steps
Aluminium Tread
Handrails to Suit
Galvanised Tread
Handrails to Suit
Model
Model
Model
Price
Model
Price
Model
Price
Model
Price
Price
Price
400 x 760 x 600
10
BS9002M
£126.40
BS9002R
£129.50
BS9002A
£130.95
BS9102
£32.55* BS9002G £137.00 BS9102G
£35.60*
3
600 x 900 x 800
18
BS9003M
£220.10
BS9003R
£226.20
BS9003A
£229.15
BS9103
£32.55* BS9003G £239.35 BS9103G
£35.60*
4
800 x 900 x 1000
24
BS9004M
£268.20
BS9004R
£274.25
BS9004A
£277.25
BS9104
£37.70* BS9004G £301.80 BS9104G
£41.05*
5
1000 x 900 x 1200
30
BS9005M
£314.75
BS9005R
£320.80
BS9005A
£323.90
BS9105
£42.75* BS9005G £342.70 BS9105G
£46.35*
2
*prices applicable when ordering with the Fort Buttress Steps. Order charges will apply if ordered on their own.
433
Stainless Steel Tilt & Pull Steps ›› ›› ›› ››
Fort Stainless Steel Steps
››
Tread size: 400 x 160mm Platform size: 400 x 200mm Constructed from grade 304 stainless steel Grey non-marking rubber wheels at the front of the units enable the steps to be tilted forwards & wheeled into position Treads are covered in a resilient anti-slip surface
3YR
FROM ONLY
£556.15
GUARANTEE
manufactured
Fort Steel Framed Steps for Safety, Strength & Durability SS2002 No. of Treads
SS2003
SS2004
Top Step Height mm
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Weight kg
Model
Price £556.15
2
500
1055 x 455 x 620
10
SS2002
3
750
1300 x 480 x 790
12
SS2003
£814.80
4
1000
1700 x 550 x 980
16
SS2004
£1019.60
Fort Arrow Stainless Steel Steps ›› ›› ›› ››
Access Equipment
›› ›› ›› ›› ››
Certified to EN-131 Manufactured & approved to the European GS standard Tubular steel construction with non-slip tread plate Units are easy to manoeuvre on the 2 wheels - simply use the handles to lift the front & wheel into position A retro fit grip lift mechanism is available - see page 396 for details Tread size: 500W x 150Dmm Platform size: 500W x 300Dmm 2 x 150mm nylon wheels 600mm high rear handrail
3YR
GUARANTEE
manufactured
Fort Steel Framed Steps for Safety, Strength & Durability
No. of Treads
Platform Height mm
Overall Size - In Use H x W x D mm
Weight kg
Model
3
750
1450 x 640 x 1110
27
GS0603S
£988.10
4
1000
1700 x 670 x 1220
30
GS0604S
£1209.90
5
1250
1950 x 700 x 1535
34
GS0605S
£1366.15
6
1500
2200 x 730 x 1745
38
GS0606S
£1589.95
7
1750
2450 x 760 x 1955
43
GS0607S
£1943.05
2000
2700 x 790 x 2165
49
GS0608S
£2130.05
MS0600
£82.10
8
Optional Grip Lift Mechanism (factory fitted)
434
Price
GS0604S
Fort Tilt & Pull Steps ›› ›› ››
Tread size: 400 x 150mm Wheels fitted at front enabling the steps to be tilted forwards Fitted with rubber feet & 2 x 75mm grey rubber tyred wheels
Fort Tilt & Pull Steps
Fort Steel Framed Steps for Safety, Strength & Durability
WS2003
Resilient anti-slip treads with tread clamps Resilient anti-slip treads which are clamped to the steel tread by a high visibility yellow strip to prevent the edges peeling
3YR
GUARANTEE
manufactured
No. of Treads
Top Step Height mm
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
2
500
1050 x 470 x 630
10
WS2002
£129.85
3
750
1300 x 490 x 800
12
WS2003
£166.90
4
1000
1700 x 565 x 1005
16
WS2004
£223.20
WS2004
GS Approved Fort Tilt & Pull Steps ›› ›› ›› ››
GS2004R
£347.75
GS2003R
£262.35
Fort Steel Framed Steps for Safety, Strength & Durability
COLOUR OPTIONS Red Blue Yellow Green specify when ordering
3YR
GUARANTEE
manufactured
GS2003R
No. of Treads
Top Step Height mm
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
2
470
1070 x 490 x 580
10
GS2002R
£196.85
3
705
1410 x 520 x 745
12
GS2003R
£262.35
4
940
1650 x 540 x 910
16
GS2004R
£347.75
GS2004R
435
Access Equipment
››
Certified to EN-14183 Manufactured & approved to European GS standard Top tread size: 400 x 200mm These steps require virtually no maintenance Phenolic non-slip treads
The Fort Easy Glide Range of Mobile Steps ›› ›› ››
››
Certified to EN-131 Manufactured & approved to the European GS standard Expanded steel mesh treads or all weather, non-slip, injection moulded treads Tread size: 400 x 200mm
3YR
GUARANTEE
manufactured
FROM ONLY
Fort Mobile Steps
£291.80
Fort Steel Framed Steps for Safety, Strength & Durability GSE513
COLOUR OPTIONS Red Blue Light Grey Green specify when ordering
Access Equipment
GSE515M
Specially designed steel domed feet The design incorporates a heavy duty pressed steel dome with an annular flange to facilitate the mounting of a moulded plastic rim which is shrink fitted for ultimate durability. The turned out rim gives significantly increased lateral strength & protection from side impact forces. These castors are fitted to the Fort Mobile Steps shown on pages 436, 437 & 438
Expanded steel mesh treads or all weather, non-slip, injected moulded treads
GSE514
GSE512M
Mesh Treads
Injected Moulded Treads
No. of Treads
Platform Height mm
Platform Size W x D mm
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
Model
Price
2
500
400 x 300
1185 x 560 x 640
12
GSE512M
£291.80
GSE512
£301.85
3
750
400 x 300
1435 x 560 x 855
15
GSE513M
£327.70
GSE513
£341.15
4
1000
400 x 300
1685 x 570 x 1065
18
GSE514M
£375.70
GSE514
£392.50
5
1250
450 x 300
1935 x 610 x 1275
23
GSE515M
£457.65
GSE515
£475.70
436
Fort Mobile Steps ›› ››
Tread size: 400W x 150D mm These steps glide easily across floors, but once body weight is applied they stay firmly in position
Fort Mobile Steps
WS510
FROM ONLY
£171.20 7
day delivery
FROM STOCK BLUE ONLY
WS513
WS514 WS512
These steps glide easily across floors, but once body weight is applied they stay firmly in position
Fort Steel Framed Steps for Safety, Strength & Durability
3YR
COLOUR OPTIONS
GUARANTEE
manufactured
Red Blue Yellow specify when ordering
Access Equipment
Specially designed steel domed feet The design incorporates a heavy duty pressed steel dome with an annular flange to facilitate the mounting of a moulded plastic rim which is shrink fitted for ultimate durability. The turned out rim gives significantly increased lateral strength & protection from side impact forces. These castors are fitted to the Fort Mobile Steps shown on pages 436 to 438
Resilient anti-slip treads with tread clamps Resilient anti-slip treads which are clamped to the steel tread by a high visibility yellow strip to prevent the edges peeling
Description
WM515 WM513 Platform Height mm
Platform Size W x D mm
2 Step without handrail 2 Step with looped handrail
500
2 Step with full handrail
400 x 300
Mesh Treads
Anti-Slip Treads
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
Model
Price
580 x 560 x 575
8
WM510
£171.20
WS510
£183.95
960 x 560 x 575
9
WM511
£199.15
WS511
£214.00
960 x 560 x 575
10
WM512
£209.70
WS512
£225.40
1460 x 560 x 725
13
WM513
£246.30
WS513
£264.95
3 Step with full handrail
750
4 Step with full handrail
1000
1710 x 560 x 875
16
WM514
£291.05
WS514
£312.45
5 Step with full handrail
1250
1960 x 610 x 1025
21
WM515
£346.15
WS515
£371.60
437
COLOUR OPTIONS
The Fort Premier Range of Mobile Steps ›› ››
All weather non-slip injection moulded treads Tread size: 400 x 200mm
Red Blue Light Grey Green
Fort Steel Framed Steps for Safety, Strength & Durability
specify when ordering
FROM ONLY
Fort Mobile Steps
£304.15
MS6012 & MS002Z
MS6014
MS6013
No. of Treads
Platform Height mm
Platform Size W x D mm
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
2
508
400 x 200
605 x 560 x 640
7
MS6012
£304.15
3
762
400 x 400
1445 x 560 x 860
13
MS6013
£434.85
4
1016
400 x 400
1690 x 560 x 1060
20
MS6014
£558.20
5
1290
400 x 400
1955 x 615 x 1450
25
MS6015
£697.15
MS002Z
£21.95*
Optional extra safety post with handgrip for two step model - Height from floor: 1350 mm
*price applicable when ordering with the Fort Premier Range of Mobile Steps. Order charges will apply if ordered on their own.
MS6015
3YR
GUARANTEE
manufactured
GS Approved Fort Mobile Steps ›› ›› ››
Access Equipment
››
FROM ONLY
Certified to EN-131 Manufactured & approved to the recognised European GS standard All weather non-slip injected moulded treads Tread size: 400W x 200D mm
3YR
£394.75
GS7014
Fort Steel Framed Steps for Safety, Strength & Durability
GUARANTEE
manufactured
Spring loaded castors Mobile on 4 spring loaded 80mm swivel castors. When body weight is applied the castors retract leaving the steps firm & safe on rubber feet
All weather, non-slip, injection moulded treads COLOUR OPTIONS
GS7013
Red Blue specify when ordering
Description
Platform Height mm
Platform W x D mm
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
2 Step with handle
470
400 x 200
1330 x 510 x 620
15
GS7012
£394.75
3 Step
735
400 x 400
1445 x 620 x 870
17
GS7013
£490.05
4 Step
980
400 x 400
1690 x 650 x 1040
23
GS7014
£618.80
5 Step
1225
400 x 400
1940 x 670 x 1440
28
GS7015
£729.35
438
GS7012
Fort Mobile Steps ››
7
Tread size: 400W x 150D mm
day delivery
MESH TREAD RANGE FROM STOCK
Fort Steel Framed Steps for Safety, Strength & Durability
manufactured
Fort Mobile Steps
3YR
GUARANTEE
WS7014
WM7015
WM7013
Access Equipment
FROM ONLY
Spring loaded castors
£244.20
Mobile on 4 spring loaded 75mm swivel castors. When body weight is applied the castors retract leaving the steps firm & safe on rubber feet
Resilient anti-slip treads with tread clamps. Resilient anti-slip treads which are clamped to the steel tread by a high visibility yellow strip to prevent the edges peeling
Description
WM7010
Platform Height mm
Platform Size W x D mm
2 Step without handrail 2 Step with looped handrail
500
2 Step with full handrail 400 x 300
WS7011
WS7012 Mesh Treads
Anti-Slip Treads
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
Model
Price
580 x 540 x 510
10
WM7010
£244.20
WS7010
£262.90
1230 x 540 x 510
11
WM7011
£257.80
WS7011
£277.40
1230 x 540 x 510
12
WM7012
£268.80
WS7012
£289.35
1480 x 540 x 720
17
WM7013
£300.55
WS7013
£323.50
3 Step with full handrail
750
4 Step with full handrail
1000
1730 x 550 x 870
20
WM7014
£340.70
WS7014
£366.15
5 Step with full handrail
1250
1980 x 665 x 1020
25
WM7015
£375.35
WS7015
£403.25
6 Step with full handrail
1500
2230 x 750 x 1170
28
WM7016
£411.80
WS7016
£442.25
439
‘The Universal’ Fort Steps ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
››
Certified to EN-14183 140mm deep treads Large working platform size: 450W x 550Dmm 1000mm high platform handrail with mid rail & kick rail Mobile on 2 x swivel braked 125mm rubber castors & spring loaded 75mm weight reactive rubber castors. Brake facility on the 125mm rear castors gives extra security when working for long periods in one position Safety chain facility with snap/lock carbine hooks at the entrance to the platform gives you greater safety when working above head height
manufactured
3YR
GUARANTEE
Fort Mobile Steps
Fort Steel Framed Steps for Safety, Strength & Durability
COLOUR OPTIONS
TREAD OPTIONS
Yellow Blue
Phenolic (non-slip)
■
specify when ordering
Aluminium (non-slip)
■
FROM ONLY
£360.90
SP1204A
No of Treads
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Platform Height mm
Weight kg
2
950 x 720 x 1480
480
24
Expanded Steel Mesh
■
Expanded Steel Treads
Safety Chain
Phenolic Treads
Aluminium Treads
Model
Price
Model
Price
Model
Price
SP1202M
£360.90
SP1202R
£380.45
SP1202A
£393.55
3
1085 x 740 x 1720
720
27
SP1203M
£406.90
SP1203R
£431.40
SP1203A
£444.50
4
1220 x 760 x 1960
960
31
SP1204M
£462.45
SP1204R
£490.25
SP1204A
£495.15
Fort Quick Folding Steps ›› ››
FROM ONLY
£669.30
›› ›› ››
Access Equipment
›› ››
Certified to EN-131 Manufactured & approved to the recognised European GS standard Platform size: 450W x 300Dmm 2 x 200mm black rubber tyred wheels Expanded steel tread size: 450W x 145Dmm Folds & unfolds without the use of nuts & bolts Constructed from tubular steel with two handles at the front, fitted with knuckle guard hand grips
Fort Steel Framed Steps for Safety, Strength & Durability
FGS7805M Folded
3YR
GUARANTEE
manufactured
FGS7808M
440
No of Treads
Platform Height mm
Overall Size - In Use H x W x D mm
Overall Size - Folded H x W x D mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
4
1000
1700 x 650 x 1310
930 x 650 x 1830
40
FGS7804M
£669.30
5
1250
1950 x 690 x 1520
930 x 690 x 2120
45
FGS7805M
£761.35
6
1500
2200 x 720 x 1730
930 x 720 x 2410
50
FGS7806M
£846.80
7
1750
2450 x 770 x 1940
930 x 770 x 2700
55
FGS7807M
£929.75
8
2000
2700 x 790 x 2150
930 x 790 x 2990
60
FGS7808M
£1013.20
Fort ‘Duplex’ Weight Reactive Mobile Steps 3 1
GS Version which is also certified to EN-131
manufactured
Standard Version with Expanded Steel Treads
3YR
GUARANTEE
2 Standard Version with Phenolic non-slip Treads
Fort Mobile Steps
MSD103
Fort Steel Framed Steps for Safety, Strength & Durability
GS5941
MS5961M
›› ››
Unique ‘frame within a frame’ design for maximum stability Standard or GS version available (GS version is manufactured & approved to the recognised European GS standard) Fitted with 4 sprung retractable 100mm swivel castors When body weight is added the castors retract, leaving the steps stable & safe on rubber feet
No of Treads
Platform Height mm
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Platform Size W x D mm
Tread Size W x D mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
Standard Version - Expanded Steel Treads Available in Blue with a Blue Inner Frame
1 3
665
1585 x 480 x 740
4
880
1800 x 480 x 870
5
1195
2195 x 680 x 960
6
1310
2310 x 680 x 1110
335 x 205
335 x 132
530 x 255
530 x 165
17
MS5931M
£332.90
21
MS5941M
£356.85
28
MS5951M
£462.50
33
MS5961M
£490.85
‘Frame within a Frame’ weight reactive steps When your body weight is applied the uniquely designed inner frame will lower, resting all 4 non-slip rubber feet on the ground. This immobilises the wheels giving maximum stability & safety 1
2
Standard Version - Phenolic non-slip Treads 2 Available in Blue, Red or Light Grey with a Yellow Inner Frame - please specify colour when ordering 3
645
1828 x 470 x 840
4
870
1828 x 470 x 840
5
1090
2310 x 660 x 1120
6
1310
2310 x 660 x 1120
380 x 300
380 x 150
530 x 300
530 x 150
20
MSD103
£492.35
24
MSD104
£525.20
30
MSD105
£593.35
40
MSD106
£641.30
GS Version - Phenolic non-slip Treads 3 Available in Blue, Red or Light Grey with a Yellow Inner Frame - please specify colour when ordering 3
690
1780 x 560 x 680
4
920
2015 x 560 x 820
5
1150
2240 x 760 x 970
6
1380
2480 x 760 x 1120
380 x 300 530 x 300
380 x 150 530 x 150
30
GS5931
£563.80
35
GS5941
£642.10
45
GS5951
£745.95
50
GS5961
£827.45
Castors sit on the floor making these units easily manoeuvrable
When body weight is applied the rubber feet sit on the floor to stop the unit from moving
441
Access Equipment
››
Fort Tilt ‘N’ Push Steps ›› ›› ››
››
Fort Tilt ‘N’ Push Steps
››
Standard or GS approved version available Features a large working top platform: 490 x 600mm The steps have two handles at the front, fitted with knuckle guard hand grips for lifting. These units are then mobile on two fixed rear nylon 100mm castors Platform rail height: 1000mm Tread size: 490 x 160mm
FROM ONLY
£615.30
MS7806G
Access Equipment
Optional Inward Opening Gate - MS700Z
GS7815P
3YR
Fort Steel Framed Steps for Safety, Strength & Durability
GUARANTEE
manufactured No of Treads
Platform Height mm
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Weight kg
Galvanised Units Model
Price
Blue Painted Units Model
Price
Standard Version 3
750
1750 x 660 x 1235
43
MS7803G
£727.90
MS7813P
£615.30
4
1000
2000 x 660 x 1420
48
MS7804G
£907.05
MS7814P
£783.35 £935.25
5
1250
2250 x 660 x 1605
54
MS7805G
£1069.55
MS7815P
6
1500
2500 x 660 x 1790
60
MS7806G
£1223.35
MS7816P £1077.85
Inward Opening Gate - factory fitted to the rear
MS700Z
£141.15
MS710Z
£129.40
Retro-fit Lifting Barrier (see page 451 for details)
SB781MS
£76.55
SB780MS
£63.70
GS Approved Version 3
750
1750 x 820 x 1235
43
GS7803G
£772.50
GS7813P
£656.75
4
1000
2000 x 820 x 1420
48
GS7804G
£962.05
GS7814P
£834.65
5
1250
2250 x 1020 x 1605
54
GS7805G
£1135.15
GS7815P
£996.10
6
1500
2500 x 1120 x 1790
60
GS7806G
£1299.35
GS7816P £1148.25
Inward Opening Gate - factory fitted to the rear
GS700Z
£141.15
GS710Z
£129.40
Retro-fit Lifting Barrier (see page 451 for details)
SB781GS
£76.55
SB780GS
£63.70
442
MS7814P fitted with MS710Z
GS Approved Fort Dock Steps ›› ›› ››
›› ›› ››
Certified to EN-14183 Manufactured & approved to the recognised European GS standard Fitted with lift handles which incorporate knuckle guard hand grips & 2 x 150mm rubber tyred wheels which make these units extremely manoeuvrable Open rear allows step through access to a loading bay or lorry etc Tread depth: 145mm Platform size: 400W x 300D mm
FROM ONLY
£207.05 Fort Dock Steps
GSD704M GSD703G Galvanised Finish
GSD702R
Fort Steel Framed Steps for Safety, Strength & Durability
Access Equipment
3YR
GUARANTEE
manufactured
Open rear allows step through access to a Loading Bay or Lorry etc No of Treads
Platform Height mm
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Expanded Steel Treads Weight
Model
Phenolic Non-slip Treads
Price
Weight
Model
Price
Powder Coated Finish
GSD704M In Use
2
500
1210 x 480 x 685
16 kg
GSD702M
£207.05
17 kg
GSD702R
£213.25
3
750
1460 x 510 x 857
18 kg
GSD703M
£246.50
19 kg
GSD703R
£254.85
4
1000
1710 x 540 x 1020
20 kg
GSD704M
£293.45
21 kg
GSD704R
£305.05
Galvanised Finish 2
500
1210 x 480 x 685
18 kg
GSD702G
£222.20
-
-
-
3
750
1460 x 510 x 857
20 kg
GSD703G
£266.20
-
-
-
4
1000
1710 x 540 x 1020
22 kg
GSD704G
£317.75
-
-
-
443
GS Approved Fort Wheel Steps ›› ››
››
›› ››
FROM ONLY
Certified to EN-131 Manufactured & approved to the recognised European GS standard Fitted with lift handles which incorporate knuckle guard hand grips & 2 x 150mm rubber tyred wheels which make these units extremely manoeuvrable Platform size: 400W x 300D mm Tread depth: 145mm
Fort Mobile Steps
£203.90
Access Equipment
GSW704R
3YR
GUARANTEE
manufactured
Fort Steel Framed Steps for Safety, Strength & Durability GSW708M
Expanded Steel Treads
Phenolic Non-slip Treads
No of Treads
Platform Height mm
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Weight
Model
Price
Weight
Model
Price
2
500
1210 x 540 x 820
18 kg
GSW702M
£203.90
19 kg
GSW702R
£214.25
3
750
1460 x 570 x 1032
20 kg
GSW703M
£243.75
21 kg
GSW703R
£260.90
4
1000
1710 x 600 x 1244
22 kg
GSW704M
£291.50
23 kg
GSW704R
£318.25
5
1250
1960 x 630 x 1456
24 kg
GSW705M
£339.05
25 kg
GSW705R
£378.65
6
1500
2210 x 660 x 1668
26 kg
GSW706M
£388.40
27 kg
GSW706R
£444.15
7
1750
2460 x 690 x 1880
28 kg
GSW707M
£447.95
29 kg
GSW707R
£520.50
8
2000
2710 x 720 x 2029
30 kg
GSW708M
£496.65
31 kg
GSW708R
£588.95
444
GS Approved Fort Spring Steps ›› ››
›› ››
Certified to EN-131 Manufactured & approved to the recognised European GS standard Platform size: 400W x 300Dmm Tread depth: 145mm
FROM ONLY
£235.15
Fort Spring Steps
GSS704M
Access Equipment
3YR
GUARANTEE
manufactured
Fort Steel Framed Steps for Safety, Strength & Durability
Spring loaded castors Mobile on 2 spring loaded 75mm swivel castors & 2 x 150mm rubber tyred wheels. When body weight is applied the castors retract leaving the steps firm & safe on rubber feet
GSS708R
Expanded Steel Treads
Phenolic Non-slip Treads
No of Treads
Platform Height mm
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Weight
Model
Price
Weight
Model
Price
2
500
1210 x 540 x 820
18 kg
GSS702M
£235.15
19 kg
GSS702R
£245.60
3
750
1460 x 570 x 1032
20 kg
GSS703M
£275.05
21 kg
GSS703R
£292.20
4
1000
1710 x 600 x 1244
22 kg
GSS704M
£322.75
23 kg
GSS704R
£349.60
5
1250
1960 x 630 x 1456
24 kg
GSS705M
£370.30
25 kg
GSS705R
£410.05
6
1500
2210 x 660 x 1668
26 kg
GSS706M
£419.75
27 kg
GSS706R
£475.45
7
1750
2460 x 690 x 1880
28 kg
GSS707M
£479.25
29 kg
GSS707R
£551.75
8
2000
2710 x 720 x 2029
30 kg
GSS708M
£527.95
31 kg
GSS708R
£620.25
445
Fort Arrow Mobile Steps ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
GS0608
£568.75
COLOUR OPTIONS
Fort Arrow Steps
››
Certified to EN-131 Manufactured & approved to the European GS standard Units are easy to manoeuvre on the 2 wheels - simply use the handles to lift the front & wheel into position Resilient anti-slip treads Tread size: 500W x 150Dmm Platform size: 500W x 300Dmm 600mm high rear handrail 2 x 150mm nylon wheels
GS0605
Red Blue Grey
£419.30
specify when ordering
GS0608
Access Equipment
GS0605
GS0603
£329.40
Fort Steel Framed Steps for Safety, Strength & Durability
3YR
GUARANTEE
manufactured MS0600 No of Treads
Platform Height mm
Overall Size - In Use H x W x D mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
3
750
1450 x 640 x 1110
26
GS0603
£329.40
4
1000
1700 x 670 x 1220
29
GS0604
£365.75
5
1250
1950 x 700 x 1535
32
GS0605
£419.30
6
1500
2200 x 730 x 1745
36
GS0606
£460.30
7
1750
2450 x 760 x 1955
41
GS0607
£526.30
2000
2700 x 790 x 2165
44
GS0608
£568.75
MS0600
£82.10
8
Optional Retro Grip Lift Mechanism - see picture above
446
GS0603
Fort Atlas Steps ›› ›› ››
››
FROM ONLY
Platform size: 550W x 380Dmm Tread depth: 145mm Made mobile with the use of the unique grip lift mechanism facilitating movement on the retractable castors Mobile on 2 x 160mm rubber wheels & 2 x 100mm swivel nylon castors
£347.10
Fort Atlas Steps
MS1210M Unique Grip Lift Mechanism
3YR
GUARANTEE
manufactured
Fort Steel Framed Steps for Safety, Strength & Durability
PLEASE CHECK THE OVERALL HEIGHT BEFORE ORDERING
Expanded Steel Treads
No of Treads
Platform Height mm
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Weight
Model
Price
3
750
1750 x 690 x 810
32 kg
MS1203M
£347.10
4
1000
2000 x 690 x 870
36 kg
MS1204M
£399.20
5
1250
2250 x 780 x 1130
40 kg
MS1205M
£492.90 £568.55
6
1500
2500 x 780 x 1290
44 kg
MS1206M
7
1750
2750 x 880 x 1450
48 kg
MS1207M
£655.00
8
2000
3000 x 930 x 1610
52 kg
MS1208M
£702.30
9
2250
3250 x 980 x 1770
56 kg
MS1209M
£768.15
10
2500
3500 x 1030 x 1930
62 kg
MS1210M
£882.15
11
2750
3750 x 1080 x 2090
68 kg
MS1211M
£985.10
12
3000
4000 x 1130 x 2250
74 kg
MS1212M
£1076.60
13
3250
4250 x 1180 x 2410
87 kg
MS1213M
£1145.55
14
3500
4500 x 1230 x 2570
93 kg
MS1214M
£1265.15
15
3750
4750 x 1280 x 2730
99 kg
MS1215M
£1322.10
447
Access Equipment
MS1205M
Fort Heavy Duty ‘Vantage’ GS Mobile Steps ›› ›› ›› ››
Fort Heavy Duty Mobile Steps
››
›› ››
›› ›› ››
Certified to EN-131 Manufactured & approved to the recognised European GS standard Tread size: 490W x 160Dmm Platform size: 540W x 500Dmm Available with a choice of either phenolic non-slip treads or expanded steel mesh treads Standard comfort ladder angle of 54º Fitted with lever operated retractable front castors & a safety bar to deter access to the steps when they are in the mobile position 6 step units & above are sent folded for delivery - easy to erect Platform handrail height: 1000mm Mobile on 2 x 200mm rubber wheels & 2 x 100mm swivel nylon castors Fort Steel Framed Steps for Safety, Strength & Durability
Optional retro-fit lifting barrier to the front (entry) of the platform of these steps. Also available for steps on pages 442 & 451
GS9808M
Model
Price
SB980GS
£63.70
£1309.40
manufactured
Access Equipment
3YR
GUARANTEE
GS9808M
PLEASE CHECK THE OVERALL HEIGHT BEFORE ORDERING
GS9805R & SG500Z
OPTIONAL SECURITY GATE A Padlockable security gate (as shown above) can be factory fitted to the bottom of these steps
448
No of Treads
Weight kg
Platform Height mm
Overall Size H x W x D mm
3
25
690
1690 x 780 x 954
Expanded Steel Treads
Phenolic Non-slip Treads
Model
Price
Model
Price
GS9803M
£512.95
GS9803R
£523.40
4
35
920
1920 x 780 x 1121
GS9804M
£657.00
GS9804R
£669.00
5
45
1150
2150 x 910 x 1288
GS9805M
£732.80
GS9805R
£747.65
6
55
1380
2380 x 960 x 1425
GS9806M
£941.05
GS9806R
£957.00
7
65
1610
2610 x 1010 x 1622
GS9807M
£1138.00
GS9807R
£1154.10
8
75
1840
2840 x 1060 x 1789
GS9808M
£1309.40
GS9808R
£1329.45
9
86
2070
3070 x 1140 x 1956
GS9809M
£1509.75
GS9809R
£1531.65
10
96
2300
3300 x 1220 x 2130
GS9810M
£1693.25
GS9810R
£1716.00
11
111
2530
3530 x 1270 x 2290
GS9811M
£1983.10
GS9811R
£2008.95
12
127
2760
3760 x 1370 x 2457
GS9812M
£2194.55
GS9812R
£2222.00
13
142
2990
3990 x 1460 x 2650
GS9813M
£2607.80
GS9813R
£2637.85
Model
Price
14
158
3220
4220 x 1540 x 2791
GS9814M
£2887.05
GS9814R
£2918.80
SG500Z
£175.30
15
173
3450
4450 x 1565 x 2975
GS9815M
£3197.30
GS9815R
£3230.75
Fort Heavy Duty ‘Vantage’ Mobile Steps ›› ››
››
››
3YR
Unique Grip Lift Mechanism
GUARANTEE
manufactured
Optional retro-fit lifting barrier to the front (entry) of the platform of these steps. Also available for steps on pages 442 & 451 Barrier only recommended for use with MS99 range due to the restricted area on the MS98 platform Model
Price
SB990MS
£63.70
Fort Heavy Duty Mobile Steps
››
Tread size: 490W x 165Dmm Made mobile with the use of the unique grip lift mechanism facilitating movement on retractable castors 6 step units & above are sent folded for delivery - Easy to erect Platform handrail height: 1000mm Mobile on 2 x 200mm rubber wheels & 2 x 100mm swivel nylon castors
OPTIONAL INWARD OPENING GATE To allow access from the rear of the platform an inward opening gate can be factory fitted to the rear of the platform handrail
Model
Price
MS500Z
£137.95
No Platform Weight of Height kg Treads mm
Fort Steel Framed Steps for Safety, Strength & Durability
Platform Size: 460mm Depth x 540mm Width Overall Size H x W x D mm
MS9808M
Platform size: 590mm Depth x 540mm Width
Expanded Steel Treads Phenolic Non-slip Treads Model
Price
Model
Price
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Expanded Steel Treads
Model
Price
1690 x 700 x 890
MS9803M
£429.25
MS9803R
£438.40
1690 x 700 x 1060
MS9903M
£463.90
MS9903R
£476.80
41
920
1920 x 700 x 1100
MS9804M
£532.45
MS9804R
£543.45
1920 x 700 x 1270
MS9904M
£567.10
MS9904R
£581.90
45
1150
2150 x 700 x 1200
MS9805M
£635.75
MS9805R
£648.70
2150 x 700 x 1370
MS9905M
£670.35
MS9905R
£686.90
6
49
1380
2380 x 700 x 1370
MS9806M
£738.80
MS9806R
£757.25
2380 x 700 x 1540
MS9906M
£774.95
MS9906R
£797.15
7
53
1610
2610 x 700 x 1530
MS9807M
£842.05
MS9807R
£858.60
2610 x 700 x 1700
MS9907M
£878.30
MS9907R
£898.60
8
57
1840
2840 x 700 x 1700
MS9808M
£945.25
MS9808R
£963.75
2840 x 700 x 1870
MS9908M
£982.80
MS9908R
£1005.05
37
4 5
Price
Phenolic Non-slip Treads
690
3
Model
9
65
2070
3070 x 700 x 1860
MS9809M £1048.60
MS9809R
£1068.80
3070 x 700 x 2030
MS9909M
£1096.15
MS9909R
£1120.10
10
70
2300
3300 x 700 x 2020
MS9810M £1173.40
MS9810R
£1195.45
3300 x 700 x 2190
MS9910M
£1221.15
MS9910R
£1246.95
11
76
2530
3530 x 800 x 2190
MS9811M £1286.70
MS9811R
£1310.65
3530 x 800 x 2360
MS9911M
£1334.35
MS9911R
£1362.10
12
82
2760
3760 x 800 x 2360
MS9812M £1417.40
MS9812R
£1443.25
3760 x 800 x 2530
MS9912M
£1464.95
MS9912R
£1494.50
13
89
2990
3990 x 1150 x 2520 MS9813M £1556.70
MS9813R
£1584.35
3990 x 1150 x 2690
MS9913M
£1604.35
MS9913R
£1635.75
14
92
3220
4220 x 1230 x 2690 MS9814M £1696.05
MS9814R
£1725.60
4220 x 1230 x 2860
MS9914M
£1743.65
MS9914R
£1776.95
15
95
3450
4450 x 1230 x 2850 MS9815M £1835.45
MS9815R
£1866.80
4450 x 1230 x 3020
MS9915M
£1883.05
MS9915R
£1918.20
16
101
3680
4680 x 1230 x 2920 MS9816M £1960.30
MS9816R
£1993.50
4680 x 1230 x 3190
MS9916M
£2008.05
MS9916R
£2044.95
17
108
3910
4910 x 1400 x 3180 MS9817M £2085.20
MS9817R
£2120.20
4910 x 1400 x 3350
MS9917M
£2132.95
MS9917R
£2171.70
18
117
4140
5140 x 1400 x 3350 MS9818M £2210.10
MS9818R
£2232.35
5140 x 1400 x 3520
MS9918M
£2257.80
MS9918R
£2298.45
449
Access Equipment
PLEASE CHECK THE OVERALL HEIGHT BEFORE ORDERING
Fort Heavy Duty ‘Elite’ GS Mobile Steps ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
Fort Heavy Duty Mobile Steps
›› ›› ››
Certified to EN-131 Manufactured & approved to the recognised European GS standard Tread size: 490W x 128Dmm Large working top platform: 540W x 590Dmm Heavy duty steel framed mobile steps Lifting step feature deters access until steps are safely grounded Ladder angle of 60º 6 step units & above are sent folded for delivery - easy to erect
GS9309A
manufactured
£1708.20
3YR
GUARANTEE
TREAD OPTIONS ■
■
■
Phenolic (non-slip) Aluminium (non-slip) Expanded Steel Mesh
GS9306M
OPTIONAL EXTRAS Tool Tray & Wire Mesh Baskets which hook onto the guard rail (also applies to page 451)
Fort Steel Framed Steps for Safety, Strength & Durability
Access Equipment
GS9309A
PLEASE CHECK THE OVERALL HEIGHT BEFORE ORDERING Description
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Model
Wire Mesh Basket for GS Step
615 x 260 x 210
BSK93M
£106.00*
Tool tray for GS Step
615 x 260 x 210
BSK93T
£111.30*
Wire Mesh Basket for 490W mm Steps - page 451
650 x 260 x 210
BSK58M
£106.00*
Price
Tool Tray for 490W mm Steps - page 451
650 x 260 x 210
BSK58T
£111.80*
Wire Mesh Basket for 770W mm Steps - page 451
895 x 260 x 210
BSK69M
£111.30*
Tool Tray for 770W mm Steps - page 451
895 x 260 x 210
BSK69T
£116.45*
Optional retro-fit lifting barrier to the front (entry) of the platform of these steps. See page 451 for details. 3 to 5 Tread - SB931GS - £63.70 6 to 15 Tread - SB930GS - £63.70
*prices applicable when ordering with the Fort ‘Elite’ Steps. Order charges will apply if ordered on their own. No of Weight Treads kg
Platform Height mm
Overall Size H x W x D mm
690
1790 x 680 x 972
Phenolic Non-slip Treads
Steel Tread
Aluminium Tread
Model
Price
Model
Price
Model
Price
GS9303R
£652.10
GS9303M
£652.10
GS9303A
£788.80
3
44
4
50
920
2020 x 680 x 1104
GS9304R
£722.50
GS9304M
£722.50
GS9304A
£923.40
5
56
1150
2250 x 910 x 1237
GS9305R
£792.25
GS9305M
£792.25
GS9305A
£1071.75
2480 x 960 x 1370
GS9306R
£977.60
GS9306M
£977.60
6
68
1380
GS9306A
£1248.35
7
77
1610
2710 x 1010 x 1503 GS9307R
£1125.20 GS9307M £1125.20
GS9307A
£1404.35
8
87
1840
2940 x 1060 x 1635 GS9308R
£1275.90 GS9308M £1275.90
GS9308A
£1558.35
9
96
2070
3170 x 1110 x 1768 GS9309R
£1408.70 GS9309M £1408.70
GS9309A
£1708.20
10
105
2300
3400 x 1160 x 1901 GS9310R
£1600.95 GS9310M £1600.95
GS9310A
£1880.10
11
114
2530
3630 x 1210 x 2034 GS9311R
£1845.90 GS9311M £1845.90
GS9311A
£2099.25
12
123
2760
3860 x 1260 x 2167 GS9312R
£2019.70 GS9312M £2019.70
GS9312A
£2272.85
13
132
2990
4090 x 1370 x 2299 GS9313R
£2359.55 GS9313M £2359.55
GS9313A
£2475.85
14
140
3220
4320 x 1420 x 2432 GS9314R
£2533.00 GS9314M £2533.00
GS9314A
£2672.55
15
149
3450
4550 x 1425 x 2565 GS9315R
£2707.05 GS9315M £2707.05
GS9315A
£2873.05
450
UNIQUE BOTTOM SWINGING STEP This feature lifts the bottom step preventing access while the unit is mobile. Handle mechanism is fitted to the right hand side as standard
Fort Heavy Duty ‘Elite’ Mobile Steps ››
›› ››
£1134.05
3YR
Fort Heavy Duty Mobile Steps
››
Large working top platform: either 600D x 540W mm or extra wide 600D x 820W mm Wide *770mm tread models also available on 11-18 steps Strongly constructed steps MS5822 highly manoeuvrable & stable 6 step units & above are sent folded for delivery easy to erect
MS5831
£1292.50
GUARANTEE
manufactured
Fort Steel Framed Steps for Safety, Strength & Durability
UNIQUE BOTTOM SWINGING STEP
MS5822
This feature lifts the bottom step preventing access while the unit is mobile. This also helps prevent knocked shins
OPTIONAL EXTRAS
MS5831
PLEASE CHECK THE OVERALL HEIGHT BEFORE ORDERING No of Weight Platform Treads kg Height
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Phenolic Non-slip Treads Model
Optional retro-fit lifting barrier to the front (entry) of the platform of these steps. Also for steps on pages 442 & 450 Model SB580MS
Price £63.70
REAR INWARD OPENING GATE To allow access from the rear of the platform an inward opening gate can be factory fitted to the rear of the platform handrail To Suit 490mm Wide To Suit 770mm Wide
Model MS500Z Model MS600Z
Price £137.95 Price £149.90
TOOL TRAY/WIRE MESH BASKET Please see page 450 for details
Steel Treads Model
Price
Aluminium Treads Model
Price
Tread Size: 160D x 490W mm
3
25
690mm
1690 x 700 x 1060
MS5781
£554.85
MS5782
£554.85
MS5783
£649.40
4
35
920mm
1920 x 700 x 1270
MS5791
£686.50
MS5792
£686.50
MS5793
£794.45
5
45
1150mm
2150 x 700 x 1370
MS5801
£755.95
MS5802
£755.95
MS5803
£875.90
6
55
1380mm
2380 x 700 x 1540
MS5811
£944.75
MS5812
£944.75
MS5813
£1080.70
7
65
1610mm
2610 x 700 x 1700
MS5821
£1134.05
MS5822
£1134.05
MS5823
£1284.80
8
75
1840mm
2840 x 700 x 1870
MS5831
£1292.50
MS5832
£1292.50
MS5833
£1457.80
9
85
2070mm
3070 x 700 x 2030
MS5841
£1481.30
MS5842
£1481.30
MS5843
£1662.45
10
95
2300mm
3300 x 700 x 2190
MS5851
£1640.45
MS5852
£1640.45
MS5853
£1835.40
11
110
2530mm
3530 x 800 x 2360
MS5861
£1869.45
MS5862
£1869.45
MS5863
£2079.40
3760 x 800 x 2530
12
125
2760mm
MS5871
£2042.95
MS5872
£2042.95
MS5873
£2267.85
13
140
2990mm 3990 x 1150 x 2690
MS5881
£2431.65
MS5882
£2431.65
MS5883
£2676.55
14
155
3220mm 4220 x 1230 x 2860
MS5891
£2673.90
MS5892
£2673.90
MS5893
£2935.30
15
170
3450mm 4450 x 1230 x 3020
MS5901
£2948.80
MS5902
£2948.80
MS5903
£3226.65
16
185
3680mm 4680 x 1230 x 3190
MS5111
£3255.00
MS5112
£3255.00
MS5113
£3548.65
17
200
3910mm 4910 x 1400 x 3350
MS5121
£3581.00
MS5122
£3581.00
MS5123
£3898.90
18
215
4140mm 5140 x 1400 x 3520
MS5131
£3931.40
MS5132
£3931.40
MS5133
£4285.45
Platform Size: 600D x 820W mm
Tread Size: 160D x 770W mm
*11
150
2530mm
3530 x 950 x 2360
MS6961
£2237.20
MS6962
£2237.20
MS6963
£2487.70
*12
170
2760mm
3760 x 950 x 2530
MS6971
£2469.00
MS6972
£2469.00
MS6973
£2736.80
*13
190
2990mm 3990 x 1150 x 2690
MS6981
£2910.30
MS6982
£2910.30
MS6983
£3200.75
*14
210
3220mm 4220 x 1230 x 2860
MS6991
£3216.45
MS6992
£3216.45
MS6993
£3526.15
*15
230
3450mm 4450 x 1230 x 3020
MS6901
£3549.80
MS6902
£3549.80
MS6903
£3878.30
*16
250
3680mm 4680 x 1230 x 3190
MS6911
£3878.85
MS6912
£3878.85
MS6913
£4231.35
*17
270
3910mm 4910 x 1400 x 3350
MS6921
£4235.25
MS6922
£4235.25
MS6923
£4612.00
*18
280
4140mm 5140 x 1400 x 3520
MS6931
£4622.45
MS6932
£4622.45
MS6933
£5023.35
451
Access Equipment
Platform Size: 600D x 540W mm
Price
Fort Wide Tread ‘Trojan’ GS Mobile Steps ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
Fort Wide Tread Mobile Steps
FROM ONLY
£532.20 ›› ›› ››
Certified to EN-131 Manufactured & approved to the recognised European GS standards Extra wide treads:- easy slope: 750W x 180Dmm standard slope: 750W x 160Dmm Platform size: 800W x 500Dmm There are two versions available: easy slope 48º angle which is for use in areas where there is space available, enabling the user to turn around & descend the steps facing forward. Standard slope 54º angle for use in areas where space is limited Rear inward opening gate also available - see next page for details Platform handrail height: 1000mm 6 step units & above are sent folded for delivery. Easy to erect Fort Steel Framed Steps for Safety, Strength & Durability
manufactured
3YR
GUARANTEE
Access Equipment
PLEASE CHECK THE OVERALL HEIGHT BEFORE ORDERING No of Treads
Platform Height mm
Lever Operated Retractable Castors & Safety Bar GS4107 Grey ‘Trojan S’ Range. Choose the Heavy Duty ‘Trojan S’ range for the most Industrial Applications
RETRO-FIT LIFTING BARRIER
Unique Grip Lift Mechanism GS1108R Blue ‘Trojan’ Range
Optional barrier fitted to the front (entry) of the platform of the ‘Trojan S’ range of steps Model
Price
SB410GS
£73.20
Standard Slope Version - 54º angle Overall Size H x W x D mm
Wt kg
Easy Slope Version - 48º angle
Phenolic Non-slip Treads Expanded Steel Treads Model
Price
Model
Price
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Wt kg
Phenolic Non-slip Treads Expanded Steel Treads Model
Price
Model
Price
Fort Wide Tread Blue ‘Trojan’ GS Mobile Steps - Mobile on 2 x 200mm Black Rubber tyred wheels & 2 x 125mm Rubber tyred castors with a unique Grip Lift Mechanism
3
690
1790 x 960 x 1165
40
GS1003R
£539.60
GS1003M
£532.20
1790 x 960 x 1195
42
GS1103R
£552.40
GS1103M
£545.10
4
920
2020 x 960 x 1330
48
GS1004R
£656.45
GS1004M
£647.55
2020 x 960 x 1380
51
GS1104R
£681.35
GS1104M
£672.50
5
1150
2250 x 960 x 1500
65
GS1005R
£770.50
GS1005M
£760.15
2250 x 960 x 1585
69
GS1105R
£817.15
GS1105M
£806.80
6
1380
2460 x 980 x 1665
78
GS1006R
£928.90
GS1006M
£917.05
2480 x 980 x 1795
82
GS1106R
£999.05
GS1106M
£987.25
7
1610
2710 x 1030 x 1835
91
GS1007R
£1087.25
GS1007M
£1074.00
2710 x 1030 x 1835
96
GS1107R
£1156.20
GS1107M
£1142.85
8
1840
2940 x 1080 x 2000
103
GS1008R
£1244.40
GS1008M
£1229.55
2940 x 1080 x 2000
109
GS1108R
£1315.80
GS1108M
£1301.20
9
2070
3170 x 1130 x 2165
117
GS1009R
£1404.15
GS1009M
£1387.90
3170 x 1130 x 2165
123
GS1109R
£1477.05
GS1109M
£1460.80
10
2300
3400 x 1180 x 2335
129
GS1010R
£1566.75
GS1010M
£1549.00
3400 x 1180 x 2335
136
GS1110R
£1640.95
GS1110M
£1623.25
11
2530
3630 x 1230 x 2500
146
GS1011R
£1723.75
GS1011M
£1704.55
3630 x 1230 x 2500
154
GS1111R
£1796.75
GS1111M
£1777.55
12
2760
3860 x 1280 x 2670
164
GS1012R
£1882.15
GS1012M
£1861.55
3860 x 1280 x 2670
173
GS1112R
£1957.85
GS1112M
£1937.15
Fort Wide Tread Grey ‘Trojan S’ GS Mobile Steps - Mobile on 2 x 200mm Black Rubber tyred wheels & 2 x 125mm Rubber castors with lever operated retractable castors & a safety bar
3
690
1690 x 1000 x 1095
42
-
-
GS4003
£654.80
1690 x 1000 x 1125
45
-
-
GS4103
£686.60
4
920
1920 x 960 x 1260
50
-
-
GS4004
£832.20
1920 x 960 x 1310
55
-
-
GS4104
£875.40
5
1150
2150 x 960 x 1430
69
-
-
GS4005
£937.85
2150 x 960 x 1515
74
-
-
GS4105
£992.75
6
1380
2380 x 980 x 1595
82
-
-
GS4006
£1136.00
2380 x 980 x 1725
88
-
-
GS4106
£1240.45
7
1610
2610 x 1030 x 1765
96
-
-
GS4007
£1359.90
2610 x 1030 x 1930
103
-
-
GS4107
£1484.35
8
1840
2840 x 1080 x 1930
112
-
-
GS4008
£1553.00
2840 x 1080 x 2140
117
-
-
GS4108
£1690.10
9
2070
3070 x 1130 x 2095
123
-
-
GS4009
£1772.65
3070 x 1130 x 2345
132
-
-
GS4109
£1929.05
10
2300
3300 x 1180 x 2265
136
-
-
GS4010
£1976.50
3300 x 1180 x 2555
146
-
-
GS4110
£2138.50
11
2530
3530 x 1230 x 2430
146
-
-
GS4011
£2242.15
3530 x 1230 x 2760
166
-
-
GS4111
£2415.90
12
2760
3760 x 1280 x 2600
175
-
-
GS4012
£2441.30
3760 x 1280 x 2965
186
-
-
GS4112
£2638.35
452
Fort Wide Tread ‘Spartan’ Mobile Steps ›› ››
››
››
››
›› ››
manufactured
Fort Wide Tread Mobile Steps
››
Extra wide treads: 750W x 180Dmm Platform sizes: 3 to 9 steps - 800W x 400Dmm 10 to 15 steps - 800W x 460Dmm Easy slope 48º angle which is for use in areas where there is space available, enabling you to turn around & descend the steps facing forward Welded expanded steel platform & treads with full handrails either side of the steps The units incorporate kick boards on 3 sides of the platform & knee rails around the platform Mobile on 2 x 200mm black rubber tyred wheels & 2 x 125mm rubber tyred castors mounted on the easy action unique grip lift mechanism 6 step units & above are sent folded for delivery - easy to erect Platform handrail height: 1000mm
3YR
GUARANTEE
MS4107
£903.00
OPTIONAL EXTRA
REAR INWARD OPENING GATE
No of Treads
Model
Price
GS400Z
£149.90
Access Equipment
To allow access from the rear of the platform an inward opening gate can be factory fitted to the rear of the platform handrail.
MS4107
Platform Height mm
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
3
690
1690 x 960 x 1065
42
MS4103
£435.05
4
920
1920 x 960 x 1270
51
MS4104
£581.95
5
1150
2150 x 960 x 1475
69
MS4105
£689.50
6
1380
2380 x 980 x 1680
82
MS4106
£795.60
7
1610
2610 x 1030 x 1885
96
MS4107
£903.00
8
1840
2840 x 1080 x 2090
109
MS4108
£1014.90
9
2070
3070 x 1130 x 2295
123
MS4109
£1119.60
10
2300
3300 x 1180 x 2560
136
MS4110
£1224.25
11
2530
3530 x 1230 x 2765
154
MS4111
£1328.85
12
2760
3760 x 1280 x 2970
173
MS4112
£1433.45
13
2990
3990 x 1320 x 3175
192
MS4113
£1716.85
14
3220
4220 x 1360 x 3380
211
MS4114
£1847.30
15
3450
4450 x 1400 x 3585
230
MS4115
£1972.35
Fort Steel Framed Steps for Safety, Strength & Durability
PLEASE CHECK THE OVERALL HEIGHT BEFORE ORDERING
453
Fort Easy Steer Mobile Steps ›› ›› ›› ››
››
Fort Easy Steer Mobile Steps Access Equipment
Unique six wheel design enables the step to virtually turn within its own length Fitted with lever operated retractable castors & a safety bar which deters access to the steps when in the mobile position Handle mechanism fitted to the right hand side as standard Units have expanded steel mesh treads & platform
›› ›› ››
manufactured
6 step units & above are sent folded for delivery - easy to Erect Platform size: 540W x 460Dmm Platform handrail height: 1000mm Wheels: 4 x 100mm fixed nylon castors 2 x 100mm swivel nylon castors
3YR
GUARANTEE
Fort Steel Framed Steps for Safety, Strength & Durability
ES9809M
£1485.70
PLEASE CHECK THE OVERALL HEIGHT BEFORE ORDERING
No of Treads
Platform Height mm
7 8
Unique six wheel design reduces turning circle by circa 50%
ES9809M
Standard Slope Version - 54º angle Tread Size 490mm wide x 160mm deep Overall Size H x W x D mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
1610
2610 x 720 x 1440
64
ES9807M
£1138.60
1840
2840 x 720 x 1600
74
ES9808M
£1297.00
9
2070
3070 x 720 x 1790
84
ES9809M
£1485.70
10
2300
3300 x 720 x 1950
94
ES9810M
£1644.85
11
2530
3530 x 820 x 2110
109
ES9811M
£1873.95
12
2760
3760 x 820 x 2270
124
ES9812M
£2032.40
13
2990
3990 x 1170 x 2430
139
ES9813M
£2420.80
14
3220
4220 x 1250 x 2590
154
ES9814M
£2663.25
15
3450
4450 x 1250 x 2750
169
ES9815M
£2932.20
16
3680
4680 x 1250 x 2910
184
ES9816M
£3214.05
17
3910
4910 x 1420 x 3070
199
ES9817M
£3540.45
18
4140
5140 x 1420 x 3230
214
ES9818M
£3890.65
454
Fort Easy Slope Platforms ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
Fort Easy Slope Mobile Steps
Easy slope 48º incline - for safe & easy use Platform size: 800W x 1200Dmm Extra wide treads: 750W x 180Dmm Fitted with grip lift mechanism to facilitate movement on the castors Expanded steel mesh treads & platform Mobile on 2 x 200mm rubber wheels & 2 x 125mm rubber castors
Standard Fort Easy Slope Platforms ››
Removable platform chains on three sides for access
GS Approved Fort Easy Slope Platforms ›› ››
››
Certified to EN-131 Manufactured & approved to the recognised European GS standard Inward opening gates on 3 sides of the platform Fort Steel Framed Steps for Safety, Strength & Durability
3YR
GUARANTEE
manufactured MS9106M
Access Equipment
Optional retro-fit lifting barrier to the front (entry) of the platform of the GS Approved Version
No of Treads
Platform Height mm
2
460
3 4 5
690 920 1150
Model
Price
SB910GS
£73.20
GS9108M
Standard Version Overall Size H x W x D mm
Weight kg
Finish
GS Approved Version Model
Price
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Weight kg
Finish
Model
Price
-
-
-
-
-
1460 x 960 x 1479
62
Powder Coated
GS9102M
£990.85
1690 x 950 x 1826
74
Powder Coated
MS9103M
£712.40
1690 x 960 x 1686
72
Powder Coated
GS9103M
£1166.50
1690 x 950 x 1826
74
Galvanised
MS9103G
£782.15
-
-
-
-
-
1920 x 950 x 2033
82
Powder Coated
MS9104M
£772.45
1920 x 960 x 1893
82
Powder Coated
GS9104M
£1342.25
1920 x 950 x 2033
82
Galvanised
MS9104G
£849.55
-
-
-
-
-
2150 x 950 x 2240
90
Powder Coated
MS9105M
£832.50
2150 x 960 x 2100
101
Powder Coated
GS9105M
£1518.00
2150 x 950 x 2240
90
Galvanised
MS9105G
£918.75
-
-
-
-
-
2380 x 950 x 2447
98
Powder Coated
MS9106M
£912.45
2380 x 980 x 2307
115
Powder Coated
GS9106M
£1693.50
6
1380
2380 x 950 x 2447
98
Galvanised
MS9106G
£1007.95
-
-
-
-
-
7
1610
-
-
-
-
-
2610 x 1030 x 2514
130
Powder Coated
GS9107M
£1910.80
8
1840
-
-
-
-
-
2840 x 1080 x 2721
144
Powder Coated
GS9108M
£2128.05
455
Aluminium Platform ››
APSW03
››
£55.00 ››
Comply to EN-131 standard Ideal for compact storage & transportation as the unit is lightweight & the legs fold neatly underneath the platform The serrated treads & platform help give an anti-slip work surface
3
day delivery
150kg
evenly distributed
Work Platforms
APSW03
No of Treads
Platform Height mm
Platform Size L x W mm
Folded Size L x W x H mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
2
600
800 x 300
820 x 400 x 170
5
APSW03
£55.00
Large Aluminium Platform - Glass Fibre Legs ›› ››
Ideal for compact storage & transportation as the unit is lightweight & the legs fold neatly underneath the platform The large serrated platform gives an anti-slip work surface
i Information INSULATED TO 10,000 VOLTS
i Information LARGE WORKING PLATFORM APJ03Z
APJ03Z
150kg
Access Equipment
£110.75
evenly distributed
No of Treads
Platform Height mm
Platform Size L x W mm
Folded Size L x W x H mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
2
470
610 x 610
700 x 610 x 210
8
APJ03Z
£110.75
3
day delivery
APJ03Z Folded
Aluminium Platform ›› ››
›› ›› ››
Complete with plastic tray Lightweight unit ideal for compact storage & transportation as the tool tray & legs fold away The serrated treads & platform help give an anti-slip work surface Platform height: 520mm Work tray height: 1160mm
150kg
evenly distributed
3
day delivery
APB02Z
£116.25 APB02Z
456
APB02Z Folded
No of Treads
Platform Size L x W x H mm
Folded Height mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
2
980 x 320 x 520
200
10.5
APB02Z
£116.25
GS Approved Aluminium Platform
3
day delivery
150kg
evenly distributed
Work Platforms
APGS03
››
APGS02
›› ››
No of Treads
Platform Size L x W x H mm
Folded Height mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
2
870 x 300 x 460
220
6
APGS02
£99.50
3
1080 x 300 x 660
220
8
APGS03
£125.40
››
Approved to the European GS standard Safety lock system locks legs in place Ideal for compact storage & transportation as the unit is lightweight & the legs fold neatly underneath the platform The serrated treads & platform help give an anti-slip work surface
Fort Adjustable Steel Work Platforms ›› ›› ›› ››
Certified to EN-14183 Manufactured & approved to the European GS standard These modular units can be placed alongside each other to create a large working area Mild steel angle construction which is easily height adjustable - simply turn the threaded feet
Fort Steel Framed Steps for Safety, Strength & Durability
3YR
GUARANTEE
manufactured
Access Equipment
GS024Z
GS041Z
Platform Size L x W mm 610 x 610
Phenolic Non-slip Platform
GS024Z
Galvanised Mesh Grid Platform - 50 x 38mm Mesh Grid Platform Height: 140 to 210mm
Phenolic Non-slip Platform
Platform Height: 230 to 300mm
Platform Height: 140 to 210mm
Platform Height: 230 to 300mm
Weight
Model
Price
Weight
Model
Price
Weight
Model
Price
Weight
Model
Price
16 kg
GS011Z
£243.70
17 kg
GS021Z
£252.70
14 kg
GS031Z
£201.45
15 kg
GS041Z
£208.25
910 x 610
25 kg
GS012Z
£335.70
26 kg
GS022Z
£344.80
17 kg
GS032Z
£268.10
18 kg
GS042Z
£274.80
1210 x 610
34 kg
GS013Z
£435.75
35 kg
GS023Z
£444.85
20 kg
GS033Z
£340.30
21 kg
GS043Z
£348.95
1510 x 610
43 kg
GS014Z
£527.80
44 kg
GS024Z
£536.65
24 kg
GS034Z
£406.95
25 kg
GS044Z
£417.85
457
Fort Universal Work Platforms ›› ››
››
››
Fort Work Platforms
››
Certified to EN-14183 Manufactured & approved to the European GS standard Non-slip aluminium platform & treads for increased safety Constructed from fully welded tubular steel 2 off 125mm castors at each end of the unit means these units can easily be wheeled into the correct position
manufactured
3YR
GUARANTEE
Access Equipment
MP301A, 2 x HR300Z & 1 x MP100Z
MP301A, 1 x HR300Z & 1 x MP100Z
Fort Steel Framed Steps for Safety, Strength & Durability MP201G
No of Treads
Platform Size LxW
Platform Height mm
900 x 600 2
1050 x 600
500
1200 x 600
3
1050 x 600
750
1200 x 600
Model
Price
Model
Price
1300 x 670
36
MP201A
£519.65
MP201G
£663.55
1450 x 670
37
MP202A
£553.30
MP202G
£701.20
1600 x 670
38
MP203A
£584.45
MP203G
£736.80 £140.45*
HR200Z
£95.30*
HR200G
1475 x 670
40
MP301A
£579.95
MP301G
£740.65
1625 x 670
41
MP302A
£613.45
MP302G
£778.45
1775 x 670
42
MP303A
£644.45
MP303G
£813.65
HR300Z
£101.85*
HR300G
£149.05*
Optional Side Handrail for 3 Step Units 900 x 600 4
1050 x 600
1000
1650 x 670
44
MP401A
£630.90
MP401G
£808.75
1800 x 670
45
MP402A
£661.75
MP402G
£848.05
1950 x 670
46
MP403A
£695.50
MP403G
£881.65
Optional Side Handrail for 4 Step Units
HR400Z
£110.40*
HR400G
£161.85*
Optional End Rail
MP100Z
£78.00*
MP100G
£111.90*
1200 x 600
458
Galvanised Version
Weight kg
Optional Side Handrail for 2 Step Units 900 x 600
Painted Version
Overall Size L x W mm
*prices applicable when ordering with the Fort Universal Work Platforms. Order charges will apply if ordered on their own.
Fort Universal Modular Platform Systems
MUP408A & MUPHR4A
Fort Work Platforms
MUP405A & MUPHR5A
MUP307A, MUPHR7A & MUPHR9A
MUP306A
MUP305A MUP205A
MUP205A
MUP208A ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
MUP207A
MUP206A
Certified to EN-14183 Manufactured & approved to the European GS standard Non-slip aluminium platform & treads Constructed from fully welded tubular steel Designed to be placed alongside each other so that you can create a large working area Use the turn units to create ‘L’ & ‘T’ shapes. manufactured Ideal for manoeuvring around your machines
No of Treads
Platform Height mm
Overall Size L x W mm
Weight kg
Painted Version Model
Price
3YR
GUARANTEE
OPTIONAL EXTRAS
Model
Price
›› ››
2
480
730 x 690
24
MUP208A
£369.20
MUP208G
£466.00
3
720
900 x 690
28
MUP308A
£422.90
MUP308G
£536.20
4
960
1070 x 690
32
MUP408A
£484.00
MUP408G
£615.90
Platform Extension Unit - Platform Size: 1160 x 600mm
-
720
1160 x 690
960
-
720
700 x 690
-
720 960
730 x 690
Painted Version
Galvanised Version
£532.45
MUP205G
£675.40
38
MUP305A
£548.00
MUP305G
£694.75
2 Step Handrail
MUPHR2A £64.35* MUPHR2G
£83.45*
42
MUP405A
£563.65
MUP405G
£714.05
3 Step Handrail
MUPHR3A £74.85* MUPHR3G
£97.05*
4 Step Handrail
MUPHR4A £84.05* MUPHR4G £109.25*
£386.20
Extension Side Handrail
MUPHR5A £95.75* MUPHR5G £124.50*
MUP206A
£303.25
MUP206G
Model
Price
Model
Price
20
MUP306A
£317.30
MUP306G
£403.90
Infil Side Handrail
MUPHR6A £58.35* MUPHR6G
£75.85*
22
MUP406A
£331.45
MUP406G
£421.65
Turn Side Handrail
MUPHR7A £64.35* MUPHR7G
£83.45*
Extension & Infil End Handrail
MUPHR8A £62.40* MUPHR8G
£80.70*
Turn End Handrail
MUPHR9A £66.30* MUPHR9G
£86.00*
Platform Turn Unit - Platform Size: 680 x 600mm 480
Description
MUP205A
18
960
››
Optional 1100mm handrails for all unit types including side & ends These handrails can be fitted as needed to suit your requirement Ideal to finish off your units
34
Platform Infil Unit - Platform Size: 600 x 600mm 480
Fort Steel Framed Steps for Safety, Strength & Durability
Galvanised Version
Platform Step Unit - Platform Size: 500 x 600mm
480
MUP208A
Access Equipment
››
MUP206A
18
MUP207A
£349.65
MUP207G
£444.90
20
MUP307A
£366.85
MUP307G
£465.85
22
MUP407A
£381.00
MUP407G
£483.55
*prices applicable when ordering with the Fort Universal Modular Platform Systems. Order charges will apply if ordered on their own.
459
Easy Tower ››
SV-SET-4
››
£258.95
›› ›› ››
Podium Steps
››
3YR
Anodized aluminium tower with a built-in standing platform which opens for ease of use Built-in 60º inclined ladder Easily folds for ease of movement. Will fit through doorways & narrow aisles Complete with a built-in tool holder Mobile on 2 x 100mm nylon castors Platform suitable for 150kg
GUARANTEE
SV-SET-4 SV-SET-4 Folded
SV-SET-4 Folded
SV-SET-4 Tool Tray
SV-SET-4
High Podium Steps
SV-SET-4 Part Folded
No. of Treads
Platform Height mm
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Overall Size Folded H x W x D mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
4
1000
2100 x 550 x 1100
2100 x 570 x 180
18.5
SV-SET-4
£258.95
›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
Access Equipment
››
Complies to PAS 250 1000mm all round lockable guardrail system with non-slip platform Swivel, braked castors for added safety & stability Folds & unfolds in seconds Fits through standard doorways Built in ballast bars eradicate the need for stabilisers but ensures the product is safe & secure Platform size: 760 x 760mm
PODH07Z folded Built in ballast bars
PODH10Z Open Depth mm
Platform Height mm
Working Height mm
Overall Width mm
Weight kg
Model
PODH07Z Price
1280
710 to 960
2710 to 2960
760
56
PODH07Z
£623.25
1410
910 to 1160
2910 to 3160
760
70
PODH10Z
£712.50
1600
1210 to 1460
3210 to 3460
760
80
PODH12Z
£855.40
460
Glass Fibre Tower ›› ›› ››
›› ››
››
›› ››
››
£2931.85 NEW
Towers
››
FROM ONLY
Tested to EN1004:2004 Patented fail safe joint system Non-conductive, non-corroding & non-oxidising Integral ladder system Suitable for use in challenging areas or any zone 1 environment Easily identifiable braces for ease of assembly Impact resistant brace claws 850mm deep Maximum platform load of 200kg 1450mm deep Maximum platform load of 400kg Platform deck edge protection is made up of GRP profile
i Information IDEAL FOR USE IN AN ELECTRICAL ENVIRONMENT
i Information
Description
Base Unit - 1800W x 850D mm
Base Unit - 1800W x 1450D mm
Model
Price
Model
Price
System to 2.2M Platform Height
GFT1808522
£2931.85
GFT1814522
£3440.55
System to 2.7M Platform Height
GFT1808527
£3530.90
GFT1814527
£4053.20
System to 3.2M Platform Height
GFT1808532
£3922.25
GFT1814532
£4463.70
System to 3.7M Platform Height
GFT1808537
£4325.55
GFT1814537
£4916.80
System to 4.2M Platform Height
GFT1808542
£4421.70
GFT1814542
£5032.10
System to 4.7M Platform Height
GFT1808547
£5315.95
GFT1814547
£5939.95
System to 5.2M Platform Height
GFT1808552
£5412.10
GFT1814552
£6055.25
System to 5.7M Platform Height
GFT1808557
£5863.00
GFT1814557
£6556.00
System to 6.2M Platform Height
GFT1808562
£6398.60
GFT1814562
£7110.70
System to 6.7M Platform Height
GFT1808567
£7353.80
GFT1814567
£8018.55
System to 7.2M Platform Height
GFT1808572
£7449.95
GFT1814572
£8133.85
System to 7.7M Platform Height
GFT1808577
£7853.25
GFT1814577
£8586.95
System to 8.2M Platform Height
GFT1808582
£7949.40
GFT1814582
£8702.25
System to 8.7M Platform Height
GFT1808587
£8843.65
GFT1814587
£9610.10
System to 9.2M Platform Height
GFT1808592
£8939.85
GFT1814592
£9725.40
System to 9.7M Platform Height
GFT1808597
£9343.10
GFT1814597
£10,178.50
System to 10.2M Platform Height
GFT18085102
£9439.30
GFT18145102
£10,293.80
System to 10.7M Platform Height
GFT18085107
£10,333.50
GFT18145107
£11,201.65
System to 11.2M Platform Height
GFT18085112
£10,429.70
GFT18145112
£11,316.95
System to 11.7M Platform Height
GFT18085117
£10,832.95
GFT18145117
£11,770.10
461
Access Equipment
INSULATED TO 30,000 VOLTS
Sky-High Tower ›› ›› ››
Towers
››
Tested & certified to BSEN1004:2004 3T compatible Quick & easy to erect - saving time on each job Quick release pull rings with stainless steel pin on bracings for easy assembly
TBL180822
i Information
Access Equipment
MEETS ALL REQUIREMENTS OF THE WORKING AT HEIGHT REGULATIONS
TBL251477
Base Unit - 1800mm Wide Description
850mm Deep
Base Unit - 2500mm Wide
1450mm Deep
850mm Deep
1450mm Deep
Model
Price
Model
Price
Model
Price
Model
Price
System to 2.2M Platform Height
TBL180822
£1281.40
TBL181422
£1274.50
TBL250822
£1346.75
TBL251422
£1364.75
System to 2.7M Platform Height
TBL180827
£1489.30
TBL181427
£1692.25
TBL250827
£1586.80
TBL251427
£1814.70
System to 3.2M Platform Height
TBL180832
£1635.25
TBL181432
£1846.20
TBL250832
£1746.10
TBL251432
£1981.95
System to 3.7M Platform Height
TBL180837
£1771.40
TBL181437
£1985.80
TBL250837
£1888.35
TBL251437
£2127.65
System to 4.2M Platform Height
TBL180842
£1808.60
TBL181442
£2031.00
TBL250842
£1925.60
TBL251442
£2172.90
System to 4.7M Platform Height
TBL180847
£2193.95
TBL181447
£2354.85
TBL250847
£2356.45
TBL251447
£2556.05
System to 5.2M Platform Height
TBL180852
£2288.35
TBL181452
£2400.10
TBL250852
£2450.80
TBL251452
£2601.25
System to 5.7M Platform Height
TBL180857
£2424.45
TBL181457
£2539.65
TBL250857
£2593.05
TBL251457
£2747.00
System to 6.2M Platform Height
TBL180862
£2461.70
TBL181462
£2584.85
TBL250862
£2630.30
TBL251462
£2792.20
System to 6.7M Platform Height
TBL180867
£2811.15
TBL181467
£2977.50
TBL250867
£3025.25
TBL251467
£3234.90
System to 7.2M Platform Height
TBL180872
£2848.35
TBL181472
£3055.55
TBL250872
£3062.50
TBL251472
£3294.60
System to 7.7M Platform Height
TBL180877
£2966.95
TBL181477
£3195.15
TBL250877
£3204.75
TBL251477
£3440.30
System to 8.2M Platform Height
TBL180882
£3021.75
TBL181482
£3240.35
TBL250882
£3242.00
TBL251482
£3721.80
462
Alpine Tower ›› ›› ›› ››
››
››
››
Tested & certified to BSEN1004:2004 3T compatible Base size: 730D x 1800W mm Quick & easy to erect - saving time on each job Fits easily into most small vans or estate cars Narrow width compact & easy storage Quick release pull rings with stainless steel pin on bracings for easy assembly
Towers
AP0600Z
i Information FITS THROUGH DOORWAYS & EASILY INTO CAR BOOTS
Access Equipment
AP6100Z
Description
Model
Price
System to 0.6M Platform Height
AP0600Z
£529.40
System to 1.6M Platform Height
AP1600Z
£761.50
System to 2.1M Platform Height
AP2100Z
£1019.45
System to 3.1M Platform Height
AP3100Z
£1358.00
System to 3.6M Platform Height
AP3600Z
£1391.35
System to 4.6M Platform Height
AP4600Z
£1581.20
System to 5.1M Platform Height
AP5100Z
£1639.45
System to 6.1M Platform Height
AP6100Z
£1946.65
463
Fork Lift Cages ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
Robust fully welded construction Complies with Health & Safety guidance note PM28 - 3rd Edition. Units are supplied with a user guide Fits quickly & easily to the majority of fork lifts Safety gate opens inwards, closing automatically through the use of a tension spring loaded retention latch Non-slip floor plate with a high kick plate Various safety features including: ›› Internal grab rail ›› Safety harness anchor point ›› Drivers warning plate ›› High visibility yellow finish
Fork Lift Cages
Economy Range ›› ››
Front opening gate Full height mesh rear guard
manufactured
3YR
Standard Range ›› ››
i Information
Side opening gate Large tool container
SAFE & STABLE ACCESS AT HIGH LEVELS
››
£813.20
GUARANTEE
Front opening gate Mesh back & half sides
Heavy Duty Range ››
FROM ONLY
FORK POCKET FOR ECONOMY RANGE Simply lift the bar on the side of the cage once the fork has been entered. The brace at the rear of the mechanism will then swing, fitting neatly behind the heel of the fork tines, securing the cage to the fork lift
FLC08Z
FLC01Z shown with FLC09Z
Access Equipment
FLC04Z
FLC03Z Load Capacity
Platform Size W x D mm
Overall Height mm
FLC02Z Wheels
Weight kg
Model
Price
70
FLC08Z
£813.20
Economy Range 250 kg
1000 x 1000
1900
Standard Range
250 kg
990 x 990
1780
-
70
FLC01Z
£1103.65
1830
4 Swivel 125mm Nylon
74
FLC11Y
£1140.40
3
FLC09Z
£93.25
Optional Tool Box - fitted with 2 hooks to hook onto the cage Heavy Duty Range
300 kg
464
1260 x 800
1985
-
120
FLC02Z
£1181.60
2110
4 Swivel 125mm Nylon
120
FLC12Y
£1271.50
1985
-
125
FLC03Z
£1262.15
2110
4 Swivel 125mm Nylon
125
FLC13Y
£1334.65
2100
-
132
FLC04Z
£1309.10
2225
4 Swivel 125mm Nylon
132
FLC14Y
£1380.65
FORK POCKET FOR THE STANDARD & HEAVY DUTY 184W x 83Dmm with inside clearance of 545mm & overall clearance of 921mm Fo
rk
65 m Tin m ee nt
ry
Floating toggle to prevent accidental withdrawel of the pin pin locks behind heel of fork tines
NOTE: Fork pocket specifications can be altered to meet your requirements. Please specify when ordering
AED Defibrillator
i Information
First Aid Equipment
TRAINING AVAILABLE PLEASE CALL FOR DETAILS
First Responder Kit includes face shield, razor, wipe, scissors, towelette & a pair of disposable gloves H40038 ››
Environmental Control
››
››
››
›› ››
›› ››
›› ››
Suitable for use by rescuers with minimal training & also BLS/medical trained professionals Provides real time feedback on the rate & depth of chest compressions using ZOLL’s unique Real CPR Help® technology, clinically proven to significantly improve the survival rates from cardiac arrest Supports the UK Resuscitation Council’s entire Chain of Survival, with easy-to-understand audio prompts & illustrations Once installed, the AED Plus has the lowest total cost of ownership. Unless used, there is nothing to replace or buy for five years Easy to place one piece electrode providing more time to focus on the rescue The specially designed lid for the AED Plus can be placed under the shoulders of the patient to help maintain an open airway Automated self testing every 24 hours to ensure a constant state of readiness Powered by 10 x CR123A lithium Duracell or Sanyo batteries with redundant battery circuitry so if one fails the other will kick in Seven year warranty (five years as standard, two years free upon registration of device) Contents: Defibrillator, soft carry case, ten batteries, CPR-D-padz electrodes with first responder kit, instructional training DVD & operator’s guide
466
F90410
H40000
H50002
Description
Model
Price
Fully Automatic Defibrillator
H40038
£1099.00
Stat-Padz II (two piece) - 2 year shelf life
H40004
£25.75
CPR-D-Padz (one piece) - 5 year shelf life - comes complete with First Responder Kit
H40000
£89.99
Wall Mount
H50002
£26.99
AED Sign
F90410
£2.60
Lower Value Orders May Incur a Handling Charge
First Aid Room SAVE £162.50 BY PURCHASING THE COMPLETE FIRST AID ROOM BUNDLE
First Aid Equipment
F75020
F30608
H40038 F62004
›› ›› ››
››
Environmental Control
Executive Examination Couch Easy to clean, hygienic, epoxy coated white frame with unstitched, rounded upholstery corners for cleanliness 50mm thick CMHR foam top for patient comfort Unique paper roll holder which can be fitted within the couch frame or externally (80 x 70.5 x 184cm paper roll internally or 80 x 70.5 x 188cm paper externally Reliable, self-locking, multi-position adjustable backrest
Portable Screen ›› ››
Easy to clean, hygienic, epoxy coated white frame with blue wipe clean curtain 1680 x 2440mm fully extended (1680 x 610mm closed)
First Aid Cabinet ›› ››
Lockable cabinet c/w 2 keys & 3 shelves Size: 410H x 340W x 140D mm
AED Defibrillator ››
››
Description
See opposite page for more details
First Aid Kit - Standard Medium Workplace Kit See page 469 for more details
F40023
Model
Price each
Executive Examination Couch
F75020
£435.00
Portable Screen
F62004
£189.50
First Aid Cabinet
F40023
£32.00
AED Defibrillator
H40038
£1099.00
Standard Medium Workplace Kit
F30608
£19.00
Bundle of all the above
F75012
£1612.00
Lower Value Orders May Incur a Handling Charge
467
Burns Kits ››
F30197
›› ›› ››
First Aid Equipment
››
››
Comes supplied with fast acting, quick relief dressings & solutions to treat, cool, sooth & halt the burning, scolding & blistering process after direct contact with something hot, such as fire, boiling hot water or steam, radiated heat, chemicals, electricity or friction. Soft, strong carry pouch with clear mesh pockets for easy identification of products & fast access Full range of dressings cater for the best treatment & cooling of burns & scolds over the whole body Hydrogel dressings provide a nonadherent, sterile dressing for application to burns. Provides physical protection against contamination, minimise trauma & are non-toxic, non-irritant & anti-bacterial Suitable for use on children
Contents
Burns Kits Description
Description
Standard
Essential
Burnshield Burn Blott - 3.5ml
2
6
Burnshield Dressing - 100 x 100mm
1
2
Burnshield Dressing - 200 x 200mm
-
1
Burnshield Digit Dressing - 25 x 500mm
1
2
Burnshield Limb Dressing - 50 x 1000mm
-
1
Conforming Bandage - 750mm x 4.5M
1
2
Disposable Heat Retaining Blanket - 2150 x 1500mm
-
1
Hydrogel Bottles - 125ml
-
1
Hydrogel Treatment - 50ml
1
-
Nitrile powder-free Disposable Gloves (pair)
1
1
Model
Price
Standard Burns Kit
F30197
£11.00
Zenith Burn Bag (Small in the standard & medium in the essential)
1
1
Essential Burns Kit
F30199
£28.60
Tuff-Kut Scissors
-
1
Environmental Control
Response® Body Fluid Kit
i Information ›› ›› ››
Meets current health & safety requirements & conforms to BSI 7320 & UN 3H1/Y/S/98 Aids the effective cleaning & disinfection of the soiled area and reduces the risk of cross infection Contains: 1 x pair of vinyl gloves, 1 x pair of polythene oversleeves, 1 x disposable apron, 1 x biohazard bag, 1 x scoop & scraper, 2 x non-woven wipes, 1 x disinfectant wipes
468
CONFORMS TO BSI 7320 & UN 3H1/Y/S/98 Description Body Fluid Kit
Lower Value Orders May Incur a Handling Charge
First Aid Kit
Refill Kit
Model
Price
Model
Price
F14943
£17.50
F14944
£6.25
First Aid Kits ›› ›› ›› ››
Comply to BS-8599 1:2011 Standard first aid kits come in a plastic box & zenith kits come in ripstop polyester bag Each kit comes fully stocked & refill kits are available Single items are available - call for details
First Aid Equipment
F30641x1
F90429
F30607
F30614
COMPLIANT WITH BRITISH STANDARD BS-8599-1:2011
First Aid Kits
Standard Small Workplace Kit Standard Medium Workplace Kit
First Aid Kit
Refill Kit
Model
Price
Model
Price
F30607
£13.00
F30641
£11.00
F30608
£19.00
F30641
£11.00
Standard Large Workplace Kit
F30609
£24.00
F30641
£11.00
Standard Travel Workplace Kit
F30613
£9.99
F30641
£11.00
Zenith Travel Workplace Kit
F30614
First Aid Sign
F90429
£11.00 £4.50
F30641 -
£11.00 -
Description
Small
Medium
Large
Travel
Refill
First Aid Emergency Booklet
1
1
1
1
1
HSE Medium Sterile Dressing - 120 x 120mm
4
6
8
1
4
HSE Large Sterile Dressing - 180 x 180mm
1
2
2
1
1
Triangular Bandage - 900 x 900 x 1300mm
2
3
4
1
2
Safety Pins (pack of 6)
1
2
4
1
1
Eye Pad
2
3
4
1
2
Washproof Plasters
4
6
10
1
4
Sterile Moist Cleaning Wipes (pack of 10)
2
3
4
1
2
Microporous Tape - 250mm x 10M
1
1
1
1
1
Nitrile powder-free Disposable Gloves (pair)
6
9
12
1
6
Finger Dressing - 350 x 350mm
2
3
4
-
2
Face Shield
1
1
2
1
1
Disposable Heat Retaining Blanket - 2150 x 1500mm
1
2
3
1
1
Burnshield Dressing - 100 x 100mm
1
2
2
1
1
Tuff-Kut Scissors
1
1
1
1
1
Conforming Bandage - 750mm x 4.5M
1
2
2
1
1
Eye Wash - 500ml
-
-
-
1
-
Lower Value Orders May Incur a Handling Charge
469
Environmental Control
Contents
i Information
Description
F30613
F30608
F30609
Evacuation Chair ›› ›› ››
››
First Aid Equipment
››
››
Designed for the safe & comfortable evacuation of mobility impaired people in an emergency such as a fire The one step setup makes the chair fast & easy to use Lightweight, comfortable & strong this chair is ideal for use in buildings with stairs such as offices & hotels. It can be used on fire escapes, flat surfaces & down stairs The built-in carry handles also allow the chair to be used up stairs & the handles can be folded in to turn it in to a temporary wheelchair Features include: easy to move, foot rest, cushioned head rest, wide chair & seat for comfort, leg support strap & full chest support strap (quick release), weight bearing arm rests, foot operated brake, folds flat for easy storage, large load capacity of up 160kg Supplied with chair cover, hooks, overhead sign, instruction manual & DVD-ROM
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Folded Size H x W x D mm
Model
Price
1430 x 650 x 990
1130 x 650 x 290
F77027
£775.00
First Aid Cabinet
Heat Retaining Blanket ››
›› ››
››
Made from metallised polyester film which can reflect over 90% of radiated body heat Strong, waterproof & protects against cold, rain, heat & wind Pack of 10
››
Lockable cabinet c/w 2 keys & 3 shelves Size: 410H x 340W x 140D mm
i Information
Environmental Control
WHITE POWDER COATED FINISH WITH FIRST AID SIGN/LABEL
F40023 Overall Size W x H mm
Model
Price
2100 x 1600
F06154
£5.00
KOOLPAK® ››
››
No need to refrigerate - simply squeeze the pack to activate then dispose of after use Pack of 10
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Model
Price
410 x 340 x 140
F40023
£32.00
Health & Safety Law Poster
First Aid Manual ››
10th edition manual giving a fully authorised guide to first aid
Overall Size W x H mm
Model
Price
Overall Size W x H mm
Model
Price
Model
Price
130 x 290
F11438
£5.00
420 x 600
P95120
£14.50
P95145
£5.00
470
Lower Value Orders May Incur a Handling Charge
Eye Wash Station ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
A robust health & safety compliant emergency eye wash station - suitable for all types of eye injuries Printed with retroflective instructions – useful if a power cut happens, the station can still be located Made from wipe clean hardwearing ABS plastic - dust proof cover keeps contents clean & ready for use Central mirror for easy application Station size: 36 x 51 x 10cm Wall mountable
F90431
First Aid Equipment
F17881
F17899 Description
Contents
Model
Price
Eye Wash Station Eye Wash Bottle
2 x 500ml Eye Wash, 2 x No. 16 Eye Pad Dressings, 5 x 20ml Eye Wash Phials, 1 x Mirror & 1 x Station
F17899
£21.00
1 x 500ml Eye Wash
F17884
£3.50
Eye Wash Phials
Pack of 25 - 20ml Eye Wash Phials
F17881
£7.00
Eye Wash Sign
-
F90431
£4.50
Hand Sanitizer
››
››
Contain an instant antiseptic gel, killing 99.9% of germs - with no need for water Enriched with Vitamin E & Aloe which helps keep hands moisturised as well as fresh & clean Pack of 5
››
›› ››
Res-Cue Mask
Produced from advanced third generation synthetic nitrile polymer, giving an outstanding soft pliable feel & incredible sense of touch Small & medium gloves available Box of 100
››
››
›› ››
Designed to provide protection for the rescuer when manually resuscitating patients Transparent dome allows the rescuer to visually check patient lip colour & check for vomitus Can be used on a patient of any age Includes O2 inlet valve
Volume
Model
Price
Size
Model
Price
Model
Price
240ml
F78029
£13.00
Large
F12636-L
£5.50
F79173
£4.00
Lower Value Orders May Incur a Handling Charge
471
Environmental Control
››
Sensitive Gloves
FACS189046
First Aid Cupboards ›› ›› ››
Cupboards
manufactured
Strong construction provides all round robustness ‘No snag’ handles with 2-point locking Adjustable spill-retaining galvanised shelves for superior spill management. Integral liquid-tight sump encourages the correct handling of spills through the use of absorbents (except the Wall Cupboard) ›› White powder coated finish with identification symbol signs/labels ›› Powder coated with Germ Guard Active Technology anti-bacterial paint ›› Wall cupboards are pre-drilled for mounting (fixings not supplied) ›› Stands raise cupboards by 500mm & they incorporate an adjustable foot for uneven surfaces
FACS099046
FACS094646 FACS079046
Static Cupboards
FACS073530
Overall Size H x W x D mm
No of Shelves
Model
Price
700 x 350 x 300
1
FACS073530
£139.55
700 x 900 x 460
1
FACS079046
£195.10
900 x 460 x 460
1
FACS094646
£165.65
900 x 900 x 460
1
FACS099046
£212.15
1800 x 900 x 460
3
FACS189046
£320.85
Overall Size H x W x D mm
No of Shelves
Model
Price
840 x 900 x 460
1
FACM089046
£315.45
1040 x 900 x 460
1
FACM109046
£319.65
FACW578525
Wall Cupboards Overall Size H x W x D mm
No of Shelves
570 x 850 x 255
1
Extra Shelves
Mobile Cupboards
Model
Price
FACW578525
£184.65
Stands
To Fit W x D mm
Model
Price
To Fit W x D mm
Model
Price
350 x 300
FACES3530
£27.35
350 x 300
FACST3530
£81.10
460 x 460
FACES4646
£34.15
460 x 460
FACST4646
£84.50
900 x 460
FACES9046
£44.40
900 x 460
FACST9046
£98.15
Stainless Steel Cupboards & Floor Chests ›› ›› ››
Environmental Control
››
Ideal for food, pharmaceutical & medical environments - especially where damp is a factor ‘No snag’ handles with 2-point locking Adjustable stainless steel shelves Corrosion resistant
››
Floor chests have riveted structure with angled lid to discourage article placement. Fitted with a hasp & staple lock - padlock not supplied
STFC050603
manufactured
STFC061104
Floor Chests Overall Size H x W x D mm
Model
Price
510 x 610 x 340
STFC050603
£687.25
610 x 1170 x 460
STFC061104
£917.60
Static Cupboards Overall Size H x W x D mm
No of Shelves
Model
Price
900 x 460 x 460
1
STSC090446
£519.20
900 x 900 x 460
1
STSC090946
£655.00
1200 x 900 x 460
2
STSC120946
£793.00
1800 x 900 x 460
3
STSC180946
£997.00
1800 x 1200 x 460
3
STSC181246
£1307.20
Extra Shelves
STSC180946
472
STSC090946
To Fit W x D mm
Model
Price
900 x 460
STSC0946ES
£84.55
1200 x 460
STSC1246ES
£95.85
Perforated Door Cupboards
FROM ONLY
£254.90 manufactured
Cupboards
PDC090946
‘No snag’ handles with 2-point locking
Door Locking Mechanism
›› ››
Green Grey Blue Yellow
PDC180946
The perforated doors allows view of contents for greater visual security ‘No snag’ handles with 2-point locking
›› ››
Powder coated light grey carcass with a variety of door colours Adjustable shelves
Cupboard
Light Blue Red specify when ordering
Extra Shelf
Overall Size H x W x D mm
No of Shelves
Model
Price
Model
Price
900 x 900 x 460
2
PDC090946
£254.90
PDC0946ES
£19.35
900 x 900 x 610
2
PDC090961
£306.00
PDC0961ES
£27.35
1200 x 900 x 460
2
PDC120946
£304.80
PDC1246ES
£27.35
1800 x 600 x 460
3
PDC180646
£302.55
PDC0646ES
£17.10
1800 x 900 x 460
3
PDC180946
£318.85
PDC0946ES
£19.35
1800 x 900 x 610
3
PDC180961
£424.95
PDC0961ES
£27.35
1800 x 1200 x 460
3
PDC181246
£422.10
PDC1246ES
£27.35
1800 x 1200 x 610
3
PDC181261
£499.40
PDC1261ES
£39.85
473
Environmental Control
DOOR COLOUR OPTIONS
FROM ONLY
Utility Cupboards
£85.00
CA165U
Environmental Control
CA085C
CA1654
7 Utility Cupboards ›› ›› ›› ››
Made from robust, high quality plastic Ideal for many applications; kitchens/cafeterias, janitorial closets, schools, offices etc Anti-wear steel hinges that provide a snap closure Hygienic - easy to clean
474
Features
Overall Size L x W x H mm
1 Shelf
700 x 390 x 855
day delivery
Weight kg
Model
Price
9
CA085C
£85.00
14.5
CA1654
£142.50
17
CA165U
£142.80
Compact Cupboard Large Cupboard 3 Shelves
700 x 390 x 1650 Utility Cupboard
3 ‘L’ Shaped Shelves
700 x 390 x 1650
Collector Trolley ›› ›› ››
Shelf Trolley
Mobile on 4 x swivel castors - 2 with brakes Complete with 3 x 30L plastic containers & 2 x 14L bins, all removable 2 x 14L bins are suitable for light duty use (recommended maximum capacity of 5kg per bin)
›› ›› ›› ››
100kg
evenly distributed
Clearance between shelves: 280mm Complete with grey aluminium uprights 25mm lip on 3 sides & a 5mm rim on 1 side Mobile on 4 swivel 75mm ‘quietcastors’
Healthcare Trolleys
100kg
evenly distributed
3
day delivery
HI424Y & HI004Z GIC816
3
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
Grey 3 Shelf Trolley
850 x 420 x 910
8
HI424Y
£101.60
Optional Buckets to fit the above model
332 x 232 x 172 336 x 236 x 562
-
HI004Z
£34.15*
Description day delivery
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
776 x 455 x 925
15
GIC816
£152.95
*price applicable when ordering with the Trolley. Order charges will apply if ordered on their own.
i Information IDEAL FOR BULKY ITEMS
Environmental Control
350L
capacity
250L
capacity
PCI09Y
7
PCI08Y
Container Trucks ›› ››
Removable polypropylene containers Push/pull handle & 2 fixed & 2 swivel 125mm Rubber castors make the units manoeuvrable
Overall Size - L x W x H mm External
Internal
day delivery
Capacity Litres
Weight kg
Model
Price
1170 x 720 x 800
900 x 630 x 590
250
32
PCI08Y
£299.95
1400 x 770 x 810
1130 x 680 x 600
350
39
PCI09Y
£349.95
475
‘Proplaz’ Plus Shelf Trolleys ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
High quality hardwearing black plastic shelves with grey aluminium uprights Ideal for healthcare environments Lightweight & easy to clean Mobile on 4 x 100mm swivel castors (2 with brakes) Tray depth of 100mm HIT32Y - comes complete with buckets which attach to the top shelf. Bucket sizes are: 200H x 350W x 240D mm & 470H x 350W x 240D mm
150kg
Janitorial Trolleys
evenly distributed
3
day delivery
NEW
HIT32Y
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Description
Size between Shelves Top / Bottom mm
›› ›› ›› ››
Model
Price
870 x 490 x 990
553
10.5
HIT29Y
£136.40
3 Tray Trolley
870 x 490 x 1050
275 / 275
11.5
HIT31Y
£164.30
3 Shelf (Top Flat Shelf & 2 Storage Trays)
1100 x 490 x 1030
275 / 275
13.5
HIT32Y
£189.35
Grey Shelf Trolleys
70mm deep trays Strong polyethylene moulded trolleys Non-conductive & resistant to most substances GI627L - clearance between shelves: 660mm GI637L - clearance between shelves: 305mm Mobile on 4 swivel 100mm castors, 2 with brakes
Environmental Control
››
Weight kg
2 Tray Trolley
Deep Tray Trolleys ››
HIT29Y
HIT31Y
›› ›› ›› ››
Super strong polyethylene moulded trolleys Will not rust, dent or chip - easy to clean These easy to manoeuvre units are ideal for use in healthcare applications such as hospitals & surgeries Mobile on 4 x 100mm swivel castors, 2 with brakes
10
YR GUARANTEE
3
day delivery
FREE! GI543L GI637L
No of Shelves
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Clearance Between Shelves
Weight kg
Model
Price
3
610 x 458 x 840
305 mm
11
GI541L
£151.75
4
610 x 458 x 915
222 mm
13
GI542L
£179.30
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Weight kg
2 Tray Unit
610 x 460 x 980
10.5
GI627L
£134.90
5
610 x 458 x 915
159 mm
17
GI543L
£205.15
3 Tray Unit
610 x 460 x 1000
14
GI637L
£170.75
6
610 x 458 x 1143
159 mm
19
GI544L
£248.80
Description
476
Model
Price
3
Folding Laundry Trolley ›› ›› ››
day delivery
Strong plastic frame & removable PVC sack Base frame to support the sack Mobile on 4 x 75mm swivel rubber castors
70kg
evenly distributed
Laundry Trolleys
HI513Y Folded
HI513Y
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
710 x 660 x 950
9
HI513Y
£89.75
HI513Y
Laundry Trolleys ›› ›› ›› ››
Chrome plated steel tubular frame with a strong, removable canvas sack (base frame for support) Canvas sacks include a drawstring - ideal for transportation Mobile on 4 x 75mm swivel non-marking rubber castors (2 with brakes) Model HI552Y folds for compact storage
evenly distributed
Environmental Control
3
150kg
day delivery
HI551Y
HI552Y Folded
Description
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Folded Size H x W x D mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
Rectangular Model
920 x 560 x 880
-
14
HI551Y
£137.85
Folding X Type Model
685 x 590 x 1030
1200 x 590 x 380
9
HI552Y
£109.20
HI552Y
477
Janitorial Cleaning Trolley ›› ››
››
Manufactured from durable plastic Mobile on 2 x 200mm wheels at the back & 2 x 75mm swivel castors at the front Complete with a strong yellow PVC sack
HI308Y
Environmental Control
Janitorial Trolleys
£119.95 100kg
evenly distributed
3
day delivery
HI308Y
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Shelf Heights
Weight kg
Model
Price
1140 x 500 x 972
580, 970 mm
9
HI308Y
£119.95
Caution Boards ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
Fold flat for storage Overall Size when open: 610H x 310W x 340Dmm Supplied in packs of any 5 - please specify when ordering Designed for use in areas where a hazard or restriction exists Available whilst stocks last
3
day delivery
Description
Model
Price Pack of 5
Out of Service
CB001Z
£18.95
Repair in Progress
CB002Z
£18.95
No Entry
CB004Z
£18.95
478
CB001Z
CB002Z
CB004Z
Wet & Dry Vacuums ››
››
››
Full structofoam construction - rugged, doesn’t dent, scratch or deteriorate, is lightweight & resists all standard cleaning chemicals The unique filter system enables you to switch from dry to wet pick up without the hassle of changing filters or kits Includes accessory kit with 2.4m Nuflex threaded hose, 2 x stainless steel extension tubes, stainless steel tube bend, ProFlo 400mm dry brush nozzle & ProFlo 400mm wet nozzle Motor Power
Description
Capacity Wet
NEW
Capacity Dry
Model
Price
1060W
13 L
13 L
CV570
£451.89
1060W
30 L
30 L
CV900
£528.67
Duplex Two Motor
2 x 1060W
13 L
13 L
CVD570
£580.45
Duplex Two Motor
2 x 1060W
30 L
30 L
CVD900
£659.42
CV570
CV900
Vacuums
Simplex One Motor Simplex One Motor
Ruc-Sac ›› ›› ››
››
›› Comfort shoulder strap 36V cordless vacuum Easy access “fly-lead” on/off switch Includes accessory kit with 2 x aluminium extension tubes, aluminium tube bend with volume control, double taper hose/tool adaptor, 65mm soft dusting brush, 1.5m Nuflex RSV threaded hose & 270mm “Wand Dock” EcoFlo combination floor nozzle NEW Battery charge LCD display Description
Run Time
Charge Time
Motor
Capacity
30 mins
3.5 hours
250W
6L
1 Battery 2 Battery
Model
Price
RSB 140/1
£606.32
RSB 140/2
£837.83
Baby Ride-on Scrubber Dryer ›› ›› ›› ››
›› ››
80 litre clean & dirty water h.d. polyform tanks, allowing large areas to be cleaned in a single fill Compact design, easy cleaning in those tight spaces Anti-tip system, prevents the machine from tipping when cornering sharply On-board charger port, hassle free charging Flexifill extending & flexible filling hose, fill from any clean water outlet TwinFlo vacuum motor, providing exceptional wet pick up Transit speed: 6 km/h
›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
Full stainless steel chassis with a deck tilt system which makes brush changes quick & simple 40 litre clean & dirty water heavy duty polyform tanks TwinFlo vacuum motor providing exceptional wet pick up Oil filled, low load, planetary gearbox gives maximum power transmission direct to the floor Fully adjustable operator handle Simple on/off trigger control Flexifill, extending & flexible filling hose Full range of brush & pad drive systems
i Information DEMONSTRATIONS AVAILABLE CALL FOR DETAILS
NEW
BUY A SCRUBBER DRYER FROM THIS PAGE & RECEIVE A FREE ECO FRIENDLY JAMES VACUUM CLEANER
NEW Run Time
Brush Diameter
Brush Speed
3 hours
550 mm
150 rpm
Model
Price
CRO-8055 £7734.09
Description
Pad/Brush Width mm
Mains Powered
400/450
TT4045
£1912.37
Battery Operated
400/450
TTB4045
£3275.32
Model
Price
479
Environmental Control
››
Scrubber Dryer
Floor Care A - Dry Vacuum ›› Power: 240v ›› Vacuum: 61mbar ›› Motor: 1250W ›› Capacity: 10 Litre ›› 12M detachable power cable ›› Accessory storage on machine
B A
B - Wet & Dry Vacuum Power: 240v ›› Vacuum: 200mbar ›› Motor: 1380W ›› Capacity: 48 Litre ›› Ultra tough suitable for large quantities of wet & dry debris ›› Accessory storage on machine ››
Floor Care
C - Back Pack Vacuum Power: 240v ›› Vacuum: 244mbar ›› Motor: 1300W ›› Capacity: 5 Litre ›› Complete with washable nylon filter, switchable floor nozzle, crevice tool & upholstery tool ››
C
D - Sweeper Capacity: 20 Litres ›› Working width: 700mm ›› Sweep 7x faster than a conventional broom ›› Adjustable side brush for cleaning right up to kerb edges ››
D
E - Scrubber Drier Power: 240v ›› Capacity: 10 Litres clean/dirty ›› Motor: 1400W ›› Working width: 400mm ›› Heavy duty cleaning for exceptional results ›› Two counter-rotating brushes & two rubber squeegees ensure floors are thoroughly cleaned & dried in a single pass
Environmental Control
››
F - Scrubber Drier Capacity: 25 Litre ›› 24V battery power ›› Working width - brush: 400mm ›› Working width - vacuum: 770mm ›› Heavy duty cleaning for exceptional results ›› Two counter-rotating brushes & two rubber squeegees ensure floors are thoroughly cleaned & dried in a single pass ››
F E
480
Ref
Description
Model
Price
A
Dry Vacuum
15274110
£110.00
Lower Value Orders May Incur a Handling Charge
B
Wet & Dry Vacuum
14286220
£199.00
C
Back Pack Vacuum
13942130
£349.00
D
Sweeper
15171510
£380.00
E
Scrubber Drier
96217920
£1720.00
F
Scrubber Drier
95335000
£3900.00
Floor Care A - Carpet Cleaner ›› Power: 240v ›› Capacity: 10 Litre ›› Deep cleans carpet & upholstery ›› Carpets dry 63% quicker ›› Removable, easy empty, dirty water tank doubles as a clean tank filling bucket ensuring your system is always kept clean
B
A
B - Steam Cleaner Power: 240v ›› Capacity: 2.4 & 2.2 Litres ›› Motor: 2250W heater ›› Pressure: 3.2 bar ›› Produce steam up to 150ºc ››
Floor Care
C - HD 7/11 Pressure Washer Power: 240v ›› Max pressure: 13bar ›› Motor: 2200W ›› Water flow: 300/700 l/h ›› Includes: 10m high pressure hose, extended trigger gun with soft grip & a spray lance ››
D - HD 4/9P Pressure Washer Power: 110v ›› Max pressure: 90bar ›› Water flow: 390 l/h ›› Includes: 10m high pressure hose, extended trigger gun, stainless steel lance & triple nozzle ››
C
D
F - HD 6/13 Pressure Washer ›› Max pressure: 130bar ›› Motor: 2200W ›› Water flow: 590 l/h ›› Includes: 10m high pressure hose, extended trigger gun with soft grip, spray lance, triple nozzle & a dirt blaster ›› Unique stand up or lay flat operating position with a large carry handle
Environmental Control
E - HD 5/11P Pressure Washer ›› Power: 240v ›› Max pressure: 110bar ›› Water flow: 490 l/h ›› Includes: 10m high pressure hose, extended trigger gun, stainless steel lance, triple nozzle
E F
Ref
Description
Model
Price
A
Carpet Cleaner
10001320
£430.00
B
Steam Cleaner
10922810
£760.00
C
HD 7/11
15241290
£875.00
D
HD 4/9P
15201950
£389.00
E
HD 5/11P
15201960
£389.00
F
HD 6/13
15201620
£565.00 Lower Value Orders May Incur a Handling Charge
481
Refuse Sacks day delivery
››
Refuse Sacks & Holders
7
Wall Mounted Steel Sack Holder
CHSA1590B
Example of HDPE40SWL Liner in use
Environmental Control
Steel lid & painted white
WSHW12RE Overall Size H x W x D mm
Model
Price each 1 to 4
Price each 5+
125 x 430 x 440
WSHW12RE
£49.05
£43.15
Description
Capacity
Colours
Liners per Box
HDPE Pedal Bin Liner
15 Litre
White
1000
HDPE15PBL
£15.40
HDPE Square Bin Liner
30 Litre
White
1000
HDPE30SQL
£22.85
HDPE Swing Bin Liner
40 Litre
White
1000
HDPE40SWL
£24.90
90 Litre
Black
200
CHSA0590B
£21.30
10kg CHSA Refuse Sacks
90 Litre
Black
200
CHSA1090B
£28.30
10kg CHSA Refuse Sacks
90 Litre
Natural
200
CHSA1090N
£32.30
15kg CHSA Refuse Sacks
90 Litre
Black
200
CHSA1590B
£36.85
12kg ENSA Professional Refuse Sacks
90 Litre
Blue
200
ENSA1290B
£38.50
12kg ENSA Professional Refuse Sacks
90 Litre
Green
200
ENSA1290G
£38.50
LDPE Refuse Sacks
120 Litre
Black
200
LDPE120B
£34.40
Heavy Duty Refuse Sacks
140 Litre
Black
100
HDRS140B
£38.30
Wheelie Bin Refuse Sacks
240 Litre
Black
100
WBRS240B
£33.40
Recycling Centre Bins - Set of 3 ›› ›› ››
Supplied as a set of 3 bins Suitable for paper, plastic & can/tin waste Manufactured from steel Subject to availablity
7
day delivery
RCJ49Z
RCJ49Z - Set of 3 Capacity Litres each
Overall Size Top Ø x Bottom Ø x H mm each
Weight kg each
Model
Price
49
390 x 320 x 580
8
RCJ49Z
£69.95
482
Price
5kg CHSA Refuse Sacks
ENSA1290G
››
Model
Plastic Sackholders ››
›› ›› ››
LID COLOUR OPTIONS
All plastic construction for easy maintenance & cleaning will not rust or dent Manufactured from ABS, PVC & polyethylene Silent closing lid Mobile on 2 wheels for ease of movement
7
Yellow White
day delivery
Black Orange Green Blue specify when ordering
Sackholders
FROM ONLY
£99.35
PSH045
PSH065 Capacity Litres
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Model
Price each 1 to 4
Price each 5+
45
590 x 440 x 455
PSH045
£104.85
£99.35
65
790 x 440 x 455
PSH065
£110.20
£104.70
PSH065
Plastic Sackholders with Removable Bodies ››
›› ››
Environmental Control
››
Manufactured from fire resistant ABS (UL V0) lid & PVC (class 100 fire resistant) body & component parts Tested to HTM0503 & conforms to NHS HTM WM0701 for colour coded waste management Silent closing lid Mobile on 2 wheels for ease of movement
LID COLOUR OPTIONS Yellow White Black Orange Green Blue specify when ordering
7
day delivery
FSH065 Capacity Litres
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Model
Price each 1 to 4
Price each 5+
45
590 x 440 x 455
FSH045
£166.60
£161.10
65
790 x 440 x 455
FSH065
£186.90
£181.35
FSH065
483
Sack Holder - Set of 4 Heavy duty structure Retention cord Rubber feet for stability No lid, wheels or pedals
›› ›› ›› ››
COLOUR OPTIONS Yellow Red
NEW
SH470X
7
Green Blue
day delivery
specify when ordering
Capacity Litres
Overall Size D x W x H mm
Model
Price
70
440 x 425 x 780
SH470X
£270.50
Sack Holders
Sack Holder with Lid ››
NEW
7
››
day delivery
Sack Holder with Body
Free standing steel sack holders & pedal operated Available with wheels & with a silent closing lid - please call for details
›› ››
Enclosed solid body sack holder Steel construction pedal operated
manufactured manufactured
7
COLOUR OPTIONS White Yellow
day delivery
NEW
Blue specify when ordering
Environmental Control
SHL70Z
SHB65Z
Capacity Litres
Overall Size D x W x H mm
Model
Price each 1 to 4
Price each 5+
Capacity Litres
Overall Size D x W x H mm
Model
Price each 1 to 4
Price each 5+
70
360 x 430 x 850
SHL70Z
£73.25
£62.50
65
410 x 230 x 820
SHB65Z
£121.05
£110.95
Sack Holder ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
Recycling Centre
NHS approved Fire retardent plastic polymer Heavy duty silent closing damper Antimicrobial coating Other lid colours available - please call for details
›› ›› ››
Self closing, fire retardent & colour coded tops - ideal for segregating waste Tops any colour with WRAP logos - please specify when ordering Easy lift out galvanised liner
manufactured
7
day delivery
NEW
RC360Z SHB20Z
Capacity Litres
Overall Size D x W x H mm
Model
Price each 1 to 4
Price each 5+
Capacity Litres
Overall Size D x W x H mm
Model
Price
20
340 x 225 x 645
SHB20Z
£142.90
£130.65
60 (total)
200 x 800 x 600
RC360Z
£181.65
484
Pedal Bins ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
Ideal for offices, warehouses, schools & factories etc Manufactured from polypropylene Hygienic & easy to wipe clean Lightweight but durable construction Pedal operated Fitted with two wheels to allow easy movement
FROM ONLY
3
£48.60
COLOUR OPTIONS
day delivery
Yellow Grey
NEW
specify when ordering
GBI45Z
i Information HYGIENIC & EASY TO WIPE CLEAN
Litter Bins
Capacity Litres
GBI68Z
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
45
600 x 410 x400
3
GBI45Z
£48.60
68
670 x 500 x 410
4.5
GBI68Z
£61.45
60L Recycling Bins ›› ›› ›› ››
Capacity: 60 litres Charcoal base with a choice of coloured lids & pictograms Swing lid is self-closing Overall size: 680H x 400W x 330D mm
NEW
7
day delivery
manufactured
Description
Model
Price each 1 to 4
Price each 5+
Blue Lid (Paper Sticker)
RBB60P
£52.10
£45.40
Red Lid (Plastic Bottles Sticker)
RBR60P
£52.10
£45.40
Green Lid (Mixed Recyclables Sticker)
RBG60M
£52.10
£45.40
Silver Lid (Non-recyclables Sticker)
RBS60N
£52.10
£45.40
485
Environmental Control
GBI45Z
Waste & Recycling Bins ››
››
Colour coded lids encourage effective waste separation. The lids are also hinged for ease of emptying Mobile on 2 wheels which are recessed to save space
FROM ONLY
Litter Bins
£52.65
7
Lid Colour
Capacity Litres
Overall Size each L x W x H mm
day delivery
Model
Price
Green
RMC0GR
£52.65
Blue
RMC0BL
£52.65
Yellow
RMC0YE
£52.65
100
533 x 512 x 852
RMC0BE
£52.65
Black
RMC0BK
£52.65
Red
RMC0RE
£52.65
Beige
RMC0BK RMC0BL RMC0YE
Waste & Storage Bins ›› ›› ››
Environmental Control
›› ››
RMB166 & RMBL04
Heavy duty, durable construction which will not rust, chip or peel Reinforced rims for durability Built in handles for easy lifting Easy anti-jam nesting Thermal resistance between -20ºC to +60ºC
i Information HEAVY DUTY CONSTRUCTION WHICH WILL NOT RUST OR CHIP
7
RMB208 & RMBL05 RMB166 & RMBL04
day delivery
RMB121 & RMBL03
FROM ONLY
£34.05
RMB075 & RMBL02 RMB037 & RMBL01 Container
Lids (must be ordered with container)
Capacity Litres
Overall Size Dia. x H mm
Colour
Model
Price
Colour
Model
Price
37
397 x 435
Grey
RMB037
£34.05
Grey
RMBL01
£8.00
75
495 x 581
Yellow
RMB075
£49.95
Black
RMBL02
£8.00
121
559 x 692
Grey
RMB121
£66.95
Grey
RMBL03
£11.70
166
610 x 800
Red
RMB166
£100.00
Black or Grey
RMBL04
£26.85
208
673 x 838
Grey
RMB208
£127.90
Grey
RMBL05
£26.20
486
Flip Bins ›› ››
High quality coloured plastic base with a white flip lid Complete with 12 stickers simply attach the sticker of your choosing STICKERS
7
BASE COLOUR OPTIONS
day delivery
Yellow Red
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Model
Price each 1 to 4
Price each 5+
Green Blue
50
665 x 330 x 400
FB050Z
£20.40
£14.80
specify when ordering
Recycling Pedal Bins
Recycling Pedal Bins ›› ››
››
Ideal for office & industrial use Stainless steel casing, plastic pedal bin lids & removable plastic liners make these bins easy to clean & hygienic Subject to availability
7
››
Stainless steel or silver grey powder coated steel body with high strength plastic lid & 2 or 3 internal liners
RPB211S
day delivery
7
Litter Bins
Capacity Litres
day delivery
RPB1911S
RPB211S
RPB311S Compartments
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
45
605 x 340 x 485
6.4
RCJ45Z
£89.95
Price each 5+
Model
2 x 11L
Stainless Steel Body
RPB211S
£73.40
£69.70
2 x 11L
Powder Coated Body
RPB211P
£56.55
£54.65
3 x 11L
Stainless Steel Body
RPB311S
£89.40
£85.65
3 x 11L
Powder Coated Body
RPB311P
£68.95
£64.75
1 x 19L & 1 x 11L
Stainless Steel Body
RPB1911S
£89.40
£85.65
1 x 19L & 1 x 11L
Powder Coated Body
RPB1911P
£68.95
£64.75
Waste Bins ›› ›› ››
RCY57Z
Hygienic wipe-clean plastic Push flap opening with clear lettering & directional arrow Ideal for use in kitchens, offices, shops, warehouses etc
FROM ONLY
£17.65 3
day delivery
RCY57Z Capacity Litres
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Weight kg
Model
Price (each) 1+
Price (each) 2+
20
355 x 255 x 500
1.2
RCY29Z
£23.05
£17.65
50
420 x 300 x 670
2
RCY43Z
£30.80
£28.15
60
455 x 320 x 750
2.5
RCY57Z
£35.50
£34.45
487
Environmental Control
RCJ45Z Capacity Litres
Price each 1 to 4
Finish
Push Lid Bins ›› ›› ››
Ideal for recycling & your normal waste Available in all grey or grey bases with coloured lids - please specify when ordering Complete with 6 stickers - simply attach the sticker of your choosing
FROM ONLY
Litter Bins
£15.30 STICKERS
LID COLOUR OPTIONS Yellow Red
7
day delivery
Capacity Litres
Description
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Model
Price each 1 to 4
Price each 5+
All Grey
25
510 x 215 x 360
PLB25G
£21.20
£15.30
Green Blue
Grey Base/Coloured Lid
25
510 x 215 x 360
PLB26C
£21.20
£15.30
All Grey
45
510 x 365 x 360
PLB45G
£24.15
£18.25
specify when ordering
Grey Base/Coloured Lid
45
510 x 365 x 360
PLB46C
£24.15
£18.25
Lift Lid Bins ›› ››
Environmental Control
››
Ideal for recycling & your normal waste Available with coloured lid - please specify when ordering Complete with 6 stickers - simply attach the sticker of your choosing
STICKERS
LID COLOUR OPTIONS Yellow Red
7
day delivery
488
Green Blue specify when ordering
Capacity Litres
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Model
Price each 1 to 4
Price each 5+
25
510 x 190 x 400
LLB25Z
£17.20
£12.60
50
510 x 400 x 400
LLB50Z
£21.55
£17.85
Recycling Bins ›› ››
Ideal for recycling & your normal waste Complete with 11 stickers - simply attach the sticker of your choosing
LID COLOUR OPTIONS
FROM ONLY
day delivery
Green Blue Dark Grey Black
£20.80
STICKERS
Lime Brown
Litter Bins
7
Yellow Red
specify when ordering
Description
Capacity Litres
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Model
Price each 1 to 4
Price each 5+
Light Grey Base/Coloured Lid
30
415 x 410 x 320
RB130Z
£26.70
£20.80
Grey Base/Coloured Lid
30
415 x 410 x 320
RB230Z
£26.70
£20.80
Light Grey Base/Coloured Lid
50
620 x 410 x 320
RB150Z
£29.15
£23.25
Grey Base/Coloured Lid
50
620 x 410 x 320
RB250Z
£29.15
£23.25
Slim Bins ›› ›› ››
Slim metal look plastic recycling bins are the perfect choice for the workplace & home Ideal for recycling & your normal waste Complete with 12 stickers - simply attach the sticker of your choosing
FROM ONLY
STICKERS
£69.95
day delivery
NEW
Description
SB255Z
SB355Z
SB155Z
Aperature Colour
Capacity Litres
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Model
Price each 1 to 4
Price each 5+
Slot Lid
Blue
55
610 x 290 x 490
SB155Z
£77.95
£69.95
Hole Lid
Green, Red or Yellow
55
610 x 290 x 490
SB255Z
£77.95
£69.95
Handle Top
Grey
55
610 x 290 x 490
SB355Z
£77.95
£69.95
Slot Lid
Blue
70
730 x 290 x 490
SB170Z
£97.00
£87.80
Hole Lid
Green, Red or Yellow
70
730 x 290 x 490
SB270Z
£97.00
£87.80
Handle Top
Grey
70
730 x 290 x 490
SB370Z
£97.00
£87.80
489
Environmental Control
7
Wheeled Bin ›› ››
Half Round Head Bins
Manufactured from 30% recycled polyethylene Mobile on 50mm castors
7
››
day delivery
››
COLOUR OPTIONS
››
Hygienic wipe-clean pale grey plastic Push flap opening with clear lettering & directional arrow Subject to availability
Blue Green Dark Grey Red/Orange specify when ordering
Litter Bins
3
day delivery
GIH808
LWB50Y Capacity Litres
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Weight kg
Model
Price 1 Off
Price 2+ Off
50
420 x 470 x 650
3
LWB50Y
£28.95
£23.50
Capacity Litres
External Size Dia x H mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
60 100
510 x 800
3
GIH808
£34.55
580 x 900
3.5
GIH807
£42.30
‘Tidy’ Containers ›› ›› ›› ››
Built in handles for easy lifting Hygienic wipe-clean pale grey plastic Optional bag turns a bin into a janitorial trolley Subject to availability
Environmental Control
GID812
3
Bag Model
Price
GIB811
£30.20*
day delivery
GIT893, GID812 & GIL861
GIT893 & GIL861
*prices applicable when ordering with the Tidy Containers. Order charges will apply if ordered on their own. Container
Lid To Suit
External Size Dia. x H mm
Weight kg
Model
Price 1 Off
Price (each) 2+
Model
Price
Model
37
400 x 430
1.5
GIT843
£28.25
£22.70
GIL840
£12.90*
-
-
76
500 x 580
3
GIT858
£32.15
£31.40
GIL850
£12.15*
-
-
167
610 x 930
13.5
GIT893
£59.20
-
GIL861
£17.10*
GID812
£31.20*
GIT893, GID812, GIB811 & GIL861
Pedal Bin ›› ›› ›› ››
Ideal for office & industrial use Hygienic wipe clean plastic 60L capacity with a retention bar to hold bin liners Subject to availability
7
day delivery
RCE60Z
£45.00
Capacity Litres
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
60
460 x 370 x 590
7
RCE60Z
£45.00
490
Dolly To Suit
Capacity Litres
RCE60Z
Price
Recycling Bins - Set of 3 ››
›› ››
Supplied as a set of 3 complete with 5 stickers: General Waste (White), Paper (Blue), Plastic (Red), Food & Drinks Cans (Dk Grey) & Glass (Green) Simply select the ones you want to use Ideal for offices, warehouses & factories etc Hygienic wipe-clean plastic
7
day delivery
RCY63Z
Litter Bins
RCY63Z Set of 3
Capacity Litres each
Overall Size L x W x H mm each
Weight kg each
Model
Price (Set)
60
330 x 450 x 790
3
RCY63Z
£94.70
Cardboard Recycling Bins - Set of 5 ››
NEW
7
Environmental Control
››
A lightweight & highly portable solution to recyclable rubbish & waste. This Pack of 5 Cardboard Recycling Bins includes 5 stickers to help you successfully separate mixed recycling, general waste, cans, paper & plastic bottles Bins come complete with 5 clear plastic liners
day delivery
FROM ONLY
£44.50
Capacity Litres
Overall Size H x W x D mm each
Model
Price each 1 to 4
Price each 5+
60
760 x 290 x 400
CB010Z
£50.90
£44.50
491
Pedal Bins Fitted with plastic liners
››
7
day delivery
FROM ONLY
£10.35 PB003Z
Capacity Litres
Overall Size H x dia. mm
Model
Price each 1 to 4
Price each 5+
270 x 167
PB003Z
£15.85
£10.35
400 x 248
PB012Z
£29.90
£24.35
20
445 x 292
PB020Z
£36.05
£30.55
30
640 x 292
PB030Z
£48.00
£42.45
PB020Z
PB012Z
Litter Bins
3 12
PB030Z
Soft Touch Bins ›› ›› ›› ››
40 litre steel circular bins with a soft touch plastic lid Manufactured from steel bodies with high impact plastic lids Available in either a stainless steel or black epoxy coated finishes Overall size: 730H x 345 dia. mm
Soft Touch Lid
manufactured
i Information
7
SOFT TOUCH PLASTIC LIDS
day delivery
Environmental Control
NEW
ST145BL
ST245ME
Push/Swing Top Bins ›› ›› ››
››
Capacity Litres
Colour
Model
Price each 1 to 4
Price each 5+
40 40
Steel Body - Black Painted
ST145BL
£96.45
£87.50
Plastic Body - Metal Effect
ST245ME
£96.45
40
£87.50
Stainless Steel
ST345SS
£96.45
£87.50
STB06Z
Manufactured in steel & powder coated in different colours STB06Z - lift off top assembly incorporates a lightly sprung flap STB07Z - self closing swivel top prevents a fire by excluding the air flow Overall size: 310W x 310D x 895H mm
manufactured
7
day delivery
NEW COLOUR OPTIONS
i Information
Light Grey Dark Grey
STB07Z - PREVENTS FIRES BY EXCLUDING THE AIR FLOW
White Green Blue Red specify when ordering
Description
Capacity Litres
Model
Price each 1 to 4
Price each 5+
Push Flap
60
STB06Z
£117.65
£107.55
Swing Top
60
STB07Z
£121.38
-
492
STB07Z
Wall Ashtrays ›› ›› ›› ››
Smokers Pole
Steel construction with drop down door for ease of emptying Fitted with lock & inner galvanized liner Manufactured from epoxy powder coated steel or 304 matt stainless steel Integral collection box day
7
›› ›› ›› ››
Manufactured from high impact polypropylene Key hole opening at top helps prevent other litter being put in the bin Narrow throat of bin reduces oxygen intake The base holds 15 litre galvanised reception bucket
delivery
NEW Smokers & Litter Bins
7
day delivery
NEW
WMABL85 SPB15Z
WMASS85 Colour Silver/Grey & Black Stainless Steel
Overall Size D x W x H mm 80 x 260 x 320
Model
Price each 1 to 4
Price each 5+
Colour
WMABL85
£37.65
£31.45
Black
WMASS85
£67.15
£61.55
Grey
SPG15Z
Overall Size H x Dia. mm 1050 x 385
Model
Price each 1 to 4
Price each 5+
SPB15Z
£83.95
£75.00
SPG15Z
£83.95
£75.00
››
40 litre steel pushbin complete with liner Available in a choice of finishes from matt or mirror stainless steel, grey or black epoxy coated.
7
day delivery
››
NEW
DTB01Z Capacity Litres
40
DTB02Z
Overall Size H x Dia. mm
740 x 350
DTB03Z
Colour
Model
Price each 1 to 4
Price each 5+ £90.10
Grey Painted
DTB01Z
£100.95
Black Painted
DTB02Z
£100.95
£90.10
Stainless Steel Matt
DTB03Z
£111.75
£101.55
Stainless Steel Mirror
DTB04Z
£111.75
£101.55
493
Environmental Control
Dome Top Bins
Outdoor Open Top Litter Bins ›› ›› ›› ››
Capacity: 75 litres Open top bin range which has a smooth easy to clean surface Comes complete with zinc coated liner, lock & base Optional moulded concrete ballast blocks for fixing to soft ground or floor fixings for fixing to solid ground are available - see table for details
FROM ONLY
£162.50 COLOUR OPTIONS
90kg
evenly distributed
Litter Bins
7
Blue Green Red Yellow
day delivery
specify when ordering
SOC75Z
SOV75Z
i Information MANUFACTURED FROM HIGH DENSITY PLASTIC
Overall Size H x dia. mm
Description Coloured Bin
745 x 485
Victorian Bin
Model
Price
SOC75Z
£162.50
SOV75Z
£175.00
Fixing Plate & 4 Fixing Bolts
-
SOF75Z
£23.25
3 x Moulded Concrete Ballast Blocks
-
SCB75Z
£60.75
SOC75Z
Outdoor Hooded Top Litter Bins i Information
Environmental Control
MANUFACTURED FROM HIGH DENSITY PLASTIC
COLOUR OPTIONS
FROM ONLY
Blue Green
£167.90
SHV75Z
Red Yellow specify when ordering
›› ››
SHB75Z Description Coloured Bin Victorian Bin
Overall Size H x dia. mm 1000 x 485
Model
Price
SHB75Z
£167.90
SHV75Z
£187.50
Fixing Plate & 4 Fixing Bolts
-
SHF75Z
£23.25
3 x Moulded Concrete Ballast Blocks
-
SHC75Z
£60.75
494
›› ››
SHB75Z
7
day delivery
90kg
evenly distributed
Capacity: 75 litres Hooded bin range which has a smooth easy to clean surface & prevents ingress of rainwater Comes complete with liner, lock & base. The body is removable for easy cleaning Optional moulded concrete ballast blocks for fixing to soft ground or floor fixings for fixing to solid ground are available - see table for details
Open & Closed Top Litter Bins ›› ››
Manufactured from strong polyethylene ideal for indoor & outdoor use Supplied with the widely recognised ‘Tidy Man’ logo or the ‘Smiley Face’ symbol LBCB60TM
LBCR60TM
7
NEW
LBCY60TM
day delivery
LBCG60TM
Litter Bins
LBGO60SF
LBOR60SF
LBYO60SF
LBOB60SF Capacity Litres
Open Top Litter Bins Colour
Overall Size H x Dia. mm
Red 145
Blue Green
730 x 600
Yellow
Tidy Man Logo
Closed Top Litter Bins Smiley Face Logo
Overall Size H x Dia. mm
Model
Price
Model
Price
LBOR60TM
£81.25
LBOR60SF
£81.25
LBOB60TM
£81.25
LBOB60SF
£81.25
LBOG60TM
£81.25
LBOG60SF
£81.25
LBOY60TM
£81.25
LBOY60SF
£81.25
1040 x 600
Tidy Man Logo
Smiley Face Logo
Model
Price
Model
Price
LBCR60TM
£176.25
LBCR60SF
£176.25
LBCB60TM
£176.25
LBCB60SF
£176.25
LBCG60TM
£176.25
LBCG60SF
£176.25
LBCY60TM
£176.25
LBCY60SF
£176.25
Litter Bins ››
Environmental Control
››
Manufactured from polyethylene Supplied with the widely recognised ‘Tidy Man’ logo
NEW
7 LB906N
day delivery
LB904N
Description
Capacity Litres
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Model
Price
Open Top Square Bin
77
360 x 360 x 610
LB906N
£51.80
Closed Top Square Bin
114
432 x 432 x 990
LB904N
£109.85
Closed Top Square Bin with Push Flap
114
432 x 432 x 990
LB914N
£114.30
LB914N
495
Outdoor Litter Bin Capacity: 35 litres Offer an elegant solution to litter disposal ›› High quality stainless steel bins with galvanised steel liners ›› Lockable for greater security ›› The liner is accessed by unlocking & tilting the outer container. Locking is achieved with a triangular key lock ›› Surface mounted. Can be sub-surface fixed by using the ground anchors (which are supplied in pairs) ›› ››
Litter Bins
512.27.861
512.27.575 Unlocked
512.27.575
Capacity Litres
External Size H x W x D mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
35
1150 x 580 x 380
14
512.27.575
£193.08
3
512.27.861
£28.46
Ground Anchor for sub-surface fixing
Outdoor Litter Bin Capacity: 35 litres Offer an elegant solution to litter disposal ›› High quality stainless steel bins with galvanised steel liners ›› Lockable for greater security ›› The liner is accessed by unlocking the hinged lid. Locking is achieved with a triangular key lock ›› Surface mounted. Can be sub-surface fixed by using the ground anchors (which are supplied in pairs) ››
Environmental Control
››
512.27.861
512.22.823 Unlocked
Capacity Litres
External Size H x W x D mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
35
1105 x 360 x 475
14.5
512.22.823
£205.23
3
512.27.861
£28.46
Ground Anchor for sub-surface fixing
496
512.22.823
Wheeled Bin - 50 Litre ››
››
Manufactured from either 30% recycled polyethylene (Blue, Green, Dark Grey or Red/Orange) or 100% virgin polyethylene (Yellow) Mobile on COLOUR 50mm castors OPTIONS
FROM ONLY
Blue Green
£23.50 7
Dark Grey Red/Orange Yellow
day delivery
specify when ordering
Colours
LWB50Y
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Weight kg
50
420 x 470 x 650
3
Blue, Green, Dark Grey or Red/Orange Yellow
››
Price (each) 2+
LWB50Y
£28.95
£23.50
LWB50YYEL
£30.40
£25.80
Wheeled Bin - 80 Litre ››
Price 1 Off
Model
COLOUR OPTIONS
FROM ONLY
Manufactured from either 30% recycled polyethylene (Blue, Green, Dark Grey or Red/Orange) or 100% virgin polyethylene (Yellow) Mobile on 200mm wheels
LWB50Y
£45.00
Blue Green
NEW
Dark Grey Red/Orange Yellow
Wheeled Bins
Capacity Litres
LWB50YYEL
specify when ordering
LWB80Y
LWB80Y Colours
Blue, Green, Dark Grey or Red/Orange Yellow
80
LWB80Y
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Weight kg
470 x 540 x 780
6.5
LWB80YYEL
Model
Price 1 Off
Price (each) 2+
LWB80Y
£48.15
£45.00
LWB80YYEL
£50.90
£48.70
LWB80Y
7
day delivery
Environmental Control
Capacity Litres
Wheeled Bins - Recycling Centre ››
››
LW1120Y is a one off unit, please specify which colour lid you require: dark grey (cans), blue (paper), red (plastics) or light grey (general waste) LW4120Y comes complete as a set of 4, 1 of each colour
7
day delivery
LW4120Y Description 1 Off Set of 4
Capacity Litres each
Overall Size each L x W x H mm
Weight kg each
120
460 x 550 x 940
8.5
›› ››
Price 1 Off
Price (each) 2+
LW1120Y
£49.95
£47.95
››
LW4120Y
£176.50
-
››
Model
Easily manoeuvrable on 200mm wheels Ideal for use in schools, colleges, hospitals, healthcare centres, offices, warehouses etc Manufactured from 30% recycled polyethylene LW1120Y & LW4120Y have dark grey bodies
497
Wheeled Bins with Accessories ››
››
Manufactured from either 30% recycled Polyethylene (Blue, Green, Dark Grey or Red/Orange) or 100% virgin polyethylene (Yellow) Easily manoeuvrable on 200mm wheels BODY COLOUR OPTIONS
7
Blue Green Dark Grey Red/Orange
day delivery
Side Pedal & Dark Grey Lid
FROM ONLY
£63.90
NEW
Yellow
Wheeled Bins
specify when ordering
Push Flap Dark Grey Lid
Environmental Control
Letter Slot Dark Grey Lid
Bottle Hole Dark Grey Lid LWB24BHY Body Colours available: Blue, Green, Dark Grey or Red/Orange
Capacity Litres
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Weight kg
120
460 x 550 x 940
8.5
LWB12LSY
£65.90
240
590 x 750 x 1000
14
LWB24LSY
£94.60
Model
Price 1 Off
Price (each) 2+
Body Colours available: Yellow Model
Price 1 Off
Price (each) 2+
£63.90
LWB12LSYYEL
£69.45
£68.15
-
LWB24LSYYEL
£96.80
-
Letter Slot Lid (complete with wheeled bin) - Dark Grey Lid
Bottle Hole Lid (complete with wheeled bin) - Dark Grey Lid 120
460 x 550 x 940
8.5
LWB12BHY
£65.90
£63.90
LWB12BHYYEL
£69.45
£68.15
240
590 x 750 x 1000
14
LWB24BHY
£94.60
-
LWB24BHYYEL
£96.80
-
Push Flap Lid (complete with wheeled bin) - Dark Grey Lid 120
460 x 550 x 940
8.5
LWB12PFY
£65.90
£63.90
LWB12PFYYEL
£69.45
£68.15
240
590 x 750 x 1000
14
LWB24PFY
£96.45
-
LWB24PFYYEL
£98.65
-
Side Pedal & Dark Grey Lid (complete with wheeled bin) 120
460 x 550 x 940
8.5
LWB12SPY
£64.80
£62.80
LWB12SPYYEL
£68.35
£67.05
240
590 x 750 x 1000
14
LWB24SPY
£92.00
-
LWB24SPYYEL
£94.20
-
498
Wheeled Bins
COLOUR OPTIONS
FROM ONLY
£45.00 7
Blue Green Dark Grey Red/Orange
day delivery
Yellow specify when ordering
Wheeled Bins
LWB360Y
Environmental Control
LWB240YYEL
LWB120Y ››
›› ››
LWB120Y
Manufactured from either 30% recycled Polyethylene (Blue, Green, Dark Grey or Red/Orange) or 100% virgin polyethylene (Yellow) Easily manoeuvrable on 200mm Capacity Overall Size Weight Litres L x W x H mm kg Model LWB360Y is available in blue & green 80 470 x 540 x 780 6.5 as standard. Other colours 120 460 x 550 x 940 8.5 available upon request
LWB120Y LWB80Y Blue, Green, Dark Grey or Red/Orange Model
Price 1 Off
Price (each) 2+
Yellow Model
Price 1 Off
Price (each) 2+
LWB80Y
£48.15
£45.00
LWB80YYEL
£50.90
£48.70
LWB120Y
£49.95
£47.95
LWB120YYEL
£53.50
£52.20
240
590 x 750 x 1000
14
LWB240Y
£74.95
-
LWB240YYEL
£77.15
-
360
710 x 850 x 1120
22
LWB360Y
£133.70
-
-
-
-
499
Quick Lift Wheeled Bin Lifter ›› ›› ››
NEW
30kg
evenly distributed
››
Wheeled Bin Lifter/Shelter
›› ›› ›› ››
Safe lifting capacity of 30kg Lifts 120L and 240L wheeled bins Empties containers over a max. wall height of 1600mm Power assisted fast lift bin emptier providing instant emptying No lever handle to operate simply lifts & empties really quickly! No finger traps, completely safe for any application Easy and safe to operate Ideal for schools, factories & retail outlets
Model
Price
ESMBT-0230-GL
£1956.25
Wheeled Bin Shelter ››
››
Environmental Control
››
BWS204
No fixing required - simply secure these units by using six 600 x 600mm paving slabs (not supplied) Fabricated from robust heavy duty box section Complemented by tri wall fluted plastic side panels & a galvanised sheet steel roof
£813.25 i Information
KEEP YOUR WHEELED BIN AREA NEAT & TIDY
3YR
GUARANTEE
manufactured
500
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Model
Price
1980 x 1250 x 2040
BWS204
£813.25
660 & 1100L Waste Bins
›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
Easy to clean - lightweight yet robust construction Easily manoeuvrable when full Made from high density polyethylene Compatible with all standard lifting mechanisms For use where large amounts of waste are generated Brakes are fitted to the two front wheels COLOUR OPTIONS Dark Grey Green specify when ordering
Wheeled Bins
Capacity Litres
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
660
1260 x 760 x 1230
45
LWB660Y
£365.75
1100
1360 x 1060 x 1370
51.5
LWB1100Y
£421.85
Lifting Mechanism
Galvanised Waste Bin ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
Easy to clean & hygienic Easily manoeuvrable when full Close fitting lid helps prevent spillages Compatible with all standard lifting mechanisms For use where large amounts of waste are generated Brakes are fitted to the two front wheels Fitted with a black plastic lid
7
day delivery
FWB06Y Description
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Max Load kg
Capacity Litres
Model
Price
Galvanised
1340 x 1220 x 950
450
1100
FWB06Y
£651.00
501
Environmental Control
LWB1100Y
Salt Spreader ››
›› ››
Winter Management Products
››
NEW
3
day delivery
Model
Price
SS30220
£188.60
Vehicle Mounted Salt Spreader ››
›› ›› ›› ›› ››
Can be attached to tractors, pick-up trucks, SUVs & other motorised vehicles converting them into powerful snow clearing equipment Powerful 100 Watt Motor Salt carrying capacity of 105kg Spread pattern up to 9 metres Two-speed hi/lo controller for precise material spread pattern Speed control features ‘Blast’ mode for grinding through tough chunks of salt
7
Environmental Control
Versatile & easy to use spreader with rustproof construction, variable rate control & high speed gearbox 30L hopper capacity Spread distance is 2.5m to 3m Solid alloy linkage & mobile on 220mm pneumatic tyres on rustproof polypropylene rims
NEW
day delivery
Overall Size W x D mm
Model
Price
660 x 635 x 546
VMSS105
£1178.90
Snow Shovels ››
››
Mobile Push Liquid Deicer Sprayer
Hand held - plastic shaft with durable plastic blade & plastic hand grip. High performance of up to -32oC. Complete with handy carry bag. Folding shovel is only 550mm long when folded Long handle - large head with aluminium edge, aluminium shaft & ergonomic rust proof handle with thermal cover. High performance of up to -32oC
››
›› ››
NEW
Epoxy powder coated chassis, high speed gearbox & spray adjuster - perfect for keeping surfaces ice free Mobile on 250mm pneumatic wheels Ground-driven pump - no battery to charge or maintain
7
NEW
day delivery
HH275SS
3
day delivery
LH385SS
LDS022
Description
Blade Size W x D mm
Handle Length mm
Model
Price
Hand Held
275 x 330
850
HH275SS
£31.80
Spray Distance
Capacity L
Model
Price
Long Handle
385 x 550
1550
LH385SS
£27.60
2 to 5 ft
22
LDS022
£410.65
502
Salt Spreader ››
››
››
A LARGE HOPPER MEANS LESS DOWNTIME!
Winter Management Products
››
i Information
The large, easy to clean, polyethylene hopper bucket is supported by a strong steel frame mounted on large 500mm pneumatic wheels to give this unit a smooth ride over rough terrain Can hold 25kg of salt Complete with weather shield cover Spread distance is 2.5M to 3M
SQT01Y
£177.85
SQT01Y
SQT01Y Capacity Litres
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
43
1170 x 690 x 925
13
SQT01Y
£177.85
3
day delivery
Please check the suitability of the salt prior to use with the spreaders, ensuring the grain size is suitable. The Salt should also be compliant to BS3247 & must be dry & free flowing.
Salt (Seed) Spreader ››
››
Manufactured from heavy duty plastic with a steel handle 8 point adjustment system to increase & decrease the rate at which salt or seed is dispensed Mobile on 2 x 200mm plastic wheels
››
SCA06Y
£49.60
››
The blades & the main body of this unit are manufactured from heavy duty plastic Ideal for clearing car parks, walkways, pavements etc
Environmental Control
››
Snow Clearer
SCA03Z
£59.95
Dispenser Open
3
Dispenser Closed
day delivery
SCA03Z
3
day delivery
SCA06Y Capacity Litres
Body Width mm
Handle Height mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
Snow Spout Direction
Working Width mm
Handle Height mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
20
660
1250
3
SCA06Y
£49.60
Right
570
1230
4
SCA03Z
£59.95
503
Winter Management Products
Salt & Grit Bins
GCB060 60L COLOUR OPTIONS Yellow Green Grey specify when ordering
›› ›› ››
115L COLOUR OPTIONS
7
Yellow
day delivery
manufactured
Manufactured from tough, medium duty UV stabilised polyethylene Hinged lid protects grit/salt from the elements Hasp & staple, wording & other colours are available upon request
GCB060 Stacked
Capacity Litres
Overall Size W x D x H mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
60
500 x 470 x 475
5
GCB060
£66.10
115
800 x 474 x 605
8
GCB115
£87.30
Snow Plough ›› ›› ›› ››
The blade is manufactured from polypropylene with a durable metal edge & the steel frame incorporates a foam handle Ideal for clearing car parks, walkways, pavements etc Mobile on 2 x 160mm ribbed wheels which are ideal for rough terrain use The handle is extendable from 1300mm to 1400mm
Environmental Control
i Information
3
CLEAR CAR PARKS, WALKWAYS & PAVEMENTS IN MINUTES
Blade Size W x H mm
Handle Height mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
660 x 320
1300 to 1400
4
SCA05Y
£54.25
day delivery
SCA05Y
Rock Salt ›› ›› ››
25kg bags of white rock salt Delivered in pallets. Can be supplied in individual bags - please call for details Ideal for use with all grit bins & the salt spreaders shown on pages 502 to 506
7
day delivery
manufactured
504
Description
Model
Price
Pallet of 10 bags
WRS08P
£125.95
Pallet of 49 bags
WRS49P
£341.10
Stackable Grit Bins ›› ›› ››
›› ››
Manufactured from tough, medium density polyethylene Hinged lids - protects the grit/salt from the elements 2 x hasp & staple locks are available (factory fitted) to make these units secure (padlock not included) Ideal for use on highways or private premises Can be handled with either slings or a fork lift truck day delivery
Salt & Grit Bins
7
GB350E
manufactured External Size L x W x H mm
Capacity Litres
Weight kg
Model
Price
1020 x 520 x 720 1200 x 725 x 750
200
10
GB200E
£105.90
350
20.5
GB350E
£140.60
GBHSLE
£9.85
2 x Hasp & Staple Lock (factory fitted)
7
GB350E
Salt & Grit Bin day delivery
30L
evenly distributed
›› ››
manufactured
››
Capacity: 30 litres Comes complete with 25kg of rock salt & a moulded scoop Fitted with 1 x hasp & staple (padlock not included)
i Information COMPLETE WITH 25KG OF ROCK SALT & MOULDED SCOOP
GCB030
Overall Size W x D x H mm
Internal Size W x D x H mm
Bin Weight
Model
Price
475 x 383 x 305
460 x 370 x 230
5 kg
GCB030
£62.30
Heavy Duty Grit Bins ›› ›› ›› ››
Manufactured from tough, medium density polyethylene Hinged Lids - protects the grit/salt from the elements GCB200: fitted with 1 x hasp & staple (padlock not included) GCB400: fitted with 2 x hasp & staple (padlock not included) 400L
COLOUR OPTIONS
evenly distributed
manufactured
7
day delivery
YELLOW ONLY
GCB400
200L
evenly distributed
Red Blue Yellow Green specify when ordering
GCB200
External Size L x W x H mm
Capacity Litres
Weight kg
Model
Price
720 x 750 x 710
200
14
GCB200
£136.30
1260 x 750 x 710
400
22
GCB400
£188.80
505
Environmental Control
GCB030
Tilt Trucks Easy tilt polypropylene trucks Push/pull handle & 2 fixed 230mm rubber wheels & 2 swivel 100mm polypropylene castors which make the units extremely manoeuvrable
››
Container Trucks & Storage Bins
››
ERGONOMIC HANDLE
450L
evenly distributed
EASY TO OPEN HALF HINGED REMOVABLE LID
PCN95Y
Description
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Without Lid
1180 x 780 x 925
With Removable Lid
1180 x 780 x 955
PCN95Y with the lid removed for tipping Capacity Litres 450
Weight kg
Model
Price
21
PCN92Y
£348.35
23
PCN95Y
£405.30
Storage Bins ››
Envrironmental Control
PCN95Y
›› ››
Salt & Grit Bins
These storage bins are rotationally moulded in medium density polyethylene Robust and lightweight they can be used outside as well as indoors Supplied complete with a lock mechanism
›› ›› ›› ››
COLOUR OPTIONS
This range of salt & grit bins is manufactured in medium polyethylene which is robust & non-corrosive Two capacities available which can be handled either with slings or by fork lift truck Ideal for use on highways or private premises Colour - yellow
Blue Green Red Yellow specify when ordering
FROM ONLY
FROM ONLY
£203.60
manufactured
£137.50
Overall Size W x D x H mm
Capacity Litres
Capacity kg
Weight kg
Model
Price
Overall Size W x D x H mm
Capacity Litres
Capacity kg
Weight kg
Model
Price
850 x 505 x 725
200
150
12
SSB702L
£203.60
850 x 505 x 725
200
150
12
SGB200
£137.50
1050 x 650 x 900
400
300
19
SSB704L
£282.15
1050 x 650 x 900
400
300
19
SGB400
£191.10
506
Heavy Duty Craning Cage ››
›› ›› ›› ››
3YR
Fully welded 50 x 50mm mesh sides & sheet steel base (SK501Z has a sheet steel side which can also be used as a ramp) CE marked & plated Fork pocket centres: 670mm Can accomodate euro pallets Complete with craning eyes
GUARANTEE
500kg
evenly distributed
manufactured
Skip Trucks
SK501Z
SK501Z SK502Z Full security unit with hasp & staple (lock not included) Description
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Craning Cage with Loading Ramp
1335 x 1335 x 1200
Craning Cage with Opening Front & 1/2 fold Security Roof
1335 x 1335 x 1200
Capacity kg 500
Weight kg
Model
Price
120
SK501Z
£731.10
110
SK502Z
£878.25
Bottom Emptying Skip ›› ›› ›› ››
››
Environmental Control
››
CE marked & plated Stackable 4 high Fork pocket centres: 670mm This unit is stackable to give compact storage Pushing down on the bar positioned at the back releases the mechanism & opens the bottom. This bar is connected to a chain which can be pulled by the driver to operate the mechanism The base closes when the skip is lowered to the floor
3YR
SK209Z Stacked
GUARANTEE
manufactured Overall Size L x W x H mm
Capacity M²
Weight kg
Model
Price
1330 x 1110 x 1110
0.89
165
SK209Z
£1144.50
SK999Y
£107.15
Optional Castors - 4 x 150mm swivel nylon
SK209Z
507
Heavy Duty Industrial Waste Truck CE marked & plated Load capacity: 300kg Fitted as standard with a DEFLECTOR panel at the base to allow gradual safe & controlled emptying This truck is fitted with 6 x 100mm nylon swivel castors for mobility whilst also being fork liftable under the handles It features a hinged drop away base for easy emptying & can be supplied with a rodent-proof lid.
›› ›› ››
››
Skip Trucks
››
3YR
SK206Y
Overall Height mm
Overall Width mm
Internal Bin Height x Width mm
Load Capacity
Weight kg
1460
1150
1210 x 720
0.8cu m
SK206Y
GUARANTEE
Model
Price
100
SK206Y
£1020.00
17
SK206Z
£184.45
Lid for above
manufactured
Side Emptying Skip CE marked & plated Four way entry fork pockets Load capacity of 400kg (0.3 cu m) Fully welded construction This side emptying skip is capable of tipping its contents from either side The balanced tipping action is engaged by a foot operated release mechanism & uses a dampening system for controlled emptying
›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
SK204Y
3YR
GUARANTEE
manufactured
SK204Y
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Internal Size L x W x H mm
Weight kg
Wheels mm
Model
Price
1335 x 800 x 1110
1000 x 750 x 600
78
2 fixed & 2 swivel 125 Nylon wheels
SK204Y
£963.15
Environmental Control
Front Emptying Skip ›› ›› ›› ››
CE marked & plated Chassis welded heavy gauge construction Fitted with fork pockets & stackable 2 high Load can be easily discharged without the operator leaving the vehicle
i Information UNIT CAN BE EMPTIED FROM YOUR VEHICLE
SK105Y
£1586.40 SK105Y
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Internal Size L x W x H mm
Wheels
Weight kg
Model
Price
3YR
1 Cubic Metre / 500kg Load Capacity 1600 x 1500 x 1260
508
1420 x 1320 x 1020
2 Fixed & 2 Swivel 152mm Nylon
130
SK105Y
£1586.40
GUARANTEE
manufactured
Heavy Duty Tilting Skips ›› ›› ›› ››
CE marked & plated Suitable for use with a fork lift truck Robust construction with a strong chassis design Mesh top cage (580mm high) is available factory fitted
SK315Z
FORK GUIDE: 0.25 - 0.5 Cubic Metre - 3 Way Entry 1 - 1.5 Cubic Metre - Back Entry
3YR
GUARANTEE
manufactured
Skip Trucks
Mesh Cage
i Information IDEAL FOR SWARF & WASTE MATERIALS
0.25
Wheels
Skip Unit
Mesh Cage to Suit
Load Capacity kg
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
Model
Price
SK302Y
£1018.35
SK001Z
£259.50
750
1400 x 820 x 890
110
0.5
2 Fixed & 2 Swivel 125mm Cast Iron
1000
1670 x 1010 x 1030
133
SK305Y
£1168.50
SK002Z
£276.45
1
-
1250
2030 x 1270 x 1030
213
SK310Z
£1445.80
SK003Z
£309.20
1.2
-
1250
2120 x 1270 x 1140
219
SK312Z
£1554.75
SK004Z
£319.40
1.5
-
1500
2328 x 1435 x 1140
250
SK315Z
£1757.85
SK005Z
£361.40
Mini Skips ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
SK415Y & SK007Z
CE marked & plated Fits neatly underneath a workbench Specifically designed for production areas where space is limited Mesh top cage (200mm high) is available factory fitted Mobile on 3 x 100mm nylon castors 2 fixed & 1 swivel
Skip Unit
manufactured
3YR
GUARANTEE
Mesh Cage to Suit
Capacity Cubic Metres
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
Model
Price
0.1
850 x 450 x 480
47
SK410Y
£573.70
SK006Z
£162.80
0.15
850 x 600 x 480
52
SK415Y
£638.35
SK007Z
£165.25
0.19
850 x 750 x 480
59
SK419Y
£681.80
SK008Z
£167.60
509
Environmental Control
Capacity Cubic Metres
SK305Y
Tilting Skip/Truck ›› ››
3YR
›› ››
GUARANTEE
manufactured
FROM ONLY
CE marked & plated Extremely safe & robust Fully welded construction with the top press formed for rigidity & safety Fitted with a positive skip lock mechanism, fork lift pockets complete with retaining bars & integral sideguards which encloses the tip skid
£997.20 i Information
300kg
evenly distributed
Skip Trucks
IDEAL FOR SWARF & WASTE MATERIALS
FORK GUIDE: ½ Cubic Metre - Side Entry 1 Cubic Metre - Back Entry
500kg
SK101Y
Body Size L x W x H mm
evenly distributed
Overall Height mm
Wheels
Weight kg
Model
Price
SK103Z
£997.20
SK101Y
£1057.05
SK104Z
£1408.20
SK102Y
£1474.55
½ Cubic Metre / 300kg Load Capacity 1080 1220 x 600 x 700
1115
2 Fixed & 2 Swivel 160mm Nylon
85
1 Cubic Metre / 500kg Load Capacity
Environmental Control
1220 x 1200 x 700
1080
-
1150
2 Fixed & 2 Swivel 200mm Nylon
116
SK104Z
Tilting Skips Model SK201Y ››
300kg
evenly distributed
›› ›› ›› ››
CE marked & plated Chassis from welded hollow sections fitted to a sheet steel base Tubular steel handle aids the manoeuvring & safe tipping of the skip Safety catch avoids accidental tipping of the body Mobile on 2 swivel 150mm cushion castors & 2 fixed 200mm cushion wheels
Model SK202Y ››
Manufactured to the same spec as SK201Y but with an internal drain
3YR
GUARANTEE
manufactured
Description Tilting Skip Swarf Skip
510
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Capacity
1350 x 930 x 1105
.49 cu m
Weight kg
Model
Price
80
SK201Y
£748.40
82
SK202Y
£804.35
Invite Reception Furniture
5YR
Reception Furniture
GUARANTEE
›› ››
››
››
Invite is a modular reception system These base units, complemented with counter tops, shelves & other accessories, create smart & professional reception units These receptions are delivered built-up. Therefore you must complete a questionnaire about access When situated against a wall, the lift-up hatch & gate module must be firmly secured to a wall. This is your responsibility & instructions will be left with the unit
When placing your order please suffix the product code with the relevant code for the colour you require - please refer to the swatches shown below:
Oak
Beech
Maple
Other colour options available - call for details
Base Units
Counter Tops & Accessories
Office & Retail Equipment
Straight Counter Tops
Straight Counter Tops
Rectangular Base Units ›› ››
The base units are plain top units Drill holes for counter tops or shelves will be made if specified on your order, adding 10%
Convex Radius Counter Tops
PRCT12
£148.49
1400 x 325 x 465
PRCT14
£155.08
1600 x 325 x 465
PRCT16
£164.59
1800 x 325 x 465
PRCT18
£173.37
Convex Radius Counter Tops W x D x H mm
Model
Price
900 radius x 325 x 465
PRCTR9
£242.13
1200 radius x 325 x 465
PRCTR12
£305.77
Model
Price
W x D x H mm
Model
Price
£230.42
1000 x 800 x 727
PRHM
£311.62
1200 x 800 x 727
PRUT12-8P
£258.22
1400 x 800 x 727
PRUT14-8P
£271.39
1600 x 800 x 727
PRUT16-8P
£283.09
W x D x H mm
Model
Price
1800 x 800 x 727
PRUT18-8P
£302.84
1200 radius x 325 x 465
PRCTCR12
£242.13
Hatch & Gate Module
Available Left or Right Hand (Right Hand Shown) Concave Radius Counter Tops
Concave Radius Counter Tops
Pigeon Hole Unit
W x D x H mm
Model
Price
W x D x H mm
Model
Price
1600 x 800 x 727
PRUT16-8PW
£283.09
560 x 300 x 439
PRPHU
£138.99
1800 x 800 x 727
PRUT18-8PW
£302.84
Rectangular Reception Shelves Pigeon Hole Unit
W x D x H mm
Model
Price
800 x 325 x 305
PRS8
£122.16
Model
Price
900 radius x 727
PRUTR9-8P
£400.86
1200 x 325 x 305
PRS12
£133.86
1200 radius x 727
PRUTR12-8P
£506.93
1400 x 325 x 305
PRS14
£140.45
Convex Radius Base Unit with Wheelchair Access W x D x H mm
Model
Price
1200 radius x 727
PRUTR12-8PW
£506.93
Rectangular Reception Shelves
Concave Radius Base Unit
512
1200 x 325 x 465
PRUT08-8P
W x D x H mm
Concave Radius Base Unit
£129.48
W x D x H mm
Convex Radius Base Units
Convex Radius Base Unit with Wheelchair Access
Price
PRCT08
800 x 800 x 727
Rectangular Base Units with Wheelchair Access Convex Radius Base Units
Model
800 x 325 x 465
Hatch & Gate Module
Rectangular Base Units
Rectangular Base Units with Wheelchair Access
W x D x H mm
W x D x H mm
Model
Price
1200 radius x 727
PRUTCR12-8P
£506.93
Radius Reception Shelves
1600 x 325 x 305
PRS16
£148.49
1800 x 325 x 305
PRS18
£153.62
Radius Reception Shelves W x D x H mm
Model
Price
900 radius x 325 x 305
PRSR9
£133.86
1200 radius x 325 x 305
PRSR12
£153.62
Face Seating
Reception Seating
Description
Seat Size W x D x H mm
Model
Price
Face Single Seat
775 x 770 x 430
FA1/BL/BLK
£194.51
Face Two Seat Sofa
1220 x 770 x 430
FA2/BL/BLK
£277.70
Coffee Table (Beech Top)
610 x 610
FATAB/BCH
£125.69
7
day delivery
2YR
GUARANTEE
Forum Seating ›› ››
A simple low cost range of modular reception seating Comfortable & practical solution for all reception areas
5YR
GUARANTEE
FR1
FR1A2
FR1AL
FR1AR Description
Overall Size W x D x H mm
Model
Price
Forum Unit Chair
580 x 820 x 890
FR1
£166.78
Forum Unit Chair - Left Arm
680 x 820 x 890
FR1AL
£241.79
Forum Unit Chair - Right Arm
680 x 820 x 890
FR1AR
£241.79
Forum Unit Arm Chair
680 x 820 x 890
FR1A2
£316.01
Forum Corner Segment - Concave
660 x 545 x 890
FRCONCAVE
£159.60
Forum Corner Segment - Convex
490 x 535 x 890
FRCONVEX
£159.60
Forum Unit Table (Maple/Beech Top)
770 x 770 x 300
FRT
£139.65
FRT
513
Office & Retail Equipment
FRCONCAVE
Fraction Pedestals
2YR
7
day delivery
GUARANTEE
When placing your order please suffix the product code with the relevant code for the colour you require please refer to the swatches shown below: NOAK Nova Oak & Silver
Pedestals
BCH Beech & Silver
Other colour options, including white, are available - call for details
i Information IDEAL FOR USE WITH ALL FRACTION WORKBENCHES
Office & Retail Equipment
A
B
FPFP3D
D
C
FPMP2D
FPMP3D FPHMP3D FPDHP83
Description
W x H x D mm
Model
Price
FPFP2D
£90.97
FPFP3D
£98.15
(A) Fixed Pedestal 2 Drawer 3 Drawer
430 x 500 x 567
E
(B) Low Mobile Pedestal 2 Drawer 3 Drawer
435 x 553 x 572
FPMP2D
£120.30
FPMP3D
£126.28
(C) High Mobile Pedestal 3 Drawer
435 x 595 x 572
FPHMP3D
£147.23
(D) Desk High Pedestal 3 Drawer
435 x 730 x 600
FPDHP63
£150.22
435 x 730 x 800
FPDHP83
£161.60
SMP3D
(E) Steel Pedestal 3 Drawer
514
310 x 570 x 545
SNMP3D
£160.40
390 x 570 x 545
SMP3D
£166.98
SNMP3D
Fraction Office Furniture
NOAK
BCH
Nova Oak
Beech
7
2YR
day delivery
GUARANTEE
Office Desks
When placing your order please suffix the product code with the relevant code for the colour you require - please refer to the swatches shown below:
Other colour options, including white, are available - call for details
(A) Rectangular Meeting Table
(E) Storage Units (B) Circular Meeting Table
(F) Bookcases Description
W x D x H mm
Model
Price
(D) Filing Cabinets
(C) Barrel Shaped Meeting Table W x D x H mm
Model
Price
2 Drawer
500 x 600 x 730
FPFC2
£171.17
3 Drawer
500 x 600 x 1020
FPFC3
£192.12
4 Drawer
500 x 600 x 1320
FPFC4
£210.07
(E) Storage Units
(A) Rectangular Meeting Table 1200 x 800 x 730
ZFPMT1208
£108.93
730 High (1 Shelf)
800 x 600 x 730
ZFPDDC720
£148.43
1600 x 800 x 730
ZFPMT1608
£135.86
1600 High (3 Shelves)
800 x 400 x 1600
ZFPDDC1600
£240.60
2000 High (4 Shelves)
800 x 400 x 2000
ZFPDDC2000
£271.12
(B) Circular Meeting Table 1000 x 730 1200 x 730
ZFPCMT10D
£129.87
ZFPCMT12D
£131.07
(C) Barrel Shaped Meeting Table 2400 x 1200 x 730
ZFPBT2400
£238.20
(F) Bookcases 800 High (1 Shelf)
800 x 400 x 800
ZFPBC800
£89.78
1600 High (3 Shelves)
800 x 400 x 1600
ZFPBC1600
£140.05
2000 High (4 Shelves)
800 x 400 x 2000
ZFPBC2000
£150.82
515
Office & Retail Equipment
(D) Filing Cabinets
Fraction Bench
Office Desks
NEW
5YR
Office & Retail Equipment
GUARANTEE
7
day delivery
When placing your order please suffix the product code with the relevant code for the colour you require - please refer to the swatches shown below: B/S Beech & Silver
O/S
WHT
Oak & Silver
White & Silver Model
B
C
ZFB1216DST
Other colour options available - call for details W x H x D mm
A
Price
(A) Rectangular Workstation 1200 x 720 x 800
ZFB1208SST
£184.94
1400 x 720 x 800
ZFB1408SST
£187.33
1600 x 720 x 800
ZFB1608SST
£196.31
ZFB1208SST
ZFB1208SXT D
E
(B) Rectangular Workstation Add-On 1200 x 720 x 800
ZFB1208SXT
£139.45
1400 x 720 x 800
ZFB1408SXT
£141.25
1600 x 720 x 800
ZFB1608SXT
£150.82
Desk Mounted Stan
ZFB1216DEX
(C) 2 Person Workstation 1200 x 720 x 1600
ZFB1216DST
£317.21
1400 x 720 x 1600
ZFB1416DST
£321.99
1600 x 720 x 1600
ZFB1616DST
£340.55
L-ST-1238 Available in Havana Black & Cluanie Blue (as shown) - please specify when ordering
W x H mm
Model
Price
(E) Desk Mounted Screens 1200 x 380
L-ST-1238
£59.85
1200 x 720 x 1600
ZFB1216DEX
£239.40
1400 x 380
L-ST-1438
£62.84
1400 x 720 x 1600
ZFB1416DEX
£242.99
1600 x 380
L-ST-1638
£74.21
1600 x 720 x 1600
ZFB1616DEX
£262.14
Bracket (2 brackets must be ordered with each screen)
SBKT-01
£9.58
(D) 2 Person Workstation Add-On
Desk Mounted Stan 4
516
Desk Mounted Stan 5
Fraction³ Desks
NEW
Office Desks
5YR
GUARANTEE
7
day delivery
C
A
F3CR/SIL
B/S
ZF3/1208
Beech & Silver
O/S
WHT
Oak & Silver
White & Silver
Other colour options available - call for details W x H x D mm
B
Model
Price Beech or Oak
Price White
(A) Rectangular Desk 1200 x 730 x 800
ZF3/1208
£131.67
£137.66
1400 x 730 x 800
ZF3/1408
£139.45
£146.03
1600 x 730 x 800
ZF3/1608
£149.63
£156.81
1800 x 730 x 800
ZF3/1808
£153.81
£161.60
(B) Return Workstation complete with Rectangular Desk
ZF3R1608(R)
D
Left Hand - 1600 x 730 x 1800
ZF3R1608(L)
£212.47
£223.24
Left Hand - 1800 x 730 x 1800
ZF3R1808(L)
£221.45
£232.22
Right Hand - 1600 x 730 x 1800
ZF3R1608(R)
£212.47
£223.24
Right Hand - 1600 x 730 x 1800
ZF3R1808(R)
£221.45
£232.22
£13.17
-
(C) Magnetic Cable Riser Silver
F3CR/SIL
W x H mm
Desk Mounted Stan
L-ST-1238 Available in Havana Black & Cluanie Blue (as shown) - please specify when ordering
Office & Retail Equipment
When placing your order please suffix the product code with the relevant code for the colour you require - please refer to the swatches shown below:
Model
Price
(D) Desk Mounted Screens 1200 x 380
L-ST-1238
£59.85
1400 x 380
L-ST-1438
£62.84
1600 x 380
L-ST-1638
£74.21
Bracket (2 brackets must be ordered with each screen)
SBKT-01
£9.58
Desk Mounted Stan 480
Curve screens Des
517
Curve screens Des
Fraction² Desks
5YR
7
day delivery
NEW
GUARANTEE
Office Desks
Core Workstations
Silver Cable Riser
When placing your order please suffix the product code with the relevant code for the colour you require - please refer to the swatches shown below:
Rectangular Workstations
O/S
B/S Beech & Silver
Oak & Silver
Other colour options including white are available - call for details
Desk Mounted S
L-ST-1238 Available in Havana Black & Cluanie Blue (as shown) - please specify when ordering
Office & Retail Equipment
W x H mm
Model
Price
Desk Mounted Screens
Wave Workstations
1200 x 380
L-ST-1238
£59.85
1400 x 380
L-ST-1438
£62.84
1600 x 380
L-ST-1638
£74.21
Bracket (2 brackets must be ordered with each screen)
SBKT-01
£9.58
Desk Mounted S
Core Workstations W x D x H mm
Model
Price
Left Hand 1400 x 800/1200 x 730
ZF2C1412(L)
£185.54
Right Hand 1400 x 800/1200 x 730
ZF2C1412(R)
£185.54
Left Hand 1600 x 800/1200 x 730
ZF2C1612(L)
£199.90
Right Hand 1600 x 800/1200 x 730
ZF2C1612(R)
£199.90
Left Hand 1800 x 800/1200 x 730
ZF2C1812(L)
£210.67
Right Hand 1800 x 800/1200 x 730
ZF2C1812(R)
£210.67
Desk Mounted S
Rectangular Workstations W x D x H mm
Model
Price
1200 x 800 x 730
ZF2/1208
£125.69
1400 x 800 x 730
ZF2/1408
£132.87
1600 x 800 x 730
ZF2/1608
£142.44
1800 x 800 x 730
ZF2/1808
£146.63
Wave Workstations W x D x H mm
Model
Price
Left Hand 1400 x 1000/800 x 730
ZF2W1410(L)
£158.00
Right Hand 1400 x 1000/800 x 730
ZF2W1410(R)
£158.00
Left Hand 1600 x 1000/800 x 730
ZF2W1610(L)
£169.38
Right Hand 1600 x 1000/800 x 730
ZF2W1610(R)
£169.38
Wave screens D
Silver Cable Riser W x D x H mm
Model
Price
-
F2CR/SIL
£13.17
518
Wave screens D
Fraction+ Desks ›› ›› ›› ››
25mm desk tops with cable ports 2mm PVC edging Silver powder coated frames Comprehensive range of matching furniture available
5YR
7
day delivery
NEW
GUARANTEE
Office Furniture
When placing your order please suffix the product code with the relevant code for the colour you require - please refer to the swatches shown below: O/S
B/S Beech & Silver
Oak & Silver
Other colour options, including white, are available - call for details
i Information IDEAL FOR USE WITH ALL FRACTION PEDESTALS
Core Workstations
Office & Retail Equipment
Rectangular Workstations
Core Workstations W x D x H mm
Model
Price
Left Hand 1400 x 800/1200 x 730
ZFPC1412(L)
£176.56
Right Hand 1400 x 800/1200 x 730
ZFPC1412(R)
£176.56
Left Hand 1600 x 800/1200 x 730
ZFPC1612(L)
£190.32
Right Hand 1600 x 800/1200 x 730
ZFPC1612(R)
£190.32
Left Hand 1800 x 800/1200 x 730
ZFPC1812(L)
£200.50
Right Hand 1800 x 800/1200 x 730
ZFPC1812(R)
£200.50
Wave Workstations
Rectangular Workstations W x D x H mm
Model
Price
1200 x 800 x 730
ZFP1208
£119.70
1400 x 800 x 730
ZFP1408
£126.88
1600 x 800 x 730
ZFP1608
£135.86
1800 x 800 x 730
ZFP1808
£140.05
W x H mm
Wave Workstations W x D x H mm
Model
Price
Desk Mounted Sta
L-ST-1238 Available in Havana Black & Cluanie Blue (as shown) - please specify when ordering Model
Price
Desk Mounted Screens
Left Hand 1400 x 1000/800 x 730
ZFPW1410(L)
£150.22
1200 x 380
L-ST-1238
£59.85
Right Hand 1400 x 1000/800 x 730
ZFPW1410(R)
£150.22
1400 x 380
L-ST-1438
£62.84
Left Hand 1600 x 1000/800 x 730
ZFPW1610(L)
£161.60
1600 x 380
L-ST-1638
£74.21
Right Hand 1600 x 1000/800 x 730
ZFPW1610(R)
£161.60
Bracket (2 brackets must be ordered with each screen)
SBKT-01
£9.58
519
Desk Mounted Sta
E Space Executive Office Furniture ››
36mm thick work surfaces & substantial 50mm wide leg panels
5YR
7
day delivery
NEW
GUARANTEE
Office Furniture
Executive Desk with 2 Drawer Pedestal
Executive Desk with 3 Drawer Pedestal
Side Return with 2 Drawer Pedestal (for ZES604LH & ZES605RH)
Office & Retail Equipment
Pedestal Features: Brushed aluminium handles, pen tray drawer & silver leg with height adjustment
Executive Desk Side Return with 3 Drawer Pedestal (for ZES604LH & ZES605RH) Executive Desk with 2 Drawer Pedestal W x D x H mm
Model
Price
Right Hand 2200 x 1190 x 750
ZES600RH
£397.40
Left Hand 2200 x 1190 x 750
ZES602LH
£397.40
Executive Desk with 3 Drawer Pedestal W x D x H mm
Model
Price
Right Hand 2200 x 1190 x 750
ZES601RH
£382.44
Left Hand 2200 x 1190 x 750
ZES603LH
£382.44
Executive Desk W x D x H mm
Model
Price
Right Hand 2200 x 1190 x 750
ZES605RH
£294.46
Left Hand 2200 x 1190 x 750
ZES604LH
£294.46
Side Return with 2 Drawer Pedestal (for ZES604LH & ZES605RH) W x D x H mm
Model
Price
1380 x 480 x 700
ZES606
£243.59
Side Return with 3 Drawer Pedestal (for ZES604LH & ZES605RH) W x D x H mm
Model
Price
1380 x 480 x 700
ZES607
£228.03
Mobile Pedestal
520
2 Drawer
ES622
£132.27
3 Drawer
ES621
£121.50
ES622
ES621
E Space Executive Office Furniture
Office Furniture
5YR
7
day delivery
GUARANTEE
Office & Retail Equipment
Circular Meeting Table
NEW
Barrel Shaped Table
Circular Meeting Table Dia. x H mm
Model
Price
1200Ø x 750
ZES609
£228.63
Barrel Shaped Table W x D x H mm
Model
Price
2200 x 1000 x 750
ZES608
£281.30
Low Cabinet
Low Cabinet (includes 1 shelf) W x D x H mm
Model
Price
806 x 425 x 825
ES626
£146.63
Two Drawer Side Filer W x D x H mm
Model
Price
806 x 500 x 680
ES623
£231.02
High Storage Cabinet (includes 3 shelves) W x D x H mm
Model
Price
806 x 425 x 1900
ZES624
£296.86
High Storage Cabinet with Glass Doors (includes 3 shelves) 806 x 425 x 1900
ZES625
£420.75
High Storage Cabinet with Glass Doors
High Storage Cabinet
Two Drawer Side Filer
521
Contract Storage Filing Cabinets ›› ›› ›› ››
Fitted with an anti-tilt device that prevents more than one drawer being open at a time Modern swan neck, flush, anti-snag handles Central locking on all cabinets Available in coffee cream, goose grey or black
7
day delivery
5YR
Note: each drawer can hold up to 35kg of hanging suspension files. For use with suspension files only as the drawer bottoms are not load bearing
GUARANTEE
When placing your order please suffix the product code with the relevant code for the colour you require - please refer to the swatches shown below: G/G
BLK
Goose Grey
Black
Office Furniture
C/C Coffee & Cream
Other colour options available - call for details No. of Drawers
AOC3
AOC4
AOC2
Overall Size W x D x H mm
Model
Price
2
470 x 622 x 711
A0C2*
£129.28
3
470 x 622 x 1016
A0C3*
£155.34
4
470 x 622 x 1321
A0C4*
£160.66
Contract Stationery Cupboards ››
››
1 & 3 shelf models available in a choice of goose grey or coffee cream, these double door units are supplied fitted with shelves & are ideal for storing everyday files & stationery items A Black dual purpose shelf is available as an optional extra
7
5YR
day delivery
Office & Retail Equipment
GUARANTEE
No. of Shelves
Overall Size W x D x H mm
Model
Price
1
914 x 400 x 1000
E402A01*
£160.40
3
914 x 400 x 1806
E722A03*
£209.48
4
914 x 400 x 1950
E782A04*
£242.39
-
Additional Dual Shelf
E198P1
£16.16
Contract Side Opening Tambours ››
5YR
GUARANTEE
7
day delivery
›› ››
Tambour units are priced empty ready to accept storage fitments as shown Units are manufactured with a welded carcass for greater strength Note: storage fitments will not be installed into any tambours on delivery but will be left on site with instructions for self assembly
Overall Size W x D x H mm
Model
Price
1000 x 470 x 1016
IME101SOTG/G
£275.91
1000 x 470 x 1651
IME161SOTG/G
£337.55
1000 x 470 x 1968
IME191SOTG/G
£356.71
1000 x 470 x 1016
IME101SOTO/S
£348.93
1000 x 470 x 1651
IME161SOTO/S
£406.38
1000 x 470 x 1968
IME191SOTO/S
£429.12
Shelf
Grey, allow 60mm
BBSP1
£22.74
Filing Rail
Allow 285mm with files
BUR
£29.33
Description Tambours Goose Grey
Tambours Oak/Silver
Beech/Silver colour is available on application.
622
Office Shelving ›› ›› ››
Quick & easy to erect - no nuts or bolts Tested & certified to European GS standards Complete with 5 shelves which offer a smooth & hard wearing shelf with strong uprights & beam profiles, finished in high quality epoxy powder coated white paint
5
day delivery
Office Shelving
i Information
10 MINUTE ASSEMBLY
Locate beam in position
Office & Retail Equipment
Tap beam to secure
Lay the shelf into the beams
5 Chipboard Shelves
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Loading
Model
Price
1770 x 900 x 300
175kg U.D.L
OS17930Z
£51.85
1770 x 900 x 450
175kg U.D.L
OS17945Z
£58.75
175kg U.D.L
OS17960Z
£66.15
1770 x 900 x 600
Description
Model
Price
Rubber Mallet
OSMAL1
£3.35*
*prices applicable when ordering with the Office Shelving. Order charges will apply if ordered on their own.
523
(A) Stakka Conference Chair ›› ›› ››
Choice of chrome or black frames Available in range of colours from stock Generous size seat & back
Turner Stock Fabric Colours CHA Charcoal
7
day delivery
CHA
Office Seating
Charcoal
Description
BLUE
BLUE
Blue
Blue
(C) Turner Stacking Chairs
(B) AC3 Chair
Model
Price
Black Frame - Stacking
STP0500/B
£34.11
››
Chrome Frame - Stacking
STP0503/CH
£40.10
››
(A) Stakka Conference Chair
››
(B) General Purpose AC3 Chairs (Stackable) AC3 Chair - Black
AC3BLK
£20.48
AC3 Chair - Blue
AC3BLUE
£20.48
Compliant with BS EN 1729 FIRA tested 430mm height
TUP1
£90.37
Beech Frame - Stacking with Arms
TUP2
£90.37
›› ›› ››
Available with or w/o arms Generous seat & back size Stackable up to 4 high 2 year guarantee
*ORDERING INFORMATION When placing your order please suffix the product code with the relevant code for the colour you require e.g. add CHA for Charcoal Fabric = STP0500/B/CHA - please refer to the swatches shown.
(C) Turner Stacking Chair Beech Frame - Stacking without Arms
››
Prism Operator Chairs ›› ››
Office & Retail Equipment
››
Choice of tilting mechanisms Waterfall-front seat Seat depth: 440mm
Prism Stock Fabric Colours
BLK
BLUE
RED
CHA
Black
Blue
Red
Charcoal
PSM2
PSM3
ZPSM1/FC1D Description
Model
Price
High Back - Permanent Contact Back
PSM1
£75.41
High Back Operator - Asynchro Tilt
PSM2
£86.78
High Back Operator - Synchro Tilt
PSM3
£92.17
High Back Draughting Chair
ZPSM1/FC1D
£112.52
Fixed Arms - pair
PSMLA
£11.37
Height Adjustable Arms - pair
PSMHA
£28.73
Folding Arms - pair
PSMFA
£33.52
Chrome Base
PSMCB
£30.52
524
7
day delivery
PSMLA
PSM1
PSMHA
PSMFA
PSMCB
Amber Executive Seating ›› ›› ›› ››
Pivoting lock tilt mechanism & added cushioning for executive levels of comfort Seat size: 495W x 515D mm Back size: 595H x 485W mm Seat height: 425/515 mm
2YR
GUARANTEE
7
day delivery
AM2HB/F/BLUE
Office Seating
AM3/PU/BLK Bonded Leather Stock Colours
Fabric Stock Colours
BLK
BLUE
BLK
Black
Blue
Black
CO/PAB
Description
Model
Price
Amber Fabric Chair - Blue Fabric
AM2HB/F/BLUE
£95.76
Amber Fabric Chair - Black Fabric
AM2HB/F/BLK
£95.76
Amber Fabric Chair - Black Bonded Leather
AM1HB/L/BLK
£102.34
Amber Visitor Chair - Black Polyurethane
AM3/PU/BLK
£83.79
Polished Base
CO/PAB
£50.87
Obsidian Executive Seating ›› ›› ››
Tanzanite Executive Seating
Pivoting lock tilt mechanism & added cushioning for executive levels of comfort Seat size: 500W x 465D mm Back size: 670H x 500W mm Seat height: 465/555 mm
7
›› ›› ››
Pivoting lock tilt mechanism & soft padded arms for executive levels of comfort Seat size: 495W x 515D mm Seat height: 490/580 mm
7
day delivery
Office & Retail Equipment
››
AM1HB/L/BLK
day delivery
2YR
GUARANTEE
2YR
GUARANTEE
CO/PAB
OB1HB/BL/BLK
TZ1/HB/L/BLK
Description
Model
Price
High Back Bonded Leather
OB1HB/BL/BLK
£110.12
Description
Model
Price
Polished Base
CO/PAB
£50.87
High Back Bonded Leather
TZ1/HB/L/BLK
£145.44
525
Etna ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
High quality, breathable, mesh back task chair with moulded cushion seat pad Synchronised mechanism & seat slide will ensure day long adjustability for ultimate comfort Height adjustable arms Back width: 485mm Back height: 585mm Seat width: 450/525mm Seat height: 530mm Seat depth: 485/530mm
Office Seating
7
day delivery
5YR
GUARANTEE
CO/PAB
ET1HB/M/BLK
Description
Model
Price
Etna Chair
ET1HB/M/BLK
£236.41
Polished Base
CO/PAB
£50.87
Pyramid Operator Chairs ›› ››
Office & Retail Equipment
››
Choice of tilting mechanisms Waterfall-front seat Seat depth: 450mm
7
3YR
GUARANTEE
day delivery
STOCK COLOURS
Pyramid Stock Fabric Colours
Black
Blue
Pyramid Special Fabric Colours PYR25
PYR15 & PYRLA
Green Description
Model
Price
Mid Back - Permanent Contact Back
PYR15
£121.50
Mid Back - Tilt Mechanism
PYR16
£125.69
High Back - Permanent Contact Back
PYR25
£128.68
High Back - Tilt Mechanism
PYR26
£132.27
High Back Draughting Chair
ZPYR15PYRD
£213.66
526
Fixed Loop Arms - pair
PYRLA
£23.34
Height Adjustable Arms - pair
PYRHA
£37.11
Chrome Base with Gas Lift
PYRB3
£50.87
ZPYR15PYRD PYRLA
PYRHA
PYRB3
Canteen Tables CBT42Z
Ideal for use in eating areas in offices, halls, factories, warehouses & retail premises Seats are manufactured from moulded polypropylene mounted on a strong steel frame Table top is manufactured from chipboard with a melamine coating Now with longer table for your comfort
››
››
››
››
£221.50
Canteen Furniture
>
2 Seater L > W
>
> >
4 Seater L
CBT42Z
> W
>
i Information
> >
6 Seater
7
L
SUPPLIED KNOCK DOWN FOR EASY ACCESS INTO YOUR PREMISES
day delivery
> W
>
No. of Seats
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Table Size L x W mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
>
Peninsula Units - Access 1 Way
2
600 x 1730 x 810
600 x 600
26
CBT21Z
£139.90
4
1250 x 1730 x 810
1250 x 600
38
CBT41Z
£229.05
6
1600 x 1730 x 810
1600 x 600
55
CBT61Z
£320.30
Island Units - Access 2 Ways
THE HEAVY DUTY POLYPROPYLENE SEATS & HARDWEARING MELAMINE WORKTOP ARE MOUNTED ON A STRONG & DURABLE STEEL FRAME
4
1250 x 1730 x 810
1250 x 600
38
CBT42Z
£221.50
6
1600 x 1730 x 810
1600 x 600
55
CBT62Z
£320.30
527
Office & Retail Equipment
Description
Canteen Tables
5
Fully welded construction for durability Ideal for use in eating areas in offices, halls, factories, warehouses & retail premises Blue seats manufactured from moulded polypropylene mounted on a steel frame Laminate, light grey table tops
›› ›› ›› ››
day delivery
BLUE ONLY
FROM ONLY
2 Seater >
QCT42Z
L > W
>
>
4 Seater >
Canteen Furniture
£167.25
L
manufactured
> W
>
> >
6 Seater
SEAT COLOUR OPTIONS
Overall Size L x W x H mm
2
530 x 1690 x 725
4
1070 x 1690 x 725
6
1580 x 1690 x 725
1580 x 600
Model
Price
530 x 600
QCT21Z
£167.25
1070 x 600
QCT41Z
£243.30
QCT61Z
£341.70
2 Way Entry
specify when ordering > W
Table Size L x W mm
1 Way Entry (Wall Units)
Black Red Blue
L
No. of Seats
>
4
1070 x 1690 x 725
1070 x 600
QCT42Z
£243.30
6
1580 x 1690 x 725
1580 x 600
QCT62Z
£341.70
>
Premier Canteen Tables Fully welded construction with polypropylene seat shells Ideal for use in eating areas in offices, halls, factories, warehouses & retail premises Seats manufactured from moulded polypropylene mounted on a steel frame Laminate, light grey table tops with PVC edging
›› ›› ››
£342.90
>
4 Seater
FROM ONLY
L > W
>
> >
6 Seater
L
> W
>
Office & Retail Equipment
››
>
SEAT COLOUR OPTIONS
QRT162Z
Dark Grey Blue
specify when ordering
manufactured No. of Seats
Overall Size L x W x H mm
4
1070 x 1690 x 860
6
1580 x 1690 x 860
Table Size L x W mm
Model
Price
1070 x 600
QRT141Z
£342.90
1580 x 600
QRT161Z
£467.65
1 Way Entry (Wall Units)
2 Way Entry 4
1070 x 1690 x 860
1070 x 600
QRT142Z
£342.90
6
1580 x 1690 x 860
1580 x 600
QRT162Z
£467.65
528
Canteen Tables
5YR
GUARANTEE
manufactured
Canteen Furniture
Charlie Canteen Table VTC41Z
i Information DESIGN SERVICE AVAILABLE PLEASE CALL FOR DETAILS
FROM ONLY
£150.50 >
2 Seater L >
> L > W
>
6 Seater
Beta Canteen Table VTB42Z
Alpha Canteen Table VTA42Z
L
> W
COLOURS:
(add the number to the end of the model code)
No. of Seats
Seats; (1) Blue
(2) Black
(3) Red
(4) (5) Green Yellow
(6) Grey
(13) White
(14) Grey
(15) Beech
Table Size L x W mm
Single Entry Model
Price
Double Entry Model
Price
Alpha Canteen Tables (Seat Colours Available: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 & 12 - specify when ordering)
(7) (8) (9) (10) Lime Orange Peach Claret Green
(11) (12) White Brown
N.B. The colours for the seats are only available on certain ranges. Please see the specification to match the numbers
Worktops;
Overall Size L x W x H mm
>
Frames; (16) Silver
(17) Black
N.B. The colours for the Worktops & Frames are available on all ranges.
2
600 x 1600 x 750
600 x 600
VTA21Z
£150.50
-
-
4
1000 x 1600 x 750
1000 x 600
VTA41Z
£230.40
VTA42Z
£230.40
6
1600 x 1600 x 750
1600 x 600
VTA61Z
£331.30
VTA62Z
£331.30
Beta Canteen Tables (Seat Colours Available: 1, 2, 3, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 & 11 - please specify when ordering) 2
600 x 1600 x 750
600 x 600
VTB21Z
£176.10
-
-
4
1000 x 1600 x 750
1000 x 600
VTB41Z
£256.90
VTB42Z
£256.90
6
1600 x 1600 x 750
1600 x 600
VTB61Z
£355.90
VTB62Z
£355.90
Charlie Canteen Tables (only available with Beech Seats) 2
600 x 1600 x 750
600 x 600
VTC21Z
£181.55
-
-
4
1000 x 1600 x 750
1000 x 600
VTC41Z
£309.25
VTC42Z
£309.25
6
1600 x 1600 x 750
1600 x 600
VTC61Z
£470.60
VTC62Z
£470.60
529
Office & Retail Equipment
> W
4 Seater
>
››
>
››
Fully welded construction for durability Ideal for use in eating areas in offices, halls, factories, warehouses & retail premises Alpha & Beta range seats are manufactured from moulded polypropylene & Charlie range seats are manufactured from beech. All seats are then mounted on a strong & durable Steel frame Table top is manufactured from chipboard with a melamine coating
>
››
>
››
Beam Benches ››
Multi-purpose Furniture
››
Heavy duty polypropylene chairs mounted on a strong & durable steel frame Seat height: 450mm
BBT04Z
7
day delivery
BBT03Z Description
Overall Size L x D x H mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
3 Seater
1670 x 550 x 790
15
BBT03Z
£132.00
4 Seater
2235 x 550 x 790
19
BBT04Z
£163.55
Extra Folding Chairs Office & Retail Equipment
5YR
GUARANTEE
››
Flexible collapsible chair with upholstered seat & back
‘Stabil’ Folding Chairs ››
Stable & robust folding chair with plastic seat & back ‘Stabil’ Chairs
FCBL46
FCBE46 Seat Size W x D x H mm
Colour
Order in Multiples of
Model
Price each
Extra Folding Chairs 380 x 290 x 460
Blue
6
FCBE46
£14.30
Black
6
FCBL46
£14.30
‘Stabil’ Folding Chairs 390 x 390 x 445
SCT50Y
Blue
6
SCBE44
£22.35
Black
6
SCBL44
£22.35
White
6
SCWH44
£22.35
‘Stabil’ Folding Chair Trolley - Holds 50 Chairs 485 x 1010 x 1700
-
-
SCT00Y
£268.30
‘Stabil’ Folding Chair Trolley - Complete with 50 Chairs (please specify chair colour when ordering) 485 x 1010 x 1700
530
-
-
SCT50Y
£1141.25
Folding Tables ›› ››
››
i Information
Manufactured from heavy duty blow moulded plastic Models FFT03Z & FFT04Z easily fold from the centre of the table making them easy to carry All models of tables have folding legs which fit neatly underneath the table for compact storage
IDEAL FOR ALL OCCASIONS
3
day delivery
Canteen Furniture
FST02Z & 4 x FFC00Z
only £203.30
4 x FFC00Z
TO THIS
Models FFT03Z
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Folded Size L x W x H mm
405 x 400 x 450
1040 x 460 x 215
Office & Retail Equipment
FROM THIS
TO THIS
& FFT04Z Only
Weight kg
Order in Multiples of
Model
Price each
4
FFC00Z
£28.45
Folding Chair 4.5 Tables with Folding Legs 1200 x 600 x 740
1200 x 600 x 60
8.5
-
FST01Z
£68.95
1830 x 760 x 720
1830 x 760 x 43
15
-
FST02Z
£89.50
Folding Tables with Folding Legs 1200 x 600 x 740
610 x 600 x 90
10
-
FFT03Z
£69.95
1830 x 760 x 720
915 x 760 x 86
16
-
FFT04Z
£93.35
531
Canteen Table with Bench Seating ›› ›› ››
QBT120Z - Blue
QBT120Z - Red
Canteen Furniture
››
Manufactured from robust, powder coated silver, steel box section with a wipe clean, 20mm thick laminate top Bench seats fit underneath the table for easy cleaning & storage Table height: 750mm Bench height: 470mm
TOP COLOUR OPTIONS Grey Red Blue specify when ordering
QBT120Z - Grey
Overall Size L x W mm
manufactured
Model
Price
1200 x 750
QBT120Z
£393.05
1500 x 750
QBT150Z
£455.70
Bistro Chairs ›› ›› ›› ››
5YR
Stacking for easy storage (side chairs only) Laminated plywood chair in a beech colour with chrome legs Quality non-marking black foot bungs Upholstered seat available - please call for details
GUARANTEE
FROM ONLY
Office & Retail Equipment
£38.25
VTD74Z
NEW
VTE85Z VTD84Z Description
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Seat Height mm
Triangle Shaped Back
795 x 500 x 510
455
6 high
VTD74Z
£38.25
Balloon Shaped Back
850 x 500 x 510
455
6 high
VTD84Z
£38.25
Triangle Shaped Back
1070 x 480 x 510
760
-
VTE75Z
£100.75
Balloon Shaped Back
1070 x 480 x 510
760
-
VTE85Z
£100.75
Stacked
Model
Price
Stacking Side Chairs
VTE75Z
532
Barstools
Aster Seat ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
Steel structure, 80 x 8mm, with a zinc primer & black finish (RAL 9005) eat & backrest in 36mm deep class 4 pine S ood finish: water based colour W stain preserver mahogany ood uses tamper-proof bolts W ounted on base plates. M Anchor bolts supplied
Seats & Benches
209414
Seat Length mm
Seat Height mm
Model
Price
2000
460
209414
£271.00
Mora Seat Cast steel structure, zinc primed & painted finish in RAL 9005 black eat & backrest made of Class 4 ›› S autoclave treated pine wood slats ood varnished with rosewood stain ›› W ounted on base plates. ›› M Anchor bolts supplied ››
209482
209482
Seat Length mm
Seat Height mm
Model
Price
1800
400
209482
£216.92
Aster Litter Bin Simple & functional litter bin featuring wooden slats set apart to allow a view of the contents as a means of helping to prevent criminal attacks ›› Made of Class 4 autoclave treated pine wood slats, 20mm thick ›› Wood finished in Teck stain ›› To be concreted directly into the ground ››
Capacity Litres
Size Dia. x H mm
Model
Price
45
380 x 600
208072
£259.62
NEW
208072
533
Office & Retail Equipment
NEW
Trolleys - suitable for Healthcare, Education & Pharmaceutical Environments ›› ››
Complete with trays More sizes available - call for details
Tray Storage
Tray Hanging Facility
SCT8
SCT8
i Information
Office & Retail Equipment
OTHER SIZES AVAILABLE CALL FOR DETAILS
manufactured
SCT12 Overall Size W x D x H mm
Model
Price
530 x 430 x 1105
SCT8
£316.88
1090 x 430 x 1850
SCT12
£633.74
515 x 490 x 550
SCT5
£198.04
SCT5
File Trolley Strong & sturdy aluminium construction Files shown are optional extras - call for details ›› Bespoke units are available - call for details ›› ››
manufactured
SFT01
534
Overall Size W x D x H mm
Model
Price
420 x 600 x 550
SFT01
£178.25
Folding Box Trucks ›› ›› ››
Durable plastic construction Opens & folds in seconds Folds flat for easy carrying & storage
FROM ONLY
£22.25
i Information
HOLD FOOLSCAP LEVER ARCH & BOX FILES
3
PI041Y
day delivery
Office Trucks & Storage
Folding Box Trucks fold to a depth of just 85mm
GI040Y
i Information GI042Y with removable lid
HOLDS A4 FILES
Description
Load Capacity
Overall Size - Open H x W x D mm
Overall Size - Folded H x W x D mm
Internal Size H x W x D mm
Weight kg
Model
Price (each) 1+
Price (each) 3+
Blue/Yellow
25 kg
850 x 375 x 325
410 x 375 x 85
290 x 345 x 270
3
GI040Y
£24.50
£22.25
Blue/Yellow
35 kg
990 x 460 x 390
470 x 460 x 85
350 x 395 x 330
4
GI041Y
£29.95
£27.70
Black
35 kg
990 x 460 x 390
470 x 460 x 85
350 x 395 x 330
4
BI041Y
£29.65
£27.40
Pink
35 kg
990 x 460 x 390
470 x 460 x 85
350 x 395 x 330
4
PI041Y
£29.95
£27.70
Grey/Red with removable lid
35 kg
990 x 460 x 390
470 x 460 x 85
350 x 395 x 330
5
GI042Y
£35.35
£30.85
Plastic Drawers ›› ››
Plastic Cupboard
Manufactured from high quality plastic Mobile on 4 x 40mm swivel castors Subject to availability
›› ›› ››
Made from robust, high quality plastic Ideal for many applications; kitchens/cafeterias janitorial closets, schools, offices etc Hygienic & easy to clean
CA085C
£85.00
7
day delivery
CDE673
CE095C
Description
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
Features
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
3 Drawer Chest
370 x 440 x 675
4.5
CDE673
£49.00
1 Shelf
700 x 390 x 855
9
CA085C
£85.00
535
Office & Retail Equipment
››
GI041Y
Chair Bulk Load Sack Truck ›› ›› ›› ››
Folding Trolley
Toe plate size: 565W x 150D mm Fully welded steel construction Mobile on 200 x 50mm cushion roller bearing wheels Ideal for moving stacked chairs
›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
Sturdy, easy to fold & neat to store Ideal for use in shops, schools etc Can be folded in one simple move Mobile on 4 x 100mm swivel rubber tyred castors, 2 with brakes Size when folded: 580L x 100W x 1080H mm Clearance between shelves: 300mm
70kg
Office Trucks & Trolleys
evenly distributed
CI203Y Folded
80kg
evenly distributed
CI203Y
3
TS142H manufactured Overall Size H x W x D mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
1168 x 570 x 380
14.5
TS142H
£196.80
580 x 450 x 890
14
CI203Y
£135.20
‘Foldaway’ Trolley ›› ››
Office & Retail Equipment
›› ›› ››
day delivery
Wooden Deck Trolley
Aluminium construction with a telescopic handle & expanding/contracting base Fits easily into a car boot/van Corner buffers for added protection Mobile on 100mm castors Platform height: 160mm
3
›› ››
This trolley has a high quality wooden deck & chrome plated folding handle Mobile on 2 fixed, & 2 swivel 100mm non-marking rubber castors
day delivery
GI110Y Folded
150kg
evenly distributed
150kg
evenly distributed
3
day delivery
GI110Y
GI001Y Extended
Overall Size - Open L x W x H mm
Overall Size - Folded L x W x H mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
725 x 420 x 960
570 x 420 x 230
8.5
GI001Y
£59.95
740 x 480 x 860
11
GI110Y
£75.00
536
Adjustable Height Trolleys ›› ›› ››
››
7
Mobile on 4 x 100mm swivel castors, 2 braked Perfect for colour co-ordinating company depts etc Shelves are manufactured from 20 gauge steel with smooth rounded edges for extra strength, with the legs constructed from 14 gauge steel Top shelf is easily adjustable from 660 up to 1070mm in 100mm increments & comes complete with a ribbed rubber mat
day delivery
150kg
evenly distributed
Office Trucks & Trolleys
COLOUR OPTIONS Red Grey Blue
GI942W
specify when ordering
Overall Size L x W mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
610 x 460
20
GI942W
£180.20
Shopping Trolleys ›› ›› ››
LCD/Flat Panel TV Stands ››
››
Manufactured from 2 heavy duty chrome steel tubes with a black steel base. The base incorporates a 22kg weight which provides the proper centre of gravity Subject to availability
10
YR GUARANTEE
LFP05Z
i Information BABY SEAT INCLUDED AS STANDARD
SCP150B
Fits TV Dia.
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
685 x 600 x 510
39.5
LFP05Z
£299.95
36” to 60”
685 x 600 x 1145
40.5
LFP11Z
£325.00
685 x 600 x 1525
42
LFP15Z
£333.00
››
Capacity Litres
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Wheels mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
100
740 x 500 x 1000
100
16
SCP100B
£110.25
150
900 x 550 x 1000
125
20
SCP150B
£146.95
››
The universal glide bracket design easily hooks onto the wall plate & ensures screen is securely attached Smooth continuous touch tilt which allows 15º (+/-) of adjustment
537
Office & Retail Equipment
Bright zinc finish & lacquer coating Easy handling once these units are loaded Robust design complete with corner buffers
Flip Bins High quality coloured plastic base with a white flip lid Complete with 12 stickers simply attach the sticker of your choosing
›› ››
STICKERS
Office Litter Bins
BASE COLOUR OPTIONS
7
Yellow Red Green Blue
Capacity Litres
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Model
Price each 1 to 4
Price each 5+
specify when ordering
50
665 x 330 x 400
FB050Z
£20.40
£14.80
Pedal Bins ››
Recycling Pedal Bins
Fitted with plastic liners
7
day delivery
››
Stainless steel or silver grey powder coated steel body with high strength plastic lid & 2 or 3 internal liners
RPB211S
day delivery
7
day delivery
FROM ONLY
£10.35
RPB1911S
RPB211S
RPB311S
Office & Retail Equipment
PB020Z
PB030Z
Capacity Litres
Overall Size H x dia. mm
Model
Price each 1 to 4
Price each 5+
››
Price each 1 to 4
Price each 5+
Finish
Model
2 x 11L
Stainless Steel Body
RPB211S
£73.40
£69.70
2 x 11L
Powder Coated Body
RPB211P
£56.55
£54.65
3 x 11L
Stainless Steel Body
RPB311S
£89.40
£85.65
3 x 11L
Powder Coated Body
RPB311P
£68.95
£64.75
3
270 x 167
PB003Z
£15.85
£10.35
12
400 x 248
PB012Z
£29.90
£24.35
20
445 x 292
PB020Z
£36.05
£30.55
1 x 19L & 1 x 11L
Stainless Steel Body
RPB1911S
£89.40
£85.65
30
640 x 292
PB030Z
£48.00
£42.45
1 x 19L & 1 x 11L
Powder Coated Body
RPB1911P
£68.95
£64.75
Cardboard Recycling Bins - Set of 5 ››
Compartments
A lightweight & highly portable solution to recyclable rubbish & waste. This Pack of 5 Cardboard Recycling Bins includes 5 stickers to help you successfully separate mixed recycling, general waste, cans, paper & plastic bottles Bins come complete with 5 clear plastic liners
7
day delivery
Capacity Litres
Overall Size H x W x D mm each
Model
Price each 1 to 4
Price each 5+
60
760 x 290 x 400
CB010Z
£50.90
£44.50
538
NEW
FROM ONLY
£44.50
3
Kick Steps ››
››
››
Available as a standard version or as a model which is manufactured & approved to the recognised 150kg evenly European GS standard distributed Manufactured from high quality plastic or steel & rubber for safety & durability Snap-lock for quick assembly Mounted on 3 sprung loaded polypropylene castors which retract when weight is applied GA008Z & GA009Z
STEEL COLOUR OPTIONS
FROM ONLY
Red Green
£31.30
Blue Black Grey Yellow specify when ordering
PLASTIC COLOUR OPTIONS
Kick Steps & Folding Steps
››
day delivery
Red Blue Black Grey specify when ordering
GA008Z Description Standard Plastic GS Approved Plastic Standard Steel GS Approved Steel
KA004Z
Loaded Height mm
Unloaded Height mm
Base Dia. mm
Top Dia. mm
445
450
440
300
430
435
435
290
KA004Z
Weight kg
Price (each) 1+
Model
Price (each) 3+
2
KA007Z
£33.25
£31.30
2
GA008Z
£38.45
£35.90
5
KA004Z
£37.75
£34.80
5
GA009Z
£40.90
£37.65
Folding Steps with Foam Handle ›› ››
day delivery
Office & Retail Equipment
››
3
Manufactured & approved to the recognised European GS standard & comply to EN-14183 standard Tubular steel construction, fitted with non-slip treads, non-slip feet & foam covered handle, giving a comfortable backing when used as a seat Tread size: 380W x 260Dmm
FROM ONLY
£42.50
GS403Z GS402Z
GS404Z
No. of Treads
Height of top tread mm
Overall Size - Open H x W x D mm
Overall Size - Folded H x W x D mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
2 3
480
820 x 450 x 520
1065 x 450 x 90
4
GS402Z
£42.50
725
1180 x 460 x 670
1310 x 460 x 90
6
GS403Z
4
£54.50
980
1435 x 500 x 850
1580 x 500 x 90
8
GS404Z
£70.50
539
Wooden Screens
Wooden Screens & Computer Tables
››
››
Ideal for transforming your canteen area, reception area, waiting rooms etc into cosy areas Supplied complete with silver feet
Square Design Birch
Line Design Beech
7 Design Line Square
i Information
day delivery
CHOOSE FROM 2 DESIGNS
Overall Size W x H mm 940 x 1720
Birch
Beech
Model
Price
Model
Price
WSLI26
£194.65
WSLI38
£194.65
WSSQ24
£194.65
WSSQ36
£194.65
Computer Tables ›› ››
Office & Retail Equipment
›› ››
These computer tables are manufactured from strong heavy gauge tubular steel with melamine coated shelves The shelves are adjustable in 25mm increments The open design gives access to the spacious work area Subject to availability
7
CWS01Y
day delivery
CWS03Y
CWS02Y
540
Overall Height mm
Overall Size W x D mm
711
609 x 762
711
915 x 762
889
609 x 762
Wheels 50mm Swivel, 2 braked
Weight kg
Model
Price
24
CWS01Y
£123.00
31
CWS02Y
£137.00
30
CWS03Y
£115.00
Busyscreen® Classic
manufactured
Desk Screens
Castor Feet
400mm High Desk Screens
The Multi-function Screen System ›› ›› ››
››
››
››
Description
COLOUR OPTIONS RY
DO
IO
RD
IV
BL
MK
Royal
Dolphin
Iona
Red
Ivy
Black
Merrick
** To order please add colour code to model code More fabric & partitioning screen models available - call for details
Wave Desk Screens
1525mm High Flat Busyscreens
FURNITURE INDUSTRY RESEARCH ASSOCIATION ACCREDITED PRODUCT
1825mm High Flat Busyscreens
Standard Curved Busyscreens Wall Linking Batten for joining one end of a Busyscreen to a wall
Overall Size H x W mm
Model
Price
1525 x 900
BB1590/**
£141.35
1525 x 1200
BB1512/**
£153.85
1525 x 1500
BB1515/**
£160.75
1525 x 1600
BB1516/**
£165.95
1825 x 900
BB1890/**
£150.70
1825 x 1200
BB1812/**
£162.70
1825 x 1500
BB1815/**
£173.10
1825 x 1600
BB1816/**
£174.65
1525 x 1131
CB1511/**
£238.40
1825 x 1131
CB1811/**
£248.30
1825H
RMA/8
£19.20
RMA/9
£26.50
Pair of Castor Feet in lieu of stabiliser feet 400 x 800
BB4080/**
£50.05
400 x 1200
BB4012/**
£60.05
400 x 1600
BB4016/**
£65.95
400 x 1800
BB4018/**
£86.55
400/600 x 800
BB6480/**
£61.25
400/600 x 1200
BB6412/**
£73.60
400/600 x 1600
BB6416/**
£90.10
400/600 x 1800
BB6418/**
£105.55
Pair of clamps for desks 12-30mm thick (pair required for each desk panel)
BB00223
£11.90
Pair of brackets for desks +30mm thick (pair required for each desk panel)
BS71445
£10.60
400mm High Desk Screens
400/600mm High Wave Desk Screens
541
Office & Retail Equipment
››
All panels are 32mm thick, providing an excellent acoustic shadow All panels have height adjustable button feet Flat panels are supplied as standard with a pair of stabiliser feet, these can be upgraded to castor feet if required Woven cloth conforms to surface spread of flame test BS476 part 7 class 1, cigarette BS EN 1021-1 & is also light fast to meet or exceed ISO 105 A flexible linking strip is included with every screen for joining 2 adjacent panels, can also be used for joining 3 and 4 way linking Panels accept pins Made to order, therefore non-returnable.
Rope Barriers ››
YOUR MESSAGE GOES
››
HERE
››
RSLS8Z
Rope & Belt Barriers
››
High quality polished stainless steel posts for a durable & aesthetic finish The ropes are manufactured from high quality polyester Ideal where you need to channel traffic; hotels, airports, warehouses, offices, showrooms etc 4 way connectivity
SRL21R
SRL22B
SHL01Z
SRL25B
7
SPL21Z & SRL21R
day delivery
SPL11Z & SRL22B
Sign Board - create your own message
Posts & Wall Hook
Description
Post Size H x W mm
Model
Price
Sign Board
370 x 205
RSLS8Z
£49.90*
Ropes - with silver polished ‘Q’ hooks
Description
Post Size H x W mm
Model
Price
Rope Colour
Stainless Steel Post with Ball Head
987 x 320
SPL11Z
£74.95
Red
Stainless Steel Post with Top Hat Head
935 x 320
SPL21Z
£74.95
Blue
Wall Hook
-
SHL01Z
£12.55*
Black
Rope Length mm 1500
Model
Price
SRL21R
£29.95*
SRL22B
£29.95*
SRL25B
£29.95*
*prices applicable when ordering with Posts. Order charges will apply if ordered on their own.
Office & Retail Equipment
Double Belt Barrier RDLS7B
Belt Barriers
3 x RPLS1R
››
›› ››
›› ››
Posts are available in a black coated finish or a high quality polished stainless steel finish for a durable & aesthetic finish The retractable belt is manufactured from nylon Ideal for where you need to channel traffic; hotels, airports, warehouses, offices, showrooms etc Wall Mounted Belt size: 50mm high Belt Barrier & 2000mm length RWLS9B 3 way connectivity
7
day delivery
Belt Colour
Post Size H x W mm
Model
Price
Black Post - Retractable Belt Barrier Red
RPLB4R
£80.35
Blue
RPLB5B
£80.35
RPLB6B
£80.35
RRLB8P
£67.75
930 x 350
Black Receiving End Post
Stainless Steel Post - Retractable Belt Barrier Red
RPLS1R
£80.35
Blue
RPLS2B
£80.35
RPLS3B
£80.35
RRLS9P
£67.75
930 x 350
Black Receiving End Post
Stainless Steel Post - Double Retractable Belt Barrier Blue
985 x 320
RDLS7B
£109.95
Wall Mounted Retractable Belt Barrier Blue
542
-
RWLS9B
£35.60
Vertical & Rotary Con-tur Literature Racks Exclusive Con-tur design totally eliminating paper curl Manufactured from prime steel with a baked enamel finish ›› Vertical racks will wall mount with provided key hole slots or can be used as stand alone units by using the optional legs ›› ››
NEW
Con-Tur design keeps literature upright.
COLOUR OPTIONS Tan Black Grey
Paper curl is eliminated.
specify when ordering
Literature Display
i Information VERTICAL & ROTARY RACKS TO ORGANISE & STORE YOUR LITERATURE
20 Pockets
11 Pockets
5 Pockets
Optional Legs
Description
360º
360º
360º
20 Pockets
44 Pockets
80 Pockets
Overall Size W x H x D mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
Vertical Racks 248 x 514 x 105
4
403
£74.00
Literature Rack - 11 Pockets
248 x 914 x 105
7.5
402
£100.00
Literature Rack - 20 Pockets
248 x 1473 x 105
11.5
400
£101.00
Optional Legs
-
1.5
408-A
£29.00
Rotary Racks Literature Rack - 20 Pockets
359 x 587 x 359
22
409
£290.00
Literature Rack - 44 Pockets
359 x 1232 x 359
39
410
£366.00
Literature Rack - 80 Pockets
359 x 1737 x 359
60
415
£399.00
Horizontal Literature Racks Steel construction For floor or desktop use ›› Convenient storage for literature & file folders ›› Colour: Tan
Rigid racks - will NOT twist or warp Each opening can be easily labelled ›› Rubber feet are provided ›› Stackable with a modular design
››
››
››
››
Description
Overall Size W x D x H mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
Horizontal Literature Rack - 9 Openings
859 x 281 x 275
12
431-75
£135.00
Horizontal Literature Rack - 12 Openings
859 x 281 x 362
16
432-75
£149.00
Horizontal Literature Rack - 15 Openings
859 x 281 x 450
18
434-75
£175.00
543
Office & Retail Equipment
Literature Rack - 5 Pockets
Literature Displays
Counter Top Carousels
i Information
Wall Mounted Wall Displays
UNIQUE DESIGN ON THE POCKETS ALLOW FOR FULL INTERCHANGE BETWEEN POCKET SIZES Individual Literature Dispensers WDA4
Literature Display
WDTF
CTC12A4HS Pockets 1/3 A4
A5
A4
-
12
-
-
-
12
24
-
-
12
-
6
Size mm
Model
Price 1 to 4
Price 5+ £103.95
Counter Top Carousels 565Ø x 845
CTC12A5HS
£108.60
CTC12A4HS
£108.60
£103.95
CTC24TFHS
£108.60
£103.95
CTC6A412TFHS
£108.60
£103.95
Foyer Stands
WM4A4 Black Pockets 1/3 A4
A5
WM4A4 White
Size mm
A4
Price 1 to 4
Model
Price 5+
Office & Retail Equipment
Wall Mounted Wall Displays -
-
4
240W
WM4A4
£67.90
£65.00
-
-
8
450W
WM8A4
£85.95
£82.30
-
-
6
F6A4
£90.50
£86.65
-
-
12
F12A4
£106.35
£101.80
F16A5
£113.10
£108.25
F16TF
£97.30
£93.15
F24TF
£106.35
£101.80
-
16
-
16
-
-
24
-
-
32
-
-
F32TF
£122.20
£116.95
16
-
6
F6A416TF
£113.10
£108.25
-
16
6
F6A416A5
£129.00
£123.45
550 x 1700
Floor Standing Carousels
-
-
16
900W
WM16A4
£119.90
£114.80
-
18
-
C18A5HS
£187.70
£179.75
48
-
4
900W
WM4A48TF
£85.95
£82.30
-
-
18
C18A4HS
£187.80
£179.75
16
-
8
900W
WM8A416TF
£119.90
£114.80
-
-
24
C24A4HS
£212.65
£203.55
36
-
-
C36TFHS
£187.80
£179.75
Wall Displays 8
-
-
225W x 560H
WD8TF
£38.50
£36.85
48
-
-
16
-
-
450W x 680H
WD16TF
£47.55
£45.50
72
-
-
550 x 2060
C48TFHS
£237.55
£227.35
C72TFHS
£264.70
£253.35
32
-
-
900W x 560H
WD32TF
£81.45
£77.95
12
6
6
C6A46A512TFHS
£187.80
£179.75
-
-
4
225W x 760H
WD4A4
£38.50
£36.85
12
-
12
C12A412TFHS
£212.65
£203.55
-
-
8
450W x 760H
WD8A4
£47.55
£45.50
36
-
18
C18A436TFHS
£264.70
£253.35
-
-
16
900W x 760H
WD16A4
£81.45
£77.95
12
6
18
C18A46A512TFHS
£212.65
£203.55
8
-
4
450W x 760H
WD4A48TF
£47.55
£45.50
Mobile Literature Display Units
16
-
8
900W x 680H
WD8A416TF
£81.45
£77.95
-
-
16
490W
TR16A4
£115.40
£110.45
9
10
6
900W x 760H
WD6A410A59TF
£95.05
£90.95
-
-
32
960W
TR32A4
£162.90
£155.90
40
-
-
490W
TR40TF
£122.20
£116.95
1
-
-
105W x 210H
WDTF
£11.35
£10.85
80
-
-
960W
TR80TF
£190.00
£181.90
-
1
-
160W x 210H
WDA5
£11.35
£10.85
18
20
12
960W
TR12A420A518TF
£183.25
£175.40
-
-
1
210W x 297H
WDA4
£11.35
£10.85
40
-
16
960W
TR16A440TF
£162.90
£155.90
Individual Literature Dispensers
Combined Literature Dispensers High quality literature holder with tiered steps. Each pocket is 35mm ›› Re-inforced sides to eliminate breaks ›› Subject to availability ››
Pockets
7
SU4A4 SU4A5 day delivery
Per Pack
1/3 A4
A5
A4
Overall Size W x D x H mm
Model
Price each
Quantity
Price
4
-
-
110 x 190 x 320
SU4TF
£24.30
8
£77.95
-
4
-
157 x 190 x 320
SU4A5
£28.70
4
£71.45
-
-
4
230 x 190 x 320
SU4A4
£28.70
4
£77.95
544
SU4TF
i Information
ASSEMBLED IN MINUTES WITHOUT THE NEED FOR TOOLS DESIGN ELIMINATES PAPER CURL WAS
NOW
Literature Display
MANY OTHER COMBINATIONS AVAILABLE TO ORDER
Wall Mounted Wall Displays ›› ›› ››
Attractive displays with polished smooth, full height edges Available in black or white please specify when ordering 130D x 750Hmm
WD16A4
Wall Displays
Foyer Stand
Floor Standing Carousel
Economical & visually appealing ›› Easy to assemble using the aluminium wall bar provided ›› Mix & match all pockets to create a unique literature display ››
Individual Literature Dispensers ››
7
day delivery
Office & Retail Equipment
››
Can be used as a desktop or wall mounted dispenser (supplied with base bracket & wall fixings) 25D mm
Counter Top Carousels ›› ›› ›› ››
Literature can be seen in all directions Sturdy construction with non-slip feet Mobile Complete with header sleeve Literature Display Unit 565 dia. x 845Hmm
Foyer Stands ›› ››
Lightweight yet sturdy with a 5 legged base 550W x 1700mm
Floor Standing Carousels ›› ›› ›› ››
Lightweight yet sturdy with a 5 legged base Spinners rotate independently Complete with header sleeve 550W x 2060H mm
Mobile Literature Display Units ›› ›› ›› ››
Easy to assemble with the allen key provided Mobile on lockable castors Lightweight yet sturdy construction 370D x 1270Hmm
TR16A4
F12A4
C6A46A512TFHS
545
Drywipe Whiteboards
WRITE-ON® Dual Faced Whiteboards
›› ›› ›› ››
Whiteboards with a plain surface to one side Guideline® gridded surface to the reverse Ultrasmooth to improve erasability & reduce ghosting Aluminium framed with concealed corner fixings Description
Non-magnetic Whiteboards
Overall Size H x W mm
Model
Price
600 x 450
47131
£15.65
›› ›› ›› ››
Whiteboards that also accept magnets Ultrasmooth to improve erasability & reduce ghosting Aluminium framed with concealed corner fixings All whiteboards include a pen tray Description
Overall Size H x W mm
Model
Price
600 x 450
49631
£17.70
900 x 600
47132
£20.95
900 x 600
49632
£21.95
900 x 1200
47143
£31.25
900 x 1200
49643
£36.55
1200 x 1200
47144
£36.25
1200 x 1200
49644
£50.35
1200 x 1500
47154
£55.65
1200 x 1500
49654
£66.30
1200 x 1800
47164
£60.65
1200 x 1800
49664
£78.50
1200 x 2400
47184
£71.10
1200 x 2400
49684
£101.60
1200 x 2700
47194
£109.95
1220 x 2700
49694
£133.10
WRITE-ON® Vitreous Enamel Steel Whiteboards
Office & Retail Equipment
WRITE-ON® Magnetic Whiteboards
Magnetic Whiteboards
WRITE-ON® Revolving Mobile Whiteboards
Vitreous enamel steel is baked at over 800ºC giving it a hardwearing surface ›› Guaranteed for 25 years - invest in the best ›› Aluminium framed with concealed corner fixings
››
Description
Vitreous Enamel Steel Whiteboards
546
Overall Size H x W mm
Model
Price
600 x 450
49431
£28.95
900 x 600
49432
£48.85
900 x 1200
49443
£79.10
›› Sturdy white steel frame with a locking pivot mechanism with 4 castors - 2 locking ›› Whiteboard rotates through its horizontal axis ›› Aluminium framed ultra smooth whiteboard ›› Magnetic versions are also available - call for details Description
Overall Size H x W mm
Model
Price
1200 x 1200
49444
£104.15
900 x 1200
447431
£136.95
1200 x 1500
49454
£129.20
1200 x 900
447341
£137.55
1200 x 1800
49464
£149.15
1200 x 2400
49484
£191.55
1200 x 2700
49494
£219.85
Revolving Mobile Whiteboards
1200 x 1200
447441
£144.00
1200 x 1500
447541
£156.85
1200 x 1800
447641
£185.80
Buzzard Mobile Flipchart Easel
Hawk Tripod Flipchart Easel
Black Easel
White Easel
Flipchart Easels
›› ›› ›› ››
Steel drywipe surface to accept magnets Adjustable A1 flip pad holders Rear leg has a brace for increased stability Supplied with clip-on pen tray Description
Model
›› ›› ›› ››
Price
Black Easel
445000
£53.00
White Easel
445001
£53.00
Drywipe steel surface to accept magnets 2 side arms to display completed sheets Fully height adjustable from seated to standing height ›› Weight: 9.8kg Max height: 1880mm Description
Model
Price
Mobile Easel
449505
£95.65
Ultimate Flipchart Easels ›› Available in blue, red, green, black, grey or white ›› Suitable for all A1 standard 2 hole pads
Office & Retail Equipment
Loop Leg Easel Totally height adjustable Double sided dry-wipe magnetic writing surface ›› Tilts for pad preparation ›› ››
Mobile Easel ›› ›› ››
Steel mobile base Height adjustable 5 locking castors
448082 Description Blue
449603
Loop Leg Easel
Mobile Easel
Model
Price
Model
Price
448084
£78.60
449603
£129.15
Red
448082
£78.60
449602
£129.15
Green
448085
£78.60
449604
£129.15 £129.15
Black
448081
£78.60
449601
Grey
443001
£78.60
449605
£129.15
White
448086
£78.60
449606
£129.15
Carrying Bag
448083
£25.80
-
-
547
Glass Drywipe Boards
WRITE-ON® Glass Whiteboards
Description
›› Contemporary glass boards - ideal for meeting or boardrooms ›› A range of attractive glass dry-wipe boards which also accept super strength magnets ›› Board stands proud of the wall on chrome fixings ›› Made from steel backed 4mm toughened safety glass ›› Optional matching glass pen tray available
Glass Whiteboards
Overall Size H x W mm
Model
Price
500 x 500
G5050WH
£45.65
600 x 450
G4560WH
£49.00
900 x 600
G6090WH
£89.40
1000 x 650
G6510WH
£102.65
1000 x 1500
G1015WH
£181.45
1000 x 2000
G1020WH
£255.60
1200 x 900
G9012WH
£138.40
1200 x 1200
G1212WH
£174.80
1200 x 1800
G1218WH
£239.70
1200 x 2400
G1224WH
£327.75
Pentray
G5000
£9.60
WRITE-ON® Coloured Glass Drywipe Boards ›› ››
Office & Retail Equipment
›› ›› ››
Contemporary, colourful glass message boards A range of striking colours to choose from Drywipe boards which accept super strength magnets Board stands proud of the wall on chrome fixings Made from steel backed 4mm toughened safety glass
Description All Colours Black Only
Overall Size H x W mm
Model
Price
500 x 500
G5050/**
£45.65
600 x 450
G4560/**
£49.00
900 x 600
G6090BK
£89.40
1000 x 650
G6510BK
£102.65
COLOUR OPTIONS
BK Black
548
GY Grey
BL Blue
RD Red
YW Yellow
SB Sky Blue
VI Violet
** To order please add colour code to model code
OR Orange
LM Lime
BUSYFOLD® Display Kits
BUSYGRIP® Poster Frames
RB
AR
EG
TW
Royal Blue
Alfa Red
Emerald
Blue/ Grey
** To order please add colour code to model code
manufactured
›› ›› ››
3 Panel Kit ›› ›› ››
6 Panel Kit
7 Panel Kit
8 Panel Kit
Lightweight folding panel system with 600 x 900mm PVC framed panels All system kits include header(s) & a carrying bag Loop nylon covered panels accept Velcro® Description
Overall Size H x W mm
Model
Price
3 Panel Kit
900 x 1800
BFTPB/**
£76.15
6 Panel Kit
1800 x 1800
BL6KB/**
£143.70
7 Panel Kit
1800 x 1800
BL7KB/**
£205.25
8 Panel Kit
1800 x 2400
BL8KB/**
£205.25
Mesh Literature Display ››
››
›› ››
Description
‘A’ Sized Poster Frames
‘B’ Sized Poster Frames
Paper Size
Overall Size H x W mm
Model
Price
A4
297 x 210
PFA4AL
£13.90
A3
420 x 297
PFA3AL
£17.20
A2
594 x 420
PFA2AL
£23.15
A1
840 x 594
PFA1AL
£30.45
A0
1189 x 840
PFA0AL
£51.00
B2
700 x 500
PFB2AL
£26.50
B1
1000 x 700
PFB1AL
£45.70
Wave Literature Display
This range of wall mounted black mesh leaflet dispensers are robust yet stylish 2 wall mounted options in either 5 pocket or 10 pocket versions All units easily mount using the fixings supplied
›› ›› ›› ››
A contemporary leaflet dispenser 4 oversized A4 shelves Up to 35mm of brochures Supplied with optional castors
Office & Retail Equipment
››
››
Wide range of popular sized poster frames finished in satin anodised aluminium Simply snap open & closed to change the poster Protected by anti-glare UV resistant cover Mounts portrait or landscape with fixings provided Quantity discounts available - call for details Coloured frame versions available - call for details
Literature Display
COLOUR OPTIONS
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Model
Grey
1430 x 350 x 310
LDF8GS
£65.55
White
1430 x 350 x 310
LDF8W
£65.55
1430 x 350 x 310
LDF8B
£65.55
Description
Description
Overall Size H x W x D mm
Model
Price
5 x A4
720 x 260 x 90
G5578BL
£64.55
10 x A5
1290 x 260 x 90
G5579BL
£93.70
Black
Price
549
Aluminium Framed Felt or Cork Noticeboards ›› ››
Aluminium framed noticeboards with flushfix conceal corner wall fixings (supplied) Choice of 5 special felt surfaces, colourfast to BS1006 or faced with traditional cork COLOUR OPTIONS DB
RD
Blue
Red
GR
BU
Green Burgundy
LG
CK
Grey
Cork
** To order please add colour code to model code
Noticeboards
Description
Aluminium Frame Felt Noticeboards
Overall Size H x W mm
Model
Price
600 x 450
44531/**
£17.15
900 x 600
44532/**
£24.30
900 x 1200
44543/**
£31.45
1200 x 1200
44544/**
£39.50
1200 x 1500
44554/**
£48.20
1200 x 1800
44564/**
£53.20
1200 x 2400
44584/**
£65.10
RESIST-A-FLAME® Fire Retardant Noticeboards ›› ››
››
Manufactured from flame retardant materials Cloth & pinboard assembly are tested to the latest European ‘reaction to fire’ test BS EN 13501 & classified as B-SI,d0 meets BS476 Parts 6&7 class 0 Mount portrait or landscape - wall fixings provided COLOUR OPTIONS DB
manufactured
Office & Retail Equipment
Description
Resist-a-Flame® Noticeboards
Dark Blue
CR
CO
Crimson Conifer
PL
SL
Plum
Silver
** To order please add colour code to model code Overall Size H x W mm
Model
Price
900 x 600
45381/**
£50.00
900 x 1200
45391/**
£73.00
1200 x 1200
45401/**
£92.95
1200 x 1500
45441/**
£130.30
1200 x 1800
45411/**
£138.85
1200 x 2400
45421/**
£171.15
Eco-Friendly Noticeboards ›› ›› ››
®
Constructed from a large proportion of recycled materials Contoured 35mm frame in light oak effect finish 5 colourfast felt colours plus traditional cork COLOUR OPTIONS DB Blue
manufactured
Description
Eco-Friendly Noticeboards
550
RD Red
GR
BU
Green Burgundy
LG
CK
Grey
Cork
** To order please add colour code to model code
Overall Size H x W mm
Model
Price
900 x 600
EF9060/**
£28.95
900 x 1200
EF1290/**
£43.70
1200 x 1200
EF1212/**
£49.50
1200 x 1500
EF1512/**
£63.65
1200 x 1800
EF1812/**
£76.50
1200 x 2400
EF2412/**
£92.55
Tamperproof Felt Noticeboards ›› ›› ››
A durable solution to protecting displayed information against casual interference Single door versions can be mounted with hinge to side, top or bottom Matching locks for convenience - fixings supplied COLOUR OPTIONS DB
RD
Blue
Red
GR
BU
LG
Green Burgundy
Grey
manufactured
** To order please add colour code to model code
Description
Double Door
Model
Price
900 x 600
TP9060/**
£65.55 £84.10
900 x 900
TP9090/**
1200 x 900
TP1290/**
£96.00
1200 x 1200
TP1212/**
£111.90
1200 x 1800
TP1812/**
£182.10
1200 x 2400
TP2412/**
£218.50
Noticeboards
Single Door
Overall Size H x W mm
RESIST-A-FLAME® Fire Retardant Tamperproof Noticeboards ›› ›› ›› ››
Attractive aluminium trim; with the added safety of being manufactured from flame retardant materials Single door versions can be mounted with hinge to side, top or bottom Matching locks for convenience - fixings supplied Tested to the latest European ‘reaction to fire’ test BS EN 13501 & classified as B-SI,d0 meets BS476 Parts 6&7 class 0
manufactured Description
COLOUR OPTIONS
Dark Blue
CR
CO
PL
Crimson Conifer
Plum
SL
Single Door
Silver
** To order please add colour code to model code
Double Door
Model
Price
900 x 600
45301/**
£99.00 £127.95
900 x 900
45311/**
1200 x 900
45321/**
£142.05
1200 x 1200
45331/**
£171.30
1200 x 1800
45341/**
£266.80
1200 x 2400
45351/**
£317.20
SHIELD® Exterior Showcases ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
Independently tested showcase has satisfied the stringent IP55 standard for water & dust ingress Top hinged showcase with support stays 2 matching locks for convenience Top hinged showcase with support stays Anodised aluminium frame with clear acrylic cover Coloured frame versions are available - call for details COLOUR OPTIONS Made to order colour options
Stocked options
RB
CK
Royal Blue
Cork
SC
EG
Scarlet Emerald
DW
LG
BK
Dark Wine
Light Grey
Black
** To order please add colour code to model code
Description
Overall Size H x W mm
manufactured
Model
Price
Takes 8 A4 Sheets
750 x 967
SCEL8/AL/**
£190.70
Takes 12 A4 Sheets
1050 x 1012
SCEL12/AL/**
£231.75
Takes 15 A4 Sheets
1050 x 1182
SCEL15/AL/**
£252.30
Takes 18 A4 Sheets
1050 x 1397
SCEL18/AL/**
£284.75
551
Office & Retail Equipment
DB
Overall Size H x W mm
Outdoor Noticeboards
Single Door Noticeboards
›› ››
Office & Retail Equipment
››
›› ›› ›› ››
››
Ideal for wall or post mounting Lockable & waterproof featuring vandal resistant 4mm plexichoc glazing Integrated hinged door replaceable without tools & without having to remove the poster display “Safety” lock with 2 keys on the door section Elastomer seal & anti-condensation vents Galvanised steel backboard with a white lacquer finish Optional posts for 30 mm frame: two aluminium posts 60 x 40 mm with black top caps. Universal fixing system on the back of each display case, using brushed stainless steel brackets Silver anodised or painted in the below colours: RAL 3004
RAL 5010
RAL 6005
RAL 9005
5YR
GUARANTEE
Silver Anodised
please specify when ordering 4 x A4
6 x A4
9 x A4
8 x A4
OPTIONAL HEADER BOARDS
Painted
Anodised
Overall Size W x H mm
Model
Price
Model
Price
550 x 750 - 4 x A4
405001
£186.00
505001
£143.00
750 x 750 - 6 x A4
405002
£227.00
505002
£175.00
830 x 980 - 8 x A4
405060
£265.39
505060
£225.00
750 x 1050 - 9 x A4
405003
£260.00
505003
£198.00
552
Optional Header boards are available blank for your own personalisation. Different styles & sizes available - call for details
Dual Door Noticeboards
Outdoor Noticeboards
5YR
GUARANTEE
›› ›› ››
›› ›› ›› ››
››
RAL 3004
RAL 5010
RAL 6005
RAL 9005
OPTIONAL HEADER BOARDS
Silver Anodised
please specify when ordering 8 x A4
12 x A4
18 x A4
Description
Overall Size D x W x H mm
Profile
8 x A4
30 x 1200 x 750
12 x A4
30 x 1400 x 1050
Post pair - 2600mm high
30 x A4
Painted
Anodised
Model
Price
Model
Price
30mm
405075
£487.00
505075
£406.00
30mm
405076
£609.00
505076
£509.00
30mm
416356
£174.00
516356
£135.00
18 x A4
75 x 1800 x 1050
75mm
414021
£767.00
514021
£645.00
30 x A4
75 x 2300 x 1050
75mm
414022
£883.00
514022
£741.00
75mm
416400
£347.00
516400
£305.00
Post pair - 2475mm high
Optional Header boards are available blank for your own personalisation. Different styles & sizes available - call for details
553
Office & Retail Equipment
››
Ideal for wall or post mounting Lockable & waterproof featuring vandal resistant 4mm plexichoc glazing 2 doors using integrated hinges, replaceable without tools & without having to remove the poster display “Safety” lock with 2 keys on the door section Elastomer seal & anti-condensation vents Galvanised steel backboard with a white lacquer finish Optional posts for 30 mm frame: two aluminium posts 60 x 40 mm with black top caps. Universal fixing system on the back of each display case, using brushed stainless steel brackets Optional posts for 75mm frame: Two oblong & dovetailed aluminium posts 80 x 125, with black lacquered aluminium top caps. Each post supplied with 2 dovetailed cast aluminium clamps. Poster display case fitted easily without drilling. Poster display case is height adjustable. Silver anodised or painted in the below colours:
Office Planner Kit
T-Cards
›› Use as a daily/weekly, job planner/message
T-CARDS
››
- 170gsm card. Available in 10 colours (shown on the right) - please specify when ordering
centre. Contents: 7 x 24 slot panels, index panel, wall supports & 7 packs of size 2 T-Cards
PRINTER T-CARDS - 170gsm card. Available in 5 colours - white, yellow, green, blue or pink - please specify when ordering ›› 20040 is not available in purple or grey ›› PTC-3 is not available pink ››
Size
Model
Price
Office & Retail Equipment
Display Systems
T-Cards 1 - box of 100
20010
£2.00
1.5 - box of 100
20015
£2.55
2 - box of 100
20020
£2.85
3 - box of 100
20030
£3.15
Size 1
20040
£5.60
Size 1.5
15
45
53
35
Size 2
15
60
85
48.5
4 - box of 100
Dimensions (mm)
Printer T-Cards
A
B
C
D
15
28
49
16.5
2 - pack of 180
PTC-2
£9.60
Size 3
15
92
120
80
3 - pack of 80
PTC-3
£9.60
Size 4
15
124
180
112
Size
Model
Price
480H x 480W
29110
£63.45
Workload Production Board Kit
General Purpose Kit
Yearly Day Planner Kit
Title each panel to preferred job stages & progress job T-Card stage by stage to produce a production overview board.
Economical & simple yearly multi application display board. Displays a yearly schedule by months & days
Multi-application kit. Schedule all plans over a year on a daily basis.
Contents: 12 x 32 slot panels, index panel, wall supports, title strips, & 5 packs of size 2 T-Cards
Contents: 12 x 54 slot panels, index panel, wall supports, day/month labels, & 10 packs of size 2 T-Cards
Contents: 12 x 32 slot depth monthly panels, index panel, wall supports, title strips, & 5 packs of size 2 T-Cards
Size mm
Model
Price
Size mm
Model
Price
Size mm
Model
Price
805W x 665H
WPDB-32
£145.90
805W x 960H
29112
£200.20
805W x 665H
DMY-365
£145.90
Document Display Pockets -
professionally display your documentation
›› No more overloaded,
untidy info displays
›› Colour coded plastic
MAGNETIC BACKED DOCUMENT POCKETS ›› For
magnetic whiteboard use, 5 per pack
Size A3
A4
HOOK & LOOP BACKED DOCUMENT POCKETS
Style
Model
Price
Portrait
M8250A3P
£38.00
Landscape
M8250A3L
£38.00
Covers
8250301
£10.95
Portrait
M8250A4P
£23.50
Landscape
M8250A4L
£23.50
Covers
8250300
£5.85
554
››
For felt noticeboard use, 5 per pack
Size A3
A4
Style
Model
Price
Portrait
HL8250A3P
£35.75
Landscape
HL8250A3L
£35.75
Covers
8250301
£10.95
Portrait
HL8250A4P
£23.25
Landscape
HL8250A4L
£23.25
Covers
8250300
£5.85
ADHESIVE BACKED DOCUMENT POCKETS ›› For general use, 5 per pack Size A3
A4
Style
Model
Price
Portrait
AD8250A3P
£34.50
Landscape
AD8250A3L
£34.50
Covers
8250301
£10.95
Portrait
AD8250A4P
£22.00
Landscape
AD8250A4L
£22.00
Covers
8250300
£5.85
Lower Value Orders May Incur a Handling Charge
document pockets & covers ensure paperwork is secure & protected ›› Document pocket packs available in white, yellow, red, dark blue, green, blue-grey, grey, black, orange & transparent - please specify ›› Available in A5 & A6 formats
Cascading Document Display Racks ›› A ll
steel, wall mounted document display racks & A6 pocket formats are available - call for details ›› 7 colour options available: yellow (1), grey/white (2), red (3), blue (4), green (5), umbra grey (6) or grey alu (7). Add colour code to single colour rack reference. For mixed colour units the bottom 2 pockets must be the same colour. State on order coloured pocket sequence starting from bottom 2 upwards ›› Alternative pocket depth racks available - call for details ›› A 5
No of Pockets
10 16
Document Format
Model
Price
Portrait
CDUA4P4/..
£42.00
A4 (Visible Edge: Portrait Style 68mm Landscape Style 45mm)
Landscape
CDUA4L4/..
£42.00
Portrait
CDUA4P10/..
£97.50
Landscape
CDUA4L10/..
£97.50
Portrait
CDUA4P16/..
£149.95
Landscape
CDUA4L16/..
£149.95
819002
£14.70
Optional Magnetic Backing for 4 pocket mini units
Example of Racks mounted onto a Backing Board This unit can be purchased as a complete item - please call for details
A4 Document Swivel Frame Systems ›› L eaf
through double sided panel displays access to frequently utilised information ›› Documentation fully visible yet protected by transparent foil ›› Available in blue, yellow, green, red, black or assorted - please specify when ordering
Display Systems
4
Document Size
›› R apid
SF-DO
››
MOUNTABLE SWIVEL FRAME
››
SWIVEL DESK ORGANISER
- A4 portrait swivel system comprising of magnetically or wall mounted backed carrier plate, 1 x stop bar & 10 double sided wire framed swivel display panels - A4 portrait swivel system comprising of desk stand, 3 x carrier plates, 30 x double sided wire framed swivel display panels & 30 x blank tab inserts Model
Price
SF-TA/M
£89.95
Mountable Swivel Frame - Wall Mounted
SF-TA/W
£84.95
Swivel Desk Organiser
SF-DO
£229.95
SF-TA/M
Revolving Printed Whiteboards
Wall Mounted Printed Whiteboards ››
Printed single side magnetic revolving whiteboard complete with steel stand & lockable castors ›› Double side printing available - call for details
Aluminium framed, dry wipe surface
››
i Information NO MORE TAPE OR GRIDDING PENS!! Printed price includes customer supplied camera ready artwork. Alternatively, artwork will be charged at £75.00 (nett) including a proof
Non-Magnetic
Magnetic
Overall Size L x H mm
Model
Price
Model
Price
900 x 600
ENM0906/PR
£121.95
EM0906/PR
£128.95
Overall Size L x H mm
Printed Surface 1 x Printed & 1 x Plain
1200 x 900
ENM1209/PR
£139.95
EM1209/PR
£149.95
Model
Price
1500 x 1200
ENM1512/PR
£254.95
EM1512/PR
£286.95
1200 x 900
EMR1209/PR
£284.95
1800 x 1200
ENM1812/PR
£266.95
EM1812/PR
£297.95
1500 x 1200
EMR1512/PR
£451.95
2400 x 1200
ENM2412/PR
£399.95
EM2412/PR
£447.95
1800 x 1200
EMR1812/PR
£544.95
Lower Value Orders May Incur a Handling Charge
555
Office & Retail Equipment
Description Mountable Swivel Frame - Magnetic
Available Colours
Entraplush Traps dirt & debris protecting internal floors Quick drying ‘crush-resistant’ carpet surface ›› Slip resistant, stain resistant with PVC backing ›› Colours: grey, brown, blue, red or green ››
Safety Matting
››
Model
Price
600 x 900
PP-0001
£16.99
900 x 1500
PP-0002
£42.84
1200 x 1800
PP-0003
£67.77
Microfibre Doormat ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
Exceptional multi-action entrance mat using hygienic microfibre technology Superior ‘brushing & wiping’ with ‘rapid dry’ properties – even out performs cotton Flexible, ultra-fine fibres provide deep cleaning action on passing footwear Filament structure creates a capillary effect for improved dirt retention/absorbency Environmentally friendly – does not require chemical pre-treatment or washing detergents Colours: beige, brown, black or purple Overall Size L x W mm
Model
Price
600 x 900
MF-0001
£36.02
900 x 1500
MF-0002
£78.43
i Information
Office & Retail Equipment
Overall Size L x W mm
WASHABLE LOGO MATS AVAILABLE CALL FOR DETAILS
Coba Wash ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
Enviro-mat Manufactured using 100% recycled materials Heavy rubber backing minimises movement on carpet & hard floor surfaces ›› Raised pattern removes dirt & debris ›› Colours: blue, brown, grey or charcoal ›› ››
556
Overall Size L x W mm
Model
Price £27.07
600 x 900
EM-0001
900 x 1500
EM-0002
£67.73
1200 x 1800
EM-0003
£108.36
Machine washable mat Traps up to 90% of tracked-in dirt Traps moisture, grit & grease Bleach & fade resistant - 11 year warranty Non-slip nitrile rubber backing Colours: black/blue, black/steel, black/brown or black/red Overall Size L x W mm
Model
Price
600 x 850
LM-0201
£41.91
850 x 1200
LM-0204
£83.75
850 x 1500
LM-0202
£99.72
1150 x 1750
LM-0203
£159.03
Finger Tip ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
Traps dirt & debris protecting internal floors Bevelled edges to help prevent trips Offers slip resistance in both directions Easy to clean - shake or hose down Ideal for all weather conditions Colour: black
Overall Size L x W mm
Model
Price
FT-0001
£26.42
FT-0002
£44.00
900 x 1800
FT-0003
£79.22
Cobascrape ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
Hard wearing surface scrapes dirt from your shoes Gives a sure footing grip in wet/oily conditions Bevelled edges to help prevent trips Manufactured from 100% nitrile Ideal for all weather conditions Machine washable Colour: black Overall Size L x W mm
Model
Safetry Matting
600 x 800 800 x 1000
Price
850 x 750
CS-0001
£59.73
850 x 1400
CS-0002
£111.22
850 x 3000
CS-0003
£237.26
1100 x 1700
CS-0004
£182.00
Ringmat Octomat Manufactured from hard wearing rubber matting for a long life span even in demanding conditions ›› Conforms to EN-13552 Category R10 ›› Connectors available for a larger area coverage ›› Colour: black ››
Model
Price
1000 x 1500
RM-0003
£83.02
Connector
RM-0004
£1.94
Office & Retail Equipment
Overall Size L x W mm
Rampmat Manufactured from durable NBR rubber making this popular doormat suitable for most climates ›› Superior slip resistance conforming to Slip Resistance Test EN-13552 Category R10 ›› Raised circular pattern surface provides grip while scraping dirt & moisture. ›› Moulded bevelled edging for safety & wheeled access ›› Thickness: 10mm ››
Overall Size L x W mm
Model
Price
1200 x 800
RP010002
£24.17
1500 x 900
RP010001
£30.90
557
Dump Baskets
Display Baskets
››
Display Baskets Top quality build & finish Bright zinc finish ›› Space utilisation ›› Self stacking ›› Free standing
White plastic coated
›› ››
D2400
D1600
D2100: round dump bin ›› D1600 & D2400: square collapsible basket with adjustable base ››
Description
Basket A
i Information
Model
Price
Divider Price
475 x 300 x 250
SB475-300
£15.31
£3.74
475 x 400 x 250
SB475-400
£17.07
£4.10
475 x 450 x 300
SB475-450
£20.58
£4.62
475 x 500 x 300
SB475-500
£21.25
£4.83
SB P1
£21.65
-
580 x 300 x 250
SB580-300
£16.82
£3.74
580 x 400 x 250
SB580-400
£17.54
£4.10
580 x 450 x 300
SB580-450
£21.88
£4.62
580 x 500 x 300
SB580-500
£22.05
£4.83
SB P2
£32.98
-
980 x 300 x 250
SB980-300
£22.83
£3.74
980 x 400 x 250
SB980-400
£25.37
£4.10
980 x 450 x 300
SB980-450
£28.50
£4.62
980 x 500 x 400
SB980-500
£33.43
£4.96
SB P3
£39.77
-
Plinth with Castors to suit - 475 wide
IDEAL FOR CATERING FOR THE IMPULSE BUYER
Basket B
Plinth with Castors to suit - 580 wide
D2100
Basket C
Office & Retail Equipment
Overall Size W x D x H mm
Overall Size W x D x H mm
Model
Price
400 x 400 x 726
D1600
£14.18
Data Strip - 450L x 39H mm
£1.76
-
600 x 600 x 726
D2400
£19.55
Data Strip - 550L x 39H mm
£1.48
-
533 dia. x 635 height
D2100
£14.49
Data Strip - 950L x 39H mm
£1.84
-
Plinth with Castors to Suit - 980 wide
Shopping Baskets ››
Double handles for extra strength
i Information 24 LITRE CAPACITY
Description
Overall Size W x D x H mm
Model
Price
Plastic Shopping Basket (Red, Blue or Green)
430 x 300 x 230
PSB4330
£3.95
Wire Shopping Basket (Red, Blue or Green handles)
450 x 320 x 190
WSB4532
£4.45
Universal Plinth
-
UPSB
£14.95
558
Lower Value Orders May Incur a Handling Charge
Universal Plinth
Display Baskets
COLOUR OPTIONS Green Blue Red specify when ordering. other colours available
D1
4 x MT8
››
For warehouse/bulk storage
The simplest & most effective way to display stock
››
Tough & durable, constructed from welded steel wire with plastic coating to prevent corrosion
››
Designed by engineers & built to withstand the rigours of harsh environments
››
External Size W x D x H mm
Mesh Size mm
660 x 460 x 350 Safe & stable, the interlocking design 980 x 460 x 350 of these baskets ensures safe stacking
››
24 x 46
980 x 680 x 480
Plastic coating which protects the goods from damage
››
››
Finish: durable plastic coating
›› Dividers
available
46 x 46
1220 x 680 x 480
Open front containers which allow easy access to even bulky goods
››
4 x MT8, 8 x D1 & F9901
4 x MT8 & 8 x D1 Capacity Litres
Capacity kg
Model
Price
65
0.088
MT8
£22.95
88
0.140
C12
£25.95
300
0.300
C2DS
£32.70
360
0.400
C4
£39.95
Description
Overall Size W x D x H mm
Model Divider
Price
D1
£3.50
D2
£4.50
Model
Price
Wheels to suit - MT8
F9901
£22.00
Wheels to suit - C12
F9903
£22.00
Wheels to suit - C2DS & C4
F9902
£26.00
Hook On Price Tag
120 x 40
PPB
£0.59
Hook On Price Tag
165 x 80
PPA
£0.75
EPOS Strip
980 x 60
EPOS
£2.00
Lower Value Orders May Incur a Handling Charge
559
Office & Retail Equipment
Ideal for order picking & fulfilment operations
››
Economy Archive Storage Boxes ››
Large labelling area
i Information
Storage Boxes
IDEAL FOR ALL YOUR ARCHIVE STORAGE
3
day delivery
20kg
evenly distributed
manufactured
External Size W x L x H mm
Internal Size W x L x H mm
Model
Price per 25 Off
350 x 455 x 263
328 x 410 x 254
AB02
£64.60
Stacking Archive Storage Boxes Stacking with or without lid Ideal for storage of complete A4 lever arch files ›› Supplied in packs of 10 ›› If lids purchased separately, a small order charge will apply ›› Long shelf life ››
Office & Retail Equipment
››
manufactured
i Information IDEAL FOR STORAGE OF A4 LEVER ARCH FILES
3
day delivery
External Size W x L x H mm
Internal Size W x L x H mm
Colours Available
Model No
Price per pk 10
360 x 425 x 300
340 x 425 x 260
Silver/Grey
SBP330
£74.20
-
-
Black Only
SBP3LID to fit above size
£14.40
560
Lower Value Orders May Incur a Handling Charge
Mail Distribution Trolleys ›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
Mail Distribution Trolleys
›› ››
Non marking buffering helps prevent damaging doorways & furniture These tubular steel trolleys can be used both indoors & outdoors Models MTE01S & MTE02L have high capacity removable baskets, with a pannier basket available for both models On the larger model, MTE02L, the upper basket can tilt back giving easy access to the lower basket Platform trolley model MTE03C has side & end panels to help maximise the storage capabilities of this large trolley MTE02L Side panels are easy to remove to aid loading & unloading Large basket model MTE04D has 2 large capacity removable baskets designed to accommodate concertina files Diamond formation wheels on models MTE03C & MTE04D give easy manoeuvrability
£323.35
MTE02L shown with MTEB1Z, concertina files & support bars, call for details MTE01S shown with concertina files & support bars, call for details
MTE01S
£258.55
MTE03C
Mailroom & Packaging
£600.90
MTE03C
MTE04D
MTE04D
£590.15 Description
Overall Size W x D x H mm
Basket Size W x D x H mm
Mail Trolley
610 x 915 x 1000
460 x 485 x 255
Mail Trolley
610 x 1030 x 1000
460 x 635 x 255
2 x 125 mm Swivel Castors, 2 x 200 mm Fixed Wheels
Optional Pannier Basket to suit above models
-
460 x 130 x 350
-
Platform Trolley with side/end panels
610 x 1200 x 1070
-
4 x 200 mm Castors, 2 fixed, 2 swivel
Platform Trolley with large baskets
562
610 x 1200 x 1070
425 x 960 x 425
Wheels
Max Load
Weight kg
Model
Price
Lower Basket - 50 kg Upper Basket - 20 kg
25
MTE01S
£258.55
Lower Basket - 60 kg Upper Basket - 30 kg
30
MTE02L
£323.35
10 kg
-
MTEB1Z
£53.35*
300 kg
66
MTE03C
£600.90
Lower Basket - 60 kg Upper Basket - 20 kg
68
MTE04D
£590.15
*price applicable when ordering with the Mailroom Distribution Trolleys. Order charges will apply if ordered on their own.
Mail Distribution Trolleys
Mailroom Distribution Trolleys
MT983Y
£230.15
MT985Y
£284.90
MT983Y
MT985Y & PB800Z Zinc Rails to facilitate hanging files
Wheels situated inside the frame ›› ›› ››
3YR
PB800Z
GUARANTEE
manufactured
*prices applicable when ordering with the Trolleys. Order charges will apply if ordered on their own.
Overall Size W x D x H mm
Basket Size W x D x H mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
530 x 820 x 910
470 x 370 x 320
18
MT983Y
£230.15
530 x 950 x 910
470 x 520 x 320
19
MT984Y
£264.55
530 x 1230 x 910
470 x 770 x 320
24
MT985Y
£284.90
2
PB800Z
£28.55*
Rear Pannier Basket - 320 x 210 x 360/420
Chrome Plated Wire Tray Trolley ›› ›› ››
Hygienic - Easy to clean Removable centre shelf for bulky loads Mobile on 2 large fixed 200mm wheels & 2 swivel braked 125 mm castors
3
day delivery
SWI52Y
£196.45
Removable Shelf SWI52Y with middle shelf removed Overall Size L x W x H mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
860 x 660 x 990
17.5
SWI52Y
£196.45
120kg
SWI52Y
evenly distributed
563
Mailroom & Packaging
››
Manufactured from strong tubular steel Supplied with 2 plastic coated mesh baskets Mobile on 2 x 200mm fixed grey non-marking wheels & 2 x 75mm swivel grey non-marking castors. The 200mm wheels are fitted within the frame of the unit to help prevent damage to furniture & doorways These units also incorporate 2 removable zinc rails in each basket. This allows the units to facilitate hanging files
Post Bag Holders Manufactured from strong tubular steel Notches on the top of the frames hold postal bags into place (postal bags not included) Mobile on 4 x 75mm swivel non-marking castors
›› ›› ››
MT987Y
£124.05
3YR
Mail Distribution Trolleys
MT988Y
£157.85
MT987Y
GUARANTEE
manufactured
MT988Y
Postal Bags Held
Overall Size W x D x H mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
1 2
390 x 390 x 1130
8
MT987Y
£124.05
390 x 770 x 1130
12
MT988Y
£157.85
Post Distribution Stairclimber Manufactured from strong tubular steel Supplied with 2 plastic coated mesh baskets Mobile on 3 x 150mm wheels in a tri-wheel mount. These are mounted inside the frame
›› ›› ››
SC983Y
£324.05
manufactured
3YR
GUARANTEE
Mailroom & Packaging
PB800Z
SC983Y & PB800Z
Overall Size W x D x H mm
Basket Size W x D x H mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
535 x 920 x 940
470 x 370 x 320
23
SC983Y
£324.05
2
PB800Z
£28.55
Rear Pannier Basket - factory fitted 320 x 210 x 360/420
Self Levelling Trolleys ››
››
GS9125: re-inforced heavy duty PVC bag with a plywood deck GS9226: constructed from galvanised steel sides & ends with a plastic deck Unloaded height: bag - 650mm & box - 800mm
3YR
manufactured
GUARANTEE
GS9125 Overall Size L x W x H mm
Wheels
935 x 730 x 932
125mm Cushion
Load Capacity
Weight kg
Model
Price
40
GS9125
£722.65
50
GS9226
£798.80
Self Levelling Trolley - Bag
GS9226
564
100 kg
Self Levelling Trolley - Box 935 x 730 x 932
125mm Cushion
100 kg
Basket Trolleys ›› ››
Fully welded frame & white powder coated removable baskets Mobile on 4 swivel 125mm non-marking castors
Mailroom Distribution Trolleys
FROM ONLY
£271.75
GS100H
3YR
125kg
evenly distributed
Overall Size L x W x H mm
GS074H
GUARANTEE
manufactured
Weight kg
Features
Model
Price
740 x 480 x 1100
2 Basket - 500L x 400W x 180H mm
20
GS074H
£271.75
1250 x 480 x 1100
2 Basket - 1000L x 400W x 180H mm. Includes 2 dividers to make 4 compartments
28
GS100H
£316.55
Post Room Trolley
›› ››
Manufactured in tubular steel with 50 x 50mm mesh infil 6 mesh compartments & a storage tray Mobile on 4 x 100mm swivel non-marking castors with plastic corner buffers
Mailroom & Packaging
››
3YR
GUARANTEE
manufactured
MT991Y
£454.25
MT991Y Overall Size L x W x H mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
1020 x 500 x 1020
16
MT991Y
£454.25
565
Mailroom Sorting Systems
Mailroom Sorting Systems
MSS18Z
Mailroom & Packaging
MCD04Z
MSS54Z
›› ››
Practical yet stylish units which are ideal for post sorting Finished in a hardwearing beech, birch or white laminate
Floor Mounted Units ››
IDEAL FOR DOCUMENT & POST SORTING
Shelves are adjustable at 32mm intervals & edged with a slanted aluminium profile which makes labelling easier
Mail Sorting System ››
i Information
FROM ONLY
Comprises of a mail cupboard with or without doors & a pull out sorting unit. Also comes with a table top mail sorting unit with 30 compartments Overall Size W x D x H mm
No of Compartments
Beech Model
£284.05 Birch
Price
White
Model
Price
Model
Price
Floor Mounted Units 315 x 400 x 1880
18
MSS18Z
£284.05
MSS28Z
£284.05
MSS38Z
£284.05
915 x 400 x 1880
54
MSS54Z
£754.65
MSS64Z
£754.65
MSS74Z
£754.65
Mail Sorting Systems 915 x 400 x 1880
Without Doors
MCN04Z
£764.75
MCN14Z
£764.75
MCN24Z
£764.75
915 x 400 x 1880
With Doors
MCD04Z
£798.35
MCD14Z
£798.35
MCD24Z
£798.35
566
MSS28Z
Post Lockers ›› ›› ››
››
Manufactured from sheet steel in grey Lockers are equipped with a master door to allow authorised access Supplied complete with cylinder locks (with 2 keys) & a master key for the master door Each compartment is 290W mm with a post hole which is 240W mm
Mailroom Lockers
PLW12Z
AVAILABLE WITH 12, 15 OR 30 COMPARTMENTS Overall Size W x D x H mm
No of Boxes
Model
Price
PLW12Z
£488.20
Wall Mounted Unit 760 x 450 x 820
12 Floor Standing Unit
380 x 450 x 1910
15
PLF15Z
£488.20
760 x 450 x 1910
30
PLF30Z
£896.35
PLF30Z
PLF15Z
Post Lockers
›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
Ideal for use in offices, flats, schools, colleges, hospitals etc Use for central mail & internal post systems Fitted with standard mastered cam locks with 2,000 differs Each box has its own posting slot Pre-drilled for nesting Powder coated with Germ Guard Active Technology paint DOOR COLOUR OPTIONS Light grey carcass with various door colour options Green
LX1230387
Light Grey Blue Yellow
manufactured Overall Size W x D x H mm
No of Boxes
Light Blue Red specify when ordering
Model
Price
15mm Post Slots 230 x 255 x 1075
8
LX1023258
£182.56
230 x 255 x 1325
10
LX132325N
£198.94
25mm Post Slots 300 x 380 x 1230
7
LX1230387
£190.75
300 x 380 x 1725
10
LX173038N
£228.20
40mm Post Slots 300 x 380 x 870
3
LX8730383
£143.94
300 x 380 x 1665
6
LX1630386
£190.75
LX173038N
567
Mailroom & Packaging
››
Mail Sorting Systems MT960Z
‘See through’ design prevents mail being overlooked Compartment size: 340 x 145mm This modern sorting system has been especially designed to offer an effective way of ensuring all mail is correctly sorted Each compartment clearly identified Manufactured from light gauge mesh which is lightweight & ideal for mounting on a table
›› ›› ››
››
Mail Sorting Systems
››
FROM ONLY
3YR
£414.50
GUARANTEE
manufactured
No. of Compartments
Overall Size WxDxH
Weight kg
Model
Price
18
1085 x 420 x 955
20
MT960Z
£414.50
24
1445 x 420 x 955
30
MT961Z
£552.15
FROM ONLY
Mailroom & Packaging
£426.30
3YR
GUARANTEE
MT962Z
MT964Y manufactured
Static Mail Sorter ›› ›› ››
Mobile Mail Sorter
This unit is available either free standing on its own stand or for bench mounting if required It has 20 easily identified compartments Stand is manufactured from 25mm square tubular steel
››
››
This mail sorter has 12 easily identified compartments & is available with or without a mobile trolley The trolley is mobile on 100mm rubber castors
Description
Overall Size mm WxDxH
Compartment Size mm WxDxH
Weight kg
Model
Price
Description
Overall Size mm WxDxH
Compartment Size mm WxDxH
Weight kg
Model
Price
Post Sorter & Stand
1450 x 457 x 1830
355 x 457 x 297
28
MT962Z
£817.70
Post Sorter & Trolley
1375 x 380 x 1610
355 x 380 x 305
28
MT964Y
£609.75
Post Sorter only
1450 x 457 x 1525
£728.95
Post Sorter only
1065 x 380 x 1220
355 x 380 x 305
11
MT965Z
£426.30
568
355 x 457 x 297
18
MT963Z
Economy Packing Bench
MB156M
manufactured
£452.45
3YR
GUARANTEE
Packing Benches
MB156M ›› ›› ›› ››
››
i Information STAY ORGANISED WITH THIS QUALITY PACKING BENCH
Overall L x W mm
Overall Height mm
Lower Shelf Depth mm
Weight kg
Model
Price
1525 x 610
1525
350
70
MB156M
£452.45
1830 x 760
1525
350
85
MB187M
£478.55
Carton Stands ›› ›› ››
CA074Y
These carton stands help keep boxes / packaging organized & clean Model CA074Y is mobile on 4 x 50mm swivel castors Subject to availability
160kg
3
evenly distributed
£86.20
day delivery
Description
No. of Sections
Overall Size L x W mm
Divider Height
Weight kg
Model
Price
Mobile
3
1117 x 457
610mm
24
CA074Y
£86.20
CA074Y
569
Mailroom & Packaging
››
Complete with 2 reel holders Upper storage shelf - 200mm deep Worktop height: 915mm 25mm thick MDF worktop & lower shelf For ease of transport, the unit is supplied in two components The upper back frame is supplied separately for bolting into position
Mailroom Benches ›› ›› ››
Mailroom Benches
››
High quality mail sorting facility designed for use in office, central mail & internal post systems Round edge worktop for safety with a durable scratch resistant wipe clean surface ›› Many accessories available - see next page for details Height adjustable feet for easy levelling Castor options available - call for details
FROM ONLY
£316.90
MEB1575
i Information MANY ACCESSORIES AVAILABLE. SEE NEXT PAGE FOR DETAILS
Mailroom & Packaging
manufactured
MOBLS1575
Length mm
1230 1530 1830
570
Depth mm
840 840 840
Height mm 750
MOB1575
Open Bench with Lower Shelf
Open Bench
Enclosed Bench with Middle Shelf
Model
Price
Model
Price
Model
Price
MOB1275
£316.90
MOBLS1275
£379.15
MEB1275
£489.55
900
MOB1290
£325.00
MOBLS1290
£395.75
MEB1290
£506.25
750
MOB1575
£331.80
MOBLS1575
£413.30
MEB1575
£566.65
900
MOB1590
£344.10
MOBLS1590
£429.10
MEB1590
£588.60
750
MOB1875
£359.90
MOBLS1875
£457.15
MEB1875
£653.45
900
MOB1890
£374.80
MOBLS1890
£471.15
MEB1890
£669.15
Mailroom Bench Accessories MABC444
£131.25
MABD244
£146.35
Mailroom Benches
MABD244
MABC444
i Information
manufactured
CHOOSE YOUR BENCH & ADD THE ACCESSORIES TO COMPLETE YOUR MAILROOM SYSTEM
MABCD445
£296.35 Mailroom & Packaging
MABCD445
Description
MABCL933 & MABST133 Overall Size H x D x W mm
MABOL933 & MABST133 Model
MABCL933 & MABST133 Price
Cupboard - White Door
435 x 420 x 420
MABC444
£131.25
Single Drawer - White Front
220 x 420 x 420
MABD244
£146.35
Cupboard & Single Drawer - White Doors
420 x 420 x 560
MABCD445
£296.35
Mail Locker - Open
900 x 300 x 385
MABOL933
£113.45
Mail Locker - White Doors
900 x 300 x 385
MABCL933
£141.90
Sloping Top for Mail Locker (Factory Fitted)
155 x 300 x 385
MABST133
£6.85
571
Packing Bench Accessories ››
››
››
Packing Benches
››
››
››
1) Auxiliary Steel Shelf Shelf for A4 paper & tape dispensers (max 2 pcs per shelf). Mounted on bin profile. Max load 3 kg. 1 unit comes complete with the TPB918 bench 2) Lower Steel Shelf Hangs on horizontal bars. Max load 30 kg 3) Low M-divider Hoops Steplessly adjustable. 4 pcs per set. M-shape (the lowest point NEW 105 mm from shelf). 4) Cutter The round cutting knife will slice through paper & carton with ease. Cutting width 1550 mm. Can be fixed onto bench top. 5) Recycling Material Bin 60 ltr bin with steel brackets. Can be positioned on either side. Max load 15 kg. 6) Stacking Bin Set 2 pieces of each size. Four bins made 5 of blue polypropylene (PP).
1
6
4
3
2
Ref
Description
Size W x D x H mm
1
Auxiliary Steel Shelf
217 x 298 x 20
ASSA4
£48.00
2
Lower Steel Shelf
1718W x 460D
LSS180
£115.00
3
Low M-divider Hoops
460D x 315H
LDH
£91.00
4
Cutter
1785 x 130 x 200
PPC180
£331.00
5
Recycling Material Bin
530 x 280 x 585
PRMB
£106.00
Stacking Bin Set
230 x 155 x 140 & 185 x 125 x 115
SBS4
£35.00
6
Model
Price
7) Swivel Arm With lockable, angle adjustable steel tray. Max load 15 kg ›› 8) PC Stand An adjustable holder for either a vertical (130-140 x 395-500) or horizontal (340-460 x180-285 ) CPU, to mount underneath the bench top. ›› 9) Pull-out Steel Shelf for Printer Mounting under the bench top. Free space for printer 400 x 550 x 415 mm. Pull-out extent 500 mm. Max load 35 kg. ›› 10) LCD Swivel Arm The quick-release mechanism is equipped with a standard flat-screen mount 75 x 75mm & 100 x 100mm. The arm is double articulated & turns through a radius of 180°. Extends between 95-425mm from the upright. Max load 10kg ›› 11) Connector Needed for mounting LCD swivel arm to the upright profile. ›› 12) Overlight Gives asymmetric lighting with minimal shadow. Lamp power 2 x 54W. Silver grey anodised aluminium frame with anti-dazzle screen. Own switch & 3M cable. ››
Mailroom & Packaging
NEW
12
10 11
10
7
8
9
572
Ref
Description
Size W x D x H mm
Model
Price
7
Swivel Arm
460W x 210D
CKV400
£164.00
8
PC Stand
-
CPU
£91.00
9
Pull-out Steel Shelf
500 x 535 x 506
PSP50
£173.00
10
LCD Swivel Arm
-
MA
£223.00
11
Connector
-
HKC-MA/MH
£22.50
12
Overlight
Width 1200
OL254
£305.00
Packing Bench
A
B C
Packing Benches
D
E
FROM ONLY
£663.00
NEW
›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
COMPLETE YOUR WORKBENCH WITH THE ACCESSORIES SHOWN OPPOSITE
››
High-quality yet affordable bench which grows according to your needs Carefully selected materials, high-quality finishing, epoxy powder coated steel parts RAL 7035 Over 50 accessories and add-on products available Laminate bench top, 25mm low-pressure laminate with a 300kg U.D.L. Unique stepless & height adjustable bench with upright modules Height adjustable between 650-900mm Size L x D x H mm
Model
Price
1800 x 900 x 650/900
TPB918
£663.00
TPB918 Bench comes complete with options A to E: A) Height adjustable upper steel shelf with five adjustable divider hoops (height 400 mm). Max load 30 kg. Fixing positions for lighting units under the shelf. B) Height adjustable horizontal aluminium bin profile for auxiliary steel shelves & stacking bins. Max load 15kg C) Auxiliary steel shelf (217 x 298 x 20 mm) for A4 paper & tape dispensers (max 2 pcs per shelf). Max load 3 kg D) Upper paper roll holder. Height adjustable. Axle diameter 25 mm. Max roll width 1700 mm. Max load 40 kg E) Lower paper roll holder simply hangs on horizontal bars of legs. Depth adjustable. Axle diameter 25 mm. Max roll width 1650 mm. Max load 40 kg.
573
Mailroom & Packaging
i Information
Low Carton Trolley ››
›› ››
150kg
››
evenly distributed
Trolley for large cartons. Three dividers can be assembled crosswise or lengthwise. Fourth divider is a push handle. Frame & shelf are of epoxy powder coated steel in grey RAL 7035. Mobile on 4 swivel castors (Ø 100 mm), two of which have brakes Shelf height above the ground 160 mm.
Packing Equipment
NEW Overall Size W x D x H mm
Platform Size W x D mm
Model
Price
1080 x 630 x 1020
1000 x 630
LCT610
£427.00
High Carton Trolley ››
››
››
Trolley for large cartons. Shelves are equipped with steplessly adjustable steel M-divider hoops. Larger hoops height 540 mm, lowest point 330 mm above the shelf, smaller hoops height 315 mm, lowest point 105 mm above the shelf. Frame & individually height adjustable shelf are of epoxy powder coated steel in grey RAL 7035. Mobile on 4 swivel castors (Ø 100 mm), two of which have brakes
NEW
150kg
evenly distributed
i Information
Mailroom & Packaging
COMPLETE YOUR PACKAGING AREA/ROOM
Overall Size W x D x H mm
Shelf Size W x D mm
Model
Price
1090 x 530 x 1515
1000 x 430
HCT410
£516.00
Recycling Material Trolley
Packing Material Trolley
PMT606 PRMT2
PRMT1 ››
›› ›› ››
Ideal for placing underneath/beside the packing bench The bins are adjustable in angle for ease of use Mobile on 4 x swivel castors, 2 braked Size mm
Suitable for
Model
Price
625 x 350 x 495
1 x PRMB 60L Bin
PRMT1
£212.00
625 x 680 x 495
2 x PRMB 60L Bin
PRMT2
£306.00
574
››
Ideal for storing papers, envelopes & utilities underneath/beside the packing bench Shelves are adjustable in height & dividers are adjustable in width by using an allen key Size mm
Description
Model
Price
625 x 680 x 640
6 Compartments
PMT606
£261.00
625 x 1085 x 640
12 Compartments
PMT610
£292.00
Polypropylene Strapping Kit
Polypropylene Strapping Systems
››
P009
Strapping kit comprises of: tensioner, sealer, 12mm x 1500M black strapping, 1000 seals & mobile trolley
P010
Polypropylene Strapping Kits
P011
Sealer
P012
P014 manufactured
Tensioner
P013
Description
Qty
Model
Price
Polypropylene Strapping - 12mm x 2000M (150kg b/s white)
Per Reel
P001
£32.19
Polypropylene Strapping - 12mm x 1500M (200kg b/s black)
Per Reel
P002
£23.95
Polypropylene Strapping - 12mm x 1200M (270kg b/s blue)
Per Reel
P003
£38.77
Semi-open Seals (1000) - 12 x 25mm
Per Box
P006
£5.75
Semi-open Seals (2000) - 12 x 32mm
Per Box
P007
£15.80
Strapping Tensioner & Cutter - 12/19mm
Each
P009
£28.93
Strapping Sealer - 12mm (takes 12/25 & 12/32 Seals)
Each
P010
£20.58
Combination Tool - 12mm (takes 12/25 Seals)
Each
P011
£64.28
Heavy Duty Combination Tool - 12mm (takes 12/25 Seals)
Each
P012
£115.72
Portable Floor Stand with Brake
Each
P013
£27.00
Mobile Strapping Trolley with Brake & Seal Box
Each
P014
£56.15
Semi-automatic Strapping Machine ››
›› ››
Black Strapping & Mobile Trolley Description
Model
Price
Complete Strapping Kit
P008
£135.36
Automatic Strapping Machine
Capable of 24 cycles per minute with manual tension control & height adjustable legs for 930mm maximum table height RoHS compliant & supplied ready to go with 12mm strapping fitted Can be used with 6-15.5mm wide PP strapping Overall size: 902W x 586D x 760H mm
›› ››
›› ››
Supplied with standard arch 850W x 600H mm, set for 12mm wide PP strapping Capable of 27 cycles per minute using PP strapping RoHS compliant Overall size: 1430W x 620D x 1540H mm
Mailroom & Packaging
››
Seals
i Information QUICK & EASY WAY OF STRAPPING ITEMS
Description
Model
Price
Description
Model
Price
Semi-automatic Strapping Machine
P016
£665.21
Automatic Strapping Machine
P004
£2200.00
12mm x 3000M Semi-automatic Machine Strapping - White (per Roll)
P017
£35.96
12mm x 3000M Automatic Machine Strapping - White (per Roll)
P005
£44.73
Lower Value Orders May Incur a Handling Charge
575
Steel Strapping Systems
Steel Strapping Kits Strapping kit comprises of: tensioner, sealer, steel strapping, 1000 seals & mobile trolley
Steel & Woven Strapping Kits
››
P060
P056
Seals
P055
manufactured
P059
Steel Strapping & Mobile Trolley P048
Sealer
Tensioner Description
Model
Price
Complete Strapping Kit with 13mm x 341M Strap & 13mm Seals
P061
£200.50
Complete Strapping Kit with 16mm x 337M Strap & 16mm Seals
P062
£207.98
Complete Strapping Kit with 19mm x 335M Strap & 19mm Seals
P063
£215.80
Description
Qty
Model
Price
Mobile Coil Holder 13 - 19mm Ribbon Wound with Tray
Each
P048
£91.08
13mm Steel Strapping Ribbon Wound 600kg b/s 341M Reel
Per Reel
P049
£31.71
16mm Steel Strapping Ribbon Wound 750kg b/s 337M Reel
Per Reel
P050
£38.96
19mm Steel Strapping Ribbon Wound 900kg b/s 335M Reel
Per Reel
P051
£46.07
Snap-on Seals (1000) - 13 x 25mm
Per Box
P052
£7.42
Snap-on Seals (1000) - 16 x 25mm
Per Box
P053
£7.66
Snap-on Seals (1000) - 19 x 25mm
Per Box
P054
£8.37
Steel Strap 13 - 19mm Tensioner
Each
P055
£47.58
Steel Strap - 13mm Sealer
Each
P056
£22.72
Steel Strap - 16mm Sealer
Each
P057
£22.72
Steel Strap - 19mm Sealer
Each
P058
£22.72
Steel Sealless Combination Tool - 13/19mm
Each
P059
£402.00
Safety Shears - 30mm
Each
P060
£29.58
Mailroom & Packaging
Woven Polyester Strapping Systems
P074
P078
P073 P079 Description
Qty
Model
Price
13-19mm Tensioner & Cutter
Each
P073
£38.57
200M of 16mm Woven Polyester Strapping with 80 Buckles
Each
P074
£22.50
13mm x 1000M Woven Polyester Strapping - 410kg b/s
Each
P075
£50.14
16mm x 850M Woven Polyester Strapping - 480kg b/s
Each
P076
£50.57
19mm x 600M Woven Polyester Strapping - 540kg b/s
Each
P077
£41.14
13mm Metal Buckles (1000)
Per Box
P080
£20.57
16mm Metal Buckles (1000)
Per Box
P081
£27.00
19mm Metal Buckles (1000)
Per Box
P082
£37.28
Dispenser Stand with Brake
Each
P078
£52.00
Mobile Trolley with Brake & Buckle Box
Each
P079
£73.93
576
Lower Value Orders May Incur a Handling Charge
Counter Roll Holders & Kraft Paper ›› ›› ››
Versatile & efficient range to suit most papers, films & foils Robustly made for long, maintenance free life. All sizes are fitted with a serrated blade & rubber feet Model
Price
P146
£63.43
Counter Roll Holder - 600mm
P147
£65.14
Counter Roll Holder - 800mm
P148
£72.86
Counter Roll Holder - 1000mm
P149
£81.43
Description
Model
Price
Stacking Brackets (Price Each)
P150
£14.14
Pure Kraft Paper - 500mm x 275M (20” Roll)
P151
£19.63
Hanging Brackets (Pack 3)
P180
£2.25
Pure Kraft Paper - 750mm x 275M (30” Roll)
P152
£29.29
Wall Brackets (Pack 3)
P181
£2.15
Pure Kraft Paper - 900mm x 275M (36” Roll)
P153
£35.25
manufactured
Heat Sealer
Mobile Cutter & Stand
›› ››
Makes & seals polythene bags PE/PP/PVC up to 400mm wide & 2 x 200 micron
P072
Description
Model
Price
Small Bubble Film - 600mm x 75M
P042
£10.72
Small Bubble Film - 750mm x 75M
P043
£13.50
Small Bubble Film - 900mm x 75M
P044
£16.29
Large Bubble Film - 750mm x 50M
P045
£16.29
Mobile Stand for 1200mm Cutter (1 Ctn 1730 x 170 x 50mm)
P167
£294.64
Mobile Stand for 1500mm Cutter (1 Ctn 2020 x 170 x 50mm)
P168
£300.00
1200mm Cutter (1 Ctn 1600 x 300 x 150mm)
P169
£267.86
Description
Model
Price
1500mm Cutter (1 Ctn 1900 x 300 x 150mm)
P170
£297.86
400mm Heat Sealer with Cutter
P179
£98.58
Corrugated Paper - 650mm x 75M (26”)
P171
£17.57
400mm x 150M Roll Layflat Tubing
P066
£35.85
Corrugated Paper - 900mm x 75M (36”)
P172
£24.43
Unrolling Device for Film
P072
£37.72
›› ››
›› ››
Hot Melt Glue & Guns
Takes up to 100mm widths Pre-set lengths from 100mm to 1100mm, plain or re-inforced Gummed side in or out 2 year warranty
manufactured
››
Description
Model
Price
12mm Stick LD Gun 100-250V
P154
£23.04 £48.76
Description
Model
Price
12mm Stick HD Gun 100-250V
P155
Gummed Paper Tape Dispenser
P177
£344.57
Fast Set 12mm Packaging Glue - 5kg
P120
£33.86
Gummed Paper Tape - 72mm x 200m - 70gsm
P178
£3.43
Clear 12mm General Purpose Glue - 5kg
P121
£33.86
Safety Cutter ››
P179, P066 & P072
Suitable for plastic strapping, stretch film, fabrics etc No exposed blades - fitted with blunt edged tape splitter
Self-adhesive Tape & Dispenser
Description
Model
Price
Description
Model
Price
Dispenser for 50mm Tape
P034
£4.26
Safety Cutter - Pack of 5
P046
£6.00
Carton of 36 Rolls - 48mm x 66M Brown Tape
P038
£26.80
Lower Value Orders May Incur a Handling Charge
577
Mailroom & Packaging
Gummed Paper Tape Dispenser
Packaging Materials & Equipment
Description Counter Roll Holder - 500mm
Pallet Shrink System ›› ››
Shrink & Stretch Film Systems
››
Stretch Wrap Systems
Complete with hose & regulater P107: 40kw power output P141: 72kw power output
P018
P026
P141
manufactured
P107
Description
Model
Price
Propane Gas Pallet Shrink Gun System
P107
£390.00
Cold Nozzle Propane Gas Pallet Shrink Gun System
P141
£591.60
P027
Pallet Shrink System P029
Description
P109 P108
Mailroom & Packaging
manufactured
Qty
Model
Price
Clear Film - 400mm x 300M 17MU (6 Rolls)
Per Ctn
P018
£36.60
Clear Film - 400mm x 300M 20MU (6 Rolls)
Per Ctn
P020
£42.94
Clear Film - 500mm x 300M 20MU (6 Rolls)
Per Ctn
P021
£54.26
Clear Film - 400mm x 300M 17MU Ext Core (6 Rolls)
Per Ctn
P022
£37.37
Clear Film - 400mm x 300M 23MU Ext Core (6 Rolls)
Per Ctn
P023
£50.49
Description
Qty
Model
Price
Propane Gas Cylinder Trolley to suit 13/19 & 47kg
Each
P108
£66.43
Clear Film - 400mm x 200M 34MU Ext Core (6 Rolls)
Per Ctn
P024
£51.50
Dispenser Unit - Main Frame, 1 Spindle & Castor Set
Each
P109
£142.50
Black Stretch Film - 500mm x 250M 25MU (6 Rolls)
Per Ctn
P025
£57.33
Extra Spindle Bars
Each
Pallet Covers for Euro Pallets: max. 1200Hmm (30 per roll) Per Roll Pallet Covers for Standard Pallets: max. 1200Hmm (25 per roll) Per Roll Centre Fold Polythene Sheeting - 125MU 1/2M x 108M
Per Roll
Centre Fold Polythene Sheeting - 125MU 1.5/3M x 74M Per Roll Centre Fold Polythene Sheeting - 125MU 2/4M x 55M
Per Roll
P110
£56.26
Stretch Wrap Dispenser - 400/500mm
Each
P026
£11.42
P182
£94.21
Heavy Duty Stretch Wrap Dispenser - 400/500mm
Each
P027
£22.18
P112
£95.09
Stretch Packer Handle & 1 Roll Film
Per Pack
P028
£5.21
P113
£78.21
Stretch Packer Kit - 12 Rolls & 1 Handle
Per Pack
P029
£16.07
P114
£78.21
Stretch Packer Film - 100mm x 150M (6 Rolls)
Per Pack
P030
£6.02
P115
£84.64
Stretch Packer Film - 100mm x 150M (36 Rolls)
Per Pack
P031
£34.13
Stretch Wrappers ›› ›› ››
Reduce operator fatigue by eliminating bending or stretching Adjustable tension ensures consistent wrapping with reduced wastage Wraps to a height of 2M P040
i Information QUICK & EASY WAY OF WRAPPING ITEMS Description
Model
Price £1495.00
Mobile Pallet Wrapper
P035
500mm x 600M 12 micron stretch film (for above)
P036
£12.86
Turntable Pallet Wrapper
P039
£3525.00
Pallet Ramp (for above)
P040
£236.00
578
P035
Lower Value Orders May Incur a Handling Charge
P039 2000mm mast, 1650mm turntable & will handle loads up to 1650kg
Cardboard Carton Shredders ››
›› ›› ››
IE3 2017 compliant, up to 30% more energy efficient. Soft start means less component wear & quieter operation P067: produces upto 2.3 cu.m/hr void fill P068: produces upto 3.5 cu.m/hr void fill P069: produces upto 6 cu.m/hr void fill
Description
Overall Size W x D x H mm
Model
Price
Cuts up to 320mm wide & up to 12mm thick
660 x 660 x 980
P067
£2088.00
Cuts up to 320mm wide & up to 15mm thick
660 x 660 x 980
P068
£2600.00
Cuts up to 420mm wide & up to 18mm thick
660 x 660 x 1060
P069
£5000.00
P067
Self Standing Bags ›› ›› ››
Cardboard Shredders
P069
Lifting Straps
Folds flat for easy storage Transport & store recycling, laundry etc Puncture resistant sides & lifting hoops
›› ›› ›› ››
Contains 2 adjustable harnesses & 1 lifting strap (3600 x 127 mm) Suitable for loads up to 363kg Fitted with metal tensioning buckles Free your hands & arms whilst carrying loads
P071
Mailroom & Packaging
Capacity
Overall Size W x D x H mm
Model
Price
Description
Model
Price
400 litre capacity or 1000kg
760 x 760 x 700
P064
£24.90
Lifting Straps - 273kg capacity
P070
£17.99
1100 litre capacity or 1000kg
1050 x 1050 x 1000
P065
£34.95
Lifting Straps - 363kg capacity
P071
£35.99
Lower Value Orders May Incur a Handling Charge
579
405 - Electronic Bench Scale
B140 - Weigh Count Scale
Weigh Scales
3
day delivery
i Information
LARGE DISPLAY FOR CLEAR INFORMATION
›› ›› ›› ›› ›› ››
General purpose bench scale Electronic top loading scales which displays in lb’s & oz’s or kg’s & g’s 8 LED annunciators display Mains or battery operated - adaptor supplied Stainless steel top plate Overall size: 250 x 300mm
›› ›› ›› ››
High resolution LED counting scale Mains or battery operated - adaptor supplied 20 button front panel with three separate dispays for weight, piece weight & count Overall size: 117H x 333L x 195Wmm Capacity
Model
Price
Capacity
Model
Price
6kg x 0.2g
816965005758
£139.00
6kg x 1g & 12lb x 0.002lb
816965002146
£83.00
15kg x 0.5g
816965005765
£139.00
15kg x 2g & 30lb x 0.005lb
816965002153
£83.00
30kg x 1g
816965005772
£139.00
Mailroom & Packaging
WS Platform Scales ›› ››
››
››
Hygienic stainless steel base Functions include: ›› On/Off ›› Zero ›› Tare ›› Hold Powered by Mains, UK & EU power adaptor, (supplied) or 4 x 1.5v batteries (not supplied) LCD display
Capacity 300kg x 50g 500kg x 100g
580
3
Overall Size L x W x H mm
Model
Price
550 x 550 x 60
WS300-50
£245.00
990 x 550 x 60
WS300-90
£287.00
915 x 915 x 60
WS500
£396.00
day delivery
Parcel Platform Scale
3
Warehouse Scales
day delivery
3
day delivery
i Information
LARGE CLEAR DISPLAY
›› ›› ››
››
Portable general purpose parcel weigher Large clear display function Mains or battery operated Functions include: ›› On/Off ›› Zero ›› Tare ›› lb or kg Platform size: 380L x 300W x 27Hmm
›› ›› ›› ››
Weigh Scales
››
Checkweighing & totalising functions Strong aluminium frame & base Indicator can be base or column mounted Mains or battery operated Capacity
Capacity
Model
Price
75kg x 10g
60kg x 0.02kg & 130lb x 0.05lb
WS60
£99.00
150kg x 20g
120kg x 0.05kg & 260lb x 0.1lb
WS120
£99.00
300kg x 50g
Platform Size L x W mm
Model
Price
S100-75
£220.00
457 x 559
S100-150
£220.00
S100-300
£220.00
Mailroom & Packaging
i Information
HAND HELD OR SUSPENDED
Mechanical Suspended Scales ›› ››
Electronic Suspended Balance
Suspended weigher for many applications Shatterproof ABS case with high strength stainless steel fittings
››
Capacity
Model
Price
5kg x 20g & 11lb x 1oz
MSK111
£67.00
10kg x 50g & 22lb x 2oz
MSK117
£67.00
25kg x 100g & 56lb x 4oz
MSK122
£67.00
›› ›› ››
Tare & reading hold facility Hand held or suspended balance Battery operated with auto-off facility Overall Size: 340H x 95W x 55Dmm Capacity
Model
Price
50kg x 200g & 110lb x 8oz
MSK127
£67.00
10kg x 0.01kg & 22lb x 0.02lb
SA3N25300013000
£57.00
100kg x 500g & 220lb x 1lb
MSK132
£67.00
25kg x 0.02kg & 55lb x 0.02lb
SA3N27100013000
£57.00
P.O.A.
45kg x 0.05kg & 99lb x 0.1lb
SA3N12200013000
£57.00
Top/Bottom Hook & Round Pan (up to 25kg)
581